BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH THÍ ĐIỂM
vectorstock.com/7952556
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection
DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN EBOOK PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG
BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 9 THEO CHƯƠNG TRÌNH THÍ ĐIỂM BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP THEO TỪNG UNIT CẢ NĂM WITH ANSWER KEY (PHIÊN BẢN DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN) WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
UNIT 1 LOCAL ENVIRONMENT
Mệnh đề phụ thuộc Even though he is busy, he always takes time to play with his daughter. Mệnh đề phụ thuộc Mệnh đề độc lập (Mặc dù anh ấy bận rộn, nhưng anh ấy luôn dành thời gian để chơi với con gáiYou should think about money saving from nowifyou want to studyabroad. Mệnh đề độc lập Mệnh đề phụ thuộc - Mệnh đề đi liền với liên từ trong câu phức chính là mệnh đề phụ thuộc. - Mệnh đề phụ thuộc nằm phía trước mệnh đề độc lập, thì giữa hai mệnh đề phải có Dấu phẩy còn lại thì không. 2.Một số liên từ phụ thuộc phổ biến. After Although As as If As long as In order to ( Sau khi ) (Mặc dù) ( Bởi vì/ khi) ( Như thế là) ( Miễn là) (Để mà) Before Even If Because as though as much as so that ( Trước khi) (Mặc dù) ( Bởi vì) (Như thế là) ( Để mà) Once Even though Whereas If as soon as Unless (Một khi) (Mặc dù) (Trong khi đó) (Nếu) ( Ngay khi) (Trừ khi) Since Though While In case When Until (Tuwfkhi/ (Mặc dù) (Trong khi đó) (Nếu) (Khi) (Cho đến khi) Bởi vì) 3.Các loại mệnh đề phụ thuộc hay gặp. Trong câu phức có nhiều loại mênh đè phụ thuộc khác nhau, dưới đây là một vài VD thường gặp. Mệnh đề phụ thuộc Ví dụ Mệnh đề phụ thuộc chỉ lý do I needn’t tell you as he has told you already. (d I did it because there was no one else to do it. Trả lời cho câu hỏi “Why”( tại sao) - Since you in -Thường bắt đầu với các liên từ như: because, since, as.... - Mệnh đề phụ thuộc chỉ thời gian: - As I went out, he came in - Nói về hành động trong mệnh đề đọc lập diễn - As soon as you are ready, we shall go ra khi nào. - I hurried to see him after I had heard the news. - Thường bắt đầu với các liên từ như: - I hope to pay him a visit before I went away. When,While,before,after, as soon as....
A.Vocabulary: 1. artisan 2. handicraft 3. workshop 4. attraction 5. preserve 6. authenticity 7. cast 8. craft 9. craftsman 10. team-building 11. drumhead 12. embroider 13. frame 14. lacquerware 15. layer 16. mould 17. sculpture 18. surface 19. thread 20. weave 21. turn up 22. set off 23. close down 24. pass down 25. face up to 26. turn down 27. set up 28. take over 29. live on 30. treat 31. carve 32. stage 33. artefact 34. loom 35. versatile 36. willow 37. charcoal 38. numerous
/ɑtɪ:’zæn/ (n.): /’hændikrɑ:ft/ (n.): /’wɜ:kʃɒp/ (n.): /ə’trækʃn/ (n.): /prɪ’zɜ:v/ (v.): /ɔ:θen’tɪsəti/ (n.): /kɑ:st/ (v.): /krɑ:ft/ (n.): /’krɑ:ftsmən/ (n.): /’ti:m bɪldɪŋ/ (n.): /drʌmhed/ (n.): /ɪm’brɔɪdə(r)/ (v.): /freɪm/ (n.): /’lækəweə(r)/ (n.): /’leɪə(r)/ (n.): /məʊld/ (v.): /’skʌlptʃə(r)/ (n.): /’sɜ:fɪs/ (n.): /θred/ (n.): /wi:v/ (v.): /tɜ:n ʌp/ (phr. v.): /set ɒf/ (phr. v.): /kləʊz daʊn/ (phr. v.): /pɑ:s daʊn/ (phr. v.): /feɪs ʌp tu/ (phr. v.): /tɜ:n daʊn / (phr. v.): /set ʌp/ (phr. v.): /teɪk əʊvə/ (phr. v.): /lɪv ɒn/ (phr. v.): /tri:t/ (v.): /kɑ:v/ (v.): /steɪdʒ/ (n.): /’ɑ:tɪfækt/ (n.): /lu:m/ (n.): /’vɜ:sətaɪl/ (adj.): /’wɪləʊ/ (n.): /’tʃɑ:kəʊl/ (n.): /’nju:mərəs/ (adj.):
thợ làm nghề thủ công sản phẩm thủ công xưởng, công xưởng điểm hấp dẫn bảo tồn, gìn giữ tính xác thực, chân thật đúc (đồng…) nghề thủ công thợ làm đồ thủ công xây dựng đội ngũ, tinh thần đồng đội mặt trống thêu khung đồ sơn mài lớp (lá…) đổ khuôn, tạo khuôn điêu khắc, đồ điêu khắc bề mặt chỉ, sợi đan (rổ, rá…), dệt (vải…) xuất hiện, đến khởi hành, bắt đầu chuyến đi đóng cửa, ngừng hoạt động truyền lại (cho thế hệ sau…) đối mặt, giải quyết từ chối thành lập, tạo dựng tiếp quản, kế nhiệm, nối nghiệp sống bằng, sống dựa vào xử lí chạm, khắc bước, giai đoạn đồ tạo tác khung cửi dệt vải nhiều tác dụng, đa năng cây liễu chì, chì than (để vẽ) nhiều, đông đảo, số lượng lớn
- Mệnh đề phụ thuộc chỉ mục đích. - Nói về mục đích của hành động trong mệnh đề đọc lập. - Thường bắt đầu với các liên từ như: so that, in order to that...
- Though it is getting late, I think we have to finish our lesson. - Although it rained, we went out all the same. - I”ll get there even If I have to walk all the day. - I’ll get there even If I have to walk all the day.
He was speaking very quietly so that it was difficult to hear what he said.
B.Grammar: I.Complex sentences 1.Định nghĩa Định nghĩa: - Câu phức là câu bao gồm 1 mệnh đề độp lập (independent clause) và ít nhất 1 mệnh đề phụ thuộc (dependent clause) liên kết với nhau. Hai mệnh đề thường được nối với nhau bởi dấu phẩy hoặc các liên từ phụ thuộc (subordinating conjuntions). Ví dụ: He always takes time to play with his daughter even though he is Mệnh đề độc lập extremely busy.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: 1.My mother used to tell me stories_______________ I went to bed. A.since B.until C.before 2.You better take the keys_______________________ I’m not out. A.in case B.since C.after 3.My mother like eating fried chicken______________ it’s very bad for his health. A.because B.although C.when 4.Yesterday, Jim was playing the piano_____________his sister was playing the flute 1
2
A.as B.although C.while 5.You shouldn’t spend too much on computer_____________ it is harmful to your eyes. A.as B.when C.although 6.I will phone you ___________________ I get there. A.while B.as soon as C.untill 7.The scientist usually works in his lab____________ the sun sets. A.untill B.as soon as C.although 8.____________you promise not to tell lies again, I won’t forgive you. A.If B.Even If C.Unless 9._____________her legs were hurt, she made attempt to finish the running track. A.Even If B.As if C.Unless 10.She talked_____________ she witnessed the accident. But in fact she knew nothing. A.as if B.even though C.even If 11.I didn’t finish my home work____________ I was seriously ill yesterday. A.when B.though C.since 12.James decided to save money from now______ he has enough money to travel this summer A.so that B.though C.when 13.________ we have been friends for only one year, we deeply understand each other. A.If B.Though C.Once 14. Mr Smith doesn’t like dogs,_____________ his wife love them. A. B. C. 15.I was cycling home yesterday___________ I saw Jim standing near the foundtain. A.when B.while C.since
5._____________ 6._____________ 7._____________ 8._____________ Bài 4: Nối 2 câu đơn đã cho thành câu ghép, sử dụng liên từ thích hợp. 1.Jim was absent from class yesterday. He was suffering from a bab cold. ........................................................................................................................................ 2.They decided to move the house. They don’t have to travel a long distance to work. .......................................................................................................................................... 3.Mary heard her fingers yesterday.She was reparing dinner. .............................................................................................................................................. 4.At 4 pm yesterday, my mother was cleaning the house. I was looking after my younger brother. ............................................................................................................................................. 5.They decided to go on an excursion. They want to get away from work stress. ....................................................................................................................................... 6.My father taught me how to use the computer. Before that, I didn’t know how to use it. ............................................................................................................................................. 7.I arrive at the station. I will call you right after. .............................................................................................................................................. 8.My brother is very out-going. I am quiet reserved. ......................................................................................................................................... 9.Mr Peter was walking home.He was robbed of his wallet. .............................................................................................................................................. 10.I don’t have a pet. My mother doesn’t allow me to have one. ............................................................................................................................................ Bài 5: Điền liên từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sau. 1.______________ it’s pouring with rain, we are going for a walk in the park. 2.______________she hands in the assignment before Tuesday, she will get very bad mark. 3.He decided to break up with Peter_____________ he didn’t spend much time with her. 4.Jennifer decided to break up with Peter_____________ he didn’t spend much time with her. 5.Danny bought a new car___________his old car was still i good condition. 6.I will be in great trouble_____________ my mother knows my final test scores. 7.Janice will have finished the report__________ the time you receive the letter 8.The concert will be canceled____________no more tickets are sold. 9.Children are not allowed to enter this place___________ they are accompanied by adults. 10.You should bring think coats_________ the temperature falls at night. 11._____________ my sister doesn’t like eating salad, she eats it regularly to keep fit. 12.I won’t come to Jim’s party___________ he invites me. 13._________ you tell me the truth, I can’t help you. 14._________ the fire fighters arrived, the fire had already been put out by the local residents. 15.You can leave early ________________ you want to. II. PHRASAL VERBS 1. Định nghĩa Định nghĩa Ví dụ Cụm đông từ ( Phrasal verb) là sự kết hợp -The rich man gave away most of his fortune. giữa một động từ và một tiểu từ( particle) ( Người giầu có ấy tặng hết tài sản của ông ta -Tiểu từ có thể là một trạng từ, hay là một giới cho người nghèo). từ, hoặc là car hai chẳng hạn như: back, in, on, You can look up any new words in your off, through, up... dictionary. - Khi thêm tiểu từ vào sau động từ, cụm động từ (Anh có thể tra nghĩa bất cứ từ mới nào trong từ thường có ý nghĩa khác hẳn so với từ ban đầu. điển.) I tried to phone her but I didn’t get through (Tôi đã cố gắng gọi cho cô ấy nhưng không thể nào kết nối được)
Bài 2: Hoàn thành những câu sau đây bằng những liên từ cho sẵn. since although while unless before as though when as long as because in case 1.______________ Jim came home, he realized that someone had broken into his house 2.You’d better bring your raincoat________________ rain pour down. 3.They have been colleagues_______________ they graduated. 4.____________ Tim put more effort in his studying, he won’t catch up with his classmates. 5.My mother always reminds me to wash my hands_____________ I have meals. 6.We will go picnicking________________ the weather is fine. 7.James behaved______________ nothing had happened. 8.I can’t make it on Saturday_____________ I will be fully occupied. 9.When I got home my father was moving the lawn__________ my mother was watering the flowers beds. 10._____________ I don’t get on well with Mary, I really admire her inteligence and beauty. Bài 3: Nối những mệnh đề ở cột A với những mệnh đề ở cột B để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh. A B 1.Jane didn’t realize her mistakes a.when snow started to fall 2.They were playing in the backyard b.though it is distant from our house 3.If you show your attempt in your work, c.before they move here. 4.This couple had been in New York City for d.I still travel by public transportations two years. 5.My mother often shops at the local e,so that I will have decent job in the future supermarket. 6.It has been ages f,you may get promotion soon 7.I try to study hard g.until her mother pointed it out for her 8.Even If own a car h.since we last encountered 1._____________
2._____________
3._____________
4._____________ 3
4
2.Ý nghĩa phổ biến của các các tiểu từ trong các cụm động từ. Một tiểu từ có thể truyền tải nhiều ý nghĩa khác nhau trong mỗi cụm động từ khác nhau.Tuy nhiên dưới đây là các tiểu từ thường được dùng trong các cụm động từ. Tiểu từ Ý nghĩa Ví dụ up Diễn đạt vị trí hướng lên trên We ate all the food up hoặc ý kết thúc, hoàn thành tất (Chúng tôi ăn hết thức ăn đó rồi) cả. down Diễn đạt vị trí hướng xuống We have to cut down the expenses dưới, hoặc hành động có xu thế ( Chúng ta sẽ phải cắt giảm chi tiêu) giảm/ chặn lại on Diễn đạt ý ở trên, dựa trên We should put on formal clothes in a meeting. ( Câu nên mặc lịch sự trong cuộc họp) in Diễn đạt ý ở trong, xu hướng đi Make sure to leave the office by 5;00 or you will be vào trong. locked in. (Nhớ là phải rời khỏi văn phòng lúc 5 giờ nếu không anh sẽ bị kẹt trong đó) out Diễn đạt vị trí phía ngoài hoặc ý I couldn’t figure him out hành động đến tận cuối / cạn (Tôi không thể nào hiểu nổi anh ấy) kiệt. off Diễn tả ý dời đi chỗ khác hoặc I’ve sent off the letter you wrote to the newspaper đổi trạng thái. ( Tôi đã gửi bức thư mà anh viết cho báo chí rồi) for Diễn đạt mục đích hướng tới của He often asks his father for money hành động. (Anh ấy vẫn thường xuyên hỏi xin tiền bố mẹ) with Diễn đạt ý có người hoặc hoặc That skirt goes really well with our red coat. vật cùng tham gia trong hành (Chiếc váy đó rất hợp tông với chiếc áo khoác đỏ của động. bạn) through Diễn đạt ý lần lượt cái này sang If you look through something, you read it quickly and cái khác, hoặc từ đầu đến cuối, not very carefully. (Khi bạn đọc qua cái gì đó nghĩa là bạn đọc nhanh không quá cẩn thận) back Diễn đạt ý trở lại, quay lại Please send the jacket back If it is the wrong size ( Hãy gửi lại chiếc áo khoác nếu như sai cỡ) away Diễn đạt trạng thái rời đi hoặc Put away your toys, Jack tạo ra khoảng cách. ( Cất đồ chơi đi Jack) around Diễn đạt hành động mang tính I hate the way he lies around all day watching TV giải trí, không rõ mục đích, hoặc (Tôi ghét cái cách anh ấy cứ nằm vắt vẻo xem TV cả không cần quá tập trung. ngày. 3.Một số cụm động từ thường gặp: Cụm động từ kết hợp với một tiểu từ. Get up ( Thức dậy) Find out (Tìm hiểu thông tin) pass down: (chuyển giao) Live on ( sống nhờ vào)
bring out: = publish : xuất bản look through ( đọc)
Deal with ( giải quyết)
Warm up ( Khởi động)
Come back (quay trở lại)
turn down (phản đối, từ chối) Take off (máy bay cất cánh) Give up (từ bỏ)
Set up ( khởi nghiệp, sắp đặt) Show off (khoe khoang) Grow up (lớn lên)
Keep up (tiếp tục) Hold on (Chờ đợi) Go on (tiếp tục)
Break down (đổ vỡ, hư hỏng)
Carry out (thực hiện)
Count on (tin cậy vào)
Dress up (mặc đẹp) Work out ( tìm ra cách giải quyết)
Drop by (ghé qua) Close down (đóng cửa,ngừng kinh doanh)
Bring up (nuôi dưỡng) Take up( Bắt đầu làm một hoạt động mới)
Look forward to sb/sth Catch up with sb/sth Look back on sth Get back at sb Look up to sb Run away /off from sb/sth Go in for sth Get on with sb Make sure of sth
Run out of sth Come down with sth Get rid of sth Go along with sb Stay away from sb/sth Wait up for sth Go through with sth Come up with sth
Cụm động từ kết hợp hai tiểu từ: Keep up with sb/sth Get out of sb/sth Cut down on sth Make up for sb/sth Look down o sb Pull over at Keep out of sb/sth Face p to sth Check up on sth
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 6: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: 1.They have turned ( down / up) Jim’s application for the job. 2.You may have to deal( with / about ) many problem in the workplace. 3.Small birds mainly live (on/off) insects. 4.When does the plane take ( off/ up) ? 5.Why did you decide to take (on/up) skiing ? 6.Remember to warm (up/down) carefully before you play sports. 7.There’s no need to dress ( up / down). It is just an informal party. 8.Have you work (out / in) the solution yet ? 9.Oops, I think we’re run out (of/on) petrol. 10.Jim seems not to get (on/off) well with his classmates. 11.My husband has decided to set (up/down) a business on his own. 12.Do you think Jame will find (out/ up) the truth ? 13.Does Jim have many friends to count (on/off) in difficult time ? 14.Yesterday, my uncle dropped (to/by)my house to the surprise of everyone. 15.Were you brought (up/in) by your grandparents ? Bài 7: Điền một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu dưới đây: 1.James is quite easy- going. He can ____________ on well with many types of people. 2.Peter has been absent from school for two weeks due to his illness. It may be difficult for him to ____________ up with his classmates. 3.Did you watch the film last night? Do you know how the villain _________ back on the hero ? 4.Mr Smith decided to ______________up smoking because the doctor warned him of getting lung cancer. 5.He could______________ with all kinds of people because it was part of his jobas a receptionist. 6.Jim was sad because Jane _____________ down his invitation to the prom. 7.It is important to _____________ down on sugar consumtion every day. 8.It’s time you have to ____________ up to these problems on your own. 9.I_______________ forward to hearing from you soon. 10.Sometimes I ________________ back on my childhood and realize how happy I was as a kid. Bài 8: Đánh dấu (V) trước câu đúng, đánh dấu (x) trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng. _______________ We have already worked up a new way of doing it. _______________
5
2.Jim wants to be a successful writer when he grows out. 6
_______________
3.We are looking forward to hearing from you soon.
_______________
4.You can keep up to all the changes in technology nowadays.
_______________
5. The nearby shop will be closed up next month.
_______________
6.The team scored another goal and made sure about
_______________
championship. 7.Last year a research on the consequences of water pollution was carried on.
_______________
8.Jim has come up with a brilliant idea to tackle the problem.
_______________
9.Have you ever considered getting rid your bad habits ?
_______________
10.The teacher asked us to see through the textbook before she continued.
1.I don’t like Josh because he often boasts about his wealth. 2.Last month many people in my neighbor had chickenpox. 3.you should reduce the amount you salt in your daily meal. 4.It’s you confronted your fear and moved on. 5.Yesterday an old friend of mine visited your family. 6.Mary decided to join the cooking contest. 7.I didn’t want to go with him, so I rejected his invtation. 8.They are a well- matched couple and they always agree with each other. 9.When did you start your new hobby ? 10.The rain continued all the morning.
____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________
Bài 12. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây bằng cách điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống. 1.Peter always look______________his senior colleagues. 2.Mary is going________________a singing competition. 3.Nothing can make_________________the loss of my cat. 4.Jim didn’t work yesterday because he came___________ ___________flu. 5.My mother always reminds me to stay____________bad people. 6.As a child I used to wait___________ __________the present from Santa Clause. 7.I can’t put_________ _________his selfishness any more. 8.They argue a lot. They seem to never get__________ ___________each other. 9.Last year she went____________ __________an operation. 10.Last week we got___________ ___________all the old furniture and bought new one. Bài 13: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại câu đúng. ___________ 1.Although she didn’t warm up carefully before running, her leg was hurt during the race. _______________________________________________________ ___________ 2.Everyone dressed up though they wanted to be the King or Queen of the prom. ________________________________________________________ ___________ 3.Since I am really interested in lacquerware, I rarely buy one for me. ________________________________________________________ ___________ 4.As though my brother and I don’t get on well, we still care about the other. ________________________________________________________ ___________ 5.What would you do unless you won a lottery? ________________________________________________________ ___________ 6.Mr.Smith is renowned artisan.Everyone looks down on him. ________________________________________________________ ___________ 7.While I came home, my cat was sleeping on the sofa. ________________________________________________________ ___________ 8.Because Peter cheated on me, I wouldn’t get back on him. ________________________________________________________ Bài 14: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng: A trip to Bat Trang Last month,my English class went on a field trip to one of the most ancient villages in Viet Nam: Bat Trang. That day all of us got (1)__________very early (2)__________ we could arrive at the village early in the morning. When we got there, we were all astonished by a variety of ceramic products, most of which are for ordinary use such as bow, cup, plates and pot.(3)_______there were up to twenty members in our class, we decided not to join the buffalo tour. Instead, we took a walk for sightseeing and shopping around. (4) __________we had visited some of the ceramic stores along the road in the village ,our teacher took us to Bat Trang Porcelain and Pottery Market. This was the most interesting part of our trip. The local people instructed us to make pottery products by themselves and introduced the tradition of the village. We were
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu sau bằng những cụm động từ cho sẵn. cut down on deal with hold on take up count on put up with turn down come down with bring out check up on 1.The singer will____________ ___________ a new album this year. 2.Peter is very reliable. You can___________ ___________ him. 3.You should___________ your essay________ ____________ 500 words. 4.Jim is depressed as he has been_________ ________ by five companies so far. 5.I can’t________ __________ __________ such disturbing noise any time. 6.My mother is always _________ __________ me. 7.Mr. Smith has _______ __________ golf. 8.Are you tired of_______ ________ complaints from your customers. 9.How are you now ? I heard that you _________ ____________ _____________flu last week. 10.________ __________ ! I think we’ve got lost. This isn’t the right road. BÀI TẬP NÂNG CAO TỔNG HỢP. Bài 10: Dựa vào từ cho trước và thêm liên từ thích hợp để tạo thành câu phức. 1.Jane / play / piano / extremely / well / she / be / very / young. ............................................................................................................................................ 2.Josh / want / earn / more / money / he / apply / for / another / job / now. ........................................................................................................................................ 3.My mother / cook / me / breakfast / she / go / to / work. ............................................................................................................................................ 4.I / prefer / stay / home / to / go / out / I / not / like / socialize. ............................................................................................................................................. 5.Everyone / enjoy / the / party / last / night / food / be / not / so / good. ........................................................................................................................................... 6.Jim/ could / not / catch / up / with / his / classmates / he / often / play / truant. ............................................................................................................................................. 7.Peter / study / very / hard. He / can / get / high / scores. .......................................................................................................................................... 8.Many / of / my friends / enjoy/ go / shopping / .I / not / like / this. ............................................................................................................................................. Bài 11: Thay thế những động từ in nghiêng trong câu bằng một cụm động từ thích hợp. 7
8
told that pottery-making skills were (5)________from generation in the village.(6)_________we left,the locals gave us small ceramic key chains as souvenirs. We really looked (7)_____ another trip to Bat Trang. 1.A.up B.down C.on D.off 2.A.so B.so that C.since D.though 3.A.so B.so that C.since D.though 4.A.After B.Because C.At last D.While 5.A.turned down B.went in for C.passed down D.brought out 6.A.After B.Before C.At last D.While 7.A.up to B.down on C.forward to D.forward on Bài 15: Đọc bài đọc sau và trả lời câu hỏi. Vietnam’s Youngest Artisan Nguyen Tran Hiep, born in Northern province of Bac Ninh, has become the youngest artist of Vietnam at the age of 37. He succeeded in developing a large-scale fine-art furniture workshop thanks to an extensive renovation and considerable investment. Before achieving all this,he had gone through with many difficulties in his work. In 2000, Nguyen Tran Hiep established his own fine-art wood carving workshop, using all of his family’s savings and a loan from Bac Ninh province’s Youth Union after he had learned about the craft from a famous artisan. Unfortunately,his products could not reach a wide range of customers. At that time,many other people in the village also failed to earn a decent living on making craft and they decided to quit their tradition job. People found jobs and made money many other ways but Hiep didn’t give up his dream of developing the tradition craft into a profitable business. He is spending the next years learning and researching the market to find out the most suitable markets for his products. He targeted two types of customers:the firstis foreign tourists and the second is traders from China. For the tourists, his workshop mainly produces small handicrafts and souvenirs, such as small animals, painting, tea trays, figurines and rasaries. For the Chinese cilents, his workshop makes products to order based on the current sample designs.At present,his workshop renamed Hiep Thang Fine arts Cooperative, provides stable jobs for 28 employees with an average income of 4-10 million dong/month. One of Nguyen Tran Hiep’s best works is “ Bat Long vong quang phat” which originated from the idea of the eight kings of the Ly dynasty incarnating into eight dragons on a five-colour lotus tower.This work was made to celebrate the 80th anniversary of the founding of the Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union and has been listed in the Vietnamest Record Book in 2011 as the best fine-art sculpture of ideology and art. 1.When was Nguyen Tran Hiep recognized as the Vietnam’s Youngest Artisan? ________________________________________________________________ 2.Did he easily succeed in developing his fine-art furniture workshop? ________________________________________________________________ 3.How did Hiep categorize his customers? ________________________________________________________________ 4.What kinds of products does his workshop often produce for foreigners? ________________________________________________________________ 5.How many employes are there in Hiep Thang Fine arts Cooperative? ________________________________________________________________ 6.What was made by Nguyen Tran Hiep to celebrate the 80th anniversary of the founding of the Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union? ________________________________________________________________ C. EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 1) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. layer B. frame C. artisan B. cultural C. drum 2. A. museum
D. place D. sculpture 9
B. authenticity C.through D. although 3. A. tablecloth II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A. artefact B. embroider C. carpentry D. conical 5. A. complicated B. experience C. prosperity D. traditional III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. In the past, local were chosen to make sophisticated embroidered costumes for the Vietnamese King, Queen and other Royal family members. A.skill workers B.skillfully works C.skillful artists D.skilled artisans 7. Craftvillages are becoming popular in Viet Nam. A.tourism attractions B.tourist attractions C. tour attractiveness D.physical attraction 8. Situated on the bank of the Duong River,the village was famous for the of making Dong Ho paintings. A. craft B. production C.manufacture D.activity 9. Vietnamese traditional is done with a simple hammer and chisel. A. sculptural pieces B. sculpture C.sculptured feature D.sculptor 10. Now, at the age of over 80, the artisan is leaving the craft to his descendants with a desire to this ancient craft. A. preserve B.reserve C.change D.consider 11. For that artisan, making the paintings is a career it supports the life of many generations of the family. A. so that B.because C.because of D.although 12. The Van Phuc producers silk have expanded their silk garment goods they can satisfy the varied demand for their silk. A. in order to B. despite C. because D. so that 13. Weaving mats in Dinh Yen, Dong Thap used to be sold in the "ghost" markets set up at night and operated up to early morning the government built a new market five years ago. A. when B. until C. after D. as soon as 14. The traditional craft has from generation to generation. A.passed down B. passed C.been passed down D.been passed by 15. Craftsmen have to the domestic and international markets so that they needn't depend on the middlemen for their sales. A. find B. find about C. find out D. find out about IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. materials individual respects craft tasks
handicrafts
attractions
master
For generations throughout history, the Vietnamese people gathered in communal villages surrounded by the rice fields. However, many farmers also learned to produce useful (1) for their daily lives from clay, bamboo, and other natural (2) . A number of villages developed a certain (3) for the local market or to bring into local towns or capital cities for sale. This was the origin of the Vietnamese handicraft trade villages. These craft villages have undergone periods of varying success and failure throughout the 20th century. Some craft villages have developed and preserved their best skills and designs. In the craft village hall, the trade villagers often worship and periodically pay their (4)_________ to the sacred craft (5) of handicraft, who has exploits in founding, teaching or preserving the particular designs that the villages produce. V. Make a complex sentence from each pair of sentences. Use the subordinator provided and make any necessary changes. 10
1. Viet Nam's current labor costs are lower compared to other countries. It brings advantages to both medium and small handicraft manufacturers. (since) _______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Giang got the loans from the project. Then he opened a small enterprise of ceramics. (when) _______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Green Craft has a lot of difficulties. It continually works to improve its productivity, designs and samples. (although) _______________________________________________________________________________ 4. The government carried out a job training programme in rural areas. The gopvernment wanted young people to find jobs in their own villages. (so that _______________________________________________________________________________ 5. Some heads of the businesses had problems to find markets. They have not been trained in management. (for) _______________________________________________________________________________ VI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, using the word given in brackets in the correct form. l. The traditional handicraft villages used to accept the fact that there was a shortage of investments and human resources. (face) _______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Farmers can earn enough money from traditional handicrafts as they are free between harvests. (live) _______________________________________________________________________________ 3. People in the community often have a friendly relationship with one another so that they can follow the same craft. (get) _______________________________________________________________________________ 4. In the future, some traditional handicraft cooperatives will have no more wood to make wooden furniture. (run) _______________________________________________________________________________ 5. After the trip, you return to the harbor to take a boat trip to Hoi An. (come) _______________________________________________________________________________ VII.Make a complex sentence from each pair of sentences. Use the subordinator provided and make any necessary changes. 1. Many craft families stopped their business. There is the economic crisis in the world. (because) _______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Dong Ho paintings are simple. These pictures reflect a typical characteristic of Vietnamese labourers, (although) _______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Three villages were chosen for the pilot project. The Asia Foundation had worked with local authorities. (after) _______________________________________________________________________________ 4. We do not have many handicraft products that are well-known abroad. There are thousands of craft trades nationwide. (though) _______________________________________________________________________________ 5. The craft village must also meet environmental requirements. It wants to develop craft village tourism. (so that) _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. Viet Nam began integrating into the international economy a few decades ago. Production in craft villages developed strongly, meeting demand for domestic decoration, and construction. (when) 11
_______________________________________________________________________________ 7. At the age of over 80, the artisan is instructing the craft to his grandchildren. He wants them to preserve this ancient craft. (so that) _______________________________________________________________________________ 8. The workers have taken several steps to whiten the palm leaves. They sew together the leaves and the rings. (after) _______________________________________________________________________________ 9. The conical hat has several useful functions. It protects the wearer's head and face from sunlight or rain, and it also works as a handy fan on hot summer days. (because) _______________________________________________________________________________ 10. Local people in Thanh Ha pottery village near Hoi An continue following their craft. There isn't enough support for maintaining the old traditions and skills. (although) _______________________________________________________________________________ VIII.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Bau Truc pottery village of Cham ethnic minority is one of the oldest pottery villages in Southeast Asia. It is located about 10 kilometres in the South of Phan Rang town. The small village is (1) to more than 400 families, (2) 85% are in the traditional pottery business. The style is said to be handed (3) from Po Klong Chan, one of their ancestors from the immemorial time. People in Bau Truc use their skillful hands, bamboo-made circles and shells to create priceless works. It is (4) that while the Kinh people have switched to using wheel as an indispensable (5) , their Cham counterparts, on the contrary, still (6) talent hands and simple tools. To create a pottery product, a Cham craftsman only needs an anvil, not a potter's wheel, and other simple equipment and moulds and then uses hands to (7) pieces of clay into the works he wants. The clay is taken from the banks of the Quao River and is very flexible, durable when (8) . The skills needed to mix sand with the clay are also various. The amount of sand mixed with the plastic material is dependent on what the pottery used for and the sizes. For these reasons, Bau Truc pottery is quite different from pottery elsewhere. For example, water jars made in Bau Truc are always favoured by people in dry and sunny areas (9) the temperature of the water in the jars is always one centigrade cooler than (10) outside. 1. A. house B. home C. housing D. household 2. A. which B. about which C. for which D. of which 3. A. down B. up C. in D. to 4. A. surprise B. surprised C. surprising D. surprisingly 5 A. equipment B. tool C. machine D. instruments 6. A. rely on B. result in C. base on D. succeed in 7. A. develop B. shape C. influence D. decide 8. A. heating B. heating up C. be fired D. being fired 9. A. so that B. although C. so D. because 10.A. it B. what C. that D. this IX.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Recently, we made a trip to visit Dong Ho village with a desire to meet the old artisan – Nguyen Huu Sam. Just when we arrived villagers at the dyke in the village and talked with the villagers about the artisan, they immediately told us about him. The old house owned by the artisan is situated in a long alley of the village. On the walls of the house there are many folk paintings in different genres, from daily life paintings to landscape paintings shown in a set of “four seasons�. Mr. Sam told us about his past. When he was three years old, he was instructed in the craft of making Dong Ho paintings by his father. At five, he could help his father apply the Dong Ho paintings, and learn how to print the paper with proper colours. At seven, he was able to draw with a pen and make the most 12
difficult samples. Years went by and the soul of Dong Ho folk paintings has kept seashell powder paint to the poonah-paper. In the 1940s, this craft flourished. At that time, he was assigned by his parents to take the paintings to the market for sale. Mr. Sam said that 17 families in the village have been engaged in making Dong Ho paintings. Artisan Sam has always been devoted to the making of Dong Ho paintings and has waited for opportunities to restore this traditional craft. In 1967, when the local authorities assigned him to restore the traditional genre of Dong Ho folk paintings, he gathered 50 villagers with professional skills and collected hundreds of woodblocks to establish the Dong Ho Painting Cooperative. Thanks to his efforts, such famous painting as "Rat's wedding", “Rooster”, “Scene of jealousy” and “Writing verses about precious flowers" have been revived. Dong Ho paintings have been available in many parts of the world such as Japan, France, Germany, Singapore and the United States. 1. The themes of Dong Ho paintings are about . A. landscapes B. weddings C. various aspects of life D. animals and flowers 2. In order to make Dong Ho paintings, we need seashell powder paint, the poonah-paper and . A. proper colours B. water C. markets D. woodblocks 3. From paragraph 3, we can infer that when Mr. Sam was very young, he mostly helped his parents by A.applying the woodblocks with proper paints and pressing them on sheets of paper B.applying seashell powder to make various paints for painting making C.drawing with a pen and using proper paints to make many copies of paintings D.collecting and taking the paintings to the market for sale 4. All of the following can be inferred about the artisan - Mr. Sam – EXCEPT that . A.he is popular in the village B.he could paint when he was three C.he keeps a collection of Dong Ho paintings in his house D.the local authorities tried to revive the traditional genre 5. In the writer's opinions, the future of Dong Ho paintings is . A.international B.concerning C.optimistic D.negative X. Write an email to your pen friend about Van Phuc silk village, using the words or phrases below to make complete sentences. Add more words, if necessary. Dear Susan, 1. It/ take/ you/ only 30 minutes/ motorbike/ go/ Van Phuc silk village/ centre/ Ha Noi. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.The village/ much well known/ traditional sericulture/ weaving/ silk products. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.Most visitors/ go/ observe/ skillful workers/ produce/ goods/ listen/ local stories. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.If/ you/ intend/ have/ silk pair/ formal clothes/ just select/ suitable materials/ and/ professional tailors here/ bring/ satisfaction. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5You/ buy/ silk/ clothes made of silk/ presents/ available/ village/ your choice. _________________________________________________________________________________ Look forward to seeing you soon! Best wishes TEST 2 (UNIT 1) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. attraction B. surface C. lacquerware D. artisan 2. A. weave B. treat C. deal D. drumhead 3. A. sculpture B. lantern C. pottery D. treat 13
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A. handicraft B. lacquerware C. artisan D. pottery 5. A. historical B. embroidery C. authority D. architecture III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. The four-ton statue of hero Tran Vu, in 1667, still stands in Quan Thanh Temple. A. cast B.casting C. to cast D. to be vast 7. In 1990, due to the change of the economic situation, Dong Ho paintings were difficult to sell and many quit their job. A. craftsmanship B.craft unions C. craftsmen D.crafts 8. Making rice paper jobs and income for many locals, help many families out of poverty and become well-off. A.keeps B. gets C. applies for D. creates 9. Since changing the way of production, many craftsmen have voluntarilyjoined together to form A. cooperates B. cooperation C.cooperatives D. cooperative 10. The artisan is delighted to to you the craft of creating prints in an old-age style. A.demonstrate B.explain C.express D. provide 11. a majority of Vietnamese small and medium enterprises do not have in-house designers or specialized design staff, they have to hire freelance designers. A. While B. Since C. Due to D. Despite the fact 12. a large number of the country's craft villages are suffering from a shortage of human resources and difficulties in building brand recognition, many international organizations have had projects to help them. A. However B. But C. Even D. Although 13. Nowadays, Tan Chau artisans can produce silk of multiple colours they can meet customers' demands. A. so B. so that C. but D. in order 14. The bronze casting craft in Viet Nam dated back fromthe age of King An Duong Vuong ancient bronze arrowheads were made. A. because B. although C. so D. when 15. In 1990, due to the change of the economic situation, many Dong Ho cooperatives had to . A. close B. close in C. close down D. shut IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. handicrafts design quality return costumes skills appearance history There are many embroidery villages in Viet Nam, but Quat Dong village in Ha Noi is widely known for its products of high (1) . Embroidery has been developing around here since the 17th century. In the past, local skilled artisans were chosen to make sophisticated embroidered (2) for the Vietnamese King, Queen and other Royal family members. The first man who taught the local people how to embroider was Dr. Le Cong Hanh, who lived during the Le dynasty. He learned how to embroider while on a trip to China as an envoy, and taught the villagers of Quat Dong upon his (3) . Although these (4) eventually spread across the country, the Quat Dong’s artisans' creations are still the most appreciated. In order to create beautiful embroideries, an artisan must be patient, careful and have an eye for (5) , along with clever hands. Nowadays, Quat Dong products may range from clothes, bags, pillowcases, to paintings and decorations, which are exported to many countries. V. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, using the word given in brackets in the correct form. 14
1. Labourers in the Mekong Delta can earn enough money from their crafts during the flood seasons. (live) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.The methods of producing handcrafted paper flowers in Thanh Tien village in Hue were transferred from generation to generation to keep the craft alive. (pass) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.The tour guide gave a short speech so that foreign visitors could get information about the process of making fish sauce in Phu Quoc. (find) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.Craft village development is now a good way to solve the poverty in rural areas. (deal) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.We are thinking with pleasure about the trip in order to discover the traditional craft villages round Hue. (forward) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Sedge Mat Craft Village In Tien Giang Province In the Mekong Delta., Long Dinh village of Tien Giang province is famous for its traditional craft of weaving flowered mats. The mat's high quality makes them popular domestically, and they are also exported to markets worldwide including Korea, Japan and America. In spite of its well-established reputation for this traditional craft, mat weaving only started here some 50 years ago. It was first introduced by immigrants from Kim Son, a famous mat weaving village in the northern province of Ninh Binh. However, the technique of weaving sedge mats in Long Dinh, as compared with other places in the South, is somewhat different. Long Dinh branded mats are thicker and have more attractive colours and pattems. Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice. Long Dinh mat production mainly occurs during the dry season, from January to April. Weavers have to work their hardest in May and June, otherwise, when the rainy season starts in July, they will have to put off finishing their products till the next dry season. No matter how much work it requires, Long Dinh mat producers stick with this occupation, as it brings a higher income than growing rice. This trade provides employment for thousands of local labourers. At present, nearly 1,000 households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats. To better meet market demands, Long Dinh mat weavers have created more products in addition to the traditional sedge mats. Particularly, they are producing a new type of mat made from the dried stalks of water hyacinth, a common material in the Mekong Delta. Thanks to the planning and further investment, the mat weaving occupation has indeed brought in more income for local residents. Their living standards have improved considerably, resulting in better conditions for the whole village. 1. All of the following are true about the craft in Long Dinh EXCEPT that . A.it has the origin from Kim Son, Ninh Binh B.it has had the reputation for more than 50 years C.the techniques are a little bit different from those in other regions D.the mats have more attractive colours and designs 2. We can infer from the sentence "Weaving sedge mats is similar growing rice� that . A.both depend on weather conditions B.both occur on the same land C.both bring similar income D. both occur at the same time 3. Despite difficulties, people in Long Dinh try to follow the craft because . 15
A.they can have jobs in the rainy months B.they can go to Korea, Japan and America C.they can make the techniques of weaving different D.they can earn more money than growing rice 4. In order to meet market demands, artisans in Long Dinh . A.produce new products from rare material B.hire thousands of local labourers C.try to produce various types of products D.stop producing the traditional sedge mats 5. We can infer from the passage that . A.the new technique makes labourers work in the dry season B.Long Dinh mat production is only well-known in foreign markets C.the craft contributes much to the village economy D.most of the households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats VII.Read the passage, and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Bau Truc pottery items are made from clay from the Quao River mixed with sand. Clay is collected from the river only once a year, each lasting for half a month. Clay is taken more or less depending on the ability of each person. In the clay collecting season, local people try to take as much clay as they can to store, for use in the entire year. Currently, people in Bau Truc pottery village still make pottery items in the traditional way. They do not use the wheel but the craftsmen have to turn around the products. The potters shape their products by skillful hands and feet around a pole-round pillar, rather than on the wheel. From this step, silky clay block initially gradually forms a smooth rounded hollow blocks, then the formation of flower vases, or water pots. Bau Truc's craftsmen use wet cloths to make the product surface smooth. These items are decorated with seashells, snails or hand-made paintings featuring the daily life of Bau Truc's people. T F 1.Clay can be collected from the Quao River all year round. 2.Bau Truc pottery is famous because people only use fine clay to make their products. 3.People still make the pottery in the traditional way. 4.Craftsmen shape the pottery items only with their hands and feet. 5.The pots nowadays are shaped on the potter's wheel. 6.Craftsmen use simple ways to make the product surface smooth. 7.The craftsmen's skills can make the blocks of clay become lively and useful. 8.The designs of Bau Truc pottery reflect the life of local people. VIII.Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow. Bat Trang Pottery Village Bat Trang, a traditional porcelain and pottery village with history of seven centuries, is an interesting attraction in Ha Noi that tourists should not ignore. Located in an area rich in clay, the village has advantage of ingredients to create fine ceramics. Moreover, lying beside the Red River, between Thang Long and Pho Hien, two ancient trade centers in the north of Viet Nam during the 15th-17thcenturies. Bat Trang's ceramics were favourite products not only in the domesticmarket, but also foreign ones thanks to Japanese, Chinese and Western trading boats that passed by. In the 18th and 19th centuries, due to restricting foreign trade policy of Trinh, Nguyen dynasties, it was difficult for pottery products in Viet Nam to be exported to foreign countries, and some famous potterymaking villages like Bat Trang, or Chu Dau (Hai Duong province) went through a hard time. Since 1986, thanks to economic reforms and development, more attention has been paid to the village and the world gets a chance to know more about Vietnamese porcelain through many high quality exported Bat Trang's ceramic products. 16
Bat Trang ceramics are produced for daily household use (bows,cups, plates, pots, bottles…), worshipping, or decoration purposes. Nowadays, the pottery artists bring into ceramics many innovations in production techniques, and creativity in products' features, so many new products have been made, and even daily household items may have the beauty like decoration ones. Visiting Bat Trang, tourists can visit Bat Trang Porcelain and Pottery Market where they can directly make pottery products by themselves. Many youngsters and foreign tourists are interested in this pottery-making experience, and spend a whole day in the market making a souvenir for their families or friends. Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each blank. Answer
A B 1. rich (adj) A. of or inside a particular country 2. domestic B. limiting a certain activity 3. restricting C. new ideas or methods (adj) D. containing a lot of something 4. innovations (n) Task 2: Read the passage again, and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). T F 1. Bat Trang pottery has been developed since the 7th century. 2. Bat Trang’s pottery products were exported to foreign markets during the 18th and 19th centuries. 3. Its location beside the Red River has provided an enormous source of fine clay as ingredient for pottery making. 4. Many Japanese, Chinese and Western trading boats came to Pho Hien during he 15th and 17thcenturies. 5. Artisans in Bat Trang village have always kept the traditions without any changes. 6. Bat Trang Village has been the only centre of pottery in the north of Viet Nam for centuries. 7. Political policies have had influence on development of pottery and the ceramic crafts. 8. Tourists may have experience of making pottery pieces by themselves. IX. Write an email to your pen friend about a trip to craft villages around Hoi An, using the words or phrases below to make complete sentences. Add more words, if necessary. Dear David, 1. You/ start/ trip/ taking/ short walk down/ harbor/ Hoi An/ where/ you/ board/ wooden boat. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2. First/ you/ get/ pottery Thanh Ha village/ where/ local people/ continue/ make/ craft pots/ hand. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Then/ you/ continue/ visit/ carpentry village/ Kim Bong/ which/ have/ huge influence/ architecture/ Hoi An. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.The traditional carpentry/ keep/ alive/ and/ still used/ restoring/ old buildings/ Hoi An. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Your trip/ finish/ boat trip/ back/ ancient town/ Hoi An. _________________________________________________________________________________ Look forward to seeing you soon! Best wishes X. Write an email to your pen friend about Du Du sculpture village, using the words or phrases below to make complete sentences. Add more words, if necessary. Dear Ann. 46. Du Du craft village/ traditional sculpture village/ various kinds/ products. 47. When/ you/ arrive/ Du Du village/ you/ have/ a chance/ study full processes/ statue making/ raw material/ a finished product. 17
48.
Thanks/ skillful hands/ products/ become/ lively/ artistic.
49.
Statues/ made/ Du Du workers/ look/ real humans/ from/ a glint/ smile.
50. Many artisans/ village/ make/ a lot/ wooden statues/ the Hue Citadel. _________________________________________________________________________________ Look forward to seeing you soon! Best wishes TEST 3 UNIT 1 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. pottery b. product c. workshop d. conical 2. a. surface b. layer c. frame d. birthplace 3. a. weather b. thread c. together d. rather 4. a. historical b. system c. landscape d. business 5. a. carved b. impressed c. embroidered d. weaved II. Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. 1. a. craftsman b. attraction c. museum d. department 2. a. embroider b. lantern c. impress d. desire 3. a. workshop b. remind c. outskirts d. village 4. a. competition b. generation c. conical d. authenticity 5. a. family b. typical c. grandparents d. embroider III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. from Nubia. 1. The museum has a superb collection of ancient a. artefacts b. leather c. presence d. beads 2. Our aim is to make the performing arts, museums and our accessible to all. a. love b. patriotism c. heritage d. status 3. I have ten pictures and eight pieces sculpture on exhibition. a. of b. on c. in d. for 4. David Ferris’s father was a bank manager living the outskirts of the Lancastrian town of Preston. a. of b. on c. in d. at we can gain better health. 5. All people should join hand in protecting the environment a. in order that b. when c. because d. even though 6. we were waiting, a woman with a phone on her hand asked us what we were doing. a. That b. In order that c. While d. Although 7. The bus up passengers outside the airport. a. hits b. sends c. lays d. picks to their hotel for lunch. 8. After visiting Van Phuc village, they came a. at b. up c. down d. back 9. A: I’ll pick you up at eight o’clock on my way to the airport. B: a. For pleasure b. Great. I’ll see you then. c. I have a phone. d. Would be. 10. A: Would you like to join us on the trip to La Khe Silk Village? B: a. Sounds great. b. For now. c. Better things happened. d. I don’t think so. IV. Match the word with its definition. 1. artisan a. a product that is made by hand rather than by using a machine 2. workshop b. the process of encouraging members of a group to work well together by having 18
them take part in activities and games c. a person who does skilled work, making things with their hands d. a long, thin strand of cotton, nylon, or other fibers used in sewing or weaving e. the place where something first started to exist f. a room or building where things are made using tools or machines g. a work of art that is a solid figure or object made by carving or shaping wood, stone, clay, metal, etc. 8. sculpture h. the quality of being real or true V. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
her uniform every chance, keeping it crisp and fresh. 1. She 2. These baskets are from strips of willow. a sweater for John, and now I’m making one for me. 3. I’ve on the cloth. 4. The dragon pattern was sometimes 5. The statue was out of a single piece of stone. 6. This video shows how to a cup from clay. 7. Dong Son drums were in bronze and designed with traditional patterns. 8. Every year, a lot of products are from the workshop of Phong’s family. VI. Fill in the blank with an appropriate preposition or adverb to form a phrasal verb. 1. They got bus and walked to the craft village. 2. The museum has been temporarily closed for reconstruction. 3. Bat Trang Ceramic Village is facing up the lack of artisans. 4. He asked her to go on a vacation with his family but she turned him . 5. Tourists coming Western countries find conical hats interesting. 6. She is used to dealing all kinds of people in her job. 7. He got to find himself alone in the house. 8. Tomorrow’s match has been called because of the icy weather. to the reunion with my family in Vietnam. 9. I’m looking 10. These traditional stories have been passed from parent to child over many generations. VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in capital. 1. Local people can earn their livings by providing tourists with necessary services. (LIVE) → Local people _____________________________________________________________ 2. That man has a friendly relationship with the owner of Los Angeles County Museum of Art. (GETS) → That man ________________________________________________________________ 3. Pictures of the suspect were published in all daily papers. (BROUGHT) → Pictures _________________________________________________________________ 4. There is no oil and gas left on Earth. (RUN) → The Earth has _____________________________________________________________ 5. The council had to cancel the football match because of the storm. (CALL) → The council ______________________________________________________________ 6. She was reading a magazine as she waited in the doctor’s office. (LOOKING) → She _____________________________________________________________________ 7. I will return to Hoi An to have another week of adventure this summer. (COME) → I _______________________________________________________________________ 8. After leaving college, he started his own business with a bank loan. (SET) → After ____________________________________________________________________ 9. She promised to meet me at the cinema this evening, but she didn’t arrive. (TURN)
→ ________________________________________________________________________ 10. Nicholas began his trip to the remote farmhouse in Connecticut yesterday. (SET) → Nicholas _________________________________________________________________ VIII. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. (imagine) things! 1. You can’t really have seen a UFO! You (go) to see her yesterday. She (study) for an 2. Linda was busy when we exam. 3. The festival is held by the Hanoi City Department of Tourism (preserve)and develop traditional trade villages in Hanoi. 4. The owner of Hakata Traditional Craft and Design Museum (close) it down because of dropping profit. 5. Conical hat making (be) a traditional craft for hundreds of years. (complete) at the end of last month. 6. The building 7. Individuals should be responsible for (revive) local culture. 8. (you/ ever/ be) to Bat Trang Ceramic Village? IX. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The price of clay, supplies and equipment is a small percentage of the total cost to pottery. (product) 2. He started the youth group to keep local off the streets. (young) 3. Poem conical hats are believed to come from Tay Ho Village in Hue, which was famous for hat makers. (skill) 4. Today, Hang Trong paintings are found only in museums or fine an galleries. (authenticity) 5. Craft village tourism has also proved an , receiving great attention from visitors, especially foreign tourists. (attract) 6. Mass started in 1989 when the first 340 Windsurf guests arrived. (tour) 7. The tribe is concerned with the of its culture and traditions, (preserve) 8. The second collection was more decorative, inspired by and pattern. (embroider) 9. Vietnamese people have a strong desire to maintain a distinct identity. (culture) 10. I’d like to thank everyone for helping to make this day for us. (memory) X. Read the text then answer the questions. HANOI, A CAPITAL OF TRADITIONAL CRAFTS Hanoi has long been home to hundreds of craft villages. Over the years, many of the crafts have developed, while some have disappeared altogether. The heart and soul of Hanoi’s vibrant old crafts are its craftsmen and women. One such couple are Nguyen Van Hoa and his wife Dang Huong Lan of Ba Dinh District’s Hang Than Street. They are among the few artisans still making elaborate cardboard masks in order to preserve the traditional culture. Although the work itself requires many steps, the materials required are simple: newspapers, glue, paint and paintbrushes. The first step entails tearing the newspapers to pieces and then using glue to combine them into a mold. The masks are painted one color at a time and then laid out to dry. Cardboard mask making is therefore dependent on dry weather and the couple can only make about 2,000 masks per festival. These are priced from VND25.000 to VND35,000 a piece, bringing in VND50-60 million - a sum is not commensurate with the efforts that go into making these elaborate crafts. Making swans out of cotton is also a traditional craft. Only artisan Vu Thi Thanh Tam of 79 Hang Luoc Street in the capital makes these swans. The swan frames are made of notebook paper and are stuffed with cotton, then a skillful artisan puts each layer of cotton on the swan frames and uses rice water to smooth them. The swan neck is made of steel wire and is covered by cotton. The finished product is placed in a rattan basket with cotton around and glass-beads and silk flowers are added for color. The continuity of traditional crafts adds to the capital’s attractiveness in the eyes of citizens and international visitors. 1. Who plays role as the heart and soul of Hanoi’s crafts?
19
20
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
authenticity handicraft team-building birthplace thread
carved
cast
knitted
embroidered
produced
mould
woven
ironed
________________________________________________________________________ 2. Which traditional craft do Mr. Hoa and his wife preserve? ________________________________________________________________________ 3. How many materials are there to make that craft? What are they? ________________________________________________________________________ 4. Which kind of weather does the craft making process depend on? ________________________________________________________________________
I’ve just been back from my vacation in Hanoi, Vietnam. In this trip, I had a chance to visit some (1) villages that produce the finest craft works exported over the world. foot on was Van Phuc silk village, the cradle of The very first place I (2) best silk in Vietnam once. I totally fall in love with many colourful clothes, hats, bags, tie... made of authentic silk. Then, I moved on to Bat Trang ceramic village, the most famous and (3) pottery village in Vietnam with a nearly 1,000 years old historic development. Here, I visited a small family factory to see how the (4) form, paint and glaze with unique products and have a chance to practice my talent with wet clay and a mould. Afternoon, I continued to visit Dong Ho folk the traditional woodblock paintings are preserved. I was completely painting village, (5) impressed by the folk paintings made by the local (6) artisans with natural materials and colors. Each painting is (7) handmade on paper of the Dzo tree and is coloured with other natural materials and its glittery surface is finished with oyster shell dust. which were later given to my family and friends. I took home a lot of handmade (8) XII. Read the text and decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F). Symbolic Meaning of Matryoshka Everyone knows that a Matryoshka is a nesting doll. It is a set of typically seven wooden dolls of decreasing sizes that all fit inside of each other, one by one. Each stacking doll splits in half at the midsection and opens to reveal another smaller doll nested within. Each Matryoshka is handmade, for this reason, it is unique: you cannot find two Matryoshka identical. Matryoshka is made by different dolls. The biggest doll is called “mother”, the smallest one is called seed. Originally, the biggest doll represents a strong female matriarch who is the main symbol of the Russian family. In itself, the doll fits inside little dolls which represent daughters and sons. For this reason, Matryoshka represents fertility and motherhood. The Matryoshka is also the symbol of Russia: the big doll represents Russia mother, and in itself she hosts children, women, men, but also feelings like pain, happiness, joy. It is a mother who can host all these things. Matryoshka can represent also our life: we are like a big doll with other dolls inside which represent our stories, relationships, experiences. We are one person with different experiences. The seed represents our soul which is innocent and it is the real essence of ourselves. 1. Russian doll matryoshka is composed of dolls of different sizes fitting into each other. 2. It is true that you can find two Matryoshka identical. 3. Matryoshka is a symbol of motherhood and fertility of nature. 4. The biggest doll represents a powerful woman in a family.
5. Matryoshka shows the role of members in a family. 6. Dolls inside the Matryoshka depict different aspects of human life, such as our stories, relationships and experience. 7. The seed, the smallest doll, represents the purity of childhood and our nature. XIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. 1. I’m really excited about the upcoming pottery workshop. → I’m looking ______________________________________________________________ 2. We invited a pop star to the chat show, but he didn't arrive. → The pop star ______________________________________________________________ 3. He misbehaved in the class so the teacher asked him to go out. → The teacher asked __________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ 4. The artisans carved figures of lions and unicorns on the top of the box. → Figures __________________________________________________________________ 5. Don't leave the computer on when you leave. → Turn ____________________________________________________________________ 6. They wanted to apologize for their behavior: that’s why they paid for dinner. → They paid for dinner in order _________________________________________________ 7. When I was a child, I usually went to the local park every Saturday afternoon. → When I was a child, I used ___________________________________________________ 8. Their teacher is making them study hard. → They XIV. Join each pair of sentences, using the word or phrase in brackets. 1. Hoa was born in Doc So craft village. She knows the process of making pottery. (BECAUSE) ________________________________________________________________________ 2. The library was bombed. Many important historical documents were destroyed. (WHEN) ________________________________________________________________________ 3. She entered the room. She knew there was something wrong. (AS SOON AS) ________________________________________________________________________ 4. We decided to take rooms in Longwood House. We knew we could not afford the rent. (EVEN THOUGH) ________________________________________________________________________ 5. My mom instructed me through 15 stages of making a conical hat. I could make one for me. (SO THAT) ________________________________________________________________________ 6. You want to knit a hat for your friend. You should watch tutorials on YouTube. (BEFORE) ________________________________________________________________________ 7. I was not enjoying the party. I wanted to leave early. (AS) ________________________________________________________________________ 8. I was cleaning out my cupboards. I found these photos. (WHILE) ________________________________________________________________________ 9. I went to Malaysia last year. I wanted to experience a whole new world. (IN ORDER TO) ________________________________________________________________________ 10. I attended a knitting workshop last Sunday. I don’t know how to knit a scarf. (ALTHOUGH) XV. Mark the letter a, b, c or d to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences. 1. Elizabeth was writing a note to her friend. The train arrived. a. Elizabeth was writing a note to her friend as soon as the train arrived. b. After the train arrived, Elizabeth was writing a note to her friend. c. The train arrived while Elizabeth was writing a note to her friend. d. Elizabeth was writing a note to her friend whenever the train arrived. 2. The water is very cold in January. We go swimming anyway. a. When the water is very cold in January, we go swimming anyway.
21
22
5. What are the swan frames made of? ________________________________________________________________________ 6. What does the artisan use to smooth the frames? ________________________________________________________________________ 7. What is added to color the finished product? ________________________________________________________________________ XI. Fill in the gap with one word from the box. artisans
skillful
handicraft
completely
long-standing
souvenirs
where
set
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
b. As the water is very cold in January, we go swimming anyway. c. The water is very cold in January if we go swimming anyway. d. Although the water is very cold in January, we go swimming anyway. The water was very rough. The lifeguards made all of the swimmers leave the water. a. Since the water was very rough, the lifeguards made all of the swimmers leave the water. b. The water was very rough so that the lifeguards made all of the swimmers leave the water. c. The water was very rough because the lifeguards made all of the swimmers leave d. The lifeguards made all of the swimmers leave the water though the water was very rough. Mike goes jogging two miles every morning. Then he gets ready for work. a. Mike goes jogging two miles every morning after he gets ready for work. b. Mike goes jogging two miles every morning before he gets ready for work. c. Mike goes jogging two miles every morning as soon as he gets ready for work. d. Mike goes jogging two miles every morning when he gets ready for work. Ticket prices might be more expensive. Going to the movies is still much cheaper than going to a concert. a. Ticket prices might be more expensive then going to the movies is still much cheaper than going to a concert. b. Ticket prices might be more expensive that going to the movies is still much cheaper than going to a concert. c. Going to the movies is still much cheaper than going to a concert since ticket prices might be more expensive. d. Going to the movies is still much cheaper than going to a concert although ticket prices might be more expensive. We went to Dong Xuan Market. We flew back to Ho Chi Mirth City at 7pm. a. We went to Dong Xuan Market while we flew back to Ho Chi Minh City at 7pm. b. Before we flew back to Ho Chi Minh City at 7pm, we went to Dong Xuan Market. c. We went to Dong Xuan Market in order that we flew back to Ho Chi Minh City at 7pm. d. As we went to Dong Xuan Market, we flew back to Ho Chi Minh City at 7pm. You need to plan your trip to South America carefully. You don’t spend all your money too quickly. a. You need to plan your trip to America carefully so that you don’t spend all your money too quickly. b. You need to plan your trip to America carefully although you don’t spend all your money too quickly. c. You need to plan your trip to America carefully as you don’t spend all your money too quickly. d. Even though you need to plan your trip to America carefully, you don’t spend all your money too quickly. Richard is very wealthy. He can afford to buy almost anything he wants. a. Although Richard is very wealthy, he can afford to buy almost anything he wants. b. Richard is so wealthy that he can afford to buy almost anything he wants. c. Richard is very wealthy so that he can afford to buy almost anything he wants. d. Richard can afford to buy almost anything he wants, but he is very wealthy. UNIT 2: CITY LIFE
A.VOCABULARY 1. fabulous (adj) 2. reliable (adj) 3. metropolitan (adj) 4. multicultural (adj) 5. variety (n) 6. grow up (ph.v) 7. packed (adj)
/ˈfæbjələs/: /rɪˈlaɪəbl/: /ˌmetrəˈpɒlɪtən/: /ˌmʌltiˈkʌltʃərəl/: /vəˈraɪəti/: /ɡrəʊ ʌp/: /pækt/:
tuyệt vời, tuyệt diệu đáng tin cậy (thuộc về) đô thị, thu phu đa văn hóa sự phong phu, đa dạng lớn lên, trưởng thành chật ních người 23
8. urban (adj) /ˈɜːbən/: (thuộc) đô thị, thành thị 9. Oceania (n) /ˌəʊsiˈɑːniə/: châu Đại Dương 10. medium-sized (adj) /ˈmiːdiəm-saɪzd/: cỡ vừa, cỡ trung 11. forbidden (adj) /fəˈbɪdn/: bị cấm 12. easy-going (adj) /ˈiːzi-ˈɡəʊɪŋ/: thoải mái, dễ tính 13. downtown (adj) /ˌdaʊnˈtaʊn/: (thuộc) trung tâm thành phố, khu thương mại 14. skyscraper (n) /ˈskaɪskreɪpə/: nhà cao chọc trời 15. stuck (adj) /stʌk/: mắc ket, không di chuyển đươc 16. wander (v) /ˈwɒndə/: đi lang thang 17. affordable (adj) /əˈfɔːdəbl/: (giá cả) phải chăng 18. conduct (v) /kənˈdʌkt/: thực hiện 19. determine (v) /dɪˈtɜːmɪn/: xác định 20. factor (n) /ˈfæktə/: yếu tố 21. confl ict (n) /ˈkɒnfl ɪkt/: xung đột 22. indicator (n) /ˈɪndɪkeɪtə/: chỉ số 23. asset (n) /ˈæset/: tài sản 24. urban sprawl /ˈɜːbən sprɔːl/: sự đô thị hóa 25. index (n) /ˈɪndeks/: chỉ số 26. metro (n) /ˈmetrəʊ/: tàu điện ngầm 27. dweller (n) /ˈdwelə/: cư dân 28. negative (adj) /ˈneɡətɪv/: tiêu cực 29. for the time being /fə(r) ðə taɪm ˈbiːɪŋ/: hiện thời B- GRAMMAR:
ÔN TẬP SO SÁNH VỚI TÍNH TỪ VÀ TRẠNG TỪ ( COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES) 1. So sánh hơn với tính từ ( comparative form of adjectives) Comparison of adjectives and adverbs: Review (Sự so sánh của những tính từ và trạng từ: Ôn tập) - Bạn có thể sử dụng much, a lot, a bit và a little * Tính từ ngắn là những tính từ có 1 âm tiết. Ví dụ: tall, high,big * Tính từ dài là những tính từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên. Ví dụ: expensive, intelligent Cấu trúc câu so sánh hơn với tính từ. Đối với tính từ ngắn Đối với tính từ dài S1 + to be + adj + er + than + S2 S1 + to be +more + adj + than + S2 Với tính từ ngắn, thêm đuôi “er” vào sau Với tính từ dài, thêm đuôi “more” vào trước tính từ tính từ Ví dụ: Ví dụ: China is bigger than India. Gold is more valuable than silver. ( Trung Quốc lớn hơn Ấn Độ) ( Vàng có giá trị hơn bạc) Lan is shorter than Nam. Hanh is more beautiful than Hoa. ( Lan thì thấp hơn Nam) ( Hạnh thì xinh hơn Hoa) My house is bigger than your house. Your book is more expensive than his book. ( Nhà của tôi to hơn nhà của bạn) ( Quyển sách của bạn đắt hơn quyển sách của His pen is newer than my pen. anh ấy) ( Bút của anh ấy mới hơn bút của tôi) Exercise 1 is more difficult than exercise 2. ( Bài tập số 1 khó hơn bài tập số 2) Để nhấn mạnh ý trong câu so sánh hơn, ta thêm much, a lot, a bit, a little và far vào sau hình thức so sánh của tính từ để diễn tả sự khác nhau lớn thế nào. A DVD is much better than a video for watching film. ( Xem phim bằng đĩa DVD thì tốt hơn nhiều so với bằng video). Ex: His boyfriend is much/far older than 24
her. Bạn trai của cậu ấy lớn tuổi hơn cô ấy nhiều. I got up a little later than usual. Tôi thức dậy trễ hơn thường ngày một chút. I'm feeling a lot better today. Hôm nay tôi thấy khỏe hơn nhiều. - Với hình thái so sánh nhất của tính từ bạn có thể sử dụng second, third... Ex: Karachi in Pakistan is the second largest city in the world in population. Karachi Ở Pakistan là một thành phố lớn thứ 2 trên thế giới về mật độ dân số. - Bạn có thể sử dụng by far để nhấn mạnh sự so sánh tuyệt đối. Ex: China is by far to emphasise superlatives. Trung Quốc là quốc gia đông dân nhất thế giới. 2. So sánh hơn với trạng từ ( Comparative forms of adverbs) Tương tư như tính từ, trạng từ cũng được chia làm 2 loại: * trạng từ ngắn là những từ có 1 âm tiết. Ví dụ: fast, near, far, right, wrong. * Trạng từ dài là những từ có từ 2 âm tiết trở lên. Ví dụ: slowly, responsibly, quickly, interestingly, tiredly... Cấu trúc câu so sánh hơn với trạng từ Đối với trạng từ ngắn Đối với trạng từ dài S1 + V + adv +er + than + S2 S1 + V + more/less + adv +er + than + S2 Với trạng từ ngắn , thường là trạng từ chỉ Với trạng từ dài , hầu hết là trạng từ chỉ cách thức có hình thức giống tính từ, ta thêm cách thức có đuôi “ly”, ta thêm đuôi “more” đuôi “er” vào sau trạng từ. ( nhiều hơn) hoặc “less” (ít hơn) vào trước trạng từ. - “less” là từ phản nghĩa của “more” được dùng để diễn đạt sự không bằng nhau ở mức độ ít hơn. Ví dụ: Ví dụ: They work harder than I do. My friend did the test more carefully than I ( Họ làm việc chăm chỉ hơn tôi) did. He runs faster than she does. ( Bạn tôi làm bài kiểm tra cẩn thận hơn tôi) ( Anh ấy chạy nhanh hơn cô ấy) My father talks more slowly than my mother My mother gets up earlier than me. does. (Mẹ tôi thức dậy sớm hơn tôi) ( Bố tôi nói chậm hơn mẹ tôi) I go to school later than my friends do. Hanh acts less responsibly than anyone here. ( Tôi đi học muộn hơn các bạn) ( Hạnh hành động thiếu trách nhiệm hơn bất cứ ai ở đây) 3. So sánh nhất với tính từ ( Superlative of adjectives) Ta sử dụng so sánh nhất để so sánh người ( hoặc vật) với tất cả người ( hoạc vật) trong nhóm. Đối với tính từ ngắn Đối với tính từ dài S + to be + the + adj + - est + ( danh từ) S + to be + the most+ adj + ( danh từ) Ví dụ: Ví dụ: Russia is the biggest country in the world This exercise is the most difficult. ( Nga là đất nước lớn nhất thế giới) ( Bài tập này là khó nhất) My school is the biggest in the city This is the most interesting film I’ve ever 25
( Trường của tôi lớn nhất trong thành phố) seen. My father is the oldest person in my family. ( Đây là bộ phim hay nhất tôi từng xem) ( Bố tôi là người lớn tuổi nhất trong nhà) Ngoc is the most intelligent student. Quang is the tallest in his class. ( Ngọc là học sinh thông minh nhất) ( Quang là người cao nhất trong lớp của anh ấy) Để nhấn mạnh ý trong câu so sánh nhất, ta thêm “ by far” vào sau hình thức so sánh hoặc có thể dùng second, third... Ví dụ: He is the smallest by far. ( Anh ấy thông minh nhất, hơn mọi người nhiều) Huong is the second tallest person in my class. ( Hương là người cao thứ 2 trong lớp tôi) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Cho dạng so sánh hơn của các tính từ hoặc trạng từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau: 1. Urban sprawl has happed (fast) ______________ than ever before. 2. Ha Noi is much (populous) ______________ than my hometown. 3. The city center is (densely) _____________popolated than the suburbs. 4. You can count on Peter. He is ( reliable) _________________ than he appears to be. 5. This singer performs (well) ___________ than she used to be three years ago. 6. This year we travel (far) ______________ than we did last year. 7. I notice that today my daughter looked (happy) ___________ than usual. 8. As people gets old, they try to maitain a ( healthy) _______________ lifestyle than when they are young. 9. Travelling by bus is much (slow) ____________ than travelling by bullet train. 10. Jim didn’t feel well today, so he performed (badly) _______________ than usual. 11. You are (good) ______________ than me when it comes to public speaking. 12. He seem to be ( familiar) ______________ with his neighborhood than any one else here. 13. Listen! Today Jim sings ( beautifully) ____________ than any other day. 14. The air in the city is (polluted) ________ than that in the countryside. 15. I think computer will be (helpful) ___________ for you than a smartphone. Bài 2: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1. Jim boasted that he could run (faster/fastlier) than anyone else in his class. 2. her presentation is (poorer/ more poorly) prepared than I expected. 3. Jim seems to care ( littler/less) about his health than he could. 4. If you had tried (harder/more hardly), you would have passed the test. 5. Today the sun shines (brighter/ more brightly) than yesterday. 6. Snow storm in my hometown is (more severe/ more severely) than anywhere elae in the country. 7. I think you could reach a (higher/ more highly) position in the company if you tried. 8. If you behaved (cleverer/ more cleverly), they would look up to you. 9. Although my computer is old-fashioned, it runs (smoother/ more smoothly) than many of the modern ones. 10. Thanks to immense practice, Jim can speak English much (more fluent/more fluently) than he used to. Bài 3: Cho dạng so sánh hoặc so sánh nhất của các tính từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau. 1. John is the second (intelligent) __________________ student in his class. 26
2. If only the traffic in my hometown was (convenient) _____________ than it is now. 3. ha Noi is amongst (polluted) ______________ city in the world. 4. I wish that my house was (spacious)____________________. Bài 4: Viết lại câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi, sử dụng dạng so sánh hơn của trạng từ hoặc tính từ. 0. Living in the city is much more expensive than living in the countryside. => Living in the countryside is much cheaper than living in the city. 1. My current house is more spacious than the old one. => My old house_______________________________________________________. 2. He performed better than he was expected. => He was expected_____________________________________________________. 3. This time Mike run faster than his brother. => This time Mike’s brother_______________________________________________. 4. I think you will have a higher position in our company than Jim. => I think Jim will_______________________________________________________. 5. Jane decorated her cake more beautifully than I did. => I___________________________________________________________________. 6. This year Peter invested a larger amount of money on his business than last year. => Last year____________________________________________________________. 7.My computer is costlier than Jim’s. => Jim’s computer_______________________________________________________. 8.Playing sports is more time-saving than playing computer games. => Playing computer games________________________________________________. Bài 5: Dựa vào những thông tin cho trong bảng dưới đây, hãy viết các câu so sánh với những tính từ thích hợp. Ha Noi City Ho Chi Minh City Population 7,588 million (2005) 8,426 million Area 3,329 km2 2,096 km2 Pollution Density 2,171 per square kilometre 3,888 per square kilometre Resident More traditional More dynamic Weather (Winter) Cold Warm 1. Residents of Ha Noi City are more traditional than residents of Ho Chi Minh City. 2. Residents of Ho Chi Minh City are_____________________________________. 3. _________________________________________________________________. 4. _________________________________________________________________. 5. _________________________________________________________________. 6. _________________________________________________________________. 7. _________________________________________________________________. 8. _________________________________________________________________. 9. _________________________________________________________________. II. Cụm động từ (Phrasal Verbs) (tiếp) Bên cạnh ý nghĩa, vị trí của động từ và tiểu từ trong cụm động từ cũng là phần kiến thức quan trọng các em cần chú ý tới. 1. Động từ chính và tiểu từ luôn đứng cạnh nhau Dưới đây là những trường hợp động từ chính và tiểu từ luôn đi sát nhau, không bao giờ tách rời. Trường hợp Ví dụ TH1: Với những cụm nội động từ The magazine Time comes out once a week. (intransitive phrasal verb) không có tân ngữ (Báo Time được phát hành mỗi tuần một phía sau. lần.) Our car broke down and had to be towed to a garage. 27
(Xe chúng tôi bị hư và phải kéo về chỗ sửa) I ran into our old friend , Mary, the other day at the supermarket. (Hôm đó, tôi gặp lại Mary, bạn cũ của tụi mình, ở siêu thị) She was looking for the passport which she had lost. (Chị ấy đang tìm kiếm cuốn hộ chiếu mà chị ấy đã mất) TH3: Với những cụm từ được cấu tạo bởi She was looking everywhere for the missing động từ + trạng từ + giới từ (phrasal passport. prepositional verbs), theo sau là tân ngữ. (KHÔNG DÙNG... looking for everywhere...) (Cô ta đang tìm khắp mọi nơi cho ra cuốn hộ chiếu đă mất) I can’t put up with this treatment any longer. (KHÔNG DÙNG... put up this treatment/it with...) (KHÔNG DÙNG... put thí treatment/it up with. ) (Tôi không thể nào chịu đựng nổi cách đối xử này nữa.) Một vài cụm phrasal verbs có động từ và tiểu từ luôn đứng cạnh nhau: Pass away (chết) Wait for (đợi) Use up (sử dụng hết, cạn kiệt) belong to (thuộc về) Take after (giống ai như đúc) Stay up (đi ngủ muộn) attend to (chú ý) break up (chia tay, giải tán) believe in (tin cẩn,tin có) Save up (để danh) Look after (chăm sóc) Look for (trông đợi, tìm kiếm) Shut up (ngậm miệng lại) Clear up (dọn dẹp ) Set out/off (khởi hành, bắt đầu) Show off (khoe khoang, agree on sth (đồng ý với điều agree with (đồng ý với ai, hợp khoác lác) gì) với, tốt cho) Take over (giành quyền kiểm Run into (tình cờ gặp, đâm Watch out/ over (coi chừng, soát) xô,lâm vào) cẩn thận) 2.Động từ chính và tiểu từ có thể được ngăn cách bởi tân ngữ. Cách dùng Ví dụ Hầu hết cụm ngoại động từ (transitive I took my shoes off./ I took off my shoes. phrasal verb) thuộc loại này. Tân ngữ là (Tôi cởi giầy ra.) một danh từ thì nó thể nằm ở giữa động He admitted he’d made up the whole từ và tiểu từ hoặc đi sau tiểu từ. thing./He admitted he’d made the whole thing up. (Anh ta thú nhận rằng đã bịa ra mọi chuyện.) Khi tân ngữ là một đại từ như this, that, I took them off. (KHÔNG DÙNG I took off it, them, me,her &he’d thì đại từ này bắt them) buộc sẽ phải đứng ở giữa động từ và tiểu He admitted he’d made it up. từ. (KHÔNG DÙNG He admitted he’d made up it) Một vài cụm phrasal verbs có động từ và tiểu từ có thể đứng tách rời: Pay sb back (trả nợ) Take sth off (cởi cái gì đó) Put sth on (mặc cái gì đó vào) Tell sb off (la rầy ai đó) Pick sb up (đón ai đó) See sb off (tạm biệt) Drop sb off (thả ai xuống xe) Make sth up (bịa chuyện) Keep sb together (gắn bó) Pull sth out (lấy cái gì ra) Put sth away (cất đi) Put sth down (ghi chép lại) TH2: Với những cụm ngoại động từ được cấu tạo bởi động từ + giới từ (to, for, at,...), theo sau là tân ngữ.
28
12.Jim’s poor test results (got/looked) his parents down. 13.My grandmother (died/passed) away before I was born. 14.I have many tasks to (attend/look) to. 15.Who does this bag (belong/own) to? Bài 8. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây bằng cách điền tiểu từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống. 1. We will set__________for Tokyo in the next few hours. 2. Everyone says that Jim takes__________his father but I think he is more like his mother. 3. Who will take__________ your position when you are on parental leave? 4. There are four of us so Peter cuts the cake_______four pieces. 5. I am going to buy a new bike, so I put my old one __________. 6. Remember to put the trash__________before the garbage truck comes. 7. You must take_________your hat before yu come into a temple. 8. I hate the way my manager shuts me_________when she disagrees with me. 9. What are you looking_________? My car keys. 10.Watch_______for the dog. Everyone says that it is a fierce dog. Bài 9. Đánh dấu[V] trước câu đúng, đánh dấu[X] trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng. ___________1. Your son doesn’t take you after at all. ________________________________________________________ ___________2. I think we will use the natural resourses up in the near future. ________________________________________________________ ___________3. Jim agreed me with when I said he needed to improve his living condition. ________________________________________________________
ask sb in/out (cho ai vào/ra) cut sth into (cắt vật gì thành) Get sb down(làm ai thất vọng) Turn sth/sb down (từ chối cái Put something/ somebody out Take sb/sth back to (đem trả gì/ai đó) (đưa ai/cái gì ra ngoài) lại) • Sau mỗi cụm động từ thường có sb/sth, trong đó:sb viết tắt cho somebody (người nào đó), sth: viết tắt cho something (cái gì đó). BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng. (A,B,C) 1.Who does Jim take __________? A.after B.up C.in 2. I am waiting __________the result of the test. A.after B.for C.on 3.They haven’t agreed_________what make of car they would buy. A.on B.in C.with 4. “Who did you run_________yesterday?” “It was my old teacher.” A.on B.out of C.into 5. If we don’t conserve the natural gas, it will soon be used_______? A.up B.off C.to 6.Are you still looking _________a job or have you already got one? A.after B.up C.for 7. After years of being badly treated, James doesn’t believe_________the good things in life any more. A.on B.in C.about 8.Why did you stay________so late last night? A.in B.up C.on 9.When Mr.Brown went on a business trip, Mrs.Smith took_________his work. A.over B.up C.off 10.Jim promised to pick me_________from the airport. A.over B.up C.on 11.Peter took________his rain coat before he came in. A.over B.up C.off 12.You mustn’t believe him. He made_________ the whole story which was completely wrong. A.over B.up C.on 13.Many of my friends came to the airport to see me_________. A.over B.up C.off 14.The teacher told us to put_________interesting details of the presentation. A.up B.down C.away 15.It is the shared mind that keeps us__________. A.up B.together C.with Bài 7: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: 1. My mother told me to (put/get) on warm clothes before I went out. 2. Jim really (got/put) me down when he forgot my birthday. 3. My father never (tells/drops) me off but my mother is always shouting at me. 4. I couldn’t believe she (turned/got) down my invitation for the second time. 5. My mother often lets me (look/take) after my younger brother. 6. “Why did she (break/stay) up with you?” “She said I didn’t care much about her”. 7. Please (drop/tell) me off in front of the theater. 8. We’ve been (saving/looking) up to travel to New York this summer. 9. Have you (take/put ) out clean towels for the guests? 10.(Take/Dress) off your rain coat before you come in. 11.I remember (paying/looking) Jim back but he kept asking me for his money.
___________4. ___________5. ___________6. ___________7. ___________8. ___________9. ___________10.
Mary and Peter broke them up after two months dating. ________________________________________________________ I rarely put down what the teacher says but I can remember most of her words. ________________________________________________________ The taxi driver dropped me off in front of the City Council building. ________________________________________________________ You should clear your room up before mom comes back. ________________________________________________________ I was happy that I run my old teacher into yesterday. ________________________________________________________ Mary is always showing her jewelry off. ________________________________________________________ Both of us agreed with Jane’s opinion about our plan. ________________________________________________________
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 10:Dựa vào từ cho trước viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1.Yesterday / the plane / lake / take / off / early / than / I expect. ............................................................................................................................................ 2.My / mother / look /after / us / carefully / than / my father. ....................................................................................................................................... 3.They /cut / the / big / cake / into / small / parts / than / I / think ........................................................................................................................................... 4.My / sister / even / tell / me / off / often / than /my / mother / do. ............................................................................................................................................. 5.Who / see / you / off / yesterday ? 29
30
............................................................................................................................................. 6.It / cold / today / so / I / put / on / warm / clothes / than / usual. ............................................................................................................................................ 7.Yesterday/ my mother / pick / me /up / late / than / usual. .............................................................................................................................................. 8.You / be / pretty / girl / I / ever / know. ........................................................................................................................................... 9.Unless / you / listen / attentively / to / you / teacher, you / not / catch / up / with / your friends. ........................................................................................................................................... 10.By far, “ The Little Prince” / be / my / favorite / book. .......................................................................................................................................... Bài 11: Hoàn thành các câu sau, sử dụng dạng so sánh của các trạng từ hoặc tính từ cho sẵn. ancient polluted spacious fast populous densely tranquil well 1.I prefer living in the countryside to living i big cities as the coutryside is___________ I really enjoy peaceful moment of like. 2.Although the cities are____________________ than the countryside, there are more recreational activated that I really enjoy in the cities. 3.I can’t believe this vase is mre than 100 years old. It is much _____________ than I thought. 4.The city is always _________________ populated than the countryside . 5.My town is much _____________ than it was ten years ago. I remember there used to be only several houses in a large areas. 6.Houses in the rural area are _______________ than those in the urban areas. 7.Young people often ______________ adjust to changes than the old. 8.The number of skyscrapers in the city is growing______________ than ever before. Bài 12: Hoàn thành những câu sau bằng cụm động từ thích hợp. pay back get down believe in watch out tell off pull out see off agree with save up make up 1. I have seen a lot of people brust into tears when they __________ their friends and family. 2.Do you __________ ________________ me that didn’t try hard enough ? 3.Has your teacher ever ____________ you _________ ? No, she hasn’t. She is a nice teacher. 4.Last week I borrowed Tom &50 to buy a book but I _________________him yet. 5.My boyfriend walked towards me and then he___________ __________ a small gift. 6.I never___________ ______________ in ghosts but my brother is always scared of them. 7._______________ ! There is a car coming. 8.I hate the way Peter tells lies and ______ ____________ stories to cheat people. 9.Have you __________ __________ enough to buy a new car. 10.I promised my mother not to __________ her__________, so I tried my best to get high scores. Bải 13: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: Many people who are close to their retirement want to move to the countryside to enjoy the rest of their life. It is widely believed that life in the rural areas are (1)__________ Than that in the city. The countryside is _____________ than the city and people’s health will improve. (3)_______________ , city folks have warned people about the potential risks of living the rural areas. Life in the countryside may not be blissfully calm as expected, even tougher. For example ,rural houses are (4)___________and people living in it.(5)________,people may also (6)__________ up to the lack of health care service. The vulnerable old people can’t be (7)__________treated in the countryside than in the city.For those who have spent most of their life working and living in urban areas, they may not be able to (8)________the boredom and lack of facility in the rural areas. 1.A.more peacful B.more peacfully C.more noisy D.more noisily 2.A.less polluted B.more polluted C.less pollute D.more pollute 31
3.A.However 4.A.much weaker 5.A.However 6.A.look 7.A.well 8.Acome down with
B.But B.more weaker B.Besides B.make B.more better B.put up with
C.Therefore C.less weaker C.Whereas C.face C.best C.work out
D.When D.more weakly D.Therefore D.take D.better D.agree on
Bài 14:Đọc bài đọc sau đây.Điền T (true) trước câu có thông tin đúng với thông tin bài đọc.Điền F (false) trước câu có thông tin không đúng với nội dung bài đọc, điền NG (not given) trước câu có nội dung không có trong bài đọc. Issues in big cities These days,more and more people prefer urban life because of all the opportunities it brings about, namely job opportunity, recreatitional facilities, decent education and high standard of living. However, once they settle down in a city, they have to face up to more than one problem. To begin with, the life in the urban city is also very stressful and busy. City dwellers often have a hectic pace of life, which means that they rarely have enough time for recreational activities. People have to work hard and compete fiercely to earn a decent living, which puts people under a lot of pressure. Moreover, working hard and extra working hours mean that urban residents have very short time for their family and friends. Many people have complained that parents in the cities do not pay much attention to their children and people tend to talk less to each other. Furthermore, people have to put up with heavy pollution in the city. There are many kinds of pollution such as air, water, land, moise and even light pollution. This is understandable because there are numerous pollutants in the city. For example, exhaust fumes from vehicles or emissions from factories are the main causes of air pollution. Pollution is detrimental to human health. It can create some incurable diseases for people such as lung cancer when we inhale too much fume and dusk. Another serious problem is unemployment.While many people move to the city with hope of find a job, their dreams turn sour due to the competitive job market. In the city the demand for the quality of workforce is getting higher and higher. Poorly-trained workers from rural areas may become jobless in the city. In conclusion, should people want to move from the countryside to the urban areas, they have to consider all the advantages and disadvantages before making up their mind. _________1. There are more opportunities than problems for people living in the urban areas _________2. Although people in the city are busy, they can always have time for entertainment activities. _________3. People have to work hard and compete fiercely to make money. _________4. People don’t have to tolerate heavy pollution in the city. _________5. Air pollution is the most serious issue in the city. _________6. The competitive job market in the city causes difficulties for workers with low quality to find a job. C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 2) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A. conduct B. difficult C. stuck D. fun 2.A. metropolitan B. polluted C. forbidden D. affordable 3.A. feature B. culture C. tradition D. statue II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A. populous B. determine C. forbidden D. delicious 5.A. metropolitan B. fascinatingly C. multicultural D. recreational III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. It is considered that life in a city is wonderful and . 32
A. funny B. boring C. enjoyable D. helpful You'll have opportunities to widen your global horizons while living in this cultural capital city. A. unlimited B. comfortable C. cheerful D. populous 8. Dubai's Palm Islands in the blue ocean is the of a good and sunny life. A. indicator B. view C. signal D. sign 9. This place is so with the non-stop flow of customers to come and enjoy pho. A. delicious B. convenient C. popular D. exciting 10. Visitors can take a free boat from Manhattan to Staten Island for a great of the Statue of Liberty and the Manhattan skyline. A. view B. sight C. scene D. landscape 11. Ha Noi also offers a nightlife as exciting as in Ho Chi Minh City. A. it B. which C. what D. that 12. When you want to relax, you'll have one of the world's cities at your feet, with more than 40% green space and open water to enjoy. A. greener B. greenest C. mostly green D. green mostly 13. Let me know when you come to Ha Noi and I'll . A. take you out B. bring you around C. cheer you up D. show you around 14. We expected her at nine but she finally at eleven. A. turned up B. turned out C. came over D. grew up 15. Ann is taking extra lessons to what she missed while she was sick. A. take back B. get on well with C. keep up with D. look forward to IV.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. identify ancient chances romantic symbols cosmopolitan important populous 7.
City icons play an important role in the efforts of cities to get remembered. The icons are that the city (1) that appear on postcards sent to family and friends. By seeing one shot of the Golden Gate Bridge in a television series or movie, we know immediately it is San Francisco. Good city icons carry a meaning. They tell a story about the associated city. For example, the Eiffel Tower is definitely the most (2) symbol of Paris. It has a simple form but it symbolises what Paris is and wants to be: the world's most (3) city. Love couples from all over the world go up to see the sunset over Paris. Besides, Rome's Colosseum stands for the true (4) of Rome: a(n) (5) city that relies on its historical importance. The Colosseum as an icon show the current importance of historical values among Rome's inhabitants. V. Complete each sentence with a phrasal verb from the box. Change the form of the verb if necessary. turn up take off set up grow up look forward to 21. Please your shoes when you come in the house. 22. I was born in Hai Duong, but I in Ha Noi. 23. I'm really my holiday to Nha Trang. 24. It is necessary for a foreign language centre to an English club. 25. Tom is not very punctual. He usually ten minutes after the lesson has started. VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. There are 21,900 households in an area of less than 100 hectares of the Old Quarter in Ha Noi. In many houses, an entire family may (1) no more than a single room. A house on Hang Ca Street, (2) in the 1940s, originally belonged to one wealthy man and his wives, and now there are six households there with about 30 people. Many say the convenience of the Old Quarter (3) compensates for the shortage of facilities. Tradition is also a(n) (4) because 33
some residents have (5) houses elsewhere but no one wants to sell the old houses or rooms (6) these are the houses of the ancestors. The authorities of Ha Noi have had a plan to (7) 25,000 of the Old Quarter’s 84,000 residents, beginning in 2009 when 1,900 households will go to a new development area, across the Red River. However, people don't want to live in a high-rise block because they (8) to it. Authorities will take (9) to find out what people will need to (10) them feel comfortable in their new neighbourhood. 26.A. fill B. exist C. control D. occupy 27.A. build B. built C. to be built D. was built 28.A. live B. lives C. living D. liveliness 29.A. factor B. element C. situation D. occasion 30.A. no B. none C. bigger D. biggest 31.A. but B. because C. so D. although 32.A. move B. leave C. change D. bring 33.A. didn’t use B. were not used C. are used D. are not used 34.A. influence B. effort C. time D. notice 35.A. make B. cause C. let D. allow VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Unlike life in the countryside which is often considered to be simple and traditional, life in the city is modern and complicated. People, from different regions, move to the cities in the hope of having a better life for them and their children. The inhabitants in city work as secretaries, businessmen, teachers, government workers, factory workers and even street vendors or construction workers. The high cost of living requires city dwellers, especially someone with low income, to work harder or to take a part-time job. For many people, an ordinary day starts as usual by getting up in the early morning to do exercise in public parks, preparing for a full day of working and studying, then travelling along crowed boulevards or narrow streets filled with motor scooters and returning home after a busy day. They usually live in large houses, or high-rise apartment blocks or even in a small rental room equipped with modern facilities, like the Internet, telephone, television, and so on. Industrialization and modernization as well as global integration have big impact on lifestyle in the cities. The most noticeable impact is the Western style of clothes. The "ao dai� - Vietnamese traditional clothes big are no longer regularly worn in Vietnamese women's daily life. Instead, jeans, T-shirts and fashionable clothes are widely preferred. 1. The most important reason why people move to the city is that , A. to look for a complicated life B. to take part-time job C. to have busy day D. to look for a better life 2. According to the passage, the city life can offer city dwellers all of the following things EXCEPT . A. the Internet B. friendly communication with neighbours C. a variety of jobs in different fields D. modern facilities 3. We can infer from the passage that . A. there is a big gap between the rich and the poor in the city B. people do morning exercise in public parks because they have much free time C. people leave the countryside because life there is simple D. most of the urban dwellers have low income 4. Industrialization and modernization may lead to . A. the fact that women no longer wear ao dai B. the disappearance of Western-styled clothes C. some changes in lifestyles D. global integration 5. The word "impact" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to . A. force B. action C. situation D. effect VIII. Read the text, and identify whether the statements are true (T), false (F), or not given (NG). 34
City is often described as a large and a highly populated area. Therefore, city life is living in a large a large populated, technologically advanced area. According to World Health Organization, 54% of the world's population lived in urban areas by 2014. A city is technologically more advanced and complex than the countryside. Therefore, there are many advantages in living in a city. Technology makes our lives easy in a city. Cities have many facilities like high-quality hospitals, educational institutes, banks, shops and other business institutes. This makes our life easy as we can access the facilities provided these institutes and organizations without delay. Moreover, many employment opportunities are available in the city as many majorbusiness institutes, factories are located here. City life also gives us access to developed infrastructure facilities, like water, electricity, telecommunication and transportation facilities. However, we can also notice a difference in the behavior of the people living in the city. City dwellers tend to be busier, ambitious and distant compared to the village folk. T F 1.The majority of the world's population lived in urban areas in 2014. 2.Modern facilities in the city make life easier 3.A city is culturally more advanced and complex than the countryside. 4.Cities provide access to the modem facilities but they are often delayed. 5.The environment is polluted with dirt, smoke, garbage. and carbon dioxide from factories. 6.Infrastructure facilities include high-quality hospitals, educational institutes, banks, shops and other business institutes. 7.There is a variety of employment opportunities in a city. 8.People in the city and in the countryside have different attitudes toward life. III. Read the text, and identify whether the statements are true (T), false (F), or not given (NG). The Statue of Jesus Christ in Vung Tau The enormous 28-metre figure of Jesus gazing across the East Sea with outstretched arms is located at the southern end of Small Mountain. Built in 1971, this giant Jesus rests on a 10 metre-high platform. The interior of the statue is hollow and contains a spiral staircase of 129 steps, ascending from the foot of the statue to its neck. The two shoulders of the figure the balconies, each able to accommodate up to six people, which offer a splendid view of surrounding landscape. This is the largest sculpture in Southern Viet Nam. Recent construction of a pathway has made the 30-minute hike up the mountain more pleasant and the panoramic view along the way is magnificent. T F 1. The Statue faces towards the East Sea. 2. People can climb up inside the statue to its highest point. 3. People can stand on the balconies inside the shoulders of the statue to view the whole city of Vung Tau. 4. Recent construction of a pathway has made the view of the surrounding landscape more splendid. 5. The statue is thirty-eight metres high from the ground. 6. Only a small number of people can climb up the staircase at the same time. 7. This is the largest sculpture in Viet Nam. 8. It may take you thirty minutes to walk from the ground to the top of the mountain. IX. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. Although/ living/ city/ have/ many advantages/ there/ disadvantages/ too. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.Cost/ living/ very high/ city/ because/ not goods/ very expensive. _________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.As/ there/ a lot/ vehicles and people/ road/ city/ always busy/ noisy. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Therefore/ it/ hard/ lead/ healthy life/ city. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 2 (UNIT 2) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A. fabulous B. packed C.asset D. canal 2.A. metro B.ocean C. cosmopolitan D. local B. facility C.city D. place 3.A. delicious II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A. skyscraper B. convenience C. resident D. vehicle 5.A. affordable B. environment C. variety D. indicator III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6.The architectsgot inspired to use the lotus flower in the design for the . A. city B. skyline C. skyscraper D. downtown 7.Villagers are morekind, friendly and warm-hearted than city . A. dwellers B. foreigners C. beginners D. movers 8.You can see the of the suburbs in Ho Chi Minh City with many apartment buildings, supermarkets, shopping centres, and schools. A. urban area B. convenience C. urban sprawl D. living condition 9.Dong Khoi street is the main shopping street in the of downtown in Ho Chi Minh City. A. mind B. heart C. head D. spot 10.Opened in 1937, the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco still ranks among the top 10 bridge spans in the world. A. long B. longer C. mostly long D. longest 11.No city in America has monuments and museums into one area as Washington, DC. A. as much B. such many C. as many D. a few 12.The new student was very shy at the beginning, but then he well with everyone. A. got on B. went on C. got over D. cheered up 13.The police never all hope of finding the lost child. A. stops B. think over C. grow up D. give up 14.He'll be very upset if his employer his offer. A. pulls down B. finds out C. turns off D. turns down 15. It's time to say goodbye, but I'm meeting you all again soon. A. looking forward to B. getting on with C. keep up with D. put up with IV.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. commercial increasing residential multinational national
iconic
important
financial
People in Ho Chi Minh are determined to integrate into the world while maintaining the Vietnamese identity. Therefore, they have decided to use image of lotus bud, considered by many as Vietnam's (16) flower, to be the main inspiration for the architectural design. Ho Chi Minh City’s Bitexco Financial Tower is completed as Viet Nam is on its way to recover from the global (17) crisis. This coincides a(n) (18) demand from (19) business circles for office space.
3.Environment/ polluted/ dust, smoke, garbage and dioxide gases/ factories/ and/ streets/ dirty and unclean. 35
36
Any city you can think of has its (20) buildings. For example in Singapore, it is Marina - an icon for entertainment. In Ho Chi Minh City, it is a demand to create something that everyone remembers and keeps them reminded of the city. V. Rewrite each sentence so that it has a similar meaning and contains the word in brackets. 1.Ann is very upset because the local authorities have rejected her proposals to install solar panels to supply electricity for traffic lights. (down) _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.A committee has been established to examine the question. (set) _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.Our class football team lost the match, so we tried to encourage them. (up) _________________________________________________________________________________ 4. “Can I wear jeans at the wedding party?” - “Of course not. You'll have to put on smart clothes.” (up) _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Before I come to a decision, I'll have to consider their offer very carefully. (over) _________________________________________________________________________________ VI.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each questions. Ho Chi Minh City’s Coffee Culture Ho Chi Minh City is a metropolis where life is very busy and hasty. The best way to enjoy the balance in your mind in such a busy city is to sit on the balcony of one of the numerous coffee houses scattered throughout the city. In this way you will be out of the crowd but able to look down on the street below. You will also be drinking the beverage that must be at least partly responsible for the kinetic energy that has transformed this city into one of the busiest commercial centres of Southeast Asia in just 20 years – it is coffee. The classic Vietnamese coffee served in this city comprises strong coffee, dripped from a small metal filter into a cup containing a quarter as much sweetened condensed milk, then stirred and poured over ice in a glass. Coffee was introduced to Viet Nam by the French in the late 19th century, but the country quickly became a big exporter. At Trung Nguyen Coffee - the Vietnamese equivalent of Starbucks, with a chain of cafés across the city - the coffee menu stretches to five pages. The varieties of Vietnamese coffee produced by Trung Nguyen deserve exploration. They come with different bean combinations and recipes, and nice names such as “Success”, “Creation”, “Discover” and “Thought”. The "Passiona", another brand of Trung Nguyen, has been promoted for women with the promise that drinking this type of coffee would maintain perfect skin and a life of “passion and success”. 36. Coffee is considered . A. the biggest part of Viet Nam's exports B. part of the kinetic energy of Ho Chi Minh City C. the symbol of the busy and hasty life D. part of the French culture 37. When you sit on the balcony of a coffee shop enjoying a cup of coffee, you can . A. watch the busiest commercial centres of Southeast Asia B. drink Starbucks coffee C. taste all types of the classic Vietnamese coffee D. relax for a while 38.We can inferred from paragraph 2 that the classic Vietnamese coffee served in Ho Chi Minh City may be . A. sweet B. light C. colourless D. often hot 39.All of the following are true about Trung Nguyen Coffee EXCEPT that . A. it is considered equivalent to Starbucks in Viet Nam. B. it offers several types of coffee for customers to enjoy C. its recipes stretches to five pages 37
D. some types have impressive names 40.The "Passiona" for women promises that by drinking this type of coffee women may have all of the following EXCEPT that . A. they will become more interested in the life B. they will be more successful in their life C. they will have perfect skin D. they will keep their skin lively VII.Read the passage, and answer the questions. City Life or Country Life? Which place is the better - the city or the country? Two American teenagers talk about where they live. Leo, 16: I live in New York and it’s great. There are huge shopping centres and interesting places to go. My mum loves all the art galleries and museums, but I like Central Park where I go skateboarding. It's big enough to get away from the noise and traffic. The country isn't for me. It isn’t exciting enough for people of my age. Most people don't live close enough to their friends to have enough a good social life. It's too quiet and too boring. City life is the best. Amelie, 14: I live on a ranch in the country, in Colorado. In the summer, we go hiking in the mountains, and in the winter I go snowboarding. I really like it because it's relaxing and quiet. I can’t imagine life in the city. It isn't safe enough to walk around alone and it’s too dangerous to cycle in the streets because of the traffic. Overall, I think the city is too noisy, too dirty, too crowded and too expensive. I prefer country life! 1. What does Leo like about New York? _________________________________________________________________________________ 2. What doesn't he like about the country? _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.What does Amelie like doing in the summer? _________________________________________________________________________________ 4. What does she like doing in the winter? _________________________________________________________________________________ 5. What doesn't she like about the city? _________________________________________________________________________________ VIII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. One of the World's Best Cities With a population of about 2.6 million people, Vancouver is the largest city in Western Canada. Vancouver is in the southwest of Canada, and it is only a few hours of driving away from the American border. Vancouver is popular because it combines so many things. It is a huge, modern city. On the other hand, it is also one of North America's most beautiful areas. The natural beauty around Vancouver is famous all around the world. Vancouver is right next to the Rocky Mountains, so it is wonderful for skiing and snowboarding. There aren't the only winter sports you can do there. If you can name a winter sport, then you probably do that sport in Vancouver. After all, the 2010 Winter Olympic were there. Vancouver is also great for hiking, jogging, and skateboarding. It even has beaches. The beaches aren’t the best and in the world, but they are clean and pretty. Another place that you have to visit in Vancouver is Stanley Park. This is a public park that is a stone's throw from downtown. However, the park is completely surrounded by the Pacific Ocean. The nature in Stanley Park is beautiful. It is close to downtown, it feels like it is 100 kilometres away. The park also has playgrounds, gardens, beaches, tennis courts, and even an aquarium. Vancouver is something for everybody. It is no wonder that people think it is one of the world's best cities. 1. What does the passage say about Vancouver's beaches? A. They are the world's best beaches. B. They are terrible beaches. C. They are pretty good beaches. D. Nobody goes to those beaches. 38
2. Which of the following is not near Vancouver? A. The Rocky Mountains B. The American border C. The Pacific Ocean D. The Atlantic Ocean 3. What does the sentence "It is close to downtown, but it feels like it is 100 kilometres away" in paragraph 4 mean? A. Stanley Park is 100 kilometres long. B. Stanley Park is close to downtown, but it feels like a very different place. C. Stanley Park is far from downtown, but it feels like it is very close. D. Stanley Park is more than 100 years old. 4.Which of the following is NOT popular in Vancouver? A. football B. winter sports C. skateboarding D. jogging 5. What could replace the phrase "a stone's throw" in paragraph 4? A. an act of throwing a stone B. a little bit long distance C. moving very quickly D. a short distance IX.Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but have to use all the words given. 1.Hoi An/ most beautiful town/ Viet Nam. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.If/ you/ get there/ full moon day/ all lights/ turned off. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.Only lanterns/ hung/ and/ view/ spectacular. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.It/ more fabulous/ when/ you/ stand/ pavement/ and/ watch people/ by. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Tourists/ backpackers/ wonderful time/ Hoi An. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 3 UNIT 2 I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. childhood b. champagne c. chapter d. charity 2. a. culture b. popular c. regular d. fabulous 3. a. conflict b. forbidden c. reliable d. determine 4. a. lighthouse b. heritage c. hotel d. hour 5. a. conducts b. returns c. wanders d. wonders II. Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. 1. a. negative b. determine c. forbidden d. attraction 2. a. access b. wander c. conduct d. asset 3. a. cosmopolitan b. communication c. multicultural d. metropolitan 4. a. acceptable b. affordable c. reliable d. fashionable 5. a. skyscraper b. populous c. financial d. fabulous III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. Every time I fly to the United States, I get really bad . a. asthma b. jet lag c. confusion d. recreation 2. Leave the ironing - I’ll do it later. a. for the time being b. from time to time c. in any time d. in the nick of time making city life more difficult for its residents. 3. These factors contribute a. in b. with c. to d. on 4. Tower blocks from the 60s and 70s could be after Grenfell Tower fire. a. got down b. let down c. turned down d. pulled down 5. The trip to the National Gallery has been until next Friday.
a. put off
b. looked into
c. turned up
d. found out
. 6. The street food in Hoi An is delicious and a. available b. fabulous c. affordable d. fascinating 7. “Thanks for giving me a ride to work today.” “ I was heading this direction anyway.” a. You don’t need to. b. Yes, thanks. c. No worries. d. I’d love to. 8. “ ?” “Everything is fine. How about you?” a. How old are you? b. How’s it going? c. What’s your life? d- What’s the matter? 9. Life in Ho Chi Minh City is than we thought at first. a. far the busier b. the more busier c. much more busy d. much busier 10. Of the cities we surveyed, Singapore was the worst rated by its residents for culture. a. a bit b. a lot c. much d. by far IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. French bakers are fighting for the traditional baguette to be given UNESCO World Heritage . a. site b. status c. admission d. recognition 2. The government has done nothing to resolve the over nurses’ pay. a. conflict b. fight c. crash d. war activity, not a job opportunity. 3. They see the outdoors as a a. exhausted b. international c. recreational d. volunteering 4. Savannah is one of the best cities for job growth. a. part b. whole c. full d. medium-sized 5. The railway station was criticized for its lack of disabled . a. facilities b. system c. schedule d. preparation breathe heavily polluted air. 6. About 85 per cent of city a. villagers b. livers c. dwellers d. members 7. Dublin was a very different place in those days, like a village, not the wonderful city it is now. a. rural b. cosmopolitan c. reliable d. pleasant 8. We are a survey to find out what our customers think of their local bus service. a. affording b. indicating c. considering d. conducting 9. We are looking for someone who is and hard-working. a. hopeful b. lacked c. reliable d. smooth 10. It is difficult to the exact cause of the illness. a. attract b. forbid c. take d. determine 11. Sacramento’s central location and low cost of living make this place a _city. a. fabulous b. forbidden c. poor d. determining 12. How can we encourage people to get along with each other in this society? a. considerable b. multicultural c. rural d. crashing 13. Some workers can only afford homes outside areas. a. outskirts b. rural c. growing d. metropolitan 14. This is a top-quality product at a very price. a. high b. costly c. affordable d. effective V. Complete the sentences with the suitable form of the adjectives or adverbs in brackets. cities in the world. (liveable) 1. Tokyo is one of 2. You should go by train, it would be much . (cheap) 3. Universal Studios is by far place to visit in Singapore. (good) 4. The price of electronic devices in Vietnam is not that in Japan. (reasonable)
39
40
day I’ve had in a long time. (bad) 5. Today is today than last week. (lucky) 6. Your team is much 7. Of the four participants, Bill is experienced. (little) 8. I didn’t want to wake anybody up, so I came in I could. (quietly) 9. I ran pretty far yesterday, but I ran even a lot today. (far) destination in Asia. (popular) 10. Singapore is the second VI. Complete the sentences with correct form of verbs. 1. People tend (think) that the problem will never affect them. (learn) English as soon as possible. 2. My parents advised me 3. Many young people spend the whole day (play) online games. 4. It took me a whole day (travel) to Dalat last week. 5. I can’t see the attraction of (sit) on a beach all day. (confirm) one’s identity. 6. A positive aspect of education is that it contributes to 7. I like to listen to the birds (sing) when I get up early in the morning. 8. The team has tried their best (perform) in the final round. 9. Do the plants need (water) every day? 10. If you can, please (give) me more information about the kids club at A1 Raha Beach Hotel. VII. Use a phrasal verb from the list to replace the words underlined. went on
go over
got on with
getting over
look forward to
think over
came across
knock down
looked after
turned down
1. She’s never had a good relationship with her sister. 2. Maria is slowly recovering from her illness. 3. I found this article while I was doing my project. 4. Could you examine this report and correct any mistakes? 5. He refused the job because it sounded boring. 6. She continued talking about her trip although everyone found it tiring. 7. I need some time to consider his proposal. meeting you. 8. My mother says she’s feeling happy and excited about 9. The city is going to destroy the old train station and build a new library. 10. Our neighbour took care of our cats while we were away. VIII. Choose the correct verb from the box to complete each phrasal verb. Make an changes if necessary. set
cheer
pull
find
dress
take
turn
turn
go
get
up their own printing business. 1. Kate and her partner are 2. Many of those old buildings will soon be down. 3. The weather became so bad that they had to back. 4. You’d better get dressed and up. The guests are coming any minute. 5. One of the actors was unwell and couldn’t on with the performance. 6. They were up in old sheets, pretending to be ghosts. 7. Please your shoes off before entering the temple. 8. We may never out the truth about what happened. 9. It’s taken me ages to over the flu. 10. Richard had up on Christmas Eve with Tony. IX. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. Summer (really/ not begin) in Rio de Janeiro until late November. 2. What tends (happen) is that the poorest families end up in the worst housing. 41
(go) on a trip to Pattaya the previous summer. They told me they (originally/ design) for the Suez Canal in Egypt The Statue of Liberty Many scientists (still/ search) for life in other parts of the universe. He (visit) Paris three times this year. The kids (play) in the garden when it suddenly began to rain. (get) dressed, we’ll go to the As soon as Daddy and Jonathan finish amusement park. X. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Hoi An is known as the centre for very custom-made clothing. (afford) 2. He was a very and honest man who would never betray anyone. (rely) 3. Toronto is officially named the most city in Canada. (culture) 4. The town’s most popular is the Marine Science Museum. (attract) of the nine provinces of 5. The Province Of Luxemburg is the largest and least Belgium. (populate) 6. The illustration shows examples of dress in the late 1840s. (fashion) 7. The disease spread quickly among the poor slum of the city. (dwell) 8. I often think of the time we had all together in Boston last spring. (please) XI. Choose the correct answers to complete the passage. Tokyo is Japan’s capital and largest city. It’s also one of the largest cities in the world. (1) in 1457, Tokyo has grown into a major part of a (2) region that also includes the cities of Yokohama and Kawasaki. The metropolitan region, also known as Greater Tokyo, has over 30 million makes it one of the largest metropolitan areas in the world. residents, (3) Tokyo today is a very welcoming metropolis. Tourists (4) about the street, taking in Japanese culture. Hundreds of shrines and temples adorn the city. Shinto and Buddhism are the major (5) of Japan. Tourists can also experience Japanese cuisine. There are thousands of restaurants (6) Tokyo. You can choose from noodle shops, sushi bars, or even McDonald’s with special Japan-(7) items found only in Japan. If you ever have the chance to visit Japan, make sure you stop in Tokyo for (8) a few days. 1. a. Found b. Founded c. Founding d. Finded 2. a. metropolitan b. influence c. attractive d. complex 3. a. what b. which c. that d. this 4. a. run b. show c. drive d. roam 5. a. provinces b. attractions c. festivals d. religions 6. a. at b. in c. on d. of 7. a. inspire b. inspiring c. inspired d. inspiration 8. a. at time b. at all c. at least d. at first XII. Read the text then answer the questions. Toronto is one of the world’s most multicultural cities. Almost half of its population are immigrants. You’ll hear more than 140 languages and dialects spoken on the streets in this “City of Neighborhoods”. It’s the most populous city in Canada (more than 5 million in the Greater Toronto Area) and the province of Ontario’s economic engine. Toronto’s motto is “Diversity Our Strength”. Toronto prides itself on its wide range of cultures, languages, food and arts. Visit Toronto, and one of the first things you’ll notice is that the city’s appeal lies in its citizens’ friendliness: ask for directions, and you’ll be helped. Along with its highly artistic culture and fascinating museums that proudly display the country’s history, it’s clear that a Toronto trip has something for everyone. Although Toronto’s climate is partially moderated by its Great Lakes location, it is more extreme than Bordeaux’s and Christchurch’s, with somewhat hotter summers and considerably colder winters. Summertime in Toronto is festival time. Just about every weekend, and some weekdays, you’ll find one happening. If crowds aren’t your thing, avoid Caribana festival (July 28 through July 31), when the city greets more than one million visitors. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
42
1. Where is Toronto? ________________________________________________________________________ 2. What is the population of the Greater Toronto Area? ________________________________________________________________________ 3. What makes Toronto proud of itself? ________________________________________________________________________ 4. What is one of the first things in Toronto that appeals tourists? ________________________________________________________________________ 5. Which of Toronto proudly displays the country’s history? ________________________________________________________________________ 6. How is the climate in Toronto? ________________________________________________________________________ 7. When is the festival time in Toronto? ________________________________________________________________________ 8. How many visitors does the city greet in Caribana festival? ________________________________________________________________________ XIII. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers. Life in the big city is face-paced, fun and exciting. There are countless job opportunities and activities to occupy your time. However, with the good, there also comes the bad. Although the big city has more job opportunities; there are also more people competing for a single job. This can make your job search frustrating. Oddly enough, you will see hundreds, if not thousands of jobs available each week, but you still might remain unemployed, especially when the economy is down. In addition, the cost of living is typically higher in big cities, and it can cost you an arm and a leg for a small apartment in a decent area of the city, not to mention other costs to fulfill your basic demands. Diversity is a good thing, but the amount of people can be a bit overwhelming if you are not accustomed to it. There will always be crowds and always be people around. Moreover, traffic can be a nightmare in the big city. It can get so bad that it can turn you into an evil person. If you hate driving in traffic, then the big city life is not for you. Heavy traffic also contributes to the pollution, which is one of the biggest disadvantages of living in the city. Obviously, our health is affected most with certain diseases relating to respiratory system and other body parts. A lot of premature deaths are supposed to be the result of long-term exposure to small particles. Most importantly, there is always more crime in a big city, causing you second case your decision for living in a big city. You are much more likely to be a victim of a crime living in a big city than in a small town. . 1. According to the passage, some good things of living in the city are a. excellent educational system and recreational activities b. excellent educational system and countless job opportunities c. countless job opportunities and activities to occupy your time d. a lot of kinds of entertainment and shopping centers 2. While big cities have more job opportunities, it also give . a. more competition for a single job b. higher salary c. growing economic crisis d. greater chances of being unemployed 3. What does the phrase “cost an arm and a leg” mean? a. your legs and arms have good value b. cost a small amount of money c. you must work hard to earn money d. cost a lot of money 4. According to the paragraph, city is not a perfect place for . a. extroverted people b. introverted people c. people who hate driving in traffic d. people who prefer a busy life 5. In the big city, people tend to when traffic is getting heavy. a. go crazy b. get enough time to relax c. wait a bit longer d. slow down themselves 43
6. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? a. Pollution causes health problems. b. Cities are always crowded. c. It costs a lot of money to live in a big city. d. Crime is not a serious problem in big cities. XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first sentence. 1. I’ve never had to wait this long for a bus before. → This is __________________________________________________________________ 2. Remember to take note of what the tour guide said. → Remember to put___________________________________________________________ 3. It took us more than 3 hours to discover the inner Hanoi. → We spent ________________________________________________________________ 4. No other book is more popular than Dickens’ “David Copperfield”. → Dickens’ “David Copperfield” is ______________________________________________ 5. Why don’t you consider our suggestion before making official decision? → Why don’t you think _______________________________________________________ 6. Watching TV is not as important as doing homework. → Doing homework __________________________________________________________ 7. My friend plays piano brilliantly. → My friend is ______________________________________________________________ 8. I find most of the young men of my own age so boring. → I feel ____________________________________________________________________ XV. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in capital. 1. This gym is less convenient than the one near my house. (AS) → This gym ________________________________________________________________ 2. Mount Everest is higher than any other mountain in the world. (HIGHEST) → Mount Everest ____________________________________________________________ 3. His writings have influenced modern Christian theology. (BEEN) → Modern Christian theology __________________________________________________ 4. The group plans to establish an import business. (SET) → The group plans to _________________________________________________________ 5. His father is the most capable man in the office. (MORE) → No other _________________________________________________________________ 6. The product quickly made an impact on the market. (INFLUENCE) → The product quickly ________________________________________________________ 7. Jonah had obviously made an effort to put on smart clothes for the occasion. (UP) → Jonah had obviously made an effort to __________________________________________ 8. Losing weight is not so easy as putting on weight. (DIFFICULT) → Losing weight ____________________________________________________________ XVI. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. 1. Real Madrid is not as good as Real Zaragoza. → Real Zaragoza is __________________________________________________________ 2. He thinks no language in the world is more difficult than Chinese. → He thinks Chinese is _______________________________________________________ 3. He is the tallest boy in his class. → No one in ________________________________________________________________ 4. She sings better than anybody else in the class. → She is ___________________________________________________________________ 5. Munnar is prettier than most other hill stations in India. → Munnar is ________________________________________________________________ 44
6. → 7. → 8. →
Mary thinks Melbourne is the most “liveable” city in Australia. Mary thinks Melbourne _____________________________________________________ Lifestyle in Malaysia is the same as Thailand. Lifestyle in Malaysia is _____________________________________________________ Beijing is much busier than Ho Chi Minh City. Ho Chi Minh City isn’t _____________________________________________________
-> She says that she always drinks coffee in the morning. Nếu động từ giới thiệu ở thì quá khứ ( said/ told) thì động từ trong câu gián tiếp cần thay đổi như sau: Thì trong lời nói trực tiếp Thì trong lời nói gián tiếp Hiện tại đơn ‘ I like science” Hiện tại tiếp diễn “I am staying for a few days” Hiện tại hoàn thành “Nick has left” Quá khứ đơn “Nick left this morning”. Quá khứ tiếp diễn “I was doing his homework”.
-> Quá khứ đơn He said ( that) he liked sciences -> Quá khứ tiếp diễn She said (that) she was staying for a few days. -> Quá khứu hoàn thành She said (that) Nick had left. -> Quá khứ hoàn thành She told me (that) Nick had left that morning -> Quá khứ tiếp diễn / Quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn She said (that) she was doing her homewwork/ she had been doing her homework Will -> Would “ Man will travel to Mars” He said (that( man would travel to Mars Can -> Could “We can swim” They told us (that) they could swim. May -> Might “We may live on the moon” He said (that) we might live on the moon b. Đối ngôi của đại từ nhân xưng, tính từ và đại từ sở hữu Trong lời nói trực tiếp Trong lời nói gián tiếp
UNIT 3: TEEN STRESS AND PRESSURE A. VOCABULARY 1. adolescence (n) /ˌædəˈlesns/: giai đoạn vị thành niên 2. adulthood (n) /ˈædʌlthʊd/: giai đoạn trưởng thành 3. calm (adj) /kɑːm/: bình tĩnh 4. cognitive skill /ˈkɒɡnətɪv skɪl/: kĩ năng tư duy 5. concentrate (v) /kɒnsntreɪt/: tập trung 6. confi dent (adj) /ˈkɒnfɪdənt/: tự tin 7. delighted (adj) /dɪˈlaɪtɪd/: vui sương 8. depressed (adj) /dɪˈprest/: tuyệt vọng 9. embarrassed (adj) /ɪmˈbærəst/: xấu hổ 10. emergency (n) /iˈmɜːdʒənsi/: tình huống khẩn cấp 11. frustrated (adj) /frʌˈstreɪtɪd/: bực bội (vì không giải quyết được việc gì) 12. helpline (n) /ˈhelplaɪn/: đường dây nóng trợ giup 13. house-keeping skill /haʊs-ˈkiːpɪŋ skɪl/: kĩ năng làm việc nhà 14. independence (n) /ˌɪndɪˈpendəns/: sự độc lập, tự lập 15. informed decision (n) /ɪnˈfɔːmd dɪˈsɪʒn/: quyết định có cân nhắc 16. left out (adj) /left aʊt/: cảm thấy bị bỏ rơi, bị cô lập 17. life skill /laɪf skɪl/: kĩ năng sống 18. relaxed (adj) /rɪˈlækst/: thoải mái, thư giãn 19. resolve conflict (v) /rɪˈzɒlv ˈkɒnflɪkt/: giải quyết xung đột 20. risk taking (n) /rɪsk teɪkɪŋ/: liều lĩnh 21. self-aware (adj) /self-əˈweə(r)/: tự nhận thức, ngộ ra 22. self-disciplined (adj) /self-ˈdɪsəplɪnd/: tự rèn luyện 23. stressed (adj) /strest/: căng thẳng, mệt mỏi 24. tense (adj) /tens/: căng thẳng 25. worried (adj) /ˈwɜːrid/: lo lắng B. GRAMMAR I. ÔN TẬP CÂU GIÁN TIẾP (REPORTED SPEECH) 1. Định nghĩa Định nghĩa Ví dụ - Câu trực tiếp (Direct speech) là chính xác lời nói của ai đó. Chúng ta thường dùng dấu (“/’)để trích dẫn lời nói trực tiếp - Câu tường thuật (hay còn gọi là Câu gián tiếp) là câu thuật lại lời nói trực tiếp do một người khác phát biểu.
i we you my our your mine ours
- They said, “We will visit her” (Direct Speech) -> They said (that) they would visit her. ( Reported Speech / Indirected Speech)
2. Câu trần thuật gián tiếp ( Reported Statement) Khi muốn thay đổi 1 câu trần thuật trực tiếp sang 1 câu trần thuật gián tiếp, chúng ta dùng động từ “ say/ tell” để giới thiệu. Đồng thời cần áp dụng các quy tắc sau: a. Thay đổi thì của động từ Nếu động từ giới thiệu ở thì hiện tại ( say/ tell) thì động từ trong câu gián tiếp giữ nguyên thì trong câu trực tiếp. Ví dụ:”I always drink coffee in the morning”, she says 45
-> he/ she -> they -> I/he/she -> his/ her ->their ->my/his/her -> his/hers ->theirs c. Thay đổi các trạng từ chỉ thời gian, nơi chốn. Trong lời nói trực tiếp Trong lời nói gián tiếp now ->then today ->that day here ->there this week ->that week tomorrow ->the following day/ the next day yesterday ->the day before/ the previous day last month ->the month before/ the previous month tonigh ->that night ago ->before next week ->the following week/ the week after these ->those Ví dụ: He said to me, “I and you will go to with her father next week.” He told me (that) he and I would go with her father the following week. 3. Câu hỏi gián tiếp (Reported questions) a .Các quy tắc khi chuyển câu hỏi trực tiếp sang câu hỏi gián tiếp 46
- Động từ tường thuật được sử dụng trong Câu hỏi Gián tiếp thường là : asked, required, wondered, wanted to know. - Áp dụng qui tắc đổi Đại từ nhân xưng, tính từ sở hữ, đại từ sở hữu giống câu Trần thuật Gián tiếp. - Áp dụng qui tắc đổi Thì của động từ giống caia Trần thuật Gián tiếp. - Áp dụng qui tác đổi các Trạng từ chỉ thời gian, nơi chốn giống câu Trần thuật gián tiếp - Câu hỏi chuyển sang câu gián tiếp phải được chuyển về dạng KHẲNG ĐỊNH và lược bỏ dấu hỏi chấm. b. Các dạng câu hỏi gián tiếp Dạng Cấu trúc Câu hỏi Wh-Questions ( câu S + asked/wondered/wanted to know + O + Wh- +S +V… hỏi bắt đầu bằng các từ để hỏi Ví dụ: như What, where, when, why, He said to me, “Why did you go with her father last week?” who..) -> He asked me why I had gone with her father the week before Câu hỏi Yes/ No Questions” S + asked/ wondered/wanted to know + O + if/ whether + S + V… Dùng “if hoặc whether” Ví dụ: để bắt đầu câu hỏi Yes/ No He said to me, “Will you go with her father next week.” gián tiếp -> He asked me if/ whether I would go with her father the following week. BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1. MyBài father always says that he ( is/was) very proud of me 1 2. Mary told me she (will/would) visit me this summer 3. Jim wonders whether jane ( liked/ likes) him or not 4. My teacher ( says/said) that we had to finish our assignment on time 5. They told me that the ( are/ were) going to move their house the following month. 6. My sister said she (can/ could) win the competion if she tried her best. 7. I told Jim that he ( is/ was) the most intelligent person I knew. 8. The mechanic said that it ( cost/ costs ) up to $50 to fix my car. 9. The ( say/ said) that they would help me if they had free time. 10. Jim said that he ( has just got / had just got ) a new bike. Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng: Bàisaid 2 to me: “ They will build a new bridge across this river this year”. 1. Jim A. Jim said to me that they will build a new bridge across this river this year. B. Jim said to me that they woul build a new bridge across this river this year. C. Jim said to me that they would build a new across that river that year. 2. My mother often tells me :’ You need to take care of yourself”. A. My mother often tells me that I need to take care of yourself. B. My mother often tells me that I need to tke care of herself C. My mother often tells me that I need to take care of myself 3. Peter informed me : “ They canceled the meeting yesterday”. A. Peter informed me that they canceled the meeting yesterday. B. Peter informed me that they had canceled the meeting yesterday. C. Peter informed me that they had canceled the meeting the day before. 4. Peter and Jane said to me:’ Our wedding will be held next week”. A. Peter and Jane said to me that my wedding would be held next week. B. Peter and Jane said to me that their wedding would be held the nwxt week. C. Peter and Jane said to me that their wedding would be held the following week. 5. I told him:’ I am busy this week so I can’t come to your party.” A. I told him that I was busy this week so I can’t come to my party. B. I told him that I was busy that week so I couldn’t come to my party C. I told him that I was busy that week so I couldn’t come to his party. 6. The doctor said:’ You will suffer from diabetes if you don’t reduce sugar in your daily meals” 47
A. The doctor said I would suffer from diabetes if I didn’t reduce sugar in my daily meals B. The doctor said I would suffer from diabetes if I don’t reduce sugar in my daily meals C. The doctor said I suffered fromm diabetes if I didn’t reduce sugar in my daily meals. 7. Peter asked me: “would you go to the prom with me?” A. Peter asked me if I would go to the prom with me. B. Peter asked me whether I would go to the prom with him C. Peter asked me whether would I go to the prom with him 8. My father asked me:” where are you going?” A. My father asked me where was I going. B. My father asked me where you were going C. My father asked me where I was going. 9. Oliver asked me:” What will you do if you have a day off?” A. Oliver asked me what would I do if I have a day off. B. Oliver asked me what I would do if I had a day off C. Oliver asked me what would I do if I have a day off. 10. My brother asked me:” How can I open this box?” A. My brother asked me how I could open that box. B. My brother asked me how to open that box. C. My brother asked me how he could open this box. Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng. 3 1. MyBài mother asked me if I could help her do gardening tomorrow. ___________ 2. Jim wondered if to buy a new radio or fix his old one. ___________ 3. Peter aske me was I free that weeked. ___________ 4. I wanted to know who was the winner of that competion. ___________ 5. They said that Peter can’t make it to the final show. ___________ 6. My manager aske if I have finished my work yet. ___________ 7. Peter said that he was going to get married following month. ___________ 8. She asked me what had I done the previous day. ___________ 9. Now I just don’t know whether to leave or stayed. ___________ 10. Mr. Brown said that he would get promotion by the end of this year. ___________ Chuyển những câu trực tiếp dưới dây thành câu gián tiếp. Bài 4 1. Many doctor say:” Teenagers undergo many physical and mental changes during their puberty”. __________________________________________________________________ 2. Sometimes my mother tells me:” You don’t have to be so tense”. __________________________________________________________________ 3. Peter said:” I am looking forward to my grandfather’s gift”. _____________________________________________________________________ 4. “If I pass this test, my father will buy me a new skateboard” Peter said. _____________________________________________________________________ 5. I told my teacher:” I forgot to do my homework”. _____________________________________________________________________ 6. “Mr. Brown owns two cars and three houses”. Jim said. _____________________________________________________________________ 7. She said to me:” I can’t do it by myself”. _____________________________________________________________________ 8. My mother said:” I will go on a business trip next week”. _____________________________________________________________________ 9. My manager said:” Someone broke into our office yesterday”. ___________________________________________________________________ 10. He told me:” You may have trouble if you don’t do your homework”. 48
_____________________________________________________________________ 11. The singer said:” I started my career three years ago”. _____________________________________________________________________ 12. Jim told me:” It is not my book, it’s yours.” _____________________________________________________________________ 13. “I have just received a postcard from my foreign friend.” Ann said to me. _____________________________________________________________________ 14. “This story happened long ago.” He said. _____________________________________________________________________ 15. Peter said:” I hope it will be sunny tomorrow.” _____________________________________________________________________ Chuyển những câu hỏi trực tiếp dưới đây thành câu gián tiếp. Bài 5 1. Jim asked his girlfriend: “How many pairs of shoes do you have?” _____________________________________________________________________ 2. “Are you going to London next week?” Peter asked Jane. _____________________________________________________________________ 3. “Have you done the laundry?” Mom asked my sister. _____________________________________________________________________ 4. “Does your brother live in London, Peter?” Jane asked. _____________________________________________________________________ 5. “What are you doing now?” Jim asked his sister. _____________________________________________________________________ 6. “Did you enjoy the party last night?” my classmate asked me. _____________________________________________________________________ 7. My friends always ask me:” What genre of music do you like the most?” _____________________________________________________________________ 8. “What have you done to cope with your work stress?” My doctor asked me. _____________________________________________________________________ 9. “What do you often do if you are sad?” Jim asked me. _____________________________________________________________________ 10. Jim asked me:” Who did you run into yesterday?” _____________________________________________________________________
Ta không thể sử dụng “why” trước “ to No one could explain why we had to come there. V” ( Không ai có thể giải thích lý di chúng ta phải đến đó.) No one could explain why to come there. -> SAI
Trướ các từ để hỏi, ta có thể sử dụng các động tư như ask, (not) decide, discover, disciss, explain, find out, for get, (not) know, learn, remember, say, think, understand, wonder, (not) be sure, have no idea, (not) tell…
We were wondering where to cook the dinner. ( Chúng tôi đang phân vân liệu nấu bữa tối chỗ nào) Mike wants to know how to work the computer ( Mike muốn biết cách làm việc với máy tính.) Have Mike and Lisa dicided when to have their dinner? ( Misa và Lisa đã quyết định khi nào ăn tối chưa?) I wasn’t sure what to do ( Tôi không biết phải làm gì.)
Để tường thuật lại dạng câu hỏi Yes/ No questions, ta dùng cấu trúc whether + to V. Lưu ý, “if” không được sử dụng trong trường hợp này.
We’ll have to decide whether to go ahead with the timeable ( or not). ( Chúng ta sẽ phải quyết định liệu nên tiếp tục lịch trình bày này hay là không). We have to decide if to go ahead -> SAI. Mike wasn’t sure whether to phone her immediately or not. (Mike không chắc liệu có nên gọi cho cô ấy ngay hay không.). I was wondering whether to order some coffee. (Tôi đã phân vân liệu có nên gọi cà phê không.) I didn’t know whether to laugh or cry. (Tôi không biết liệu nên cười hay khóc)
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Chuyển những câu trực tiếp sau đây thành câu gián tiếp. 1. “You have to do this if you don’t really want to”. Theu said to me. Bàidon’t 6 _____________________________________________________________________ 2. “ I saw Jim when I was walking home yesterday.” He told me. _____________________________________________________________________ 3. “ Will you forgive Jim if he apologizes to you?” Jane asked me. _____________________________________________________________________ 4. “Peter has been a friends of mine for 3 years.” I told Jane _____________________________________________________________________ 5. “ Will be capable of winning this contest?” Jim wondered. _____________________________________________________________________ 6. “ There was a serious car accident right here last week” Josh said. _____________________________________________________________________ 7. “ I am frustrated that Jim forgot our date yesterday”. Jane told me. _____________________________________________________________________ 8. “ This is the first time I’ve been to NYC”. Peter said. _____________________________________________________________________ 9. Mr Brown told his wife:” Our children have grown up, so you don’t have to care much about them”. _____________________________________________________________________ 10. “ What will you do if you win a lottery ?” Peter asked me. _____________________________________________________________________ Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
TỪ ĐỂ HỎI ĐỨNG TRƯỚC ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN MẪU CÓ “TO” ( QUESTION WORDS BEFORE TO – INFINITIVE) Cách dùng Ví dụ Ta dùng cấu trúc câu các từ để hỏi what, We don’t know who to contact. when, where, who, how + to V (động từ (Chúng tôi không biết liên hệ với ai.) nguyên mẫu có to) trong lời nói gián tiếp She can’t decide what to do để: ( Cô ấy không thể quyết định nên làm gì.) - Diễn tả những tình huống khó khăn Tell me when to pay hoặc không chắc chắn. ( Hãy cho tôi biết phải thanh toán vào lúc nào.) - tường thuật lại câu hỏi về một việc gì He shows me where to get tickets. đó nên được làm. ( Anh ấy chỉ cho tôi nơi mua vé.) II
49
Bài 7
50
1. Jim/ always/ want/ know/ whether/ he/ should/ study/ abroad/ or/ not. _____________________________________________________________________ 2. When/ I / be/ small/ I/ tell/ my mother/ I / want/ be/ superman. _____________________________________________________________________ 3. Jim/ be/ confused/ because/ he/ not/ sure/ what/ do/ now. _____________________________________________________________________ 4. I / have/ no/ idea/ what/ they/ do/ at the moment. _____________________________________________________________________ 5. Please / show/ me/ how/ get/ nearest/ pst office. _____________________________________________________________________ 6. Now/ we/ have to/ decide/ where/ go/ and/ what/ do/ tomorrow. _____________________________________________________________________ 7. You/ make/ up/ your/ mind/ where/ wpend/ your. Wummer/ yet? _____________________________________________________________________ 8. I / cannot/ understand/ why/ Jim/ fall/ the/ final test. _____________________________________________________________________ 9. Yesterday, my teacher/ carefully/ explain/ how/ young/ birds/ learn/ to/ fly _____________________________________________________________________ Bài 8 Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. Anxiety during puberty Many psycholigists believe that boys and girls are (1)____ to anxiety when they experience puberty for a number of reasons. Puberty often starts at the middle of(2)____( from 15 to 17 years old) when people experience rapid changes in their body as well as their brain. Such changer may cause a lot of anxiety if adolescents are not(3)____ of what they are undergoing. For girls, acne is always a big crisis and for boys, changes in their voice sometimes bother them. Those teenagers may lose their confidence because they are ashamed of the changes of apperance. Besides, the surge in hormones also (4)____ to high level of anxiety of teenagers. During (5)_____, mood swing happens very often and teenagers easily get (6)__________ at tiny problems. It is necessary that parents fully understand their children to help them deal (7)____ anxiety. 1. A. near B. gone C. about D. close 2. A. adolescence B. adolescent C. adulthood D. adult 3. A. well-aware B. well-understand C.self-discipline D.well-behaved 4. A. comes B. contributes C. distributes D. attributes 5. A. adulthood B.childhood C. puberty D. teenage 6. A. interested B. keen C. frustrated D. excited 7. A. on B. in C. with D. about Đọc đoạn văn sau, điền T ( True) trước câu trả lời có nội dung đúng với nội dung bài đọc, Bài 9 điền F ( False) trước câu có nội dung không đúng với nội dung bài đọc. George is in his mid-adolescence and like many of his peers, he is undergoing great changes in his body as well as his brain. He and his friends are experiencing puberty, an important phase of devolopment of a person when physical and mental changes take place. Boys in particular may find numerous changes within themselves which they sometimes cannot understand properly without the guide of parent and other experienced adults. When boys enter their puberty, they often start taking interest in abstract concepts and subjects such as justice, politics and arts. They also begin to understand the world around them, planning out a life for themselves, having dreams and life goals to fulfill. Along with a very new view of life and sense of self comes anxiety and confusion. Boys in their puberty develop a strong sense of personal identity. Therefore, they often try to get attention from other to prove themselves. They are also curious about the adult world. Sometimes, they can be misled by the negative things from the world around them. For example, boys start to smoke or drink because they are curious and they think they are cool to do so. They make a lot of friends and from peer groups. They may have good friends and they may not be mature enough to identify bad ones. In short, this is a period of experiencing new things and new people, both the good and the bad. 51
It is crucial that parents are ready for the changes of their boys so that they can help their boys go through this period. A cozy home environment where adolescents can stay comfortable and share their feelings and experience is important. Parents should be sensitive to provide reasonable guidelines. Force and punishments are not highly recommended in this phase as adolescents tend to be rebellious. ___________ 1. There are only changes in a boy’s body during his puberty. _________ 2. Boys can always understand their changer properly without the guide of parents and other experienced adults. _________ 3. When boys enter their puberty, they often lose interest in abstract concepts and subjects. _________ 4. Boys often plan their life brfore they enter puberty. _________ 5. Boys encounter anxiety and confusion during puberty. _________ 6. Boys may start to smoke or drik because of their curiosity. _________ 7. Boys only have bad experiences during adolesence. _________ 8. Force and punishment are highly advisable when dealing with boys in their puberty. C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 3) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A.columnist B.frustrated C.study D.adulthood 2.A.helpline B.empathise C.embarrassed D.depressed 3.A.tense B.decision C.skill D.house-keeping II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A.neighbourhood B.assignment C.emotion D.supportive 5.A.experience B.emotional C.emergency D.favourable III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6.Pressure children to get into top schools has reached a crisis point. A.at B.under C.on D.with 7.Perhaps what you're reading or hearing is boring,which makes it hard to on the book or the conversation. A.concentrate B.rely C.depend D.notice 8.A great way to improve skills is to keep trying new things. A.reason B.reasoned C.reasoning D.reasons’ 9.As children move toward , they are less likely to ask for advice. A.dependent B.dependence C.independent D.independence 10.Taking good notes students to evaluate, organize and summarize information. A.requests B.requires C.allows D.offers 11.Susan needs someone to show her how to her anxiety and depression. A.empathise B.try C.succeed D.manage 12.Mi asked what information she that assignment. A.need to be done B.needed doing C.need to do D.needed to do 13.My teacher told me that attend the math course for the higher level programme that I for. A.can’t - apply B.couldn’t - apply C.can’t - applied D.couldn’t – had applied 14.My parents asked me to find out it gave you so much trouble. A.what B.which C.why D.where 15.I am not sure I can’t solve this problem. A.how B.what C.who D.by whom IV.Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct word from the box. helpline frustrated tense confident adolescence concentrate 1.
independent
cognitive
sites
resolve
is a time when they're becoming more independent. 52
2. By age 16, most teens have had development, and they have the ability to think abstractly. 3. It's important for students to and avoid distractions when the teacher is presenting the lessons. 4. Most shy people wish they were more . 5. Adolescents can learn to conflicts peacefully. 6. I was told I was shy as a child, which led me to feel and anxious during social situations. 7. Children from northern provinces, especially mountainous areas, made the highest number of calls to the . 8. I have tried many advice for teenagers. 9. Kids with low motivation get easily, so teachers or parents should be good listeners. 10. Give students a little bit of freedom, and this will help them feel . V. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. place demands compete exams scores
choices
gain
tutor
Nowadays, parents are determined to get their children into the highest performing school in their area. Many of these schools are seeing (1) of children competing for each place and are setting ever more rigorous tests and (2) to select their preferred students. These students may be as young as 9 or 10 when they start this process. In London, the pressure on children to succeed and (3) a place at the "right" school has almost become out of control with experts predicting that this situation will only continue to worsen as the (4) for school places grow. Employing a(n) (5) for your child, which only a few years ago would have been seen as an unusual step, is now common for many parents. VI.Rewrite the following in reported speech. 1.Mai said, “The stress of the entrance examinations made me physically ill.” _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.“It breaks my heart to see her upset when she failed the exam,” Nora's mother said. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.“I feel stressed and tense to see that I can't get the perfect results, Phong,” said Mi _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.Quan said, “Study stress has been a part of my life.” _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.“I started experiencing symptoms of stress in grade 8,” Phong said. _________________________________________________________________________________ VII.Choose the word or phrase among A, Cor D at best fits the blank space in the following passage. Puberty is the time when your body grows from a child's to an adult's. You will know that you are going (1) puberty by the way that your body changes. If you are a boy, your shoulders will (2) and your body will become more muscular. These changes are caused by the hormones (3) your body begins producing in much larger amounts (4) before. Puberty (5) over a number of years, and the age at which it starts and ends varies (6) . It generally begins somewhere between the ages of 7 and 13 for girls, and somewhere between the ages of 9 and 15 for boys, although it can be earlier or later for some (7) in age is normal. Sometimes, (8) ,people pass this normal age range for puberty (9) showing any signs of body changes. This is (10) delayed puberty. 1.A.at B.in C.through D.out of 2.A.widen B.increase C.expand D.spread 3.A.how B.what C.this D.that 4.A.more than B.than C.as well as D.as 53
5.A.survives B.exists C.begins D.occurs 6.A. wide B.widely C.width D.widen 7.A. period B.offer C.range D.limit 8.A. however B.but C.moreover D.although 9.A.refusing B.avoiding C.with D.without 10.A.call B.called C.being called D.having called VIII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. You can do a few things to make homework less stressful. First, be sure you understand the assignment. Write it down in your notebook or day planner if you need to, and don't be afraid to ask questions about what is expected. It is much easier to take a minute to ask the teacher during or after class than to struggle to remember later that night! If you want, you can also ask how long the particular homework assignment should take to complete so you can plan your time. Second, use any extra time you have in school to work on your homework. Many schools have libraries that are specifically designed to allow students to study or get homework done. The more work you can get done in school, the less you will have to do that night. Third, pace yourself. If you don't finish your homework during school, think about how much you have left and what else going on that day, and then plan your time. Most middle students should have between 1 and 3 hours of homework a night. If it is a heavy homework day, you will need to devote more time to homework. No one is expected to understand everything, and may be you need some help. The first place to turn for help is your teacher. But if you don't feel comfortable with your teacher? If you are in a big enough school, there may be other teachers who teach the same subject. Speak to other teachers directly and you may be in luck. Sometimes it just helps to have someone explain something in a different way. Moreover, youmight also be able to get some help from another student. If there is someone you like who is a good student, think about asking that person if you can study together. 1.The most important thing that you should do when you get your assignment may be . A.to know when you hand it in B.to understand it and its requirements C.to know how long it takes to complete it D.to remember it in order to plan the time 2.If you have any free time left at school, you should . A.use it to do your homework in the library B.spend time with your friends C.use it to understand the assignment D.use it to make your day planner 3.When students need some help, they should . A.never ask other teachers because it will hurt their own teachers B.always turn to their own teachers for help C.ask any good students at the subject in your school D.go to their teachers or other teachers teaching the same subject 4.The main idea of the first three paragraphs is . A.to get help when you need it B.to do homework immediately C.to create a homework plan D.to ask your teachers for more explanation 5.According to the passage, all of the following are correct EXCEPT that . A.it takes a student more than three hours a night if there is much homework B.it is good to have the explanation in a different way C.you only do your homework at home between 1 and 3 hours a night D.it is very useful to take a minute to ask the teacher during or after class IX.Turn the following sentences into direct speech. 1. He told me to rest for a while. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2. The teacher told me that I hadn't done my work well. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3. My classmate told me he couldn't explain that rule to you. 54
_________________________________________________________________________________ 4.The teacher told the class they would discuss that subject the next day. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 5. His mother asked him not to make a mess in his room. _________________________________________________________________________________ 6He suggested that they should go to the cinema that night. _________________________________________________________________________________ 7. My friend told me to explain to him how to solve that problem. _________________________________________________________________________________ 8. The teacher gave us the permission to leave the room. _________________________________________________________________________________ X.Rewrite the sentences using questions words and to-infinitives. 1. I don't know what I should review first for the coming test. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Mary can't decide whether she should go to the school library or stay at home to do her homework. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Please tell me how I can get to the bus station. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Jim told us where we could find that atlas. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5. He told me when I should come to the meeting. 6. The plumber told me how I could fix the leak in the sink. _________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Please tell me where I should meet you tomorrow morning. 8.Jim found two shirts he liked, but he had trouble deciding which one he should buy. _________________________________________________________________________________ XI.Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1.We/ use/ planner/ keep track/ assignments/ and/ homework. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.When/ we/ finish/ each assignment/ we/ have/ feeling/ accomplishment. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.It/ good idea/ have/ quiet placed/ study. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.We/ also/ start/ do/ homework/ earlier/ later/ in/ day. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.It/ help/ consider/ join study clubs/ or/ take part/ activities after school. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 2 (UNIT 3) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A.stressed B.tense C.concentrate D.self-aware 2.A.delighted B.helpline C.advice D.decision 3.A.classmate B.pressure C.embarrass D.missing II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A.empathise B.embarrassed C.cognitive D.adulthood 5.A.disappointed B.adolescence C.environment D.independence 55
III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6.While many teachers spend some class time teaching skills, students often need more social skills. A.study B.studied C.study’s D.studies 7.By the age of 15, teenagers are better able to a more demanding curriculum. A.solve B.operate C.handle D.deal 8.Tom told us that sometimes he had difficulty his feelings. A.expressing B.communicating C.sending D.talking 9.My closest friend is not very and she likes having a small friend group but I like talking with a lot of people and hanging out. A.society B.sociable C.social D.socialist 10.Ann was raised very on her parents, and she was that she wouldn't live on her own afterwards. A.dependent - worry B.dependent - worried C.independent worryD.independent - worried 11.The advice columnist said, “It sounds like the problem is not yourappearance but the you see yourself”. A.route B.distance C.way D.behaviour 12.I suffer from depression and anxiety, but I don’t know to get over my problems. A.what B. C.where D.which 13. Miss Hoa said that unsuccessful test takers didn't know the questions came from. A.when B.where C.what D.why 14.I want to talk to my teacher about my problems, but I have no idea to start, or to talk to him. A.what - where B.where - who C.why -whom D.where - how 15.Mr. Tan told us that the kids who in tests often the others were lucky. A.succeeded - thought B.succeeded - had thought C.didn't succeed - were thinking D.didn't succeed – thought IV.Rewrite the following in reported speech. 1.Tom said, “Homework is a leading cause of stress.” _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.“A little stress can make students work harder, but too much stress can make the opposite result.” Miss Hoa said. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.“My parents can help me decide what's important and what's optional,” said Phuc. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.Mr. Thanh said, “Parents are right to be worried about stress and their children's health.” _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Nick's father said, “It doesn't matter where my son goes to college, Nick.” _________________________________________________________________________________ V.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. If parents bring up a child with the sole aim of turning the child into a genius, they will cause a disaster. According to several scientists, this is one of the biggest mistakes which ambitious parents make. Generally, the child will be only too aware of what his parents expect, and will fail. Unrealistic parental expectations can cause great damage to children. However, if parents are not too unrealistic about what they expect their children to do, but are ambitious in a sensible way, the child may succeed in doing very well - especially if the parents are very supportive of their child. 56
Michael is very lucky. He is crazy about music, and his parents help him a lot by taking him to concerts and arranging private piano and violin lessons for him. They even drive him 50 kilometers twice a week for violin lessons. Michael's mother knows very little about music, but his father plays the trumpet in a large orchestra. However, he never makes Michael enter music competitions if he is unwilling. Winston, Michael's friend, however, is not so lucky. Both his parents are successful musicians, and they set too high a standard for Winston. They want their son to be as successful as they are and so they enter him for every piano competition held. They are very unhappy when he does not win. Winston is always afraid that he will disappoint his parents and now he always seems quiet and unhappy. 1.One of the serious mistakes parents can make is to . A.push their child into trying too much B.help their child to become a genius C.make their child become a musician D.neglect their child's education 2.Parents' ambition for their children is not wrong if they . A. force their children into achieving success B.themselves have been very successful C.understand and help their children sensibly D.. arrange private lessons for their children 3.Michael is fortunate in that . A.his father is a musician B.his parents are quite rich C.his mother knows little about music D.his parents help him in a sensible way 4.Winston's parents push their son so much and he . A.has won a lot of piano competitions B.cannot learn much music from them C.has become a good musician D.is afraid to disappoint them 5.The two examples given in the passage illustratethe principle that . A.successful parents always have intelligent children B.successful parents often have unsuccessful children C.parents should let the child develop in the way he wants D.parents should spend more money on the child's education VI.Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow. Nick's voice is changing. It is one of the many developments that happen to both girls and boys when they reach puberty: a boy’s voice gets deeper than a girl's. At puberty, boys' bodies begin producing a lot of the hormone testosterone, which causes changes in several parts of the body, including the voice. For starters, a boy's larynx, also known as the voice box, grows bigger, which causes your voice to get deeper. Along with all the other changes in your body, you might notice that your throat area looks a little different. For boys, when the larynx grows bigger, part of it sticks out in the part of the neck at the front of the throat and forms the Adam's apple. For girls, the larynx also grows bigger but not as much as a boy's. That is why girls don't have Adam's apples. While your body is getting used to these changes, your voice can be difficult to control. A guy’s voice "cracks" or "breaks" because his body is getting used to the changing size of his larynx. Fortunately, the cracking and breaking is only temporary. It usually lasts no longer than a few months. Generally, a boy's voice will start to change somewhere between the ages of 11 and 15 - although it can be earlier or later for some. Task 1. Read the text and identify whether the statements are true (T), or false (F). T F 1. A boy's voice deeper than a girl's because the boy reaches puberty. 2.The larynx may be responsible for creating the sound of your voice 3. When boys reach puberty, they only change in their voice. 4. Girls don't have Adam's apples because their larynx doesn't grow bigger. 5. We can't see Adam's apples of girls. 6. When boys reach puberty, they can't control their voice. 7. In general, boys don't have the same age of puberty. 8. The changes of voice often last a few months. Task 2. Finds words in the passage to match these definitions. 57
1. __________ : (of a sound) lower 2. __________ : any of the chemicals which affects the development of living things 3. __________ : lasting for a short time 4. __________ : a stage when a person develops from a child into an adult VII. Rewrite the following sentences in reported speech. 1. Susan said, “Every day teased and bullied and I don't know what to do!” _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 2. “I’m having a really hard time getting along with my parents”, Quan told me. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3. “Do I need a tutor when I get so in maths?” Mai asked her mother. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4. “I'm scared to talk to other students at school, and I've never told my parents about being depressed,” Mi told Nick. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5. David asked the doctor, “Why do I often sleep in class although I try hard to break my bad habit?” _________________________________________________________________________________ 6. “Whenever I read a book, my mind starts to wander after a while, and I can't read anymore,” said Phong. _________________________________________________________________________________ 7. “My mom sometimes complains about how untidy and lazy I am,” Linda told Susan. _________________________________________________________________________________ 8. “My stepmother hates me and she often blames me for stealing things her friends gave her,” Tim said. ___________ VIII.Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. Tips for a successful start in a middle school 1. If/ I/ you/ I/ try/ new things/ such as/ join/ new sports clubs/ your classmates. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2. You/ do/ homework carefully/ and/ keep/ assignments/ organized. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3. It/ good idea/ know/ when/ you/ tests/ and/ revise/ lessons. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4. You/ your teachers email addresses/ so that/ you/ ask/ missing assignments. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5. It/ help/ consider/ write down/ all assignments/ and/ test dates/ planner. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 3 UNIT 3 I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. II. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. a. treasure b. pleasure c. ensure d. measure a. daughter b. author c. laundry d. sausage a. dials b. calls c. says d. plays a. education b. graduate c. individual d. confident a. embarrassed b. awareness c. abandoned d. captain Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. a. frustrated b. confident c. delighted d. embarrassed a. assure b. pressure c. figure d. leisure a. concentration b. favorable c. adolescence d. relaxation a. recognize b. concentrate c. assignment d. cognitive 58
5. a. teenager b. vehicle c. activate d. nationwide III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. purpose so you wouldn’t have to pay? 1. Did you forget your purse a. on b. of c. in d. for 2. He was sentenced to ten years in prison on charges of drug . a. charging b. stealing c. trafficking d. trading 3. In recent years, there has been thousands of victims of sexual and physical . a. sentence b. crime c. abuse d. conduct pressure. 4. Harrison’s greatest attribute is his ability to work a. within b. under c. in d. on 5. My parents always criticize me for not getting good grades at school. I wish they put themselves in my . a. pants b. legs c. hands d. shoes to tell the news to his parents. 6. He wondered a. why b. how c. what d. which 7. He a bachelor’s degree in computer information systems in 1951. a. forced b. sent c. took d. gained 8. “You must come to my party,” she told me. a. She told me I come to her party. b. She told me to come her party. c. She told me I had to come to her party. d. She told me I came to her party. 9. “My life’s got stuck these days. I am so depressed and unable to think of anything.” “ ” a. You will be tired. b. Stay stuck there, c. Stay calm. Everything will be alright. d. No, thanks. ” 10. “Mom, I’ve got the first rank in class this semester!” “ a. Well done! b. Thank you! c. Never mind! d. Let’s go! IV. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. She asked him where he (spend) his money so far. 2. She (ask) me the same question three times since yesterday. 3. His doctor advised him (not take) any strenuous exercise. 4. He asked me what I (want) to eat that night. 5. I am driving John to the airport tomorrow. His own car (repair). 6. Would you mind (take) the book back to the library for me? 7. The new teaching methods encourage children (think) for themselves. 8. He (work) as a research and development chemist for 10 years, then he retired. V. Complete the sentences with correct tense of verbs. 1. The interviewer asked me what I (can) do if I were offered the job. 2. Mandy asked me if the boys (read) the book at present. 3. The manager told me that I (travel) from place to place the following month. 4. They said they (never/ be) to Scotland until last year. 5. Jason and Victoria told me they (do) their best in the exams the following day. 6. I wondered why Nick (not go) to New York the summer before. 7. John told me that there (may) not be dessert after dinner. 8. She asked me if everyone (must) contact the Magic Number in emergency situations. 9. My mom said she (be) going to visit a friend of hers in London. 10. Shannon said that she (need) to take care of her baby. VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. . (adult) 1. Nowadays young people want to leave home as soon as they reach 2. A good night’s sleep will improve your . (concentrate) 3. Teens should learn to be when making a presentation. (confidence) 4. Going away to college has made me much more . (depend)
. (depress) 5. A lot of people eat too much when they’re than I can handle. (responsible) 6. I have a bad habit of taking on more 7. Students have spoken of their growing with school administrators. (frustrate) 8. Ann suffered from depression and a number of other problems. (emotion) 9. Have you thought of talking to a marriage guidance ? (counsel) skills came in handy for a charity boxing event she hosted. 10. Her networking and (organize) VII. Read the text then choose the correct answers. Practical stress management can help students deal with their worries and become more productive, competent and efficient. First of all, students must be able to design and stick to a timetable. Choose a relaxing break between work and study, even if it’s just taking out time to breathe. In addition, a healthy lifestyle is essential for students. Let’s drink more water as well as take out time to get some air and exercise. Furthermore, organization is very important in academic life for dealing with stress. By keeping academic notes organized, turning in assignments on time, and keeping track of all deadlines, stress can be reduced to a great extent. Stress can also get worse if a person feels lonely. Therefore, by letting out all your thoughts to someone you trust, you immediately feel a lot better. However, if you feel extremely stressed out, take a break and do something you love. Whether it is painting or listening to music, doing something you enjoy can cheer up your mood and distract you from a stressor. It’s about time that we students accept that we can achieve just as much in life without all the stress. . 1. Practical stress management can help students a. deal with stress b. have more time c. face up to the worst situation d. think critically 2. What should students pay attention to when designing a timetable? a. They have to arrange time to breathe. b. They need to set time for relaxation. c. They don’t need to take notice of certain tasks. d. They should stop working and studying. 3. What can students do to lead a healthy lifestyle? a. Visit their doctor as scheduled. b. Not to put much pressure on time management. c. Follow the timetable strictly. d. Go outside for fresh air, do regular exercises and drink more water. 4. Why is organization important in academic life? a. Because it can help students get good grades. b. Because it is a must for all students. c. Because it can help students reduce stress. d. Because it leads to better results. 5. Which of the following sentences is true? a. You should stay alone when being under pressure. b. When you feel lonely, you should grab someone to talk. c. The more lonely you are, the more stress you can have. d. It is believed that stress can control itself. 6. What should you do when you are feeling stressed? a. Take time for reflection on your progress. b. Ease your soul and your mind. c. Stay away from other people. d. Take a break and do what you enjoy. VIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in capital. 1. He said he wouldn’t have enough time to finish the job. (WILL) ________________________________________________________________________
59
60
2. When did your friends eat that chocolate cake? (WAS) ________________________________________________________________________ 3. “What are the skills you concern most?” my teacher asked. (I) ________________________________________________________________________ 4. I have never read such as interesting novel as The Little Prince. (MOST) ________________________________________________________________________ 5. Finish your homework or you can’t go out with your friend. (IF) ________________________________________________________________________ 6. They’re not sure how they should operate the new system. (TO) ________________________________________________________________________ 7. It took me 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book. (SPENT) ________________________________________________________________________ 8. Snowboarding is more dangerous than tennis. (AS) ________________________________________________________________________ IX.Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. “Where did you meet him?” Jimmy asked. → Jimmy asked _____________________________________________________________ 2 “When should I register for the new course on Chinese?” Jim asked his teacher. → Jim asked his teacher _______________________________________________________ 3. Joana couldn’t decide when she should start her journey. → Joana couldn’t decide _______________________________________________________ 4. “You must stay in bed until next Monday!” the doctor said. → The doctor said ___________________________________________________________ 5. I have no idea who I should call for help in this situation. → I have no idea _____________________________________________________________ 6. “Should I tell her the truth about her misery?” she asked herself. → She wondered _____________________________________________________________ 7. I’m not sure what I should do to help her overcome her mom’s death. → I’m not sure ______________________________________________________________ 8. “I am going to work for a new company next week,” John said. → John said _________________________________________________________________ X. Turn the following sentences into reported speech. 1. “Our daughter wants to study abroad for a year,” they said. ________________________________________________________________________ 2. “Have you ever experienced school pressures?” she asked me. ________________________________________________________________________ 3. “Yesterday I couldn’t watch my favourite cartoon on Disney Channel,” he said. ________________________________________________________________________ 4. “Is the weather good in Shanghai in the summer?” Jane asked me. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. “What are the skills that you find the most difficult to learn?” she asked me. ________________________________________________________________________ 6. “Would you bring me a cup of coffee, please?” she told me. ________________________________________________________________________ 7. “I’ll come and help you on Saturday,” Joana told me. ________________________________________________________________________ 8. “When will you come back home?” my mom asked me. ________________________________________________________________________ 9. “Do you need any help on this assignment?” the teacher asked me. ________________________________________________________________________ 10. “My friend got engaged to a German last month,” Danny told Ann.
TEST YOURSELF 1(UNIT 1,2,3) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A. craft B.carve C.aware D.cast 2.A. surface B.drumhead C.multicultural D.frustrated B.house-keeping C.cost D.preserve 3.A. craftsman II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A. fabulous B. skyscraper C.lacquerware D.determine 5.A. authenticity B. cooperative C.metropolitan D.multicultural III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6.Lacquering is a uniquely-performed in Viet Nam. A.tradition B.production C.culture D.craft 7.The drawing and printing techniques have been and inherited over many generations. A.preserved B.stored C.prevented D.treated 8.There is a of employment opportunities in a city. A.type B.variety C.group D.change 9.Skillful hand-weaving techniques of the local make Dinh An sedge mats a wonderful souvenir for visitors. A.artists B.actors C.artefacts D.artisans 10.Maybe we are worried about something so our keeps wandering over to a particular issue. A.brain B. C.feeling D.mind 11.The bamboo used to make conical hats must be split into very thin strings and then put into water they can avoid tearing and any breakage. A.because B. C.so that D.therefore 12.To consider an idea or a suggestion before deciding to accept it is to . A.look it up B. C.think it over D.take it up 13. “Do you your new classmate, or do you two argue?”. A.get on with B. C.face up to D.keep up with 14.All of my teachers, friends and relatives are asking me continually what careers I am interested in and I'm struggling to a decision. A.do B. C.take D.offer 15.I am unsure as to fashion designing is the right career for me. A.whether B.what C.where D.how IV.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. luxury cleanest cultures busiest skyscrapers
perfect
neighbourhoods
liveable
Singapore is the most (16) city in Southeast Asia, but it is a rather expensive place to live. Public transportation goes to everywhere, and getting a permit to drive a car costs you a lot of money. Therefore, it is one of the (17) cities in the world, too. Besides the (18) in Clark Quay, Singapore is a melting pot of Western, Indian, Chinese, and Malay (19) . The diverse culture of Singapore makes it a (20) place for fine shopping and dining. You can lie on Singapore's own beaches on Sentosa Island or go to great beaches in Indonesia not far away. V. Write each sentence so that it has a similar meaning and contains the word in brackets. Make sure that you use the correct verb form. 21. Paul arrived when everyone had gone home. (up) Paul __________________________________________ . 22.We should not make an important decision until we have thought carefully about it. (think) We should _____________________________________ an important decision. 23.She always has a good relationship with the children. (on) She always _____________________________________ . 61
62
24.I don't believe a word he said; he just invented the story. (up) I don't believe a word he said: he just ________________ . 25.Would you mind taking care of my bicycle while I'm away for a while? (after) Would you mind ________________________________ while I'm away for a while? VI.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. We know that nowadays students (26) from test stress, and there are a few of the biggest causes. First, it is important to do your best and study hard, but you may push yourself too much to get a high grade, and (27) can be hard to deal with. Second, many schools want to show high test grades from their students to (28) that they are doing a good job of educating them. Therefore, they have high expectations for the teachers, who (29) have high expectations for the students. In addition, most parents want to see great school (30) , and they can start pushing their children when test time (31) . Moreover, if you had a (32) time with a test in the past, or if you have (33) poorly on one or more tests, you could feel anxious about the next one. Finally, sometimes other students can (34) rumors about a test, or you might hear things from older friends and siblings. Rumors like "That teacher's tests are totally impossible to pass!" can make you a lot (35) nervous. 26.A. suffer B. prevent C.experience D.show 27.A. force B. causes C.grades D.pressure 28.A. make B. prove C.discover D.try 29.A. after B. again C.then D.than 30.A. events B. reports C.descriptions D.statements 31.A. comes around B. comes through C.comes to D.comes under 32.A. bad B. low C.pleasant D.harmful 33.A. come B. taken C.made D.done 34.A. expand B. spread C.reach D.extend 35.A. much B. over C.more D.less VII.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, Cor D for each question. To preserve and develop traditional craft villages, in recent years, the local authorities have conducted preservation of four traditional crafts: brocade weaving, silver carving, blacksmithing, and carpentry to bring about economic and social efficiency for the development of provincial tourism… Currently, the province of Lao Cai has formed the clear models of traditional villages. Cat Cat village has gradually built its brand with the forging and casting products, textiles of linens of Hmong people. The famous alcohol villages have found their footholds in the market such as Pho village corn wine (Bac Ha), Xeo village wine (in Bat Xat commune) The villages in the province have been associated with tourism spots and promote tourism development in the community, improve living standards of many families through their home business, selling handicrafts, brocade products. In the past, in the villages in Sa Pa, people mostly make their living in agriculture, forestry, but now there have been many households getting involved in tourism activities of the village. With the aim of preserving and developing traditional village linked to tourism development, most of the villages have created its own definition for tourists to learn and explore. In particular, brocade weaving is dominant, serving the needs of families and tourists. Only in Sa Pa district has 11 embroidery and weaving villages, in Ta Phin village, and San Sa Ho village with about 1000 households participating and a number of groups from the district women society, put on the market each year more than 30,000 metres of fabric. Other districts like Van Ban, Bac Ha have also formed several embroidery villages, attracting thousands of workers. 36.Cat Cat village is famous for . A.com wine B.its textiles of linens C.blacksmithing D.silver carving 37.The purpose of preservation of traditionalcraft villages is bringing about . A.the clear models of traditional villages B.weaving 30,000 metresof fabric 63
C.the start of tourism D.economic and social development 38.We can infer from the passage thattourism has . A.raised labour income in rural areas B.made all farmers quit farming C.prevented forests from being cut down D.found its footholds in the market 39. All of the following are true EXCEPT that . A.brocade weaving has become the most important craft in Sa Pa and nearby districts B.local people can sell brocade handicrafts, products to tourists C.other districts should start preserving their crafts like Sa Pa D.preservation of traditional crafts can be associated with tourism 40. The word "definition" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to . A.descriptions of features B.explanation of the meaning C.quality of being clear D.what tourism means VIII.Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 41. First/ visitors/ visit/ Institute/Oceanography/ which/ one/ first centers/ scientific research/ Indochina. _________________________________________________________________________________ 42. They/ go on/ see/ Marine Creature Museum/ more than/ 80,000 sea and fresh water specimen/ and/ living creatures/ glass tanks. _________________________________________________________________________________ 43. Next/ they/ go/ Long Son Pagoda/ which/ largest pagoda/ Nha Trang. _________________________________________________________________________________ 44. Then/ visitors/ not miss Ponagar Cham Tower/ built/ between/ 7th/ 12th century/ honour/ Mother/ Cham Kingdom. _________________________________________________________________________________ 45. Finally/ Chong Rocks/ famous sight/ Nha Trang/ large rock clusters/ beach/ at/ foot/ La San hill. TEST YOURSELF 2(UNIT 1,2,3) I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1. a. concentration b. question c. attraction d. emotion 2. a. exist b. exchange c. extreme d. expect 3. a. recognize b. opinion c. adolescence d. conflict 4. a. urban b. craft c. organize d. Canada 5. a. artisan b. handicraft c. machine d. heritage II. Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. 1. a. encourage b. volunteer c. overcome d. understand 2. a. informed b. worried c. relaxed d. depressed 3. a. recognition b. affordable c. independent d. adolescence 4. a. artisan b. frustration c. emotion d. forbidden 5. a. recreational b. university c. individual d. communicator III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box. lacquerware
abandoned
metropolitan
emergency
self-discipline
sprawl
multicultural
embarrassed
adolescence
lanterns
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
The charity’s work involves finding foster homes for children. We try to teach the children self-reliance and . During , boys are sometimes very shy and lacking of self-confidence. The chair broke when Tim sat on it – he was pretty . The services in this area simply couldn’t cope if there were a major accident or terrorist attack. 6. Urban is caused in part by the need to accommodate a rising urban population. society. 7. Singapore’s mix of cultures – mostly Chinese, Indian, and Malay – makes it a 64
in front of their houses will bring the 8. Vietnamese believe that hanging a couple of warmth and happiness to the family. 9. Duck eggshell is especially applied in Vietnamese . 10. San Francisco tops the list of the 25 largest areas by household income. IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. Studies show that having good conflict skills is associated with various positive outcomes. a. resolutional b. resolving c. resolve d. resolution 2. For most of us, however, positive thinking and can be learned. a. self-awareness b. self-abuse c. self-access d. self-analysis 3. He asked her to marry him but she . a. carry him out b. turned him down c. took him out d. let him in 4. The cost living in Singapore is higher than any countries in South East Asia. a. for b. on c. of d. in . 5. I met James in a restaurant on Friday and he said that he had seen Caroline there a. the day before b. this day c. today d. that day 16. Jane said that she come and look after the children the following day. a. can b. will c. could d. should 7. The weather was in England than in Spain last week. a. most warmer b. by far warmer c. more warmer d. much warmer 8. all our efforts to save the school, the authorities decided to close it. a. Since b. Despite c. Although d. Because his budget when living alone in the city. 9. He still doesn’t know a. when to manage b. how to manage c. where to manage d. what to manage 10. A: “I really don’t like shopping around the holidays.” . It’s always so busy.” B: “ a. I couldn’t agree with you more. b. I like it. c. I don’t like it. d. No, it’s not that. V. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Many people enjoy the pleasures and of living in a city center. (convenient) 2. Cigarette smoking is for about 90% of deaths from lung cancer, (respond) 3. He went on to work in film and shared a flat with his father. (produce) 4. John changed from a friendly and cheerful young boy into a confused . (adolescence) 5. The weather was , so we arrived earlier than expected. (favor) 6. Schools must try to make science more to youngsters. (attract) 7. She managed to find a job immediately after . (graduate) 8. Parents need to continue to with the child. (empathy) 9. During the 19th century, Britain became the world’s first modern society. (urban) 10. She got into difficulties after her parents had passed away. (finance) VI. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. (must) learn to love each other. 1. He told them again that they 2. When I woke up this morning, it was raining and my father (sing) in the kitchen. 3. I wondered where (get) my pre-paid train ticket. 4. (you/ travel) to Paris tomorrow? 5. Dana admitted (feel) hurt by what I had said. 6. She said she (write) three books and she was working on another one. 7. She was made (work) on Saturday, even though she hated working at weekends. 8. If I (find) her address, I would send her an invitation. 9. Japanese (become) one of the most popular courses at the university since the Asian studies program was established. 10. Look at those black clouds. I think it (rain). VII. Match sentences.
f. It is a service for counseling and protecting children and young adults in Vietnam. g. Yes, I slept like a log right after arriving 7. Why did you turn down his invitation to home. the party? h. Yes, they do. 8. How can we reduce the pollution in urban area? VIII. Choose the correct answers to complete the passage. of drawbacks. Firstly, there is the problem of traffic (2) Living in a city has a (1) and traffic accidents. The increase (3) population and the increasing number of vehicles have (4) many accidents to happen every day. Secondly, air pollution (5) affects people’s health, and is also has a bad (6) on the environment. More and more city dwellers suffer from coughing or breathing problems. Thirdly, the city is noisy, even at night. (7) pollution comes from the traffic and from construction sites. Buildings are always being knocked down and rebuilt. These factors contribute to making city life (8) difficult for its residents. 1. a. amount b. large c. number d. quantity 2. a. calm b. jams c. light d. legacy 3. a. with b. on c. for d. in 4. a. caused b. made c. done d. got 5. a. actively b. negatively c. positively d. weakly 6. a. pressure b. consequence c. influence d. result 7. a. Noise b. Air c. Water d. Soil 8. a. mostly b. very c. much d. more IX. Read the text carefully then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) and choose the correct answers. Spending your free time on the Internet can be fun. You can chat, share photos with friends, and play online games. But some people are addicted to the Internet. They just can’t turn it off. Being online for many hours at a time does not mean you have a problem. The Internet is very useful. Online, you can pay your bills, buy clothes, and read the news. There are many good reasons to spend time online. However, people with an Internet addiction are online too much. They don’t spend time with their friends and family. Instead, they spend their time chatting with their Internet friends, people they have never met in real life. Some also play online games all day or night. Some people with Internet addictions even leave their jobs so they can spend even more time online! People with Internet addictions don’t just go online to shop, have fun, or do work. People who have this problem often go online because they want to escape the stress and problems in their lives. Many internet addicts stop caring about their real lives, and focus only on their online lives. One way Internet addicts can get help is by using special software. This software controls how much time someone can spend online. It tells the computer to turn off the internet after a certain amount time. This helps people focus on real life. The software’s goal is to teach people to use the Internet for good reasons
65
66
A 1. What is the function of the Magic Number? 2. I wonder whether to encourage him to follow his dream. 3. Was she delighted to take a course on medicine as her parents wished? 4. Artisans have to follow 15 stages to make a conical hat, don’t they? 5. Shall we try making a lantern when visiting Hoi An? 6. Sherry, getting over the jet lag?
B a. That’s cool. b. We can use public transportation instead of cars or motorbikes. c. I had an appointment with my doctor.I suffered from stomachache those days. d. I think you should do it. e. No, she wasn’t.
10. event (n) /ɪˈvent/: sự kiện 11. face to face (adv) /feɪs tʊ feɪs/: trực diện, mặt đối mặt 12. facility (n) /fəˈsɪləti/: phương tiện, thiết bị 13. igloo (n) /ˈɪɡluː/: lều tuyết 14. illiterate (adj) /ɪˈlɪtərət/: thất học 15. loudspeaker (n) /ˌlaʊdˈspiːkə(r)/: loa 16. occasion (n) /əˈkeɪʒn/: dịp 17. pass on (ph.v) /pɑːs ɒn/: truyền lại, kể lại 18. post (v) /pəʊst/: đăng tải 19. snack (n) /snæk/: đồ ăn vặt 20. street vendor (n) /striːt ˈvendə(r)/: người bán hàng rong 21. strict (adj) /strɪkt/: nghiêm khắc 22. treat (v) /triːt/: cư xử B. GRAMMAR I, ÔN TẬP THÓI QUEN TRONG QUÁ KHỨ VỚI “USED TO” Cách sử “Used to” được dung để miêu tả những thói quen, hành động hoặc trạng thái đã xảy ra dụng thường xuyên trong quá khứ và đã kết thúc, không còn ở hiện tại.
and not just as an escape. 1. People with Internet addiction spend most of their free time on the Internet. 2. Paying bills online is a useful way to use the Internet. 3. Internet addiction causes problems in one’s daily life. 4. Most Internet addicts play online games all day or night. 5. Using special software is a way of helping people stop their Internet addiction. 6. What is the main idea of the article? a. People should not spend time on the Internet. b. The Internet is very good for people. c. Spending too much time online is not good. d. Families should use the Internet together. 7. Which is NOT a problem for people with Internet addiction? a. They stop spending time with their family. b. They learn to type very fast. c. They might lose their jobs. d. They stop caring about their real lives. . 8. According to the passage, a person is most likely to become an Internet addict if a. their life is stressful and has problems b. their job is boring c. they enjoy online gaming d. they have a lot of online friends X. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. The wounded persons were taken to hospital by the police. → The police _______________________________________________________________ 2. “Don’t leave your luggage unattended.” → He asked me ______________________________________________________________ 3. The salary of a professor is higher than that of a secretary. → The salary of a secretary is ___________________________________________________ 4. He felt very miserable, so he looked for someone to share his life with. → He looked ________________________________________________________________ 5. I didn’t realize how late it was and I didn’t stop studying till after midnight. → I didn’t realize how late it was and I went _______________________________________ 6. When did you start working on the project? → How long ________________________________________________________________ 7. I am leaving now so that I won’t be late for work. → I am leaving now in ________________________________________________________ 8. New York City is the busier than any other city in the world. → New York City ____________________________________________________________ 9. Dina is like her mother’s side of the family. → Dina takes _______________________________________________________________ 10. “How long have you been standing here?” he asked me. → He asked me ______________________________________________________________ UNIT 4:LIFE IN THE PAST A.VOCABULARY 1. act out (v) /ækt aʊt/: đóng vai, diễn 2. arctic (adj /ˈɑːktɪk/: (thuộc về) Bắc cực 3. bare-footed (adj) /beə(r)-fʊtɪd/: chân đất 4. behave (v) (+oneself) /bɪˈheɪv/: ngoan, biết cư xử 5. dogsled (n) /ˈdɒɡsled/: xe chó kéo 6. domed (adj) /dəʊmd/: hình vòm 7. downtown (adv) /ˌdaʊnˈtaʊn/: vào trung tâm thành phố 8. eat out (v) /iːt aʊt/: ăn ngoài 9. entertain (v) /ˌentəˈteɪn/: giải trí
Cấu trúc
(+) S + used to + V… (-) S + didn’t used to + V… (?) Did + S + use to + V…
Ví dụ
- I used to listen to the radio. ( Ngày trước tôi thường nghe đài.) - They used to go swimming together. (Ngày trước họ thường đi bơi cùng nhau.) - He didn’t use to play marbles. (Ngày trước anh ấy không chơi bi.) - Did you used to ride a buffalo? (Ngày trước bạn có đi cưỡi trâu không?)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Hoàn thành các câu sau với cấu trúc “used to” và động từ trong ngoặc. 1. Do you know what (Jim/do) _____________ before he retired? 2. _____________ (Mary/be) a successful business woman before she went bankrupt? 3. My family (not/travel) _____________ during summer vacation but now we really enjoy it. 4. I wonder what (people/do) ___________ to celebrate the Harvest Festival in the past? 5. As a kid, Josh (have) _________ his grandfather pick him up from primary school. 6. This boy band (be) ____________ popular before they disbanded. 7. When my grandmother was young, she (set off) ___________ for a foreign country almost every summer. 8. My mother says that she (not scope) ______________ with much work stress five years ago. 9. In the past, people in my village (raise) ___________ poultry or castle to earn a living. 10. I can’t believe my father (be) considered a bad boy before he married my mother. 11. Who _________ (you/confide) in when you was at your teenage? 12. They (not use) __________ folk and knife when they first moved to America. 13. Jim (not like) _________ me much when we were at school but now he is my husband. 14. My father (work) _________ very far from home before he found his current job. 15. Those men (suffer) __________ a lot before they finally succeeded in their business. 67
68
Bài 2: Dựa vào những thông tin cho sẵn để viết các câu miêu tả những sự việc trong quá khứ mà bây giờ không còn làm nữa. 0. I saw many buffaloes in my hometown but I can’t see many of them now. -> I used to see many buffaloes in my hometown. 1. This was only a small company with several years of low profit but now it has changed a lot. -> ___________________________________________________________ 2. Men were the breadwinner of the family and women depended greatly on men. -> ___________________________________________________________ 3. My sister admitted that she lied sometimes in the past but now she didn’t. -> ___________________________________________________________ 4. Jim asked me what I preferred to do as a child that I no longer did now. -> ___________________________________________________________ 5. Who took care of you when you were a toddler? -> ___________________________________________________________ 6. Jim wasn’t interested in reading books when he was small but now he’s really into it. -> ___________________________________________________________ 7. I got all the attention from my parents before my little brother was born. -> ___________________________________________________________ 8. Bungalows were very popular 6 years ago. -> ___________________________________________________________
Cấu trúc
Be
Play
Ví dụ
Chú ý
Live
II, CÂU ĐIỀU ƯỚC CHO HIỆN TẠI (WISHES FOR THE PRESENT) Trường hợp 1 Trường hợp 2 Diễn tả một sự không hài long, không thỏa mãn với một hoàn cảnh ở hiện tại, và ao ước hoàn cảnh đó xảy ra theo chiều hướng khác đi ở hiện tại và tương lai
- I wish I knew more about European history. (=but I don’t know much about European history.) - I wish I could drive really fast. (= but I can’t drive fast.) (Dùng “wish + could + V”để nói về việc người nói ao ước có khả năng làm gì nhưng thực tế họ không có khả năng thực hiện. Có thể sử dụng were đối với tất cả các ngôi trong mệnh đề wish.
- My son wishes he were studying Marketing instead of Hospitality.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
1. My whole family _________ on my father’s salary but now both of my parents work to support our family. 2. My brother __________ after me when my parents were at work. 3. In the past, women ____________ expected to stay home, do household chores and farming instead of getting higher education. 4. Those farmers _____________ hard but ___________ little money before they were instructed to apply technologies in their farming. 5. We (not) _____________ out when but now we often do because we are sometime too busy to prepare a meal. 6. Women (not) _________ an important role in the political field in the past 50 years. 7. My uncle ___________ a sheep farm before he sold it to move to the city.
Cách Dùng
I wish + S + was/were + V-ing ( quá khứ tiếp diễn)
Hoặc I wish + could + V
Bài 3: Hoàn thành các câu sau với cấu trúc “used to” và các động từ cho sẵn. Look Eat Own Earn Work
I wish + S + V-ed ( Qúa khứ đơn)
Diễn tả điều ước cho một sự việc ta mong muốn nó xảy ran gay tại thời điểm nói.
Bài 4: Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp 1. Jane wish she (can/go) ___________ travelling at least once a year. 2. Jim wishes he (earn) ___________ more money so that he would live more comfortable. 3. My mother wishes she (not have) ___________ to work for extra hours. 4. The little boy wishes it (not rain) ___________ at the moment. 5. I wish I (be) ___________ healthier so that I could play some extreme sports. 6. Tim is sad because he has lost his bike. He wishes his mother (buy) ___________ him a new one. 7. I wish someone (offer) ___________ me an opportunity to study abroad. 8. Jim is bored as he is doing his homework now. He wish he (do) ___________ his homework. 9. My father is an officer but he wishes he (be) ___________ a famous singer. 10. My mother never let me go to school on my own. I wish she (let) ___________ me go alone. Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Old/ man/ wish/ his/ grandchild/ visit/ him/ more/ often. ____________________________________________________________ 2. I/ wish/ you/ can/ spend/ more/ time/ on/ study. ____________________________________________________________ 3. They/ wish/ their/ team/ be/champion. ____________________________________________________________ 4. I/ wish/ I/ have/ more/ friend/ and/ I/ not/ be/ lonely. ____________________________________________________________ 5. Mary/ wish/ her/ parents/ not/ have/ go/ on/ business/ trips/ so/ often. ____________________________________________________________ 6. Many/ people/ wish/ they/ be/ wealthy/ but/ I/ do/ not. ____________________________________________________________ 7. I/ wish/ my/ mother/ be/ less/ busy/ so that/ she/ have/ more/ time/ for/ me. ____________________________________________________________ 8. Jim/ wish/ his/ parents/ not/ expect/ too/ much/ from/ him. ____________________________________________________________ Bài 6: Dựa vào câu cho trước, viết câu thể hiện điều ước với “wish” 0. I don’t have a computer now. -> I wish I had a computer now. 1. Jim’s friend lives very far from him. -> Jim wishes ____________________________________________________
69
70
2. My friend cannot afford her favorite camera. -> My friend wishes _______________________________________________ 3. The teacher make us do a lot of homework. -> We __________________________________________________________ 4. I can’t sing as beautifully as my sister. -> I ___________________________________________________________ 5. My father is depressed that his favorite football team loses the ticket to the final. -> My father _____________________________________________________ 6. I don’t have my own house at the present. -> I ____________________________________________________________ 7. Mr. Brown is sad that there is no way he can get promotion this year. -> Mr. Brown ____________________________________________________ 8. Peter is annoyed because there is too much noise from his neighnor. -> Peter _________________________________________________________
Bài 9: Viết lại câu với những từ cho sẵn. 1. When I was a child, I liked watching cartoons but now I no longer like them. -> When I was a child, I used _______________________________________________________ 2. My brother is very lazy. I can’t stand him anymore. -> I wish my _________________________________________________________ 3. I want to be a university students but I can’t. -> I wish _______________________________________________________ 4. When Jim was six, he dreamt of becoming a superhero but now he gives up on that dream. -> When Jim was six, he used _______________________________________________________ 5. Mr. Brown never allows her daughter to go to the party although she always want to. -> Mr. Brown’s daughter wishes _______________________________________________________ 6. My friend always regrets that he doesn’t live in the same neighborhood as me. -> My friend wishes _______________________________________________________ 7. “What did you use to do in your free time as a child?” Mary asked me. -> Mary asked me what _______________________________________________________ 8. I am frustrated because I am cleaning the mess Jim has made. -> I wish I _______________________________________________________.
Bài 7: Đánh dấu [ V] trước câu đúng, đánh dấu [ X] trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng. ________ 1. Peter and Jane wishes they could see each other more often. ________
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________
____________________________________________________________ 2. I wish Jim were able to deal with all the problems on his own. ____________________________________________________________
BÀI 10: Hoàn thành các câu sau với dạng đúng của động từ cho sẵn.
3. Mrs. Brown wishes her husband were home more often and talks to her more. __________________________________________________________________ 4. They wish their work was less stressful and they have more time to relax. __________________________________________________________________ 5. James wishes he had more money so that he could buy what he wants. __________________________________________________________________ 6. I wish I wasn’t having to travel a long distance to work every day. __________________________________________________________________ 7. They wish they will able to visit her foreign friend. __________________________________________________________________ 8. I only wish they provided a larger playground for the kids. __________________________________________________________________
Dye
Be
Be
Given
Ride
Have
Purchase
Play
Become
fly
1. We used to ________________ things from street vendors when we were small. 2. In the past, Vietnamese women used to ________________their teeth black. 3. I wish there ________________ so many natural disasters so that people would not suffer from their consequences. 4. No one in my class used to ________________ a buffalo like I did. 5. They didn’t use to ________________ kites when they lived in the countryside. 6. Extended families used to ________________ very popular in Vietnam years ago. 7. Jane wishes someone ________________ her a chance to do it over again. 8. I wish I could ________________ a well - known artist. 9. Did your mother use to ________________ the role of both mother and father when your father was away from home? 10. Tom wishes he (not) ________________ to learn at the moment.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 8: Sắp xếp những từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. you/ make/ Did/ any/ mistake/ use/ terrible/ to? __________________________________________________________________ 2. she/ run/ Mary/ could/ a/ into/ figure/ wishes/ famous. __________________________________________________________________ 3. I/ that/ used/ she/ believe/ doesn’t/ to/ a/ be/ lawyer. __________________________________________________________________ 4. I/ would/ never/ wish/ wealthy/ a/ person/ I/ be. __________________________________________________________________ 5. wish/ a/ My/ list/ sister/ and/ it/ to/ send/ Santa Claus/ used/ make/ to. __________________________________________________________________ 6. you/ what/ Do/ Jim/ company/ to/ for/ used/ work/ know? __________________________________________________________________ 7. English/ my/ that/ teacher/ simple/ wish/ used/ language/ us/ understand/ to/ for/ I. __________________________________________________________________ 8. they/ They/ could/ wish/ their/ by/ speaking/ with/ talking/ foreigners/ improve/ skill. __________________________________________________________________
Bài 11: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. I have always wondered how life was twenty years ago. I (1) __________ that life in the past was boring and inconvenient (2) ___________ the lack of modern facilities. However I changed my opinion after I heard my grandfather talk about his childhood. In the past, although modern and convenient gadgets were not available, everyone really enjoyed the simple and peaceful life. In the family, the father used to be the (3) ___________ while the mother used to just stay home and take care of the house. The saying” Men make house, women make home” used to be very popular that day. The children (4) ___________ play video games or go on extra classes after school as we (5) ___________ today. (6) ___________, they could enjoy a variety of outdoor activities with other such as kite flying, rope skipping, so on. In the past, many unique customs of Vietnamese people were seen more vividly than today. (7) ___________, Vietnamese women used to (8) ___________ their teeth black and people used to chew betel nut. It is such a pity that I rarely see those customs today. 1. A. consumed B. presumed C. resumed D. résumé 2. A. because B. despite C. due to D. as 3. A. breadwinner B. pillar C. strongest D. most important 71
72
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
A. didn’t used to A. do A. Besides A. Likewise A. color
B. didn’t use to C. used to D. use to B. did C. used to do D. didn’t used to do B. While C. However D. Instead B. For example C. Therefore D. Although B. dye C. make D. paint
Bài 12: Đọc đoạn văn sau, điền T (True) trước câu có chứa thông tin đúng với nội dung bài đọc. Điền F (False) trước câu có chứa thông tin không đúng với nội dung bài đọc. Điền NG (Not Given) trước câu có nội dung không đúng với nội dung bài đọc. Vietnam’s educational system in the past Have you ever wondered how teachers, students and classrooms look like years ago? In the past, Vietnam educational system was under the influence of by many foreign culture, of which the Chinese had most significant effects. The earliest students in Vietnam received most of their education from the Buddhist clergy. Under the 1000year invasion and domination of the Chinese, Vietnam’s education was greatly affected by China’s educational system. This influence is depicted in the early examinations held to recruit high mandarin officials. The first examination of this type was held in 1075. During the latter part of the 11th century, a National College was established for the education of sons or royalty and other high-ranking officials, which marked the beginning of Confucian education in Vietnam. In 1252, the college was opened to students from various backgrounds besides royal or official ones. At the beginning of the 15th century, many Confucian-type schools were in operation in leading centers. Those days, education became the most cherished ideals. Only those who passed the qualification examination for Mandarins had any hope of achieving state-owned jobs or other honors. The scholar was looked up to and highly revered. ________ 1. Vietnam’s educational system was only affected by Chinese. ________ 2. The earliest students in Vietnam received their education from the Chinese Buddhist clergy. ________ 3. The early examinations were held to recruit high mandarin officials. ________ 4. During the latter part of the 11th century, the National College was opened to every students. ________ 5. At the beginning of the 15th century, many Confucian-type schools were in operation only in leading centers. ________ 6. Those days, education was highly appreciated. ________ 7. The scholar was highly respected to and idolized.
C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 4) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A.artic B.occasion C.face D.behave 2.A.event B.vendor C.collect D.gap 3.A.dogsled B.post C.preserve D.strict II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A.dogsled B.downtown C.igloo D.fatal 5.A.illiterate B.entertainment C.ability D.especially III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6.They like playing tug-of-war and cat and mouse game because playing these games with the friends is . A.almost - funny B.almost - fun C.most - fun D.most - funny 7.Traditional games an important role in children’s intellectual life. A.play B.take C.bring D.make 8.Whenever Vietnamese village festivals, you will have a chance to watch a traditional game human chess - which is the favourite to a great deal of Vietnamese people. A.participating B.taking place C.taking part D.taking part in 73
as an effective but simple educational method for centuries. 9.Traditional games A.were used B.used to used C.had used D.have been used 10.Raising roosters for cockfighting heavy investments in time and labour. A.requests B.requires C.satisfies D.asks 11.The folk of top spinning still attracts city children despite the popularity of modern games such as bowling, skateboarding, billiards and video games. A.pastime B.ceremony C.activity D.enjoyment 12.Although spinning tops are among the simplest of toys, children it one of the most vivid and exciting games. A.allow B.let C.make D.keep 13.Women have walked dozens of kilometres to market twenty- or thirty-kilogram loads in shoulder poles for generations. A.carry B.to carry C.to be carried D.carrying 14.Cyclo, a sort of tricycle rickshaw, the most popular means of transport in Viet Nam in the past. A.was B.used to C.used to be D.would be 15.We wish LCD projectors still expensive. A.haven’t been B.are not C.were not D.hadn’t been IV. Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct verb from the box. make sell last carry get up take move read quit put 1. He used to under the oil lamp because there was no electricity. 2.I used to at 3 a.m. and go with my parents to get fresh water. 3.My grandparents’ family used to to a limestone cave in the mountainous area to escape American bombers. 4.Primary children used to small porcelain inkpots in the corners of their wooden tables. 5.Mrs. Binh used to teaching materials in the evening. 6.Many students in Binh Phuoc province used to school because theirfamilies were so poor. 7.High school students used to the high school graduation examinations. 8.The former university entrance exams with two sessions used to one week. 9.City dwellers used to rice with shoulder poles in support of the nationalfight against French colonialism. 10.Residents on Hang Bo street used to bamboo baskets. V.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. unique history characteristics historical home houses variety popular Ha Noi’s Old Quarter was established hundreds of years ago on the east side of the ancient Thang Long citadel. In the old days, the Old Quarter, a system of narrow streets,alleys and houses, was (1) to several guilds such as bronze casting,forging, jewelry making, wood carving, silk and clothes trading. Small, beautifully styledhouses built along with a (2) local culture. Streets in the Old Quarterstill have names describing their original goods or craft, for example, Hang Bac or “SilverStreet”. The ground-floor shops of the (3) here now sell handicrafts,fine arts, and food. But the quarter also has a number of pagodas, temples, (4) relics, and festivals dedicated to the founders of some of the local crafts. Now, many guild streets, like Hang Quat street, don’t make fans anymore, but they are remembered as craft streets. The architecture and lifestyle of the local people reflect typical (5) of traditional guild sreets in Ha Noi. VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Viet Nam's Past Education System
74
In comparison with other developing countries, Viet Nam’s population enjoys a relatively high standard of education. In the past, Viet Nam’s educational system was affected by many cultures, of which the Chinese and French had most significant influence. The Imperial Academy - the first university in Viet Nam - was built in 1076 under Emperor Ly Nhan Tong for the education of sons of royalty and other high-ranking officials. In 1252, the college was opened to students from various backgrounds besides royal or official ones. Before the French came, the old-type Mandarin system administered Viet Nam for approximately 2,000 years. As the French took over the government’s administration, it was converted from a Confucian system into a Western-oriented one. In order to participate in the civil service under the French rule, the Vietnamese had to convert to the French system and were required to know the French language. In addition, they had to have a good facility with the new version of their language instead of the traditional Chinese characters which had been in use for hundreds of years. At the beginning of 1900, the whole system was revised. An educational system of three levels was established: elementary, primary, and secondary education. In addition, the use of the national language (Quoc Ngu) was added to the curriculum. Emphasis was placed on rote learning, class discipline and other French educational methods. Several new schools and colleges were established. Accordingly, French became the second language of much importance to the students. . 1.In the past, Viet Nam enjoyed a relatively high standard of education with A. the effects of the Chinese culture B. the reign of Emperor Ly Nhan Tong C.the education of sons of royalty D. the establishment of the Imperial Academy 2.When the French took control of Vietnamese education, they . A. made Vietnamese people follow a Western-oriented education B. kept the old-type Mandarin system and the French education C.converted the French system into the Confucian one D. took over the government’s administration 3.We can infer from the passage that in the French education system in Viet Nam, . A.the traditional Chinese characters have been widely used B. the Confucian system was banned in the beginning C.the national language is the first language and French is the second one D. students with different academic levels could attend the Imperial Academy since 1252 4.All of the following are true about the education in Viet Nam under the French rule EXCEPT that A. the system had three levels B. students only used the national language at home C. most students paid much attention to French D. several new schools and colleges were established . 5.The phrase “rote learning” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to A. learning class discipline B. learning the Mandarin Chinese for a while C.learning something to repeat it from memory D. learning the national language in three education levels VII. Read the situations and write wishes you want to make for them. 1.Many schools are overcrowded because there are so many children in Viet Nam. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 2.My school has no playground equipment or extra activities. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 3.In the Mekong Delta, small children go through some foot bridges in order to get to school. I wish 75
4.Kindergarten teachers don’t have training courses in making handmade teaching materials. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 5.Children from poor families can’t go to school because they have to earn money to support their families. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ VIII. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1.With/ whiteboard/ classroom/ every student/ take part/ lessons. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.Mistakes/ which/ made/ during guided practice/ easily erased. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.Nowadays/ smart boards/ provide/ students/ interactive learning environment. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.Students/ see more diagrams/ charts/ videos/ Internet. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Smart boards/ also/ help/ students/ use/ fingers/ write directly/ them. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 2 (UNIT 4) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.snack B.illiterate C.activity D.habit 2. A.fresh B.specific C.entertain D.preservation 3. A.seniority B.seek C.west D.physical II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.facility B.traditional C.historical D.television 5. A.tuberculosis B.seniority C.possibility D.technologica III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. Despite changes brought on by industrialisation and modernisation, shoulder poles the main carriers of 80 percent of the rural population. A.continue B.exist C.stay D.remain 7. The image of an old lady with the traditional ao dai on a rickshaw on her way back from market is for Vietnamese people. still so A.meaning B.meaningful C.meaningless D.meaningfulness 8. Furthermore, traditional help to develop their senses, memory, thoughts, imagination, linguistic capacity and basic concepts about the national culture. A.habits B.games C.customs D.practices 9. Working as street vendors has created countless jobs, and it has become in Ha Noi. A.part of life B.parts of life C.part of lives D.life parts the shoulders. 10. “Quang ganh” is two baskets hung from either end of a bamboo pole A.across B.at C.on D.above 11. Viet Nam’s tug-of-war game was also as a UNESCO cultural intangible heritage of humanity in December 2015. A.realised B.recognised C.allowed D.seen 12. People in Bac Ninh province believe that if the tug-of-war team facing the east wins, itwill bring bumper crops and good luck, and that the situation will be just the if the team facing the west wins. A.different B.same C.other D.opposite 13. The first university that the western educational system was built in Ha Noi, in 1919 with the medicine school and 1933 with the law school. A.requested B.applied C.applied to D.related 76
by Vietnamese female students as their uniforms. 14. In the past, white, or violet ao dai A.wore B.used to wear C.was worn D.would be wear 15. We all wish there a smart board in our classroom. A.is B.was C.has been D.had been IV.Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. academically scholarly exhibition tradition symbolic features show occasion elements of a Vietnamesevillage has Through centuries, one of the most (16) been its gate. However, the image is fast disappearing due to rapid urbanisation. One way of keeping the (17) image alive is via photography.A(n) (17) entitled “Old Gates” consisted ofnearly 700 photos taken of typical village gates in northern Viet Nam, which opened in Ha Noi on the (18) of the National Cultural Heritage Day. Villages in the northusually have a main gate and one leading to the rice fields alongside minor gates. Many havedisappeared forever. Gates differ depending on typical village (19) Amajor trading village such as Cu Da in Ha Noi would have a sizeable gate while more (20) villages would have their gates engraved and decorated. V.Read the situations and write wishes you want to make for them. 21.The school authorities can’t set holidays based on local weather conditions. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 22.That university often doesn’t attract enough enrolments for the new school year. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 23.We can’t study the books written by famous scholars in the Ly and Tran dynasties because Chinese Ming aggressors took them to China. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 24.Many small children don’t learn how to swim so they often suffer from drowning. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ 25.Many graduates from college don’t have enough skills to meet the requirements of their jobs. I wish ____________________________________________________________________________ VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Rickshaw in Vietnamese Life . No noisy sound from engines, no It is just simple and ordinary as its (26) obscuresmoke and no spending too much for commuting. From a long time ago, Vietnamese peoplehave thought of the rickshaw as a (27) means of transportation when going out. It isnot only close-knit to Vietnamese but also connected strongly with the foreigners (28) all of them were attracted by this unique means at the first time visiting Viet Nam. The rickshaw has existed for a long time in Vietnamese life,and become quite necessary as the (29) in a body. Notonly the Vietnamese feel (30) to rickshaw, foreigners arealso impressed by this unique vehicle. They will be fond ofsitting on the rickshaw for a (31) tour around SwordLake or a round on the streets to (32) dreamy andpeaceful photos in the ancient citadel. Traveling in a rickshaw is the time for peacefully(33) windy sunset and bright sunrises on the beach ofNha Trang or Da Nang or elsewhere. How pleasant it is for youto enjoy a relaxing trip. feeling on the short (34) Viet Nam is becoming more and more modern; however, rickshaw still (35) through the time and has a stand in theminds of the residents. 26. A.presence B.appearance C.judgment D.performance 27. A.shared B.recognized C.friendly D.familiar 28. A.although B.as C. but D.while 29. A.breath B.air C.rest D.recovery 77
A.close B.closed C.closest D.closing A.sight B.sighting C.sightseeing D.sightseer A.catch B.take C.bring D.keep A.welcome B.welcoming C.welcomed D.being welcomed A.city B.town C.urban D.field A.keeps B.continues C.lives D.survives Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. For formal ceremonies, men would have two additional items, a long gown with slits on either side, and a turban, usually in black or brown made of cotton or silk. In feudal times, there were strict dress codes. Ordinary people were not allowed to wear clothes with dyes rather than black, brown or white. Costumes in yellow were reserved for the King. Those in purple and red were reserved for high ranking court officials, while dresses in blue were exclusively worn by petty court officials. Men's dress has gradually changed along with social development. The traditional set of a long gown and turban gave way to more modern-looking suits, while business shirts and trousers have replaced traditional long sleeved shirts and wide trousers. Traditional costumes still exist and efforts are increasingly being made to restore traditional festivals and entertainment which incorporate traditional costumes. For women, the outer garment is a special silk gown called an “ao tu than” which is brown or light brown in colour with four slits divided equally on its lower section.The second layer is a gown in a light yellow colour and the third layer is a pink gown. When a woman wears her three gowns, she fastens the buttons on the side, and leave those on the chest unfastened so that it forms a shaped collar. This allows her to show the different colors on the upper part of the three gowns. Today, on formal occasions women wear “ao dai”. . 36.In the past, the colour was used to represent A. the difference between men and women B. formal ceremonies C. the social development D. the rank in the society 37. In the past, for formal ceremonies men wore . A. costumes in purple or yellow not like the King B. a long gown and a turban in black or brown C. costumes made of red cotton or silk D. dresses in blue as petty court officials 38. Traditional festivals . A. promote traditional costumes B. encourage modern-looking suits C. replace traditional suits by business ones D. make men’s dresses change 39. All of the following are true about women’s traditional costumes EXCEPT that . A.the gowns have different colours on the upper part B.we can see a shaped collar in the front C.the two inner gowns cannot be seen D.the outer gown has four equal parts on its lower section 40. The word “gown” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to . A.a long dress worn on formal occasions B.a woman’s dress, especially a long one C.a long piece of clothing worn by judges D. piece of clothing that is worn over other clothes to protect them 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. VII.
TEST 3 UNIT 4 I. 1. 2. 3.
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. a. emotion b. indecisive c. obesity d. believable a. hanging b. belong c. singer d. anger a. behaved b. passed c. entertained d. changed 78
b. average c. language d. appearance 4. a. imagination b. surprise c. release d. promise 5. a. increase II. Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. 1. a. worthwhile b. igloo c. habit d. practice 2. a. obese b. dogsled c. extend d. remote 3. a. household b. suppose c. Arctic d. diet 4. a. transformation b. independence c. understanding d. illiterate 5. a. uncontrollable b. biological c. particularly d. seniority III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. the story of the birth of Jesus. 1. The children were acting a. out b. on c. down d. at 2. The manager told me to pass the message I had just read. a. in b. to c. on d. for . 3. Stern insisted that she come downtown so that he could explain this to her a. face b. direct c. indirect d. face to face 4. Youngsters love to eat from street for the cheap price. a. vans b. vendors c. trucks d. business 5. Ben a lot in his job but now, since his promotion, he doesn’t. a. used travel b. used to travel c. used to traveling d. is used to traveling 6. I wish I find the time to do more reading. a. may b. will c. could d. can their age again. 7. When I see the kids playing football, I almost wish I a. was b. am c. would be d. could be 8. Where before you moved here? a. did you use to live b. did you used to live c. used you to live d. do you use to live 9. I’ve just found 20 dollars in my pocket! ! a. How crazy b. That’s right c. Thanks a lot d. How cool 10. “In the past, marriages used to be arranged by parents.” “ ” a. Sure. That’s right. b. I suppose it was. c. Really? I can’t imagine that d. That’s cool! IV. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. What should (do) to preserve the local tradition? 2. This used (be) the best restaurant in town. 3. When her train got to the station, we (wait) on the platform. 4. If you (go) to bed earlier, you (not be) so tired. 5. I only wish you (be) all as happy as I am. 6. The doctor told him to stop (smoke) and take a trip. 7. He is so annoying! He (always/ leave) his things everywhere. 8. I have decided (study) more and improve my overall average. 9. As far as I know, he’s coining. But I (not speak) to him for weeks. 10. I will call you when the guests (arrive). V. Put the verb info the correct form. 1. Andy wished that he (can) think of a way of helping. 2. The teacher wish that her students (pay) more attention to the lessons. 3. I wish you (not live) so far away. 4. I wish Dam Sen Water Park (be) near my house. 5. He wishes he (drive) a Lamborghini in Paris. 6. I just wish that everything (can) be as it used to be. 7. Don’t you ever wish you (have) someone to share your troubles with?
(eat) Spanish food in Barcelona. 8. I wish I (know) how to use a computer. 9. I wish I 10. These seats are very uncomfortable. I wish we (travel) first class. VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. As a businessman, he couldn’t imagine real poverty. (wealth) . (imagine) 2. I can never make up stories – I have absolutely no 3. People who are lack the basic reading and writing skills. (literate) 4. People didn’t pay much attention to appearance a decade ago. (physic) . (obese) 5. Overeating is surely the main cause of 6. __________ couples do not have the same rights as married couples. (marry) 7. This approach can help identify common and their causes. (behave) 8. She appears to actually like the man, which I find . (credible) and loyalty mean nothing in the workplace. (senior) 9. Today, 10. I found the ending of the novel a bit . (believe) VII. Read the text then do the tasks. LIFE IN THE PAST VS LIFE IN THE PRESENT Over the last century, there have been many significant changes in the way we live. Obviously, it is difficult to compare the life of ancient people and the life of the people living in the twenty-first century because so many changes have occurred. Even the changes that have occurred over the last ten years are amazing. To start with, in the past people had to work harder as they did not have tools and machines to make their work easier. Today, most of the difficult and dangerous work is done by computers and other powerful machines. In the past living conditions were not as comfortable as they are now. Besides, many people could not afford household appliances like a fridge or a vacuum cleaner because those used to be luxurious goods. Another difference between living now and in the past is the fact that nowadays education is accessible to everyone. In the past men were mainly the only ones educated and women were not allowed into public or private schools. Besides, nowadays it is much easier to find the educational materials and the information you need – thanks to the Internet. We are able to speak to a friend who is on the other corner of the world because we are connected 24/7. Nevertheless, people had better relationships with the neighbors in years gone by. All things considered, it is an obvious conclusion that life has changed significantly during the course of history. In some ways, it is definitely easier to live in the present. On the other hand, however, life now is much faster and stressful than it used to be in the past. The standard of living has definitely improved but it can be discussed whether the quality of our lives is also better. A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1. Life nowadays is the same as life of our ancestors. 2. Technology has made our lives easier. 3. In the past, household appliances were very expensive. 4. Public schools allowed females and males to be educated in the same schools. 5. We can use the internet to communicate with people around the world. B. Answer the questions. 6. Is life today faster or slower than life in the past? ________________________________________________________________________ 7. What has happened to the standard of living? ________________________________________________________________________ 8. What makes it easy to access information? ________________________________________________________________________ 9. Who or what does some difficult jobs for us? ________________________________________________________________________ 10. What makes our lives easier at home? ________________________________________________________________________ 79
80
VIII. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. Changes in Food Habits Before Stone Age, people used to eat fruits, leaves and anything they found from the forest. However, this habit changed into hunting animals, preserving food items and planting and growing vegetables, which eventually led into farming different crops like maize, corn, and rice. People were healthy, they rarely had diseases and never needed extra exercise because their daily work kept their bodies running. At present, we have turned the agriculture into a mass scale production, including machinery, technology and pesticides, all of which came in with the green revolution. With green revolution agriculture and the traditional farming culture turned upside down. As far nor now, farmers who are able to cope up with the multinational cooperation’s and their large-scale, expensive products, pesticides and high-yielding varieties of seeds, keep producing crops for the market. Yet the traditional, low-income farmers even today, especially in Asian countries, are in a dire state. Fast food is another major factor in modern food habits. Although many people find it convenient, it leads to many health conditions. Today people are unhealthy, needs medicine and functions on diets and exercise machines. A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1. People in the past ate healthy food so they rarely had diseases. 2. The green revolution is the decrease in agriculture production. 3. The green revolution caused agriculture to change completely. 4. Farmers nowadays can’t meet the great demand of the food market. 5. Fast food is convenient but it’s not good for health. B. Answer the following questions. 6. In the past, why didn’t people need extra exercise? ________________________________________________________________________ 7. Who is still in the serious situation despite the development in agriculture? ________________________________________________________________________ 8. How are people nowadays compared to those in the past? ________________________________________________________________________ IX. Rewrite the following sentences using a wish construction. 1. It’s a pity my computer is out of order. ________________________________________________________________________ 2. I’d like my younger brother to concentrate more on his studies. ________________________________________________________________________ 3. I’m sorry I don’t have time to go to the cinema with you. ________________________________________________________________________ 4. It’s a pity John can’t come to my birthday party this weekend. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. I d like you to take me to the zoo after school. ________________________________________________________________________ 6. It’s a pity it is raining heavily outside. ________________________________________________________________________ 7. It’s a pity my favorite book is out of stock. ________________________________________________________________________ 8. I’m sorry I’m not old enough to drive a car. ________________________________________________________________________ 9. It’s a pity they are having a class at the moment. ________________________________________________________________________ 10. It’s a pity my school doesn’t organize outdoor activities. ________________________________________________________________________ X. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word 81
in capital. 1. That house is part of the town’s heritage, but the council is demolishing it. (WISH) ________________________________________________________________________ 2. I’m not good at English, so I can’t become a tour guide. (IF) ________________________________________________________________________ 3. Mary said she would hold an event about skin care the following month. (WILL) ________________________________________________________________________ 4. He gave her the book “The fault in our stars” as a birthday gift. (SHE) ________________________________________________________________________ 5. He feels sorry that he can’t come to his brother’s wedding. (WISHES) ________________________________________________________________________ 6. “If I were you, I would no longer spend most of my time chatting on Facebook”, he said. (ADVISED) ________________________________________________________________________ 7. When did you start searching for some facts in the past? (HOW) ________________________________________________________________________ 8. My mother no longer cooked for me since I married my wife. (USED) ________________________________________________________________________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first sentence. 1. They often went to school by bike when they were young. → They used ________________________________________________________________ 2. She has taught her children to play piano for 4 years. → She started _______________________________________________________________ 3. It’s a pity I can’t cook as well as my mom. → I wish ___________________________________________________________________ 4. He doesn’t have meals with his family any more. → He used _________________________________________________________________ 5. It took me a long time to be accustomed to living in the country. → It took me a long time to get _________________________________________________ 6. My school is near my home, so I go to school on foot every day. → My school isn’t ___________________________________________________________ 7. I would like my sister to improve her English speaking. → I wish ___________________________________________________________________ 8. Vietnamese people only eat dried candied fruit at Tet. → Dried candied fruit _________________________________________________________ UNIT 5:WONDERS OF VIET NAM A. VOCABULARY 1. administrative (adj) 2. astounding (adj) 3. cavern (n) 4. citadel (n) 5. complex (n) 6. contestant (n) 7. fortress (n) 8. geological (adj) 9. limestone (n) 10. measure (n) 11. paradise (n) 12. picturesque (adj) 13. recognition (n)
/ədˈmɪnɪstrətɪv/: /əˈstaʊndɪŋ/: /ˈkævən/: /ˈsɪtədəl/: /ˈkɒmpleks/: /kənˈtestənt/: /ˈfɔːtrəs/: /ˌdʒiːəˈlɒdʒɪkl/: /ˈlaɪmstəʊn/: /ˈmeʒə(r)/: /ˈpærədaɪs/: /ˌpɪktʃəˈresk/: /ˌrekəɡˈnɪʃn/:
thuộc về hoặc liên quan đến việc quản lý; hành chính làm sững sờ, làm sửng sốt hang lớn, động thành lũy, thành trì khu liên hơp, quần thể thí sinh pháo đài (thuộc) địa chất đá vôi biện pháp, phương sách thiên đường đẹp, gây ấn tượng mạnh (phong cảnh) sự công nhận, sự thưa nhận 82
14. rickshaw (n) /ˈrɪkʃɔː/: xe xích lô, xe kéo 15. round (in a game) (n) /raʊnd/: hiệp, vòng (trong trò chơi) 16. sculpture (n) /ˈskʌlptʃə(r)/: bức tượng (điêu khắc) 17. setting (n) /ˈsetɪŋ/: khung cảnh, môi trường 18. spectacular (adj) /spekˈtækjələ(r)/: đẹp mắt, ngoạn mục, hùng vĩ 19. structure (n) /ˈstrʌktʃə(r)/: công trình kiến trúc, công trình xây dựng 20. tomb (n) /tuːm/: ngôi mộ B. GRAMMAR 1. CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG KHÔNG NGÔI (The impersonal passive) - Câu bị động không ngôi được dùng để diễn dạt ý kiến của người khác. - Câu bị động không ngôi thường chứa những động từ tường thuật như say, think, believe, Cách dùng know, hope, expect, report, understand, claim…ở dạng quá khứ phân từ (VpII) It + is / was + VpII + that + S + V Cấu trúc (Người ta nói / nghĩ / tin….rằng) Active (chủ động) Passive (bị động) People say that he lives abroad. It is said that he lives abroad. (Người ta nói rằng anh ấy sống ở nước ngoài) Ví dụ People said that this man stole the It was said that this man stole the car. car. (Người ta nói rằng anh ấy đã lấy cắp chiếc xe ô tô.) People think she is a great actress. It is thought that she is a great actress. (Người ta nghĩ rằng cô ấy à một diễn viên giỏi) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Gạch chân những lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. It reported that the storm had destroyed more than 100 houses in that area. _____________ 2. People are thought that travelling is very costly. _____________ 3. It was claimed that there will be financial support for the homeless. _____________ 4. Did it said that the building was reconstructed in 1967? _____________ 5. Do people believed that learning is a lifetime journey? _____________ 6. They aren’t believe that they will lose the competition. _____________ 7. Was it rumor last year that Jane set off for Paris and never returned? _____________ 8. It is claimed by the authorities last year that they would help the poor. _____________ Bài 2: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. believed / people / will / is / on / Mars / future / the / widely / It / that / live / in. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. that / £200 / was / was/ it / reported / donated / build / to / park / local / the. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. it / yesterday / that / Jim / would / meeting / to / come / the / Was / expected? ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. is / that / is / a / view / hotel / from / of / spectacular / the / It / claimed / there / mountain / that. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. in / It / Vietnam / is / that / should / believed / rickshaw / by / travelling / try / tourists. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. that / that / there / many / cottages / It / many / was / rumored / picturesque / village / in. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. breathtaking / of / claimed / was / lake / that / could / be / scene / here / It / a / the / seen / from. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. these / for / road / rumored / that / Is / trees / it / be / cut / down / construction / will. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 3: Chuyển những câu chủ động sang thành câu bị động. 1. They believe that Jim is going to study abroad. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. People rumored that there was a ghost in that house.
________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Someone said that Jane would be able to win the contest. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. They claimed that everything they said was true. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. They reported that there was a serious accident on the main road. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. They don’t think that this camera costs that much. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Did they claim that they had managed to solve the problem? ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. People didn’t expect that the building collapsed after the storm ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 4: Dựa vào những từ cho trước, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. It / widely / believe / that / ghosts / really / exist. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. It / rumor / last / year / that / group / of / gangster / destroy / part / of / the / building. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. It / report / that / there / be / increase / in / number / of / tourists / last / year. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. It / think / the winner / be / team / A/ but / it / turn / out / to be / team B. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. It / claim / by / local / authorities / that / community house / build / next / year. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. It / forecast / that / terrible / storm / come. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. It / tell / Jim / take / gap / year / after / he / finish / high / school. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. It / believe / national / heritages / need / preserve. ________________________________________________________________________________
B. CÁCH DÙNG ĐỘNG TỪ SUGGEST (SUGGEST + V-ING / CLAUSE WITH SHOULD) 1. S + suggest + V-ing Cấu trúc 2. S + suggest + (that) + S + (should) + V nguyên mẫu - Ta sử dụng cấu trúc với suggest khi đưa ra một đề xuất ý kiến. - Cấu trúc suggest + V-ing được dùng để nói chung chung, không ám chỉ một người cụ thể. Cách dùng - Cấu trúc suggest that + S + V khi muốn khuyên một người hoặc một nhóm người cụ thể. I suggest (that) we go out to have dinner. I know a very good restaurant. (Tôi đề nghị chúng ta ra ngoài ăn tối. Tôi biết một nhà hàng rất ngon.) Her doctor suggested that she should reduce her working hours and take more exercise. (Bác sĩ của cô ây đề nghị rằng cô ấy nên giảm thời gian làm việc và tập thể dục nhiều hơn) Ví dụ He suggested travelling together for safety, since the area was so dangerous. (Anh ấy đề xuất nên đi du lịch cùng nhau cho an toàn vì khu vực đó rất nguy hiểm)`` Trong trường hợp dùng mệnh đề ‘that’ thì động từ theo sau luôn ở dạng nguyên mẫu không Chú ý ‘to’. Ví dụ: The doctor suggest that he lose some weight. (Chủ ngữ là he nhưngđộng từ lose không chia. Bài 5: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1. My father suggested that I (took / take) an English course this year. 2. My brother suggested (playing / to play) cards while waiting for our mother. 3. The doctor suggests that Jim (do / does) more exercises to keep fit. 83
84
4. Mr. Brown suggests that his son (doing / do) his homework before hanging out with friends. 5. Jane suggested (should hold / holding) a party next week. 6. Peter suggested that I (changed / change) my sandals into rain boots because it was raining outside. 7. The mayor suggests that there (should be / was) more trees along the main road. 8. I suggested (we took / taking) part in the competition because of the huge prize. 9. Does Mr. Brown suggest that Peter (goes / go) to school on his own. 10. My professor suggested that I (should not choose / not choose) that course for the next semester. Bài 6: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. They suggest that you (keep)________________ working hard to achieve your goal. 2. Peter suggested that Jane (not spend) ________________too much time on computer. 3. My friend suggested (not take) ________________ the dog for a walk as it was snowing outside. 4. The bookseller suggested his customer (buy) ________________ the newly released book a famous author. 5. My teacher suggests that we (use) ________________ paperback dictionary to look up new words instead of using online dictionary. 6. It is suggested that children (learn) ________________ a foreign language at an early age. 7. The tour guide suggested that we (try) ________________ the local specialties. 8. My classmates suggest (throw) ________________ a party to celebrate the Teacher’s Day. Bài 7: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. My neighbor / suggest / have / dinner / together. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. My father / suggest / my sister / visit / my grandparent / more / often. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. They / suggest / there / be / more / streetlight / in / this / neighborhood. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Mary / suggest / go / out / for / picnic / tomorrow. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Salesman / suggest / Jim / choose / black / trousers. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Peter / suggest / listen / to / radio / instead of / watch / TV. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. I / suggest / you / not / be / lazy / anymore. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. They / suggest / sit / in / circle / and / share / stories / with / others. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 8: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. Jim suggested playing the piano and sang along. _______________ 2. The teacher suggested that I should rewrite my essay and submitted it later. _______________ 3. The instructor suggested that Jane paid more attention to his instructions. _______________ 4. Peter suggest playing badminton every day after school. _______________ 5. My team suggested to work together and come up with the solution. _______________ 6. Mr. Johnson suggested that there was an air-conditioner in this room. _______________ 7. I suggest the room is cleaned before I come back. _______________ 8. My parents suggested me go out and make some friends. _______________ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 9: Chuyển những câu chủ động sau thành câu bị động. 1. No one expected that I would fail the final exam. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Do you think that they will have the chance to visit that place? ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. They expected that this summer holiday would be swelteringly hot. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. They reported that a vast area of forest in my hometown was destroyed. ________________________________________________________________________________ 85
5. Did they believe that the information was true? ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. Did anyone hope that there would be a significant change in the standards of living? ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. They never believe that Peter and Jane will get married. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. People know that there is no life on Mars. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 10: Hoàn thành những câu sau với dạng đúng của những động từ cho sẵn. Get Hold Visit Buy Go Travel Pay Carry 1. My foreign friend suggested ________________ sightseeing in the suburbs this weekend. 2. Mr. Brown suggested ________________ the most famous tourist attractions in Vietnam this summer holiday. 3. My mother suggested that I ________________ back my energy after studying hard by going on a picnic. 4. Peter suggested that I ________________ my children some bracelets as souvenir after my business trip to Chinese. 5. Mary suggested that we ________________ to the South of Vietnam this summer. 6. Did the teacher suggest that we ________________ a project on preserving wonders of Vietnam? 7. Peter suggests ________________ a small party to celebrate his friend’s birthday tomorrow. 8. My uncle suggested that our family ________________ a visit to Huong Pagoda. Bài 11: Dựa vào những thông tin cho sẵn, hãy viết câu gợi ý với ‘suggest’ 0. ‘Peter should learn English.’ The teacher said. The teacher suggested that Peter (should) learn English. 1. ‘It’s a good idea that you take a rest from work.’ My sister said to me. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. ‘How about going to the sea this weekend?’ Tom asked. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. ‘Jim, you should never play truant again.’ Jane said. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. ‘Why don’t we go out and enjoy the weather?’ My mom said. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. ‘If you visit Hanoi, you should go to Hoan Kiem Lake.’ My friend told me. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. ‘Jane, why don’t you finish your homework before going out?’ James’s mother said. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. ‘Let’s work out the solution together!’ Peter says. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. My father advised me to take any opportunities that I had. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 12: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng Ha Long Bay Ha Long Bay is one of the most famous tourist (1)_________ in Viet Nam. It (2)_________ among the Seven Wonders of the World. In the old Vietnamese, ‘Ha Long’ literally means ‘descending dragons.’ (3)_________ its popularity, not many people know about the legend behind its name. (4)_________ has it that at the early time of the country, Vietnamese people had to fight against aggressive invaders from the North through the sea. The Jade Emperor then sent the Mother Dragon and her children to help Vietnamese (5)_________ the enemy and protect their homeland. The dragons destroyed the enemy’s army by fire and giant emeralds from their mouths. These emeralds then (6)_________ around the battlefield on the sea and created a defensive wall, which made the enemy’s ships all sink. It (7)_________ that the wall of emerald turned (8)_________ island and islets that we can see today. After the battle, The Mother Dragon and her children didn’t come back to the heaven, but stayed with the ancient Vietnamese and help people build their country. 1. A. appeals B. attentions C. attractions D. attachments 86
2. A. is listed B. is listing C. lists D. listed 3. A. But B. Yet C. Despite D. In spite 4. A. Story B. Tale C. Fable D. Legend 5. A. defeat B. defeated C. defeating D. are defeated 6. A. went B. scattered C. turned D. mattered 7. A. is believed B. believes C. was believed D. believed 8. A. into B. out C. off D. on Bài 13: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi. Weather forecast from dawn to dusk on 10 March. General: Cloudy, some rain Areas of flow pressure will move east across the British Isles South East and Eastern England: Cloudy, a little rain or mist in places at first. Some sunny intervals developing. Wind southerly, light to moderate. Mild, maximum temperature 11 to 12oC. Central, North West, Northern and North East England: Mostly cloudy, some sunny intervals, rain spreading from west later. Wind southerly, moderate to strong. Temperature a little above normal, maximum 10 to 12oC. South West England and Wales: Cloudy, rain spreading from west, continuing well into the night. Wind southerly, moderate. Temperature a little above normal, maximum 10 to 12oC. Central, Southern and North West Scotland: Cloudy, occasional rain or mist, more steady rain spreading from west. Wind southerly, moderate or strong. Temperature a little above normal, maximum 8 to 10oC. North East Scotland, Orkney, Shetland: Mostly cloudy, a little rain or mist, more steady rain later. Wind southerly, strong. Temperature a little above normal, 7 to 9oC. OUTLOOK FOR THE NEXT 24 HOURS Occasional rain in some areas will die out and be followed by brighter weather spreading from the west. Mild at first, becoming cooler. 1. In which part of the British Isles will the weather be driest on 10 March? A. South East and Eastern England B. Central, Northwest, Northern and North East England. C. Southwest England and Wales. D. Central, Southwest and Northwest Scotland. 2. In general the pattern of weather across the British Isles on 10 March is that A. rain will die out later in the day. B. rain will increase during the day. C. it will rain on and off all day. D. it will rain steadily in most places. 3. Where will there be most rain during the day? A. Southeast and Eastern England. B. Central, Northwest, Northern and Northeast England. C. Southwest England and Wales. D. Northeast Scotland, Orkney, Shetland. 4. The temperature will not rise above 10oC in the following area: A. Southeast and Eastern England. B. Central, North West, Northern and Northeast England. C. Southwest England and Wales. D. Central, Southern and Northwest Scotland. 5. It appears that in general the weather on 11 March will be A. very much the same. B. much wetter. C. much warmer. D. more sunny. C.EXERCISES TEST 1 UNIT 5 I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A. great B.treasure C.measure D.pleasure 2.A.ancient B.cave C.cavern D.aging 3.A.spectacular B.structure C.sculpture D.picturesque II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A.contestant B.picturesque C.committeeD.astound 5.A.imperial B.spectacular C.historicalD.recognition 87
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. Trang An Landscape Complex is renowned for its diverse ecosystem, unique natural beauty and characteristics. A.geology B.geological C.environmental D.ecological 7. The Ho Dynasty Citadel has a palace with marble roads that connect each palace. A.area B.setting C.complex D.building 8. The towers of the My Son sanctuary are the most significant of the My Son civilization. A.structures B.arrangements C.apartments D.plans of political power for nearly seven centuries 9. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was the without interruption. A.middle B.point C.system D.centre 10. In 1978,the south and north Cat Tien parks were put the State's protection. A.of B.under C.above D.with that China dug up the ocean floor to build artificial islands. 11. It A.says B.said C.would be said D.is said 12. The public suggested that the factories with waste treatment system. A.would equip B.would be equipped C.should equip D.should be equipped 13. The local government suggested a road through the Nam Cat Tien National Park. A.build B.to build C.building D.being built 14. It that some foreigners had collected rubbish on Cat Ba Beach. A.reported B.was reported C.could report D.had been reported 15. The most important thing is that we foreign tourists come back to Viet Nam again . A.cause B.should cause C.will make D.should make IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. species destinations area valleys reserve tourists limestone ecosystems Cuc Phuong National Park is situated in Ninh Binh province. This park is known as thefirst national park and the largest nature (16) in the country. The park consists of a range of mountains and green (17) , as well as a number of (18) caves, many of which are ideal (19) for exploration. Cuc Phuong is also home to lots of fauna and flora, and some of them are listed on the Red Book of Viet Nam of endangered (20) . V. Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct word from the box. geological
setting
complex
rickshaw
limes stone
fishing
architectural
biodiversity
ride through the bustling streets of Ha 1. Like a local, you should take an afternoon Noi’s Old Quarter. 2. We can continue our journey and explore the fascinating Cua Van floating village in Ha Long Bay. values, Ha Long Bay was recognized as the world natural heritage 3. With outstanding site twice in 1994 and 2000. with typical eco-systems and thousands of fauna and 4. Ha Long Bay is also home to high flora species. 5. Located in the mountains of Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park, Son Doong Cave was explored by a group of scientists from British Cave Research Association. 6. The Hue Citadel, which is a of monuments, has been officially recognized by the UNESCO as a World Heritage Site. 88
: the Ngu Binh Mountain in the south, the sand dunes 7. Hue is placed in a wonderful of Con Hen and Con Da Vien on the Perfume River as "dragon on the left, tiger on the right” to protect the citadel. 8. Most of the buildings in Hoi An. which reflect the traditional style of the 18lh and 19th centuries, are carefully preserved. VI. Here are some things we hear about Po Nagar Cham Towers. Write sentences about it, using the impersonal passive with the verbs given in brackets. 1. The site of Po Nagar Cham Towers was first used for worship as early as the 2nd century AD. (think) _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.The original wooden structure was destroyed by the Javanese in AD 774. (believe) _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.It was replaced by a stone-and-brick temple in 784. (say) _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.Yang Ino Po Nagar ruled over the southern part of the Cham kingdom. (consider) _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.A gold sculpture in the North Tower was taken away by Khmer raiders in 918. (claim) _________________________________________________________________________________ 6.The stone statue of the goddess Uma Mahishasuramardini was later placed in the North Tower in 965. (believe) _________________________________________________________________________________ 7.The Central Tower was built partly of recycled bricks in the 12th century on the site of a structure dating from the 7th century. (think) _________________________________________________________________________________ 8.The South Tower was dedicated to the god Shiva. (know) _________________________________________________________________________________ VII. Complete the second sentences with the same meaning, using “suggest + V-ing/clause with should”. 1.Mary wanted all of us to visit Po Nagar Cham Towers after lunch. Mary suggested _____________________________________________________________________ 2.“Let’s go to the cinema tonight.” he suggested. He suggested ______________________________________________________________________ 3."Never borrow money from friends," my father said. My father suggested that _____________________________________________________________ 4.Nick told the stranger. "If I were you, I would not write anything on the walls of the cavern.” Nick suggested that _________________________________________________________________ 5.I didn't know whether her performance was good or not. so the best way was to watch it again. I suggested VIII. Write sentences about Cham towers in Binh Dinh, using the imperative passive with the verbs given in brackets. 1.The ancient Champa dynasties built many elaborate temples and shrines. (believe) _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.The Cham towers in Binh Dinh province are the biggest in Southeast Asia. (claim) _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.The Cham towers are located in the Do Ban Citadel. (think) _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.The Binh Dinh towers are a harmonious combination of architectural art from the Champa and Khmer cultures. (consider) _________________________________________________________________________________ 89
5.The three magnificent Duong Long Towers were built during the 12th and 13th centuries in Toy Son district. (say) IX.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. UNESCO World Heritage Site in Hue The Complex of Hue Monuments is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and is located in the city of Hue in central Vietnam. Hue was founded as the Viet Nam capital city by Gia Long, the first king of the Nguyen Dynasty in 1802. It held this position for thirteen Nguyen kings until 1945 The massive complex features hundreds of monuments and ruins, such as the Forbidden Purple City, once the residence of the royal family and badly damaged during the Vietnam War, the Imperial City, royal tombs, the flag tower, pagodas, temples, a library and museum. Hue, located on the banks of the Huong River, (also known as the Perfume River) is about a hundred kilometres north of Da Nang. Among the most impressive monuments in this former grand imperial capital are the Ngo Mon Gate of the Imperial City which once was exclusively used by the royal family and their servants and soldiers, the tomb of Emperor Minh Mang as well as the tomb of Emperor Tu Duc. In fact, many of the monuments surrounding the royal buildings were constructed in the early 19th century and were modeled after Beijing's Forbidden City. The wall that surrounds the citadel is six metres high and two and a half kilometres long. The historical complex is known not only for its rich architecture but also for its beautiful landscape setting. Overall, the site is quite spectacular. Avoid Hue between October and December as it gets most of its rain from the northeast monsoon during that period. This small city is also famous for its Imperial-style cuisine. 1. The Complex of Hue Monuments . A.has its buildings built during the reign of King Gia Long B. is recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage Site C.was built by thirteen Nguyen kings from 1802 to 1945 D. is located on the left hank of the Perfume River . 2.The Hue Citadel needs the work of restoration because of A.the northeast monsoon B. its rich architecture C.the period from 1802 to 1945 D. the damage during the war 3. All of the following are mentioned as features of the Hue Citadel EXCEPT . A.the Temple of Literature B. the royal tombs C.a library and museum D. the flag tower 4. We can infer from the passage that . A.the royal tombs were built for each emperor in the Imperial City B.the Forbidden Purple City might be considered a smaller model of Beijing’s Forbidden City C.the Imperial City is located in the Forbidden Purple City D.the wall that surrounds the citadel is as big as the Great Wall in China . 5. All of the following are advantages of Hue EXCFPT A.the waterway of the Perfume River B. the art of cooking C. the last three months of the year D. its beauty of natural setting
X. Write complete sentences about the Thang Long Imperial Citadel, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1.The Thang Long Imperial Citadel/ first/ build/ Ha Noi/ during/ Ly Dynasty. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.It/ considered/ capital/ seven centuries/ Ly Dynasty/ Trinh Lords. _________________________________________________________________________________ 90
3.It/ listed/ UNESCO World Heritage Site/ 2010. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.The royal palaces/ and most structures/ complex/ bad condition. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.The relics/ its ruined foundations/ on display/ museum. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 2 (UNIT 5) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B.surprising C.pilgrim D.island 1. A.shrine 2. A.structure B.culture C.sculpture D.future 3. A.cavern B.citadel C.complex D.contestant II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.valuable B.memorable C.historical D.fascinating 5. A.geological B.archaeology C.administrative D.ecological III.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. Hundreds of thousands of travel to Perfume Pagoda to pray for happiness and prosperity in the coming year. A.passengers B.holiday-makers C.pilgrimages D.pilgrims 7. India will provide technical experts, supporting equipment and materials necessary for therestoration of in My Son. A.mosques B.towers C.churches D.pagodas ,an invaluable cultural 8. Talking about Tay Phuong Pagoda means talking about a treasure of and historical heritage. A.sculpture B.objects C.items D.stone dating from the 9. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was built on the location of a Chinese 7th century. A.battle B.fortress C.border D.soldier for his restoration work done at 10. Architect Kasik is honoured with his statue in Hoi An in the My Son Sanctuary. A.agreement B.knowledge C.recognition D.admiration 11. The expert explained that the upper of the bridge was in very bad condition. A.foundation B.roof C.building D.structure of Ha Noi. were built to defend the four directions (East, 12. Ha Noi's four sacred temples, the West, South, North) of the ancient Thang Long capital city. A.energy B.spirits C.communication D.feelings 13. It that the Perfume Pagoda is located in the interior of a cave to the top of the Huong Tich mountains. A.says B.is said C.is spoken D.is told 14. It that 70 tons of dead fish washed ashore along more than 200 kilometres of Viet Nam's central coastline in early April. A.had been reported B.were reported C.was reported D.had reported 15. It that the road through the national park will not affect the environment and living habitat of wild animals there. A.is thought B.thinks C.has thought D.had been thought IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. breathtaking unique man-made vast rich magical ecological deep
91
Cat Ba National Park is dominated by limestone areas where there are numerous waterfalls, caves and caverns. It is home to 32 types of mammals. Forests here have manyunique types with (16) features. Being the roof of Cat Ba Island, Ngu Lam Peak offers visitors a (17) view of the island. Experiencing a trekking to the peak will give you a good chance to have a (18) culture of the locals. It also has understanding into the natural beauty as well as (19) hundreds of large and small beaches, but Cat Co beaches attract tourists most by the (20) natural landscape. V.Complete the second sentences with the same meaning, using “suggest + V-ing/ clause with should". 21."I will give you the answer by the end of this week.” Tom said to Mi. Tom suggested _____________________________________________________________________ 22.“Why don’t you ask your parents for advice, Nick?” said Phong. Phong suggested that ________________________________________________________________ 23.“Why don’t you get your hair cut, Nick?” said his mother. Nick’s mother suggested that __________________________________________________________ 24.The doctor said, “You really ought to rest for a few days, Veronica." The doctor suggested that ____________________________________________________________ 25.“You’d better apologize to your teacher for being late." said Phong’s mother. Phong’s mother suggested that ________________________________________________________ VI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Son Doong Cave Located in the limestone mountains of Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park. Son Doong Cave was first found in 1991 by Ho Khanh, a local man. In 2009, the cave was explored and published by a group of scientists from British Cave Research Association. Son Doong Cave was formed from 2 to 5 million years ago, when the river flowed through the limestone mountain area and was buried. The water eroded limestone and created an underground tunnel. In soft limestone areas, the collapse of tunnel ceiling formed large holes which became giant domes afterward. The cave is about 200m high, 200m wide and at least 8 5km long. Especially, Son Doong consists of two entrances, which is unique among explored caves in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park. Exploring the cave, visitors were surprised with spectacular scenery of numerous stalactites of which some giant stalagmites are more than 70 metres high. Deep inside the cave exists a grandiose tropical jungle called “Garden of Eden" by the explorers. The jungle is home to a diversifiedsystem of fauna and flora. Besides, the cave possesses a 2.5-kilometre underground river. Not far from the “Garden of Eden” lies an enormous “pearl collection” consisting of tens of thousands of small stone pieces in dry ponds, contributing to magnificent beauty of the cave. . 1. The reason why Son Doong Cave was formed is that A. an underground tunnel was buried in the area B. the limestone areas were soft C.it only happened from 2 to 5 million years ago D. the river was buried in the limestone mountains 2. The most important feature of “Garden of Eden” is . A.the biodiversity B. giant stalagmites C. the biggest length D. the river below 38. We can infer from the passage that . A.tunnels and giant domes were formed at the same time B. “pearl collection” contains a lot of precious stones C.we can live the cave with the air and water D. “Garden of Eden” is in the underground river 4. All of the following are the wonderful features of Son Doong Cave EXCEPT . A. tropical jungle inside with the biodiversity 92
B.spectacular scenery of numerous stalactites and stalagmites C.a river flowing over 2.5 kilometers along the cave D.the big sizes of the cave and the giant domes . 5. The thing that makes it different from other caves in Phong Nha – Ke Bang National Park is A. stalactites and stalagmites B. the two entrances into the cave C. its discovery by a local man D. large holes in the ceiling VII. Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow. Around 60 kilometers southwest of Ha Noi, Perfume Pagoda is one of the largest religious sites in Huong Son Commune, My Duc District. It comprises a complex of pagodas and Buddhist shrines built into the limestone cliffs of Perfume Mount, spreading alongside the mountain up to the peak. The complex's center is Inner Temple, right inside Huong Tich Cavern. Huge numbers of pilgrims flock to the site during Perfume Pagoda Festival, which begins in the middle of the first lunar month and lasts until the middle of the third one (orfrom February to April) in order to pray for happiness and prosperity in the coming year. Also, it is a very popular opportunity for young couples to meet and for numerous romances to be formed. On this special occasion, a wide range of traditional cultural activities is incorporated. Perfume Pagoda is not only a religious site, but a great sight-seeing spot in Viet Nam as well. Task 1. Read the passage again and answer the questions. 1.Where can a complex of pagodas and Buddhist shrines be found in Huong Son Commune _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.How long does Perfume Pagoda festival last? _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.What do people go to Perfume Pagoda festival for? _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.What activities can people take part in? _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Why is the festival also popular to young couples? _________________________________________________________________________________ VIII. Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow Ha Long Bay: one of the greatest natural wonders of the world There is a saying that if you have not visited Ha Long Bay, you have not yet been to Viet Nam. On the other hand, we can say that if you have not visited Ha Long Bay, you have not yet seen the most beautiful place in the world. It takes us around 4 hours by bus to travel 180 km from Ha Not towards the northeast to Ha Long Bay. Ha Long Bay has been twice recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site in 1994 and in 2000, and also that Ha Long Bay is in the second place in the worldwide competition of the World's Seven Natural Wonders. 1,969 limestone islands of various shapes, sizes, and in different green and amazing colours rise above the sea level in an area of more than 1,500 square kilometers that creates this world heritage site Ha Long Bay still keeps its historical and cultural values. Ha Long Bay is as attractive and beautiful throughout the four seasons: spring, summer, autumn, and winter. Traveling on small sailboats among hundreds of limestone islands, one may visit the amazing Surprise Cave, the floating fishing village, and see how the locals live, which are top of the list of things to do here. On Titov Island, one may swim and relax on the beach or enjoy a kayaking programme to the nearby Luon Cave and much more. The experience of visiting Ha Long Bay is unforgettable, where you will see something that will stay in your mind and eyes for years. You will enjoy meeting Vietnamese people and tasting their delicious food. You will have fresh air all day and night, especially if you wake up early in the morning and watch the sun rise on the deck coming slowly through the islands. Be sure not to miss visiting I la Long Bay in your lifetime. Task 1. Identify whether the statements are true (T), or false (F). T F 1.Ha Long Bay is one of the most interesting tourist attractions in Viet Nam. 93
2.It is in the second place of UNESCO's World Heritage Sites. 3.The islands are on the setting of many colours. 4.Tourists can enjoy fresh seafood that is raised in the bay. 5.You have to come back to the mainland to swim or relax on the beach, not in Ha Long Bay. 6.The sunrise there is unforgettable. Task 2. Read the passage again and answer the questions. 1.How long does it take to travel from Ha Noi to Ha Long Bay by bus? _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.When was Ha Long Bay recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site? _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.What makes the islands in Ha Long Bay marvelous? _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.According to the passage, is there the best time to visit Hu Long Bay? Why or why not? _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.What are the things that you must do there? _________________________________________________________________________________ 6.What impression do you get after a visit to Ha Long Bay? _________________________________________________________________________________ IX. Write complete sentences about Tam Coc - Bich Dong in Ninh Binh province, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1.Tam Coc - Bich Dong/ belong/ Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex/ well known/ poetic/ and/ inspirational natural scenery. _________________________________________________________________________________ 2.It/ second nicest cavern/ Viet Nam/ Huong rich Cavern. _________________________________________________________________________________ 3.Bich Dong Pagoda/ built/ Le Dynasty/ Bich Dong Cavern/ name/ mean/ “Green Pearl Cavern”. _________________________________________________________________________________ 4.Tam Coc Cavern/ consist/ Ca cave, Hai cave and Ba cave/ all/ offer/ beauty and mystery/ tourists. _________________________________________________________________________________ 5.Visit/ Tam Coc Cavern/ tourists/ feel/ get/ lost/ such/ hidden fairy site. _________________________________________________________________________________ 6.In brief/ it/ ideal ecological spot/ lovers/ nature _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 3 UNIT 5 I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. a. limestone b. pilgrim c. rickshaw d. citadel a. geological b. imagine c. agency d. together a. wonder b. complex c. backdrop d. proper a. historic b. picturesque c. enter d. sentence a. plumber b. sculpture c. measure d. structure
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. a. particular b. spectacular c. remarkable d. picturesque a. structure b. commune c. cavern d. cement a. museum b. monument c. cathedral d. contestant a. contest b. fortress c. astounding d. setting a. religious b. situate c. calendar d. literature 94
III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. than that of Phong Nha Cave. 1. The limestone formation of Thien Duong Cave is more a. spectacular b. probable c. geological d. sight-seeing 2. During Perfume Pagoda festival, a large number of flock to the pagoda to pray for happiness and prosperity in the coming year. a. spectators b. passengers c. pilgrims d. travellers 3. In the 17th century, the Viet people the temple tower, calling it Thien Y Thanh Mau Tower. a. put on b. looked for c. got into d. took over the corner of Cascade and Plum Streets. 4. The police caught the thief a. under b. at c. on d. in 5. He suggests that they should adopt a different way of bringing up their children. a. parents b. for parents c. toward parents d. to parents the manufacturer directly. 6. If there is a mechanical problem, we suggest a. contact b. to contact c. contacting d. to contacting 7. It is that the best time to visit Hanoi is September. a. believed b. worth c. rumored d. wondered 8. It that Po Nagar Cham Towers were built in the 8th century. a. considered b. was considered c. has considered d. considers 9. I suggest you Ha Long Bay. It’s very picturesque. a. to visit b. visiting c. visited d. should visit 10. A: You really must go to Hoi An to enjoy the full moon at Mid-autumn Festival. B: . a. Yes, that’s what I’ve heard. b. Do you really know about it? c. Yes, I won’t go there. d. No, thank you. IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (preserve) the man-made wonders without taking action. 1. You can’t expect 2. She’s a good manager because she never avoids (deal) with the problems of her staff. 3. Would you mind (tell) me about the French Gothic architecture? 4. I imagine (go) back to the 20th century and (witness) the construction of Cu Chi Tunnels. (book) early, as this is a popular event. 5. We recommend 6. Youngsters nowadays seem (lack) awareness of protecting the public places. 7. A lot of small towns in the area are definitely worth (visit). 8. E-mail allows us (send) messages all around the world quickly and easily. 9. I suggested (put) the matter of restoring Ben Thanh Market to the committee. 10. On the way to Hue, we stopped (pay) a visit to a relative in Da Nang. V. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. (build) in the city over the last ten years. 1. Too many office buildings 2. It (report) that many buildings had been damaged by the fire. 3. I suggested to Mike that we (go) out for a meal with his colleagues. 4. Mary wishes she (take) part in the festival at Perfume Pagoda. 5. It (expect) that we will have more than a dozen guests this evening. 6. Acupuncture (discover) by the Chinese thousands of years ago. 7. He said he (see) my family the following day. 8. If I won a lot of money, I (buy) a big house in Dalat. 9. At 6 o’clock this morning, we (travel) to the airport. 10. Imagine yourself (sit) in the pine forest, listening to the sound of the nature. VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. There is a growing that Vietnam creates its own identity with numerous natural
wonders. (recognize) structure of the region. (geology) 2. We spent years learning about the complex 3. It was a pretty town with a harbor and well-preserved buildings. (picture) 4. Beijing announced that it would speed up construction of a subsidiary center. (administrate) 5. She had once been a in the Miss World competition. (contest) 6. The snow-capped summit, 2,642 meters high, offers views. (astound) 7. education is compulsory in all English schools. (religion) measure against nuclear attack. (defense) 8. The rockets are a purely 9. Oxford attracts large numbers of . (sightsee) 10. A mountain in the Rockies became the for a film about Everest. (locate) VII. Choose the correct answers to complete the passage. Ha Long Bay is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and popular travel (1) in Quang Ninh Province, Vietnam. The bay features thousands of limestone karsts and isles in (2) shapes and sizes. Ha Long Bay is a center of a larger zone which (3) Bai Tu Long Bay to the northeast, and Cat Ba Island to the southwest. Ha Long Bay has an area of around 1,553km2, including 1,960 - 2,000 islets, most of (4) are limestone. The core of the bay has an area of 334km2 with a high density of 775 islets. The limestone in this bay has gone through 500 million years of (5) in different conditions and environments. The evolution of the karst in this bay has taken 20 million years (6) the impact of the tropical wet , including a tropical climate. The geo-diversity of the environment in the area has created (7) evergreen biosystem, oceanic and sea shore biosystem. Ha Long Bay is (8) to 14 endemic floral species and 60 endemic faunal species. 1. a. situation b. destination c. direction d. ground 2. a. various b. complex c. exciting d. original 3. a. offers b. includes c. consists d. covers 4. a. them b. those c. which d. whom 5. a. formation b. foundation c. establishment d. contribution 6. a. in b. of c. for d. under 7. a. biochemical b. biodiversity c. bioconversion d. biodefense 8. a. way b. place c. home d. house VIII. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. Located in Duy Xuyen district, Quang Nam province, about 69km from Da Nang City and 20km from Tra Kieu ancient capital, My Son Sanctuary is the complex of numerous Champa tower-temples in a valley roughly two kilometers wide, surrounded by two mountain ranges. This used to be a site of religious ceremony for kings of the ruling dynasties of Champa, as well as a burial place for Cham royalty and national heroes. My Son Sanctuary is regarded as one of the main religious centers of Hinduism in Southeast Asia and is the foremost heritage site of this nature in Vietnam. Notably, among 225 Cham vestiges that are founded in Vietnam, My Son possesses 71 monuments and 32 epitaphs, the content of which is still being studied. My Son Sanctuary is often compared with other historical temple complexes in Southeast Asia, such as Borobudur of Java in Indonesia, Angkor Wat in Cambodia, Bagan of Myanmar or Ayutthaya in Thailand. My Son Sanctuary was honored as one of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites at the 23rd session of the World Heritage Committee in 1999. Based on architectural remains, My Son perhaps began construction in 4th century. It is perhaps the longest inhabited archaeological site in Indochina. Although time and wars have turned numerous tower-temples into ruins, sculptural artifacts and architectural remains still reflected golden age of Cham fine arts history. These masterpieces have marked flourishing periods of Champa culture and architecture as well as in Southeast Asia. A. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1. My Son Sanctuary dates from the 4th century. 2. My Son Sanctuary is located in a valley surrounded by mountains.
95
96
3. It can be seen that My Son Sanctuary is a centre of culture and politics of Champa Kingdom at the present time. 4. My Son Sanctuary can’t be compared to Angkor Wat, Bagan, and Borobudur. 5. Some tower-temples of the My Son Sanctuary were destroyed by wars and time. 6. My Son sanctuary is still considered as one of the most excellent achievement of the art of sculptures and architecture in Champa Kingdom. B. Answer the following questions. 7. How far is it from Da Nang to My Son Sanctuary? ________________________________________________________________________ 8. What did My Son use to be? ________________________________________________________________________ 9. How many Cham vestiges are there in My Son? ________________________________________________________________________ 10. When was My Son recognized as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO? ________________________________________________________________________ IX. Complete the passage with words from the box. unknown measurements formations attempt regarded twice
capacity wonders
of over 200 meters (656 feet) wide and 150 meters (492 feet) high as well as a length of 9 kilometers (5.6 miles), Son Doong Cave is the largest cave in the world. Before 2009, Malaysia’s Deer Cave was (2) as the largest cave in the world until a group of scientists from the British Cave Research Association explored and studied the Son Doong Cave the size of Deer Cave. finding it was in fact over (3) Named by BBC News, the “most beautiful cave on the globe” makes this one of the great natural (4) of Asia. It is a mountain river cave featuring a fast flowing subterranean river. Son Doong Cave is mostly comprised of limestone that has over time shaped into some of the tallest stalagmite (5) in the world. Within Son Doong Cave visitors will find it is so big that it contains its own jungle and river and has the (6) to be able to fit a 40-story skyscraper inside. The source of the river still remains (7) to this day with future plans of the British Cave Research Association to return soon and (8) to solve the many mysteries this cave holds. X. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers. After only 50 minute flying from Ho Chi Minh City, you will set foot on the tropical paradise of Vietnam and the world: Phu Quoc Island. The island has a roughly triangular shape with a north-south length of 50km and a west-east width of 25km. A great part of the terrain is filled with beautiful sandy beaches, but there is a mountainous region with 99 peaks, among which the Peak of Chua Mountain is the tallest one at 603 meters. Due to Phu Quoc’s location in the Gulf of Thailand, its climate is sub-equatorial with a temperate weather all year round, making trips to Phu Quoc possible any time in the year. However, the best time to travel to this island is during the dry season, from November until March, when the sky is blue and clear and the rains are away. Phu Quoc is most famous for its the cuisines and a natural wonderful coastline. The most famous food of Phu Quoc is fish sauce, which has become quite popular all over Vietnam and the world. Besides, another thing worth trying there is the spicy yet interesting black pepper. However, the factor that will definitely intrigue you to visit Phu Quoc is its untouched coastline featuring several heavenly beaches. They have yet to be explored to their full ability, but this fact might be actually positive as it gives the shores a romantic beauty that you can find in nowhere else in the world. 1. What is Phu Quoc Island regarded as? a. Pearl of the Orient b. Tropical Paradise c. City of Eternal Spring d. Lanterns Paradise . 2. According to the passage, Phu Quoc Island With (1)
97
a. has both beaches and mountains b. doesn’t have much tourist attraction c. has the tallest mountain in Vietnam d. doesn’t have rains all the year round . 3. Tourists can visit Phu Quoc anytime in the year thanks to a. its location by the sea b. its friendly local people c. its temperate climate d. its dry season 4. What are Phu Quoc’s specialities? a. red pepper and fish sauce b. black pepper and dried fish c. red pepper and soya sauce d. spicy black pepper and fish sauce . 5. The word “intrigue” has the closest meaning to a. attract b. promote c. inspire d. pay attention to 6. Which of the following statements is NOT true? a. Phu Quoc Island is located in the Gulf of Thailand. b. The beaches in Phu Quoc Island have been explored to their full potentials. c. Phu Quoc’s dry season begins from November and lasts through March. d. The island is roughly triangular in shape. XI. Write sentences using suggest + V-ing or suggest + clausewith should. 1. I/ suggest/ take a course/ photography. ________________________________________________________________________ 2. I/ suggest/ the government/ pass/ law on banning deforestation. ________________________________________________________________________ 3. We/ suggest/ students from universities/ participate more/ social work. ________________________________________________________________________ 4. My classmates/ suggest/ use bus and bicycle/ go to school. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. His father/ suggested/ he/ read more books/ environmental issues. ________________________________________________________________________ 6. They/ suggest/ teachers/ provide students/ knowledge on historical facts. ________________________________________________________________________ 7. People/ suggest/ exhaust fumes from vehicles/ reduce. ________________________________________________________________________ 8. My mom/ suggested/ keep the surroundings/ clean and green. ________________________________________________________________________ 9. I/ suggest/ visitors/ stop littering/ Phong Nha Cave. ________________________________________________________________________ 10. My friends/ suggest/ visit/ the Royal Citadel/ when being in Hue. ________________________________________________________________________ XII. Rewrite the following sentence using the impersonal passive. 1. They expect more than two million Muslim pilgrims from all over the world head to Mecca this year. It ______________________________________________________________________ 2. People believe that many more people will die of skin cancer over the next ten years. It ______________________________________________________________________ 3. People are thinking that drugs are very dangerous. It ______________________________________________________________________ 4. People have reported that Bitexco Tower is the tallest skyscraper in Vietnam. It ______________________________________________________________________ 5. They think that the first temple existed during the reign of Le Thanh Tong in the 15th century. It ______________________________________________________________________ 6. People know that Phong Nha Cave was found in the 16th century by Cham people. It ______________________________________________________________________ 7. People claim that the site of the Perfume Pagoda was discovered over 2000 years ago. It ______________________________________________________________________ 98
8. They said that the government was conducting a project to investigate the harmful effects of air pollution. It ______________________________________________________________________ 9. They thought that he went to a local restaurant with his girlfriend. It ______________________________________________________________________ 10. They have suggested that bright children should take their exams early. It ______________________________________________________________________ XIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. 1. He is carrying out a research on how people spend their money for clothes. → A research ________________________________________________________________ 2. Although I had all the necessary qualifications, they didn’t offer me the job. → Despite __________________________________________________________________ 3. “Please do not litter as you are walking along the coast”, the guard said to us. → The guard told _____________________________________________________________ 4. I haven’t bought any clothes since my trip to Hanoi. → The last time _____________________________________________________________ 5. They think that a garden would be a perfect setting for the house. → It ______________________________________________________________________ 6. Jack’s parents made him study a lot for the entrance exam to high school. → Jack was _________________________________________________________________ 7. You can’t register for a course abroad if you don’t have a passport. → Unless __________________________________________________________________ 8. “Why don’t we visit the Royal Citadel first?” Quang said. → Quang suggested that _______________________________________________________ 9. People expect that he will join the company soon. → He _____________________________________________________________________ 10. Shall we use Perfume Pagoda as a theme of the presentation? → She suggests ______________________________________________________________ XIV. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in capital. 1. They consider Sara is one of the best students in her school. (BE) Sara _____________________________________________________________________ 2. It’s pity she doesn’t share memories of her trip with me. (WISH) I _______________________________________________________________________ 3. Emily has to work part-time on Saturday, so she can’t accompany her best friend to the contest. (COULD) If ______________________________________________________________________ 4. Shall we surf the net for the location of Ninh Binh Province? (SUGGEST) I _______________________________________________________________________ 5. Someone is going to redecorate the kitchen for us next month. (HAVE) We _____________________________________________________________________ 6. People hope that cable cars construction to Son Doong Cave will be stopped. (IS) It ______________________________________________________________________ 7. “When are you going to submit your research paper?” my teacher asked me. (WAS) My teacher _______________________________________________________________ 8. When you come inside you should remove your coat and hat. (TAKE) When ___________________________________________________________________ 9. When will you book the flight for your trip to Vietnam? (BE) When ___________________________________________________________________ 10. I’m interested in the news about ancient towns. (FIND) I _______________________________________________________________________ 99
UNIT 6:VIET NAM: THEN AND NOW A. VOCABULARY 1. annoyed (adj) /əˈnɔɪd/: 2. astonished (adj) /əˈstɒnɪʃt/: 3. boom (n) /buːm/: 4. compartment (n) /kəmˈpɑːtmənt/: 5. clanging (adj) /klæŋɪŋ/: 6. cooperative (adj) /kəʊˈɒpərətɪv/: 7. elevated walkway (n) /ˈelɪveɪtɪd ˈwɔːkweɪ/: 8. exporter (n) /ekˈspɔːtə(r)/: 9. extended family (n) /ɪkˈstendɪd ˈfæməli/: 10. flyover (n) /ˈflaɪəʊvə(r)/: 11. manual (adj) /ˈmænjuəl/: 12. mushroom (v) /ˈmʌʃrʊm/: 13. noticeable (adj) /ˈnəʊtɪsəbl/: 14. nuclear family (n) /ˈnjuːkliə(r) ˈfæməli/: 15. photo exhibition (n) /ˈfəʊtəʊ ˌeksɪˈbɪʃn/: 16. pedestrian (n) /pəˈdestriən/: 17. roof (n) /ruːf/: 18. rubber (n) /ˈrʌbə(r)/: 19. sandals (n) /ˈsændlz/: 20. thatched house (n) /θætʃt haʊs/: 21. tiled (adj) /taɪld/: 22. tram (n) /træm/: 23. trench (n) /trentʃ/: 24. tunnel (n) /ˈtʌnl/: 25. underpass (n) /ˈʌndəpɑːs/:
bực mình, khó chịu kinh ngạc bùng nổ toa xe tiếng leng keng hợp tác lối đi dành cho người đi bộ nước xuất khẩu, người xuất khẩu gia đình nhiều thế hệ cùng sống chung cầu vượt (cho xe máy, ôtô) làm (gì đó) bằng tay mọc lên như nấm gây chú ý, đáng chú ý gia đình hạt nhân triển lãm ảnh người đi bộ mái nhà cao su dép nhà tranh mái lá lợp ngói, bằng ngói xe điện, tàu điện hào giao thông đường hầm, cống ngầm đường hầm cho người đi bộ qua đường
B. GRAMMAR 1. ÔN TẬP THÌ QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH (PAST PERFECT) (+) S + had + VpII (past participle) (-) S + had not / hadn’t + VpII Cấu trúc (?) Had + S + VpII? Yes, S + had / No, S + hadn’t. (+) I had left when they came. (Khi họ đến thì tôi đã rời đi rồi). (-) I hadn’t left when they came. (Khi họ đến thì tôi đã không rời đi). Ví dụ (?) Had you left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã rời đi rồi à?) Had you not left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi à?) Hadn’t you left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi à?) - Diễn tả một hành động đã được hoàn tất trước một hành động khác trong khá khứ. Ví dụ: He had left the house before she came. - Diễn tả một hành động đã được hoàn tất trước một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ. Cách dùng Ví dụ: We had had lunch by two o’clock yesterday. By the age of 25, he had written two famous novels. By + thời gian trong quá khứ Dấu hiệu Before, after, by the time, as soon as, as….. nhận biết BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN 100
Bài 1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thời quá khứ hoàn thành. 1. Before hanging out with friends, Jim (do)________________ his homework. 2. Peter told me that he (already finish)________________ reading ‘Harry Porter’. 3. Mary said she (never be)________________ to Paris before. 4. When we came to the movie theater, the film (start)________________ . 5. Where ________________ (Jim / be) before you found him? 6. Peter (travel)________________ to 5 foreign countries on business trips before he retired. 7. My mother (write)________________ me a note before she left for work. 8. I wish I (not attend)________________ that meeting. 9. Jim (read)________________ all his books before he brought a new one yesterday. 10. ________________ (you / clean) your room before you went out? Bài 2: Cho dạng đúng của dộng từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành hoặc quá khứ đơn. 1. Mr. Brown (come)________________ home as soon as he (finish)________________ his work. 2. I (live)____________ in Texas for 4 years before I (move)________________ to California. 3. When Mr. Smith (wake)________________ yesterday morning, breakfast (already be) ________________ ready. 4. Before I (get)________________ promotion, I (work)________________ very hard. 5. Yesterday, my mother (pick)________________ me up from school before we (go) ________________ shopping together. 6. Our grandparents (tell)_____________ us that he (serve)______________ in the army in 1945. 7. After having dinner with my boyfriend, I (go)________________ home. 8. Yesterday (be)________________ the first time Jane (perform)________________ in front of such large audience. 9. Peter (admit)________________ he (break)________________ my favorite vase the day before. 10. What ________________ (you / do) before you (come)________________ there? 11. Yesterday I (feel)________________ nervous as I (not prepare)________________ my presentation carefully. 12. ________________ (Peter / come) to see you after he (finish)________________ his work? 13. Mary (prepare)________________ the meal before she (invite)________________ her new neighbor to have lunch with her. 14. Before I (buy)________________ a car, I (travel)________________ by bus for nearly 5 years. 15. As soon as Jane (see)________________ Jim, she (storm)________________ out of the room. Bài 3: Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, hãy viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Before / Peter / go / university /,/ he / take / gap / year. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Where / you / be / before / you / come / home. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. There / be / many / trees / along / street / before / people / cut / them / down. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Jim / be / very / upset / before / Mary / cheer / him / up. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. She / tell / me / yesterday / she / not / finish / her / assignment / yet. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. What / happen / after / Jim / propose / to / Jane? ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You / eat / dinner / before / you / come / here? ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Peter / travel / a lot / before / his leg / seriously / injure / in / accident. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 4: Hoàn thành các câu sau bằng dạng đúng của các động từ cho sẵn.
Commute Evacuate
Be Cooperate
(Not) build Try
Suffer Mushroom
Do Want
1. In the past, people ________________ by tram before it was replaced by other modern means of transport. 2. Our family ________________ from poverty before we received help from the local people. 3. There ________________ only a slight increase in the amount of money we earned each month after I changed my job. 4. The service industry in our region ________________ before the recession. 5. They ________________ any flyovers in our area before 2014. 6. Mary and Jane ________________ closely in the project before they hated each other. 7. What ________________ (people) to earn a living before they worked in that factory? 8. They ________________ several times before they gave up on their dream. 9. The local authorities ________________ people from the dangerous area before the flood came. 10. I (always) ________________ to become a superman before I realized that superman wasn’t real. B. CẤU TRÚC TÍNH TỪ 1. Cấu trúc tính từ đi cùng với động từ nguyên thể có ‘to’ (Adjective + to – infinitive) Cấu trúc 1 Cấu trúc tính từ + động từ nguyên thể có to có ý nghĩa “thật là thế nào để làm gì” hoặc Cách dùng “thật như thế nào để ai đó làm gì”, dùng để nhấn mạnh thông tin It + be + adj + (for O) + to V Cấu trúc It’s hard to believe that she failed the exam. (Thật khó để tin rằng cô ấy bị trượt kì thi). It was easy for her to pass the exam. (Thật dễ dàng để cô ấy đỗ kỳ thi) Ví dụ It is boring to go to the meeting. (Đi đến buổi họp thì thật là nhàm chán) It was dangerous for Harry to drive fast. (Thật là nguy hiểm khi Harry lái xe nhanh) It’s interesting to talk to you. (Nói chuyện với bạn thật là thú vị) It’s difficult to learn Japanese. (Học tiếng Nhật thì rất khó) Cấu trúc 2 Cấu trúc tính từ + động từ nguyên thể có to còn được dùng để diễn tả phản ứng, cảm xúc, Cách dùng sự tự tin hay sự lo lắng. S + be + adj + to V Cấu trúc Happy (vui), glad (vui), pleased (hài lòng), relieved (nhẹ nhõm), sorry (tiếc), certain (chắc chắn), sure (chắc chắn), confident (tự tin), convinced (tin chắc), afraid (sợ), annoyed (hơi Các tính từ giận), astonished (ngạc nhiên), aware (nhận biết, nhận thấy), conscious (tỉnh, có ý thức, biết thông dụng được)… Ví dụ
Tom was surprised to see you. (Tôm ngạc nhiên khi thấy bạn) He’s afraid to stay alone at night. (Anh ấy sợ ở nhà một mình vào ban đêm) I’m very pleased to see you here. (Tôi rất vui mừng khi được gặp anh ở đây) I was sorry to hear that your father is ill. (Tôi lấy làm tiếc khi nghe rằng cha của anh bị ốm)
2. Cấu trúc tính từ đi cùng với mệnh đề danh từ (Adjective + that – clause) Cấu trúc tính từ + mệnh đề danh từđược dùng để diễn tả cảm xúc, sự tin tưởng hay sự lo Cách dùng lắng….. Mệnh đề danh từ được cấu tạo bởi ‘that + mệnh đề’ S + be + adj + that + S + V Cấu trúc 101
102
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho trước viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. It / hard / Jim / do / this / task. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. It / not / easy / me / pass / the / test. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. It / challenging / you / change / your / job / now. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Mary / always / afraid / try / anything / new. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. You / confident / win / the / competition? ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. My mother / pleased / see / me / at / home / now. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. I / sorry / to / hear / that / you / have / accident / last week. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. I / glad / you / come / to / my party. ________________________________________________________________________________ 9. It / not / surprising / Peter / be / best / student / in / his / class. ________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I / convinced / Peter / be / right. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 6: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. I sure that you have mistaken my pen for yours. _______________ 2. Peter is not confident presenting his ideas to the class. _______________ 3. It is impossible that a fish to climb a tree. _______________ 4. Is it possible for me winning this competition? _______________ 5. Mr. Brown was relieved hearing his wife was not injured in the accident. _______________ 6. Are you certain that he to be the pickpocket? _______________ 7. Peter astonished that he accidentally found his childhood toy. _______________ 8. It is difficult for you pass the test if you don’t study hard. _______________ 9. Were they be able to swim across that river? _______________ 10. They don’t aware that staying up late is bad for health. _______________ Bài 7: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. that / I / thankful / me / so / homework / with / my / you / am / help. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. difficult / It / English / has / learn / very / to / for / me / been. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. museum / me / the / it’s / to / interesting / go / to / for. ________________________________________________________________________________
4. Peter / yesterday / was / party / his / to / came / glad / birthday / that / his / classmates. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. boring / to / very / attend / be / that / must / It / meeting. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. It’s / week / Jim / next / will / hard / house / his / to / move / believe / that. ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. dangerous / play / It’s / for / to / children / knife / with. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. sure / he / my / stolen / I / that / am / has / bike. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 8: Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi. 1. Learning English is no difficult for me. → It is ___________________________________________________________________________ 2. Jim was very confident when he said that he was the best. → Jim was very confident to _________________________________________________________ 3. Peter received a letter from his foreign friend yesterday. He was very happy about it. → Peter was very happy to ___________________________________________________________ 4. I can’t come to your party this weekend. I’m afraid. → I am afraid _____________________________________________________________________ 5. Doing gardening is not as easy as it looks. → It is not ________________________________________________________________________ 6. I had no difficulty in making the last decision. → It was not _____________________________________________________________________ 7. I think Peter is very happy. He has won a lottery. → I think Peter is very happy that _____________________________________________________ 8. You were so lucky. You ran into a famous singer → You were so lucky to _____________________________________________________________ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 9: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. By the age of 25, Mr. Brown (own)________________ a large house and two expensive cars. 2. I (expect)________________ that Mary would come before she (tell)________________ me that she couldn’t afford time. 3. It (be)________________ very difficult for me (carry)________________ this project because my professor (give)________________ some advice. 4. Yesterday, my mom (be)________________ very angry (find)________________ out that I (not do)________________ the laundry yet. 5. ________________ (you / stay) in your room before your mother (find)________________ you? 6. By the time we (arrive)________________ at the station, the train (already leave)________________ for 15 minutes. 7. When Jim (come)________________ home, he (be)________________ angry (realize)________________ that someone (break)________________ into his house. 8. ________________ (it / be) hard for you (understand)________________ the lesson yesterday? 9. As soon as the teacher (walk)________________ into the classroom, she (be)________________ surprised that her students (prepare)________________ a birthday present for her. 10. ________________ (you / be) confident that you would win the competition? Bài 10: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh 1. By / the / time / Peter / everyone / already / leave. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. They / really / enjoy / themselves / at / party / before / they / have / go / home. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. It / be / boring / me / learn / Japanese / before / I / have / new / teacher.
103
104
Các tính từ thông dụng
Ví dụ
Chỉ cảm xúc: Happy (vui), glad (vui), delighted (vui mừng), pleased (hài lòng), relieved (nhẹ nhõm), sorry (tiếc), surprising (ngạc nhiên…) Chỉ sự tin tưởng hay lo lắng: certain (chắc chắn), sure (chắc chắn), confident (tự tin), convinced (tin chắc), afraid (sợ), annoyed (hơi giận), astonished (ngạc nhiên), aware (nhận biết, nhận thấy), conscious (tỉnh, có ý thức, biết được)… I am delighted that you passed your exam (Tôi rất vui vì anh đã vượt qua kì thi) It was quite surprising that he passed the examination. (Thật đáng ngạc nhiên là anh ấy đã thi đậu) I am afraid that I can’t accept this assignment. (Tôi e rằng tôi không thể nhận nhiệm vụ này)
________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Yesterday / it / surprising / that / my sister / cook / dinner / before / I / come / home. ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. I / annoyed / that / my brother / not / clean / the house / before / he / go / out. ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. You / happy / know / that / your mother / give / you / a special / gift / yesterday? ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Peter / disappointed / know / his / final scores. ________________________________________________________________________________ 8. It / difficult / me / accept / the fact / that / I / not / get / that / job. ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 11: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng It is not difficult (1)_________ to imagine how life used to be in the past. My grandfather (2)_________ keen on telling me about people and things of his generation before he (3)_________ away. According to what he said, life in the Vietnamese traditional village was very peaceful, (4)_________ it was exciting. People often lived very closely to others and they formed a neat society. Although there weren’t any convenient means of communication such as telephone or email, people still kept in touch and interacted with each other. They were very happy (5)_________ their stories with their family and neighbors. Sometimes, they even (6)_________ their neighbors as relatives and always supported others. It was very common in those days (7)_________ villages to gather up in the communal house to watch TV or listen to radio together because there was often only one or two TV in a small village. My grandfather said that he preferred life in the past (8)_________ the modern life since people were friendlier and more caring. 1. A. for me B. for my C. to me D. that I 2. A. has always been B. had always been C. was always D. is always 3. A. has passed B. had passed C. passed D. passes 4. A. when B. although C. yet D. instead 5. A. shared B. sharing C. shares D. to share 6. A. called B. regarded C. made D. turned 7. A. to B. on C. for D. that 8. A. to B. on C. than D. that Bài 12: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi. Polyester is now being used for bottles. ICI, the chemicals and plastics company, believes that it is now beginning to break the grip of glass on the bottle business and thus take advantage of this huge market. All the plastics manufacturers have been experiencing hard times as their traditional products have been doing badly world-wide for the last few years. Between 1982 and 1984 the Plastics Division of ICI had lost a hundred and twenty million dollars, and they felt that the most hopeful new market was in packaging, bottles and cans. Since 1982 it has opened three new factories producing “Melinar”, the raw material from which high quality polyester bottles are made. The polyester bottle was born in the 1970s, when soft drinks companies like Coca Cola started selling their drinks in giant two-litre containers. Because of the build-up of the pressure of gas in these large containers, glass was unsuitable. Nor was PVC, the plastic which had been used for bottles since the 1960s, suitable for drinks with gas in them. A new plastic had to be made. Glass is still cheaper for the smaller bottles, and will continue to be so unless oil and plastic become much cheaper, but plastic does well for the larger sizes. Polyester bottles are virtually unbreakable. The manufacturers claim they are also lighter, less noisy when being handled, and can be re-used. Shopkeepers and other business people are unlikely to object to a change from glass to polyester, since these bottles mean few breakages, which are costly and timeconsuming. The public, though, have been more difficult to persuade. ICI’s commercial department are developing different bottles with interesting shapes to try to make them visually more attractive to the public.
The next step could be to develop a plastic which could replace tins for food. The problem here is the high temperatures necessary for cooking the food in the container. 1. Plastics of various kinds have been used for making bottles A. since 1982 B. since the 1970s but only for large bottles C. since the 1960s but not for liquids with gas in them D. since companies like Coca Cola first tried them. 2. Why was ICI’s Plastics Division interested in polyester for bottles? A. The other things they make are not selling well. B. Glass manufacturers cannot make enough new bottles. C. They have factories which could be adapted to make it. D. The price of oil keeps changing. 3. Why aren’t all bottles now made of polyester? A. The price of oil and plastic has risen B. It is not suitable for containing gassy drinks C. The public like traditional glass bottles D. Shop keepers dislike re-useable bottles. 4. Manufacturers think polyester bottles are better than glass bottles because they ___________. A. Are cheaper B. are more suited to small sizes C. are more exciting to look at D. do not break easily 5. Plastic containers for holding food in the same way as cans A. have been used for many years B. are an idea that interests the plastics companies C. are possible, but only for hot food D. are the first things being made in the new factories C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 6) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.sandals B.compartment C.tram D.manual 2. A.trench B.pedestrian C.exhibition D.tunnel 3. A.exhibition B.exist C.example D.examination II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.significant B.facility C.elevated D.initially 5. A.cooperative B.considerable C.illiteracy D.anniversary III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. In a traditional family, there were three : grandparents, parents, and children. A.groups B.teams C.bands D.generations that a couple in the past could have about 5 to 10 children. 7. It was very A.popular B.common C.shared D.obvious 8. Along with our need for love, our most important need is the need for . A.appreciation B.value C.importance D.increase 9. The metro will Ben Thanh Market in the central area to the amusement park at Suoi Tien in District 9. A.join B.contact C.connect D.relate . 10. Ho Chi Minh City plans to use the state budget funds to build ten more flyover A.systems B.sets C.methods D.routes 11. It is not for men to wear the traditional costumes in modern life. A.certain B.surprised C.pleased D.convenient for a particular vehicle to exist, to be loved for generations. 12. It is not A.fun B.glad C.relieved D. easy 13. Used throughout the 19th century in classrooms, the slate has been used for students to write the answers to the problems. A.most of B.almost C.nearly all D.hardly ever 14. The sound of firecracker was common on previous Tet, but it is now prohibited being dangerous and unsafe in production and distribution. A.because B.due to C.despite D.for
105
106
a five-day tour in Malaysia before they enjoyed the Tet festival last year. 15. They A.spend B.spent C.had spent D.would spend IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. thickness souvenirs fashion interest foreigners demand footwear soldiers At the age of 73, the retired shoemaker Pham Quang Xuan says he never thought his tailor-made rubber sandals would still be popular in modern times. The sandals, made from old car tyres, were worn by many Vietnamese (16) during the war against the French and the Americans. Mr. Xuan and his friends once made and sold rubber sandals in Hang Bot Street, but (17) dropped as they slowly went out of (18) .Several years ago, he started re-making the sandals for friends and family members and, in doing so, helped revive a wartime (19) . Despite his age, he still spends several hours a day carving sandals from rubber of suitable (20) , then cutting and trimming the edges and soles. The sandals come in cither with diagonal or horizontal straps. V. Combine the following sentences by completing the second. 21.Family members care for each other. It is essential for that. It is essential _______________________________________________________________________ 22.Families are the place where we learn values, skills, and behavior. We are aware of that. We are aware ______________________________________________________________________ 23.Parents should guide their children into the world outside the home. It is certain about that. It is certain ________________________________________________________________________ 24.Strong families have a sense of loyalty and devotion toward family members. We are conscious of that. We are conscious ___________________________________________________________________ 25.The family is a place of shelter for individual family members. It is sure about that. It is sure __________________________________________________________________________ VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. themselves from debris. Houses and During the war, children wore straw hats to (26) schools were bombed and destroyed. Many children were made (27) and their schools had to be moved around or lessons sometimes had to (28) after dark to avoid being targeted by heavy bombing. Many schools had its roof (29) with several layers of straw to withstand the (30) of the bombs. Life for children was very hard in both the North and South of Viet Namduring the war. Young people were (31) of their duty to serve their country. Even young girls took part in the war efforts by digging bomb shelters. Children took first-aid courses after school so that they injured people. could (32) Childhood years of children born in the 1960s are (33) . As innocent children, they went to school (34) straw hats in the sounds of American jet fighters in the sky and the shots from Vietnamese anti-aircraft guns. Nowadays, they are proud that they came through those hardships. They had their heads held (35) walking out of the war. 26.A.save B.keep C.protect D.help 27.A.homemade B.homeless C.homelessness D.homesick 28.A.place B.take place C.be happened D.exist 29.A.cover B.covering C.covered D.being covered 30.A.reasons B.causes C.actions D.impacts 31.A.known B.afraid C.capable D.aware 32.A.care for B.take after C.take core about D.deal 33.A.unfortunate B.unforgettable C.forgettable D.memorably 34.A.wear B.to wear C.wearing D.that wear 107
35.A.high B.highly C.height D.above VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Street Food Shoulder Poles on Saigon streets Street food shoulder pole is familiar with Saigon people throughout many years. Nowadays it has become a special thing that makes travelers curious. In small areas of District 1 and District 3, we could count more than 100 vendors who earned money using shoulder poles. A shoulder pole, also called a carrying pole, is a yoke of wood or bamboo, used by people to carry a load. The vendors put their goods in two baskets from each end of the yoke. In the downtown, we can meet young women with their shoulder poles. The baskets are covered with plastic wrap carefully to protect the foods from the street dust. In a tight space of one basket, she could mix the ingredients and bake the cake on a small charcoal which was defended by carton. The ready cakes were put in other basket. In the morning or evening, on rainy or sunny day,Saigon streets are marked by shoulder poles of people from different regions of the country, which has become a unique part of Saigon. It has been said that it isn’t hard to live in Saigon if you work hard. With the carrying pole on shoulders, the vendor has turned it into a “store’'. The reason is very simple, they don't have enough money to open a real store. Every day these women continue their journey through Saigon streets under the sun and the rain, selling cheap things or street foods to earn money and feed their children. . 36. A shoulder pole A. is a bar made of wood or bamboo B.used to be called a carrying pole C.is the connection between wood and bamboo D. is used to put goods on street vendors’ shoulders 37. Street food shoulder pole is . A.a way for passers-by to have food B. a characteristic of District 1 and 3 C. used to make foreign travelers curious D.used by street vendors to carry things . 38. All of the following arc true about shoulder poles EXCEPT that A.street vendors can bake cakes there B.they can contain enough things to serve some customers C.the two baskets have the same function D.they can be protected from dust 39. All of the following arc benefits of shoulder poles EXCEPT that . A.they can help street vendors to sell many things without a store B.women are marked by unique shoulder poles from different regions C.it is a way for street vendors to carry goods around the streets D. street vendors can support their families with the help of shoulder poles 40. The word “yoke" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to . A.a long piece of wood that is fastened across the necks to pull heavy loads B.a wooden bar that is connected to the vehicles or loads so that they can be pulled away C.something that connects two things or people, usually in a way that limits freedom D. a piece of wood that is shaped to fit across a person's shoulders to carry two equal loads VIII. Write about the important qualities that a person needs to be able to get along with other members in an extended family. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 41.We/ have/ positive attitude/ other family members. _________________________________________________________________________________ 42.We/ treat/ other family members/ best friends. _________________________________________________________________________________ 43.It/ necessary/ you/ show/ love/ small ways/ every day. _________________________________________________________________________________ 44.We/ praise/ accomplishments/ and/ strengths/ other family members. 108
_________________________________________________________________________________ 45.We/ remember/ and/ celebrate/ birthdays/ other members/ extended family. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 2 (UNIT 6) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B.noticeable C.flyover D.astonished 1. A.cooperative 2. A.mushroom B.tunnel C.manual D.rubber 3. A.exporter B.examine C.exchange D.excellent II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.dramatic B.confident C.tolerant D.interesting 5. A.sympathetic B.obedient C.cooperate D.pedestrian III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. to interact with a few large extended families. 6. In the past several weeks, I have had the A.event B.situation C.ceremony D.opportunity 7. Wise families accept the ,and support those who have different ways of thinking. A.differences B.similarities C.same D.agreements 8. As an old saying in Viet Nam, “Blood is thicker than water�, the concept of blood is always engraved in the mind of the Vietnamese. A.relation B.relationship C.connection D.joint 9. Children feel to go into the world with the support from their parents. A.confident B.confidently C.confidence D.reluctant 10. The railway route is designed with double lanes, electrified and has technical standardswhich allows of earthquake level 8. A.ability B.power C.tolerance D.acceptance to receive moral support and material assistancefrom 11. As a member of family, you are other members, especially when you are in trouble. A.required B.forced C.astonished D.expected 12. At Station 3 at Ba Son shipyard, the metro line in Ho Chi Minh City from underground to elevated. A.gets rid of B.shifts C.moves D.transfers 13. For generations, bicycles have been used not only as transport hut also as a way of for working-class families. A.life B.life-saving C.liveliness D.livelihood 14. When President Barack Obama arrived in Viet Nam in July 2016, the former USPresidents Bill Clinton and George W. Bush here earlier. A.come B.would come C.had come D.have come 15. In the old days, people phrynium leaves before they made chung cakes A.would collect B.had collected C.have gained D.had gained IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. spirit blossoms flowers respect market occasion custom habit Tet (Lunar New Year) activities have more or less changed over time, but beautiful traditional customs are followed today in every Vietnamese family. For the people, the Tetfestival is the time when for them to decorate houses and shop for more reality blends with dreams. It is not only a(n) (16) goods, but also a chance for family members to reunite and pay (17) to their ancestors. Some people have to cut spending due to the current economic difficulties, but noneforgets the traditions that symbolise the (18) of the nation during the holiday. Many young people still follow the traditional (19) of boiling Chung cakes at home. Jam, cigarettes and 109
are still bought by every Hanoian wine were essential items during Tet. Peach (20) family for Tet. V. Combine the following sentences by completing the second. 21.The family becomes a source of encouragement in times of personal success or defeat. We are conscious of that. We are conscious ___________________________________________________________________ 22.Each family needs its own special set of rules and guidelines It is sure about that. It is sure __________________________________________________________________________ 23.Love requires constant daily effort by each family member. We are convinced of that. We arc convinced __________________________________________________________________ 24.Laughing together builds up a family but laughing at each other divides a family. It is clear about that. It is clear _________________________________________________________________________ 25.Children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family. We are pleased about that. We are pleased _____________________________________________________________________ VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Seventy percent of people in Viet Nam live in rural areas. Most of these people (26) their living by caring for farm animals like pigs. Other common jobs are crop fanning and fishing. For many of these farmers and fishermen, animal and plant waste is still a problem. Many women and children cook meals using traditional cooking fuels. They also spend many hours (27) wood and other materials to burn. This process takes time and also uses a lot of natural resources. Moreover, they suffer the same health (28) . Cooking was a difficult and dangerous job. The kitchen was smoky, and the black ash would make people cough, and (29) pain in the eyes. But a biogas system can (30) all of these problems! It can turn animal or plant waste (31) valuable resources - such as cooking fuel, electricity and plant fertilizer. First, an expert must build a system of pipes and tanks. This biogas system contains and manages the decaying process of animal or plant waste. To use the biogas system, a fanner must move animal waste into a pipe with water. These pipes bring the waste to a tank (32) in the ground. This tank is called a bio-digester. Air cannot enter this tank. In this contained environment, natural bacteria decays the waste material. (33) the waste decays in the bio-digester, it (34) two things - biogas and slurry. The biogas rises to the top of the tank. The pressure from the gas pushes the liquid slurry into (35) . Now people can use both the biogas and the slurry. 26.A.earn B.look for C.do D.take 27.A.collecting B.looking C.keeping D.controlling 28.A.businesses B.importance C.concerns D.involvements 29.A.bring B.cause C.make D.hurt 30.A.match B.deal C.solve D.delete 31.A.to B.in C.at D.into 32.A.bury B.burying C.being buried D.buried 33.A.Because B.As C.Although D.Moreover 34.A.gets B.brings C.produces D.makes 35.A.the tank B.another tank C.the same tank D.no tank VII.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Lifestyles: Past and Present From the 20th to the 21th century, there have been significant changes in the majority of countries around the world. Substantial differences are evident between the way we live today, and the way we lived a century ago.Viet Nam is no exception although there are some aspects of life in Viet Nam that are similar to the way of life of the twentieth century. Living in Viet Nam today differs greatly from the lifestyle of 100 years ago. People in the past mainly worked in agriculture whereas today there are significantly fewer people working in this sector of 110
the economy. These days, by comparison, people are more likely to be employed in manufacturing and tourism than in the rice fields. Moreover, Viet Nam, which was traditionally agricultural, is transforming into an entirely different country. While agriculture is still an important component of the Vietnamese economy, other enterprises are accounting for an increasing amount of economic activity. However, along with the differences, similarities also exist. The Vietnamese have kept many of the characteristics of their forefathers. The Vietnamese people are as friendly today as they were in the past. This is best illustrated in the way they welcome foreigners. Moreover, the determination of the people of Viet Nam has not changed. The Vietnamese work collectively and happily towards the development of their country. To conclude, while there are differences in past and present lifestyles, there are important similarities. Although Viet Nam has changed in many ways, there always have been, and always will be, the friendly welcoming smiles of the Vietnamese people. . 36. Viet Nam has had significant changes A.for one hundred years B. from the 20th century C. in the 20th century D. in the 21st century 37. Nowadays, more people work in . A.agricultural section B. foreign enterprises C. the rice fields D. manufacturing and tourism 38. We can infer from the passage that . A.a lot of people work in agriculture B.many people work in accounting C. the majority of population works in manufacturing D.Viet Nam has kept the same lifestyles 39. All of the following are traditional features of the Vietnamese EXCEPT . A.the hospitality to strangers B. the friendly welcoming smiles C. the entirely different country D. the determination to build the country 40. The word "collectively” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to . A.very common B. the same as C. owned by a group D. as a group VIII. Write about the important qualities that a person needs to be able to get along with other members in an extended family. Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 41.It/ important/ you/ honest/ say/ what/ you/ think. _________________________________________________________________________________ 42.You/ spend time/ other members/ have close relationships. _________________________________________________________________________________ 43.We/ accept/ differences/ family members/ and/ we/ look/ common interests. _________________________________________________________________________________ 44.It/ certain/ you/ avoid/ make/ unpleasant comments/ other members. _________________________________________________________________________________ 45.Instead/ become/ center of attention/ family/ we/ show/ kindness/ and interests/ others. _________________________________________________________________________________ TEST 3 UNIT 6 I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. b. matched c. thatched d. depressed 1. a. satisfied 2. a. consequence b. obedient c. demand d. report 3 a. suffer b. rubber c. suburban d. tunnel 4. a. weather b. sympathetic c. worthy d. bother 5. a. happens b. vehicle c. exhibition d. exhaust II. Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. 111
1. a. mushroom b. demand c. sandal d. tunnel 2. a. underpass b. exhibit c. compartment d. extended 3. a. collective b. elevate c. suburban d. initial 4. a. vocabulary b. illiteracy c. cooperative d. anniversary 5. a. professional b. pedestrian c. exhibition d. facility III. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence or substitute for the underlined word. walking to work. 1. Vietnamese prefer riding motorbikes a. to b. for c. than d. rather than us to persuade him to believe what we said. 2. It is hard a. to b. of c. for d. with 3. A lot of were built to solve the traffic jam problem at intersections. a. trams b. flyovers c. skytrains d. tunnels 4. My friends were all extremely when they heard I’d lost my job. a. tolerant b. sympathetic c. obedient d. confident 5. Last Wednesday witnessed a sudden drop in raw oil price. a. significant b. gradual c. sharp d. considerable 6. It was unprofessional casual clothes to the international conference. a. of her to wear b. for her wearing c. for her to wear d. of her wear the travel demands of Saigonese. 7. The very first metro is being built to a. solve b. make c. see d. meet 8. ease traffic congestion, it is necessary to promote the development of public transport. a. Because of b. Despite c. In order to d. Since 9. I think life today is comfortable than it was in the past. a. about as b. a lot more c. more and more d. the more 10. A: How was your trip to Vietnam after 10 years? B: a. Amazing! I couldn’t believe how much it has changed! b. Thank you for asking me. c. 10 years? It’s 11 years. d. No, I can’t tell you. IV. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. My father prefers (work) as a farmer rather than a blue-collar worker. 2. I can’t help (worry) about her traveling abroad on her own. 3. Rubber sandals (wear) by Vietnamese soldiers during the war against the French and the Americans. (not think) of writing about educational reformation until I mentioned it. 4. She 5. In 1995, I (go) back to Vietnam after 30 years. 6. In recent years, Vietnam many changes under the influence of economic reform and globalization. (experience) (report) to her what happened to her son last night. 7. It’s kind of you 8. The number of vehicles in Vietnam (increase) by 10 percent every year. 9. If you (come) back to the ancient world, where would you visit? 10. During our conversation, I realised that we (meet) before. V. Fill in the blank with the past perfect form of the verb in brackets. 1. After the war (end), Vietnamese people focused on dealing with domestic matters. 2. How long (they/ be) married before he died? 3. Before the invention of Internet, most people (read) newspapers to update current events. 4. Why didn’t you want to watch the film? (you/ see) it before? 5. She (not have) any experience in business communication, so we offered her a training course. 112
(mostly/ travel) 6. Before the introduction of low-cost airlines, Vietnamese by coach. 7. (you/ learn) about Vietnam war before you made the presentation about it? 8. Ethan suddenly realised that he (leave) his laptop on the train. 9. My house was very dirty because I (not clean) it for weeks. (not pay) the bill. 10. She couldn’t get access to the Internet because she VI. Complete the sentence with the past simple or past perfect form of the verb in brackets. 1. They (live) in Paris for 10 years before they (move) home. (download) the document, I knew I (make) a mistake. 2. As soon as I 3. Mary (ring) John’s doorbell at 8:15 yesterday but John (already/ leave) the house. 4. By the time the firemen (arrive), the fire (destroy) three houses. (not stand) a chance of developing before the government 5. Our economy (adopt) the open-door policy. 6. When I last (speak) to her, she still (not finish) her assignment. 7. Nobody (come) to the meeting because Angela (forget) to tell them about it. (go) to Disneyland three times when she (be) a little girl. 8. She 9. After I (complete) the form, I (give) it to the secretary. 10. Sarah (drive) three hundred miles by the time she (arrive) in Tacoma. VII. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Although they never get angry, they are not always kind or . (tolerate) 2. Local officials have been very on working together for a solution. (cooperate) 3. I tried to tell her about the awful day I’d had, but she wasn’t very . (sympathy) 4. Students are expected to be quiet and in the classroom. (obey) 5. Boeing sells a third of its aircraft overseas, making it the biggest in the United States. (export) 6. I see people who have opportunities I don’t have, and I get . (envy) 7. In the past, Hanoians often went to areas by tram, which was a very famous system. (suburb) 8. She has a small office that is used for discussions. (privacy) 9. Some ministers expressed that they could no longer travel first class. (astonish) 10. We were greatly at the news of their safe return. (relief) VIII. Choose the correct answers to complete the passage. the tram system in the early 1900s. A few years Like other big cities in Asia, Ha Noi began to (1) later, due to its cheap fares and convenience, this system rapidly became one of the most popular (2) of transport. There were five tram routes with Hoan Kiem Lake as a central station for residents to get (3) the city and to the suburban areas. However, because of the population boom and the urgent demand for upgrading the more modern road system, the rail tracks were (4) removed and completely disappeared in 1990. These days, the fact that the population of the capital has risen tremendously results (5 a dramatic increase in the number of vehicles on the roads. To meet the increasing travel demands and reduce traffic congestion, the first 13-kilometre skytrain system, connecting Cat Linh and Ha Dong is (6) and it is expected to be completed by 2018. Each four-compartment skytrain with the length of approximately 80 metres and the height of about 3.8 metres has a (7) of 1,362 passengers. Additionally, a new rail system including over eight kilometres of skytrain rail and four kilometres of links Ha Noi Central Station to Nhon, also has being built recently. The subway rail, (8) capacity of each skytrain in this efficient high-speed rail system is roughly 1,200 passengers. 1. a. discover b. improve c. operate d. install 2. a. ways b. systems c. spaces d. means
3. a. around b. over c. by d. ahead 4. a. occasionally b. gradually c. regularly d. eventually 5. a. on b. at c. in d. with 6. a. pressed b. launched c. produced d. announced 7. a. ability b. position c. consistency d. capacity 8. a. which b. what c. whose d. where IX. Read the text carefully, then do the tasks. From the 20th to the 21st century, there have been significant changes all over the world. Substantial differences are evident between the way we live today, and the way we lived a century ago. Vietnam is no exception although there are some facets of life that still resemble the way of life of the twentieth century. Living in Vietnam today differs greatly from the lifestyle of 100 years ago. People in the past mainly worked in agriculture whereas today there are significantly less people working in this sector of the economy. These days, by comparison, people are more likely to be employed in manufacturing and tourism than in the rice fields. Moreover, Vietnam, which was traditionally agrarian, is transforming into an entirely different country. While agriculture is still an important component of the Vietnamese economy, other enterprises are accounting for an increasing amount of economic activity. However, along with the differences, similarities also exist. The people of Vietnam have retained many of the characteristics of their forefathers. The Vietnamese people are as friendly today as they were in the past. This is best exemplified in the way they welcome foreigners to their unique country. Moreover, the resilience and determination of the people of Vietnam has not changed. The Vietnamese work collectively and happily towards the development of their country. A. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). 1. A minority of countries around the world have experienced dramatic change in the previous century. 2. Vietnam is not as agrarian as it was in the past. 3. Vietnamese people nowadays are friendlier to foreigners than they used to be. 4. The differences between the lifestyles of yesterday and the lifestyles of today are not evident. 5. Some of the characteristics of Vietnamese people never change. 6. Vietnamese people are very resilient and determined. B. Answer the questions. 7. How have lifestyles changed for the last century? ________________________________________________________________________ 8. What characteristics of Vietnamese people have not changed? ________________________________________________________________________ X. Read the text carefully, then choose the correct answers. In the early 17th century, most of the southern region of Vietnam was nearly uninhabited and in the position of Ho Chi Minh City, there was a small village formed with a few residents. However, thanks to its advantage in location, the town grew both economically and politically. By the 19th century, this had become a cultural hub of the South as well as an important trading center of the country. You might not know that there was a time Saigon was referred to as the Pearl of the Far East. Sadly, having been through various occurrences and two disastrous wars has stunted the city’s development. Only after the political instabilities had settled, Saigon recovered miraculously and maintained its leading position in terms of both the economics and culture. Officially named as Ho Chi Minh City, Saigon today has 22 districts in total and attracts hundreds of thousands of tourists annually. 1. What is the best title of the passage? a. Saigon: Lost and Found b. Saigon: Then and Now c. Saigon: Now and Then d. Saigon: Hub of the South East Vietnam in the early 17th century. 2. According to the passage, Saigon was a. a financial center b. an uninhabited region c. a small village d. an important city 3. What happened with Saigon in the 19th century? a. It became popular all over Asia.
113
114
b. It became a cultural hub of the South and an important trading center of Vienam. c. It became the most important trading center in the world. d. It was no longer visited by international tourists. . 4. The city’s development has been stunted because of a. two disastrous wars b. some major historic events c. natural disasters and disastrous wars d. different occurrences and disastrous wars . 5. The word “occurrences” is closest in meaning to a. situations b. adventures c. incidents d. affairs 6. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? a. In the early 17th century, there were only a few residents living on the position of Saigon. b. The location of Saigon helped the town develop its economy and politics. c. Saigon was once referred as the Pearl of the Far East. d. Saigon had recovered and held its leading position before the political instabilities settled. XI. Rewrite these sentences, using be + adjective + (of + noun/pronoun) + to-infinitive. 1. Learning how to live in space is difficult. It is difficult to learn how to live in space. 2. I learned that I had been promoted. I was delighted. ________________________________________________________________________ 3. He shouldn’t press the emergency button. It was stupid. ________________________________________________________________________ 4. Having interests outside work is necessary. ________________________________________________________________________ 5. John gave them £100. It was very generous. ________________________________________________________________________ 6. They saw the driver was a six-year-old boy. They were astonished. ________________________________________________________________________ 7. Thank you for visiting me in hospital. It was very kind. ________________________________________________________________________ 8. Being in good health is very important for athletes. ________________________________________________________________________ 9. We heard that your father’s in hospital again. We’re sorry. ________________________________________________________________________ 10. Why did he make that remark? It was very rude. ________________________________________________________________________ XII. Complete the second sentence so that It has the same meaning as the first. 1. It was confident of him to say that he was the best student in his school. → He was __________________________________________________________________ 2. Our lifestyle has changed considerably since the introduction of Western culture. → There has ________________________________________________________________ 3. It’s exciting for me to learn that I can come to visit my friend in Phu Yen next month. → I am ____________________________________________________________________ 4. Those children need to be taught about how Vietnam has transformed itself. → It is _____________________________________________________________________ 5. She was so rude to shout at his face in the department store. → It was ___________________________________________________________________ 6. My father was pleased when he learned that I had passed the entrance exam to high school. → My father ________________________________________________________________ 7. Everybody had gone home when I came to the party. → As soon as _______________________________________________________________
8. This country is unsafe to visit during summer vacation. → It is _____________________________________________________________________ 9. There has been a dramatic increase in the number of people learning English. → The number of people ______________________________________________________ 10. Phong went to the beach after working hard for a week. → After Phong ______________________________________________________________ XIII. Write a new sentence with the some meaning containing the word in capitals. 1. He was so brave that he could tell her what he thought about her. (IT) ________________________________________________________________________ 2. Your bad news upsets me very much. (SORRY) ________________________________________________________________________ 3. There has been a slight drop in the number of people using public transport. (SLIGHTLY) ________________________________________________________________________ 4. Revising for exams takes up all my time at the moment. (BUSY) ________________________________________________________________________ 5. There was an increased demand for travel, so the government decided to invest in building the very first metro system. (AS) ________________________________________________________________________ 6. I don’t know much about historical events, so I can t help her with her history homework. (IF) ________________________________________________________________________ 7. This is the first time I have heard about the tram system in Hanoi. (NEVER) ________________________________________________________________________ 8. Firefighters spent two hours releasing the driver from the wreckage. (IT) ________________________________________________________________________ 9. They took the president to the hospital for an emergency operation. (WAS) ________________________________________________________________________ 10. I had saved my document before the computer crashed. (AFTER) ________________________________________________________________________ TEST YOURSELF 1(UNIT 4,5,6) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.extended B.entertain C.picturesque D.elevated 2. A.thatched B.spectacular C.snack D.rickshaw 3. A.complex B.noticeable C.cooperative D.counterpart II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.underpass B.astonished C.contestant D.occasion 5. A.illiterate B.spectacular C.significant D.noticeable III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. Wooden clogs have been the simple of Vietnamese women for ages. A.sign B.signal C.symbol D.mark in each of Viet Nam: Ha Noi's rickshaw is wider and low, Hue's is a bit 7. Rickshaw looks narrower but longer, Saigon's rickshaw is tall and long. A.different - area B.the same - part C.different - region D.differently - region 8. Survey findings that the current family remains an important production unit ofsociety. A.explain B.record C.express D.show 9. Before 1975 in South Viet Nam, there 3 state universities built in cities of Hue, Saigon, Can Tho. A.was B.were C.would be D.used to be labour contracts with the companies. 10. Many workers wish that they A.sign B.signed C.were signed D.were signing 11. We wish that smart boards in our school. A.install B.had installed C.were installed D.was installed 115
116
of old bicycles, crowded electric trams, the queue to 12. The photos by a British diplomat capture the buy goods and lines of barrels waiting to collect water in the 1980s. A.ideas B.images C.minds D.thinking 13. After people had asked for scholars’ handwriting, they them up during the Tet festival. A.hang B.hung C.hanged D.had hung 14. The life at that time was very difficult every family tried to buy a branch of peach blossoms to display on the Lunar New Year Festival. A.but B.so C.despite D.although street children from following foreign tourists inthe 15. We suggest that the authorities downtown. A.will stop B.stopped C.would stop D.should stop IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. powers strength attraction families space
impressions
fun
generations
Traditional Folk Games of the Vietnamese As a result of the modern life, after school time, children in cities don't have enough (16) , and friends to play together. While parents are busy with their business, the children are kept inside 4 concrete walls and entertain themselves with watching television, playing with their toys or playing video games. However, the traditional folk games still have very strong and magical (17) to every child. They might not play it very often as the older (18) did, but the stories about these folk games will still be told in every family. The most favourite folk games must be listed are: the game of Dragon and Snake, the game of Cat and Mouse, Marble game in the Vietnamese style. Mandarin's Square, hide and seek... More than (19) , these folk games improve the smartness and (20) of observation in children. V. Here are Cham towers listed as the National Heritage in Binh Dinh. Write sentences about them, using the imperative passive with the verbs given in brackets. 21. Hung Thanh Tower (also known as Thap Doi) in Quy Nhon was built during Khmer occupations in Champa in the 13th century. (think) _________________________________________________________________________________ 22.The edges of the roofs Canh Tien lower were built of sandstone. (say) _________________________________________________________________________________ 23. Binh Lam Tower was built between the end of the 10th century with the spectacular and powerful architecture style. (believe) _________________________________________________________________________________ 24. Symmetrical style motifs were carved directly into Cham bricks in Binh Lam Tower. (claim) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 25. Silver Tower (also known as Banh It Lower) was built between the end of 11th and the beginning of the 12th century on a hill of Tuy Phuoc District. (consider) _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Subsidy economy from 1976 to 1986 means all (26) of goods and raw materials are in the (27) of the central government. The government coordinated all steps of economy from planning, . Each person (29) with standard distributions which collecting, and distributing to (28) depended (30) working level, age, rank and position in government or professional. 117
(31) essential supplies had many problems, for example, four people shared a pair of bicycle tires, or even a blanket. Sometimes one pig was shared among 20 households, everyone wanted to take the good (32) and very difficult to divide fairly. Moreover, because of bad storage and complicated delivery, many supplied foods were in bad condition, such as broken, rotten or even poisonous. Each family got (33) own rice booklet shown date and number kilos of rice. the rice During that time, the Vietnamese had a famous saying, "Your face (34) sad like (35) booklet". 26.A.sources B.resources C.causes D.places 27.A.help B.supplies C.hands D.palms 28.A.passengers B.consumers C.clients D.employees 29.A.delivered B.were delivered C.was delivered D.has delivered 30.A.to B.at C.in D.on 31.A.Shares B.Sharing C.Cutting D.Exchanging 32.A.parts B.elements C.features D.factors 33.A.its B.his C.her D.their 34.A.looks B.looks like C.looks at D.looks as 35.A.lose B.to lose C.losing D.being lost VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Education System of Viet Nam in the Past Because of 1,000 years under the control of China, there were no records which indicated a formal education system in Viet Nam. In 939, Emperor Ngo Quyen expelled the Chinese invaders and declared Vietnamese independence. But the first two dynasties Ngo and Dinh did not last so long, and were busy with the national defense, so the education was just in pagodas. Ly Cong Uan, the founder king of the Ly dynasty had been educated in a pagoda. To the Ly dvnasty, the fundamental educational system was officially improved, King Ly Thanh Ton established the Temple of Literature at the ancient Capital of Thang Long to encourage people to appreciate the education. In 1075, the first exam was done by the order of King Ly Nhan Ton to select scholars for the office and the later year, 1076, the Imperial Academy, the first university in Viet Nam's history, was set up for the education of sons of royally and other high-ranking officials. There were also many private classes taught by prominent scholars such as Chu Van An, Le Quy Don, Nguyen Binh Khiem,Phung Khac Khoan,Vo Truong Toan... The students would only study literature and ancient history of China, of Viet Nam for entirety of their schooling. Later on, the Public Administration curriculum was finally added to the programme. When the Ho Royal family ruled the country, students were taught simple mathematics. From 1918 to 1945, Viet Nam’s education programme adopted the western education system with three levels: elementary, high school, and college. At all levels, from 1945 the Vietnamese national language is officially used. Students have the opportunity to learn literature, history, philosophy, law, science, math, medicine and other languages. 36. In the 10th century, parents . A.could let their children have a formal education B.were too busy to send their children to school C. could send their children to pagodas to have some schooling D.didn’t want their children go to school under the control of China 37. All of the following were done during the Ly dynasty EXCEPT that . A.all good students could go to the Imperial Academy B.King Ly Thanh Ton established the Temple of Literature C. the Imperial Academy was established in 1076 D. King Ly Nhan Ton ordered to hold the first exam to select scholars 38. In the past, students mostly learned . A. public administration B. science subjects and mathematics C. the ways to rule the country D. literature and ancient history 118
. 39. We can infer from the passage that A.the private classes replaced the Imperial Academy B.education was highly appreciated during the dynasties C.mathematics was highly developed during the Ho dynasty D.the prominent scholars such as Le Quy Don couldn’t teach at the Imperial Academy 40. From 1918 to 1945, Viet Nam’s education system . A.officially used the Vietnamese national language B.was divided into three levels C. was the same as the western education system D.had a wide range of subjects at college
a. will never lie b. would lie never c. would never lie d. could never lie what happened at the end of the film. 6. I was surprised a. finding out b. in finding out c. to find out d. that I found out 7. It’s that you should follow a regular training programme. a. pleasant b. confident c. conscious d. essential 8. The doctor suggested I more exercise to keep my blood pressure down. a. do b. to do c. doing d. could do 9. Giving lucky money to children and the elderly is one of the most common New Year. a. behaviors b. habits c. events d. practices 10. A: I’m thinking about a topic for our next discussion. B: . a. Do you think about it? b. To me, this discussion always brings me happiness. c. I suggest talking about preserving natural wonders of Vietnam. d. Why do you have to consider its benefits?
TEST YOURSELF 2(UNIT 4,5,6) I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. b. backdrop c. remote d. dogsled 1. a. tolerant 2. a. behavior b. habit c. tramway d. cashew 3. a. reward b. sewage c. wealthy d. wonder 4. a. computer b. uniform c. contribute d. monument b. equips c. travels d. develops 5. a. constructs II. Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the others. 1. a. envious b. astonished c. suburban d. defensive 2. a. household b. tunnel c. igloo d. respect 3. a. flyover b. skytrain c. rubber d. success 4. a. opportunity b. administrative c. possibility d. university 5. a. medium b. dangerous c. picturesque d. obvious III. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
during the Lunar
Hundreds of thousands of flock to Jerusalem every year. roofs. Vietnamese students used to study in classrooms with He was to see Jeannie reach the other side of the river safely. Hue is situated on the northern bank of the Perfume River. Hoi An is a ancient port town, with an old quarter that dates back to the 15th century. , including a 50 meters swimming pool. 6. The hotel offers good sporting 7. A diet that is high in fat and sugar can lead to . 8. We can build more, to improve the traffic flow. safety. 9. Elevated walkways are built to improve 10. We had a view of Megan’s Bay on the tour! IV. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence. 1. Son Doong Cave will be ruins if the cable car system is constructed. a. in b. at c. on d. out the temple tower, calling it ThienY Thanh Mau Tower. 2. In the 17th century, the Viet people a. got into b. took over c. looked after d. put up 3. The Imperial Citadel of Thang Long is a that consists of royal palaces and monuments. a. complex b. structure c. setting d. measure of Hanoians. 4. The tram’s clanging sounds have gone deep into the a. minds and souls b. hearts and minds c. hearts and bodies d. bodies and spirits to me about his living conditions. 5. I wish that he
V. Write the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. 1. By the time Alex finished his studies, he (be) in London for over eight years. (grow) at an increasing rate. 2. At the moment the population of the world 3. It (claim) that some doctors were working 80 hours a week. 4. My mother suggested I (throw) away some of the stuff in my closet. 5. While we (do) the maths test, the fire alarm (go) off. 6. I wish I (earn) enough money to travel around the world. 7. She (not set) foot in Ho Chi Minh City since she graduated from University of Economy. 8. They said they (live) in Chicago for six years. 9. She suggested (travel) together for safety, since the area was so dangerous. 10. It’s hard for me (concentrate) on working in such a noisy office. VI. Write the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. is a state whereby one is unable to read and write. (literate) 2. Show teenagers that you respect their by knocking on their bedroom door. (private) 3. Reality TV has been a very successful form of mass . (entertain) 4. The needs to know what rocks the drill has reached. (geology) 5. It’s difficult to with a negative people who will do nothing to help themselves. (sympathy) 6. The Eiffel Tower in Paris is an instantly landmark. (recognize) 7. She pretends that she knows all about the latest films and art , but it’s all a pose. (exhibit) with a German firm. (cooperate) 8. The company produces computers in 9. He is a pleasant child, but often rowdy, and rough with others. (obey) 10. My biggest weakness was my lack of sympathy or for incompetence. (tolerate) VII. Mark the letter a, b, c or d to indicate that underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. 1. The doctor suggested that she does exercises regularly and go to bed as early as possible. A B C D 2. I wish I can set foot on every corner of Vietnam when I reach 40. A B C D 3. They are getting used to eatingalone as their parents often come home lately. A B C D 4. It is expected that there has been more than 5 million international tourists to visit Ha Long A
119
120
thatched
citadel
pilgrims
obesity
spectacular
relieved
facilities
picturesque
pedestrian
underpasses
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
B C D Bay this year. 5. I used to having a very bad argument with my Maths teacher when I was at high school. A B C D 6. In spite of his dropped out of Harvard in 1975, Bill Gates managed tofound Microsoft with his A B C childhood friend. D 7. The number of milk tea shopshas increasedconsiderable in Ho Chi Minh City during the last A B C D two years. 8. If time had turned back, I would enjoy my childhood in the most fabulous way. A B C D 9. No matter howhardly I tried, I couldn’t understand the meaning of the story. A B C D 10. Vietnamese young people prefer eating out to cook the meals on their own. A B C D
IX. Choose the correct answers to complete the passage. As I remember, (1) in the 50s and 60s, Ha Noi was not as crowded as it is today. Bicycles and cyclos were the main means of transport and the few motorbikes that were around were (2) by rich people. It was rare to see cars or jeeps. Meanwhile, the tram was the only method of public transport. An old tram station is now home (3) several retail outlets that look out over the lake in Dinh Tien Hoang Street. At that time, Hanoians always travelled by tram, not only for its (4) but also the price. For just five cents you could travel one-way to it’s terminus in the former Ha Dong Province, (5) is
now part of the expanded Ha Noi. from school, my friends and I would go to the lake to catch the tram I still remember on (6) to Botanical Garden. The sound, clang-clang, clang-clang could be regularly heard from early in the morning until late in the evening, come rain or (7) . Time, ... decades have passed, but there is still a clang (8) in my mind from my childhood. 1. a. move b. place c. set d. back 2. a. bought b. owned c. sold d. proceeded 3. a. with b. in c. to d. by 4. a. convenience b. importance c. comfort d. condition 5. a. that b. which c. where d. this 6. a. days out b. out days c. off days d. days off 7. a. light b. rise c. shine d. brighten 8. a. somewhat b. somewhere c. somehow d. someway X. Read the text carefully. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F) and choose the correct answers. The Temple of Literature was constructed in 1070 under Ly Thanh Tong’s dynasty to honor Confucius at first and celebrate the doctorates and high rank scholars of Vietnam. In 1076, King Ly Nhan Tong continued the work and built Quoc Tu Giam as the first university of Vietnam. The temple is divided into five court yards, each with its own significance and history. The first courtyard stretches from the main gate to Dai Trung gate. The second stands out with Khue Van Cac pavilion. The third courtyard is where doctors’ names were engraved on stelae above tortoise backs. There are a total of 82 stelae, with names and origins of 1307 doctors, corresponding to 82 examination courses from 1442 to 1779. The fourth courtyard is dedicated for Confucius and his 72 honored students, as well as Chu Van An - a famous teacher known for his devotion to teaching. This is also where local authorities choose to honor outstanding students in Hanoi nowadays, like those with top entrance results to university or top graduation outcomes. The last and also furthest courtyard is Thai Hoc house, which used to be Quoc Tu Giam - the first university of Vietnam. After more than 900 years of existence, the Temple of Literature is an example of well-preserved traditional Vietnamese architecture. Along the pass are 100-year-old trees that have witnessed the ups and downs of history. 1. The construction of the Temple of Literature took place in 1076. 2. Quoc Tu Giam is considered to be the first university of Vietnam. 3. The names and places of birth of doctors were carved on tortoise backs. 4. Chu Van An used to be a teacher at Quoc Tu Giam. 5. The Temple of Literature has now lost most of its traditional Vietnamese architecture. 6. What does the text mainly discuss? a. The location of the Temple of Literature. b. The origin of the Temple of Literature. c. The structure of the Temple of Literature. d. The first university of Vietnam. . 7. The word “stelae” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to a. tombstones b. trophies c. records d. pillars 8. It can be inferred from the passage that . a. Confucius was the first teacher of Quoc Tu Giam. b. the Temple of Literature is an important historic site in Vietnam. c. Quoc Tu Giam is located far away from the Temple of Literature. d. Vietnamese people highly appreciate the talent of scholars. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. You should use less paper to protect the environment. → If I _____________________________________________________________________ 2. There has been a sharp increase in the number of skyscrapers built in Hanoi this year.
121
122
VIII. Match sentences. A B 1. Why do we need to preserve the natural wonders of Vietnam? a. I suggest using public transportation 2. How can we know the schedule of the every day. metro? b. I don’t like the idea and I think the extended one is the best. 3. You really must come over Thien Mu c. Thank you. I will. Pagoda after visiting Hue Citadel. 4. What should we do to reduce the air d. Use a bike or take the bus. pollution in Saigon? 5. What do you think about nuclear families? e. That’s good to know. 6. I really hope you have a good time in f. Google it! Saigon. g. To ensure that the future generation 7. What is the best way to get around? can also see and experience them. h. Our cultural identities would be lost.
→ The number of ____________________________________________________________ 3. He suggested visiting Moc Chau to learn about Thai and H’mong people. → What about _______________________________________________________________ 4. They believe that touching the head of a Buddha statue is a sign of disrespect. → It ______________________________________________________________________ 5. It’s a pity I can’t get my visa extended. → I wish ___________________________________________________________________ 6. “Please follow my instructions if you want to pass this module,” my teacher said. → My teacher told me ________________________________________________________ 7. They had been on board before he arrived at the airport. → As soon as _______________________________________________________________ 8. How long has you possessed that Chanel bag? → When ___________________________________________________________________ 9. “Why do I have to conduct this research?” she asked me. → She asked me _____________________________________________________________ 10. He needs to talk to psychologist about his current situation. → It is _____________________________________________________________________
I. 1. C 2. A 3. D II. 4. B 5. A III/ 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. B 10.A 11.B 12. D 13.B 14.C 15.D IV/ 1. handicrafts 2. materials 3. craft 4. respects 5. master V/ 1.Since Viet Nam’s current labor costs are lower compared to other countries, it brings advantages to both medium and small handicraft manufacturers. 2.When Giang got the loans from the project, he opened a small enterprise of ceramics. 3.Although Green Craft has a lot of difficulties, it continually works to improve its productivity, designing and sampling. 4.The government carried out a job training programme in rural areas so that young people could find jobs in their own villages. 5.Some heads of the businesses had problems to find markets for they have not been trained in management. VI. 1.The traditional handicraft villages used to face up to a shortage of investments and human resources. 2.Farmers can live on traditional handicrafts as they are free between harvests. 3.People in the community often get on with one another so that they can follow the same craft. 4.In the future, some traditional handicraft cooperatives will run out of wood to make wooden furniture. 5.After the trip, you come back to the harbor to take a boat trip to Hoi An. VII/ 1. Many craft families stopped their business because there is the economic crisis in the world. 2. Although Dong Ho paintings are simple, these pictures reflect a typical characteristic of Vietnamese labourers.
3. Three villages were chosen for the pilot project after the Asia Foundation had worked with local authorities. 4. We do not have many handicraft products that are well-known abroad, though there are thousands of craft trades nationwide. 5. The craft village must also meet environmental requirements so that it can develop craft village tourism. 6. When Viet Nam began integrating into the international economy a few decades ago, production in craft villages developed strongly, meeting demand for domestic decoration, and construction. 7. At the age of over 80, the artisan is instructing the craft to his grandchildren so that they can preserve this ancient craft. 8. After the workers have taken several steps to whiten the palm leaves, they sew together the leaves and the rings. 9. The conical hat has several useful functions because it protects the wearer's head and face from sunlight or rain, and it also works as a handy fan on hot summer days. VIII/ 1. B 2. D 3. A 4.C 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. C IX/ 1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. C X/ Dear Susan, 1. It takes you only 30 minutes by motorbike to go to Van Phuc silk village from the centre of Hanoi. 2. The village has been much well known for its traditional sericulture, weaving, and silk products. 3. Most visitors can go around to observe skillful workers producing goods, listening to local stories. 4. If you intend to have a silk pair of formal clothes, just select your suitable materials and professional tailors here will bring you satisfaction. 5. You can buy silk and clothes made of silk as presents available around in the village for your choice. Look forward to seeing you soon! Best wishes TEST 2 (Unit 1) I+II/ 1.B2. D 3. A 4. C 5. D III/ 6. A 7. C 8. D 9. C 10. A 11.B 12. D 13. B 14.D1S.C IV/ 1. quality 2. costumes 3. return 4. skills 5. design V/ 1. Labourers in the Mekong Delta can live on their crafts during the flood seasons. 2.The methods of producing handcrafted paper flowers in Thanh Tien village in Hue were passed down from generation to generation to keep the craft alive. 3.The tour guide gave a short speech so that foreign visitors could find out about die process of making fish sauce in Phu Quoc. 4.Craft village development is now a good way to deal with the poverty in rural areas, (deal with) 5.We are looking forward to the trip in order to discover the traditional craft villages round Hue. VI/ 1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. C VII/ l.F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F6. T 7. T 8. T VIII Task 1. l.D 2. A 3. B 4. C Task2. l.F 2. F 3. T 4. T5. F 6. F 7. T 8. T
123
124
KEYS ANSWER UNIT 1: LOCAL ENVIRONMENT TEST 1 (Unit 1)
IX 1. You will start the trip by taking a short walk down to the harbor of Hoi An, where you will board a wooden boat. 2. First, you will get to the pottery Thanh Ha village, where the local people continue making craft pots by hand. 3. Then, you will continue visiting the carpentry village of Kim Bong, which has had a huge influence on the architecture in Hoi An. 4. The traditional carpentry is kept alive and still used for restoring the old buildings in Hoi An. Your trip finishes with a boat trip back to the ancient town of Hoi An. Look forward to seeing you soon! X/ Dear Ann, 1.Du Du craft village is a traditional sculpture village with various kinds of products. 2.When you arrive at Du Du village, you will have a chance to study full processes of statue making from raw material to a finished product. 3.Thanks to skillful hands, the products become lively and artistic. 4.Statues made by Du Du workers look like real humans from a glint to a smile. 5.Many artisans from the village made a lot of wooden statues in the Hue Citadel. Look forward to seeing you soon! Best wishes TEST 3 UNIT 1 I. 1. c 2. a 3. b 4. d 5. c II. 1. a 2. b 3. b 4. c 5. d III. 1. a 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. a 6. c 7. d 8. d 9. b 10. a IV. 1. c 2. f 3. h 4. a 5. b 6. e 7. d 8. g V. 1. ironed 2. woven 3. knitted 4. embroidered 5. carved 6. mould 7. cast 8. produced VI. 1. off 2. down 3. to 4. down 5. from 6. with 7. up 8. off 9. forward 10. down VII. 1. Local people can live on by providing tourists with necessary services. 2. That man gets on with the owner of Los Angeles County Museum of Art. 3. Pictures of the suspect were brought out in all daily papers. 4. The Earth has run out of oil and gas. 5. The council had to call off the football match because of the storm. 6. She was looking through a magazine as she waited in the doctor’s office. 7. I will come back to Hoi An to have another week of adventure this summer. 8. After leaving college, he set up his own business with a bank loan. 9. She promised to meet me at the cinema this evening, but she didn’t turn up. 10. Nicholas set off to the remote farmhouse in Connecticut yesterday. VIII.1. are imagining 2. went - was studying 3. to preserve 4. closed 5. has been 6. was completed 7. reviving 8. Have you ever been IX. 1. produce 2. youngsters 3. skillful 4. authentic 5. attraction 6. tourism 7. preservation 8. embroidery 9. cultural 10. memorable X. 1. Craftsmen and women play role as the heart and soul of Hanoi’s crafts. 2. Mr. Hoa and his wife preserve the cardboard mask tradition. 3. There are 4 materials to make that craft. They are newspapers, glue, paint and paintbrushes. 4. The craft making process depends on dry weather. 5. The swan frames are made of notebook paper. 6. The artisan uses rice water to smooth the frames. 7. Glass-beads and silk flowers are added to color the finished product. 125
XI. 1. handicraft 2. set 3. long-standing 4. artisans 5. where 6. skillful 7. completely 8. souvenirs XII. 1.T 2. F 3. T 4. T 5. F 6. T 7. F XIII.1. I'm looking forward to the upcoming pottery workshop. 2. The pop star was invited to the chat show, but he didn’t arrive. 3. The teacher asked him to go out because he misbehaved in the class. 4. Figures of lions and unicorns were carved on the top of the box by the artisans. 5. Tum off the computer when you leave. 6. They paid for dinner in order to apologize for their behaviour. 7. When I was a child, I used to go to the local park every Saturday afternoon. 8. They are being made to study hard by their teacher. XIV. 1. Hoa knows the process of making pottery because she was born in Doc So craft village. 2. Many important historical documents were destroyed when the library was bombed. 3. As soon as she entered the room, she knew there was something wrong./ She knew there was something wrong as soon as she entered the room. 4. We decided to take rooms in Longwood House even though we knew we could not afford the rent./ Even though we knew we could not afford the rent, we decided to take rooms in Longwood House. 5. My mom instructed me through 15 stages of making a conical hat so that I could make one for me. 6. You should watch tutorials on YouTube before you want to knit a hat for your friend. 7. I wanted to leave early as I was not enjoying the party./ As I was not enjoying the party, I wanted to leave early. 8. While I was cleaning out my cupboards, I found these photos./ I found these photos while I was cleaning out my cupboards. 9. I went to Malaysia last year in order to experience a whole new world. 10. Although I attended a knitting workshop last Sunday, I don’t know how to knit a scarf./ I don’t know how to knit a scarf although I attended a knitting workshop last Sunday. XV. 1. c 2. d 3. a 4. b 5. d 6. b 7. a 8. b UNIT 2: CITY LIFE TEST 1 (Unit 2) I+II/ 1.B2. D 3. c 4. A 5. B III/ 6. C 7. A 8. D 9 C 10.A ll.D 12.B 13.D 14. A 15. C IV/ 1. symbols 2. important 3. romantic 4. Identity 5. ancient V/ 1. take off 2. grew up 3. looking forward to 4. set up 5. turns up VI/ 1. D 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 36.B 7.A 8.D 9. C 10.A VII/ 1. D 2. B 3 A 4. C 5.D VIII/ l.T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5.NG 6. T 7. T 8. T IX/ 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. NG 7. F 8. T X/ 1. Although living in the city has many advantages, there are some disadvantages too. 2. The cost of living is very high in the city because most goods are very expensive. 3. The environment is polluted with dust, smoke, garbage and dioxide gases from factories, and the streets are dusty and unclean. 126
4. 5.
As there are a lot of vehicles and people in the road, the city is always busy and noisy. Therefore, it is hard to lead a healthy life in the city TEST 2 (Unit 2)
I+II/ 1.D2. c 3. A 4. B 5. D III/ 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. D ll.C 12. A 13. D 14. D 15. A IV/ 1. national 2. financial 3. increasing 4. multinational 5. Iconic V/ 1. Ann is very upset because the local authorities have turned down her proposals to install solar panels to supply electricity for traffic lights. 2.A committee has been set up to examine the question. 3.Our class football team lost the match, so we tried to cheer them up. 4.“Can I wear jeans at the wedding party?” - “Of course not. You’ll have to dress up.” 5.Before I come to a decision, I’ll have to think over their offer very carefully. VI/ 1. B 2. D 3. A 4.C 5.C VII/ 1. He likes Central Park where he goes skateboarding. 2.He thinks it is too quiet and boring, and the social life is not good enough for teenagers. 3.She likes going hiking in the mountains in the summer. 4.She likes going snowboarding in the winter. 5.She thinks it is too noisy, too dirty, too crowded and too expensive. VIII l.C 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. D IX/ 1. Hoi An is the most beautiful town in Viet Nam. 2.If you get there on a full moon day, all lights are turned off. 3. Only lanterns are hung, and the view is spectacular. 4.It is more fabulous when you stand on the pavement and watch people passing by. 5.Tourists and backpackers (will) have a wonderful time in Hoi An. TEST 3 UNIT 2 I. 1. b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. a II. 1. a 2. c 3. b 4. d 5. c III. 1. b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. a 6. c 7. c 8. b 9. d 10. d IV. 1. b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. a 6. c 7. b 8. d 9. c 10. d 11. a 12. b 13. d 14. c V. 1. the most liveable 2. cheaper 3. the best 4. as reasonable as 5. the worst 6. luckier 7. the least 8. as quietly as 9. farther/ further 10. most popular VI. 1. to think 2. to learn 3. playing 4. to travel 5. sitting 6. confirming 7. singing 8. to perform 9. watering 10. give VII. 1. got on with 2. getting over 3. came across 4. go over 5. turned down 6. went on 7. think over 8. looking forward to 9. knock down 10. looked after VIII. 1. setting 2. pulled 3. turn 4. cheer 5. go 6. dressed 7. take 8. find 9. get 10. turned IX. 1. doesn’t really begin 2. to happen 3. went/ had gone 4. was originally designed 5. are still searching 6. has visited 7. was playing 8. getting X. 1. affordable 2. reliable 3. cultural 4. attraction 5. population 6. fashionable 7. dwellers 8. pleasant 127
XI. 1. b 2. a 3. b 4.d 5. d 6. b 7. c 8. c XII.1. Toronto is in Canada. 2. Greater Toronto Area has a population of more than 5 million. 3. Its wide range of cultures, languages, food and arts makes Toronto proud of itself. 4. One of the first things in Toronto that appeals to tourists is its citizen’s friendliness. 5. Toronto’s highly artistic culture and fascinating museums proudly display the country’s history. 6. Toronto’s climate is partially moderated. 7. Summertime is the festival time in Toronto. 8. The city greets more than one million visitors In Caribana festival. XIII. 1. c 2. a 3. d 4. c 5. a 6. d XIV.1. This is the first time I have had to wait this long for a bus. 2. Remember to put down what the tour guide said. 3. We spent 3 hours discovering the inner Hanoi. 4. Dickens’ “David Copperfield” is the most popular book. 5. Why don’t you think over our suggestion before making official decision? 6. Doing homework is more important than watching TV. 7. My friend is a brilliant pianist. 8. I feel so bored of/ with most of the young men of my age. XV. 1. This gym is not as convenient as the one near my house. 2. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. 3. Modern Christian theology has been influenced by his writings. 4. The group plans to set up an import business. 5. No other man in the office is more capable than his father. 6. The product quickly had an influence on the market. 7. Jonah had obviously made an effort to dress up smart clothes for the occasion. 8. Losing weight is more difficult than putting on weight. XVI. 1. Real Zaragoza is better than Real Madrid. 2. He thinks Chinese is the most difficult language in the world. 3. No one in his class is taller than him. 4. She is the best singer in the class. 5. Munnar is the prettiest hill stations in India. 6. Mary thinks Melbourne is more “liveable” than any other city in Australia. 7. Lifestyle in Malaysia is not different from Thailand. 8. Ho Chi Minh City is not as busy as Beijing.
UNIT 3: TEEN STRESS AND PRESSURE TEST 1 (Unit 3) I+II/ 1.A2.C 3. B 4. A 5. D III/ 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. D 10.B ll. D 12. D 13.D 14. C 15. A IV/ 1 .Adolescence 2. cognitive 3. concentrate 4. confident 5.resolve 6.tense 7. helpline 8. sites 9. frustrated 10. independent V/ 1. scores 2. exams 3. gain 4. demands 5. tutor VI/ 1. Mai said that the stress of the entrance examinations had made her physically ill. 2.Nora’s mother said it broke her heart to see her daughter/Nora upset when she had failed the exam. 128
3.Mi told Phong that she felt stressed and tense to see that she couldn’t get the perfect results. 4.Quan said that study stress had been a part of his life. 5.Phong said he (had) started experiencing symptoms of stress in grade 8. VII/ 1. C 2.A 3. D 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. C 8.A 9. D 10. B VIII/ 1. B 2. A 3. D 3. C 5. C IX/ 1. “Rest for a while,” he said. 2.“You have not done your work well,” said the teacher to me. 3.“I can’t explain this rule to you,” said my classmate to me. 4.The teacher said to the class, “We shall discuss this subject tomorrow.” 5.“Don’t make such a mess in your room,” his mother said. 6.“Let’s go to the cinema tonight,” he suggested. 7.“Explain to me how to solve this problem,” said my friend to me. 8.“You may leave the room,” the teacher told us. X/ 1. I don’t know what to review first for the coming test. 2.Mary can’t decide whether to go to the school library or (to) stay at home to do her homework. 3.Please tell me how to get to the bus station. 4.Jim told us where to find that atlas. 5.He told me when to come to the meeting. 6.The plumber told me how to fix the leak in the sink. 7.Please tell me where to meet you tomorrow morning. 8.Jim found two shirts he liked, but he had trouble deciding which one to buy XI/ 1. We should use a planner to keep track of assignments and homework. 2.When we finish each assignment, we can have a feeling of accomplishment. 3.It might be a good idea to have a quiet place to study. 4.We should also start doing homework earlier than later in the day. 5.It might help to consider joining study clubs or take part in activities after school. TEST 2 (Unit 3) I+II/ 1.C2. D 3. B 4. B 5. c III/ 6. A 7. c 8. A 9. B 10. B 11. c 12. B 13. B 14. D 15. D IV/ 1. Tom said that homework was a leading cause of stress. 2.Miss Hoa said that a little stress could make students work harder, but too much stress could make the opposite result. 3.Phuc said that his parents could help him decide what was important and what was optional. 4.Mr. Thanh said that parents were right to be worried about stress and their children's health. 5.Nick’s father told him that it didn’t matter where Nick went to college V/ 1. A 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. C VI/ Task 1 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. F 7. T 8. T Task 2 1. deeper 2. hormone 3. temporary 4. puberty VII/ 1. Susan said every day she was teased and bullied and she didn’t know what to do. 2.Quan told me (that) he was having a really hard time getting along with his parents.
3.Mai asked her mother ¡¡/"whether she needed a tutor when she got so much trouble in maths. 4.Mi told Nick (that) she was scared to talk to other students at school, and she had never told her parents about being depressed. 5.David asked the doctor why he often slept in class although he tried hard to break his bad habit. 6.Phong said whenever he read a book, his mind started to wander after a while, and he couldn’t read anymore. 7.Linda told Susan (that) her mom sometimes complained about how untidy and lazy she was. 8.Tim said (that) his stepmother hated him and she often blamed him for stealing things her friends had given her. VIII/ 1.If I were you, I would try new things, such as joining new sports clubs with your classmates. 2.You should do your homework carefully and keep assignments organized. 3.It might be a good idea to know when you have tests and revise the lessons. 4.You should have your teachers’ email addresses so that you can ask for missing assignments. 5.It might help to consider writing down all assignments and test dates in your planner. TEST 3 UNIT 3 I. 1. c 2. d 3. c 4. d 5. b II. 1. b 2. a 3. b 4. c 5. d III.1. a 2. c 3. c 4. b 5. d 6. b 7. d 8. c 9. c 10. a IV. 1. had spent 2. has asked 3. not to take 4. wanted 5. is being repaired 6. taking 7. to think 8. worked V. 1. could 2. were reading 3. would travel 4. had never been 5. would do 6. hadn’t gone 7. might 8. had to/ must 9. was 10. needed VI. 1. adulthood 2. concentration 3. confident 4. independent 5. depressed 6. responsibilities 7. frustration 8. emotional 9. counselor 10. Organizational VII. 1. a 2. b 3. d 4. c 5. c 6. d VIII.1. “I will not have enough time to finish the Job”, he said. 2. When was that chocolate cake eaten by your friends? 3. My teacher asked me what the skills I concerned most were. 4. The Little Prince is the most interesting novel I have ever read. 5. If you don’t finish your homework, you can’t go out with your friend. 6. They’re not sure how to operate the new system. 7. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book. 8. Tennis is not as dangerous as snowboarding. IX.1. Jimmy asked me where I had met him. 2. Jim asked his teacher when to register for the new course on Chinese. 3. Joana couldn’t decide when to start her Journey. 4. The doctor said that I had to/ must stay in bed until the following Monday. 5. I have no idea who to call for help in this situation. 6. She wondered whether to tell her the truth about her misery. 7. I’m not sure what to do to help her overcome her mom’s death. 8. John said he was going to work for a new company the following week. X. 1. They said their daughter wanted to study abroad for a year. 2. She asked me if I had ever experienced school pressures. 3. He said he couldn’t watch his favourite cartoon on Disney Channel the previous day. 4. Jane asked me if the weather was good in Shanghai in the summer. 5. She asked me what the skills that I found the most difficult to learn were. 6. She told me to bring her a cup of coffee. 7. Joana told me she would come and help me on Saturday. 129
130
8. My mom asked me when I would come back home. 9. The teacher asked me if I needed any help on that assignment. 10. Danny told Ann his friend had got engaged to a German the previous month.
7. I am leaving now in order not to be late for work./ order that I won’t be late for work. 8. New York City is the busiest city in the world. 9. Dina takes after her mother’s side of the family. 10. He asked me how long I had been standing there.
TEST YOURSELF 1 I+II/ 1. C2. A 3. A 4. D 5. D III/ 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. D 11. C 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. A IV/ 16. liveable 17. cleanest 18. skyscrapers 19. cultures 2d. perfect V/ 21. Paul turned up when everyone had gone home. 22.We should think it over before we make an important decision. 23.She always gets on (well) with the children. 24.I don’t believe a word he said; he just made up the story. 25.Would you mind looking after my bicycle while I’m away for a while? VI/ 26. A27. D 28. B 29. C 30. B 31. A 32. A 33. D 34. B 35. C VII/ 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. A VIII/ 41.First, visitors can visit the Institute of Oceanography, which is one of the first centers for scientific research in Indochina. 42.They can go on to see the Marine Creature Museum with more than 80,000 sea and fresh water specimen, and living creatures in glass tanks. 43.Next, they should go to Long Son Pagoda which is the largest pagoda in Nha Trang. 44.Then, visitors shouldn’t miss Ponagar Cham Tower which was built between the 7th and 12th century to honour the Mother of the Cham Kingdom. 45.Finally, Chong Rocks is a famous sight in Nha Trang with large rock clusters on the beach at the foot of La San hill. TEST YOURSELF 1 I. 1. b 2. a 3. d 4. b 5. c II. 1. a 2. b 3. b 4. a 5. d III. 1. abandoned 2. self-discipline 3. adolescence 4. embarrassed 5. emergency 6. sprawl 7. multicultural 8. lanterns 9. lacquerware 10. Metropolita IV. 1. d 2. a 3. b 4. c 5. d 6. c 7. d 8. b 9. b 10. a V. 1. convenience 2. responsible 3. production 4. adolescent 5. favorable 6. attractive 7. graduation 8. empathize 9. urbanized 10. financial VI. 1. had to/must 2. was singing 3. to get 4. Are you traveling 5. feeling 6. had written 7. to work 8. found 9. has become 10. is going to rain VII. 1. f 2. d 3. e 4. h 5. a 6. g 7. c 8. B VIII. 1. c 2. b 3. d 4. a 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. d IX. 1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. c 7. b 8. a X. 1. The police took the wounded persons to hospital. 2. He asked me not to leave my luggage unattended. 3. The salary of a secretary is not as high as that of a professor./ is lower than that of a professor. 4. He looked for someone to share his life with because he felt very miserable. 5. I didn’t realize how late it was and I went on studying till after midnight. 6. How long have you worked on the project? 131
UNIT 4: LIFE IN THE PAST TEST 1 UNIT 4 I+II/ 1.A 2. D III/ 6. C 7. A IV/ 1. read 6. quit V/ 1.home VI/ 1. D
3. C
4. B
5. B
8. D
9. D
10. B 11. A 12. C 13. D 14. A 15. C
2. get up 7. take
3. move 8. last
4. Put 9. Carry
5. make 10. sell
2. unique
3.houses
4.historical
5.characteristics
2.A
3. C
4.B
5. C
VII/ 1 . I wish schools weren’t overcrowded. 2. I wish my school had playground equipment or extra activities. 3. I wish small children in the Mekong Delta didn’t go through some foot bridges in order to get to school 4. I wish kindergarten teachers had training courses in making handmade teaching materials. 5.I wish children from poor families could go to school. VIII/ 1. With a whiteboard in the classroom, every student can take part in the lessons. 2. Mistakes which are made during guided practice can be easily erased. 3. Nowadays, smart boards provide students with an interactive learning environment. 4. Students can see more diagrams, charts, videos from the Internet. 5. Smart boards also help students to use their fingers to write directly on them. TEST 2 (UNIT 4) I+II/ 1.B2.B 3. D 4. D 5. A III/ 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. C 11. B 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. B IV/ 16. symbolic 17. exhibition 18 .occasion \9. features 20. scholarly V/ 21.I wish the school authorities could set holidays based on local weather conditions. 22.I wish that university attracted/ could attract enough enrolments for the new school year. 23.I wish we could study the books written by famous scholars in the Ly, and Tran dynasties. 24.I wish small children learned how to swim. 25.I wish graduates from college had enough skills to meet the requirements of their jobs. VI/ 26. B 27.D 28. B 29.A 30. A 31.C 32.B 33.B 34.C 35. D VII/ 36. D 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. A got engaged to a German the previous month. 132
TEST 3 UNIT 4 II. 1. a 2. b 3. b 4. d 5. c I. 1. c 2. d 3. b 4. d 5. B III. 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. a 9. d 10. c IV. 1. be done 2. to be 3. were waiting 4. went - wouldn’t be 5. were 6. smoking 7. is always leaving 8. to study 9. haven’t spoken 10. arrive VI. 1. wealthy 2. imagination 3. illiterate 4. physical 5. obesity 6. Unmarried 7. behaviors 8. incredible 9. seniority10. unbelievable VII. A. 1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5.T B. 6. Life today is faster than life in the past. 7. The standard of living has improved. 8. The Internet makes it easy to access information. 9. Computers and other powerful machines do some difficult jobs for us. 10. Household appliances make our lives easier at home. VIII. A. 1.T 2.F 3.T 4.F 5.T B. 6. People didn’t need extra exercise because their daily work kept their bodies running. 7. The traditional, low-income farmers, especially in Asian countries, are still in the serious situation despite the development in agriculture. 8. People nowadays are not as healthy as those in the past. IX. 1. I wish my computer wasn’t/ weren’t out of order. 2. I wish my younger brother concentrated more on his studies. 3. I wish I had time to go to the cinema with you. 4. I wish John could come to my birthday party this weekend. 5. I wish you took me to the zoo after school. 6. I wish it wasn’t/ weren’t raining heavily outside. 7. I wish my favorite book wasn’t/ weren’t out of stock. 8. I wish I was/ were old enough to drive a car. 9. I wish they weren’t having a class at the moment. 10. I wish my school organized outdoor activities. XI. 1. I wish the council wasn’t/ weren’t demolishing that house. 2. If I was/ were good at English, I could become a tour guide. 3. “I will hold an event about skin care next month”, Mary said. 4. She was given the book “The fault in our stars” as a birthday gift. 5. He wishes he could come to his brother’s wedding. 6. He advised me not to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook. 7. How long have you searched for some facts in the past? 8. My mother used to cook for me. XII. 1. They used to go to school by bike when they were young. 2. She started teaching her children to play piano 4 years ago. 3. I wish I could cook as well as my mom. 4. He used to have meals with his family. 5. It took me a long time to get used to living in the country. 6. My school isn’t far from my home, so I go to school on foot every day. 7. I wish my sister improved her English speaking. 8. Dried candied fruit is only eaten by Vietnamese people at Tet.
UNIT 5: WONDERS OF VIET NAM 133
TEST 1 (UNIT 5) I+II/ 1.A2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D III/ 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. B ll. D 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. D IV/ 16. reserve 17. valleys IS. limestone 19. destinations 20. species V/ 1. rickshaw 2. fishing 3. geological 4. biodiversity 5.limestone 6. complex 7. setting 8. architectural VI/ 1. It is thought that the site of Po Nagar Cham Towers was first used for worship as early as the 2nd century AD. 2. It is believed that the original wooden structure was destroyed by the Javanese in AD 774. 3. It is said that it was replaced by a stone-and-brick temple in 784. 4. It is considered that Yang Ino Po Nagar ruled over the southern part of the Cham kingdom. 5. It is claimed that a gold sculpture in the North Tower was taken away by Khmer raiders in 918. 6. It is believed that the stone statue of the goddess Uma Mahishasuramardini was later placed in the North Tower in 965. 7. It is thought that the Central Tower was built partly of recycled bricks in the 12th century on the site of a structure dating from the 7th century. 8. It is known that the South Tower was dedicated to the god Shiva. VII/ 1. Mary suggested visiting Po Nagar Cham Towers after lunch. 2. He suggested going to the cinema that night. 3. My father suggested that I should never/ shouldn’t borrow money from my friends. 4. Nick suggested that the stranger shouldn’t write anything on the walls of the cavern. 5. I suggested watching her performance again. VIII. 1. It is believed that the ancient Champa dynasties built many elaborate temples and shrines. 2. It is claimed that the Cham towers in Binh Dinh province are the biggest in Southeast Asia. 3. It is tought that the Cham towers are located in the Do Ban Citadel. 4. It is considered that the Binh Dinh towers are a harmonious combination of architectural art from the Champa and Khmer cultures. 5. It is said that the three magnificent Duong Long Towers were built during the 12th and 13th centuries in Tay Son district. IX/ 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. C X/ 1. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was first built in Ha Noi during the Ly Dynasty. 2. It was considered the capital for seven centuries from the Ly Dynasty to the Trinh Lords. 3. It was listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 2010. 4. The royal palaces and most structures in the complex were in bad condition. 5. The relics from its ruined foundations are on display at the museum. TEST 2 (UNIT 5) I+II/ 1.C2. D 3. B 4. C 5. C III/ 6.D 7.B 8. A 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. B 13.B 14.C15.A IV/ 16. ecological 17. breathtaking 18. deep 19. unique 20. rich 134
V/ 21. Tom suggested giving Mi the answer by the end of the week. 22. Phong suggested that Nick should ask his parents for advice. 23. Nick’s mother suggested that he should have his haircut. 24. The doctor suggested that Veronica should rest for a few days. 25. Phong’s mother suggested he should apologize to his teacher for being late. VI 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. C 5.B VII/ Task 1 1. They can be found alongside the mountain up to the peak. 2. It lasts from the middle of the first lunar month to the middle of the third one (or from February to April). 3. They pray for happiness and prosperity in the coming year. 4. People can take part in a wide range of traditional cultural activities. 5. They can meet and form romances. VIII/ Task 1. I T 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. F 6. T Task 2 1. It takes around 4 hours. 2. It was recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site in 1994 and in 2000. 3. It is that 1,969 limestone islands of various shapes, sizes, and in different green and amazing colours rise above the sea level in an area of more than 1,500 square kilometers. 4. No, there isn’t. There is no best time because Ha Long Bay is attractive and beautiful throughout the four seasons. 5. We must visit the amazing Surprise Cave, the floating fishing village, and see how the locals live. 6. It is Vietnamese people, delicious food, fresh air all day, and sunrise at the bay. IX. 1. Tam Coc - Bich Dong which belongs to Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is well known for its poetic and inspirational natural scenery. 2. It is the second nicest cavern in Viet Nam after Huong Tich Cavern. 3. Bich Dong Pagoda was built in the Le Dynasty in Bich Dong Cavern, whose name means “Green Pearl Cavern”. 4. Tam Coc Cavern consists of Ca cave, Hai cave and Ba cave, all of which offer beauty and mystery to tourists. 5. Visiting Tam Coc Cavern, tourists feel like getting lost in such a hidden fairy site. 6. In brief, it is an ideal ecological spot for lovers of nature. TEST 3 UNIT 5 I. 1. a 2. d 3. a 4. b 5. c II. 1. d 2. d 3. b 4. c 5. a III. 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. d 6. c 7. a 8. b 9. d 10. a IV. 1. to preserve 2. dealing 3. telling 4. going - witnessing 5. booking 6. to lack 7. visiting 8. to send 9. putting 10. to pay V. 1. have been built 2. was reported 3. go 4. took 5. is expected 6. was discovered 7. would see 8. would buy 9. were travelling 10. sitting VI. 1. recognition 2. geological 3. picturesque 4. administrative 5. contestant 6. astounding 7. Religious 8. defensive 9. sightseers 10. location VII. 1. b 2. a 3. b 4. c 5. a 6. d 7. b 8. c VIII. A. 1. T 2.T 3. F 4. F 5. F 6. T B. 7. It’s about 69km.
8. My Son used to be a site of religious ceremony for kings of the ruling dynasties of Champa, as well as a burial place for Cham royalty and national heroes. 9. There are 103 Cham vestiges in My Son. 10. My Son was recognized as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO in 1999. IX. 1. measurements 2. regarded 3. twice 4. wonders 5. formations 6. capacity 7. unknown 8. attempt X. 1. b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. a 6. b XI. 1. I suggest taking a course in photography. 2. I suggest the government should pass a law on banning deforestation. 3. We suggest students from universities should participate more in social work. 4. My classmates suggest using bus and bicycle to go to school. 5. His father suggested he should read more books about environmental issues. 6. They suggest teachers should provide students with knowledge on historical facts. 7. People suggest exhaust fumes from vehicles should be reduced. 8. My mom suggested keeping the surroundings clean and green. 9. I suggest visitors should stop littering in Phong Nha Cave. 10. My friends suggest visiting the Royal Citadel when being in Hue. XII. 1. It is expected that more than two million Muslim pilgrims from all over the world head to Mecca this year. 2. It is believed that many more people will die of skin cancer over the next ten years. 3. It is being thought that drugs are very dangerous. 4. It has been reported that Bitexco Tower is the tallest skyscraper in Vietnam. 5. It is thought that the first temple existed during the reign of Le Thanh Tong in the 15th century. 6. It is known that Phong Nha Cave was found in the 16th century by Cham people. 7. It is claimed that the site of the Perfume Pagoda was discovered over 2000 years ago. 8. It was said that the government were conducting a project to investigate the harmful effects of air pollution. 9. It was thought that he went to a local restaurant with his girlfriend. 10. It has been suggested that bright children should take their exams early. XIV. 1. Sara is considered to be one of the best students in her school. 2. I wish she shared memories of her trip with me. 3. If Emily didn’t have to work part-time on Saturday, she could accompany her best friend to the contest. 4. I suggest surfing the net for the location of Ninh Binh Province. 5. We are going to have the kitchen redecorated next month. 6. It is hoped that cable cars construction to Son Doong Cave will be stopped. 7. My teacher asked me when I was going to submit my research paper. 8. When you come inside you should take off your coat and hat. 9. When will the flight for your trip to Vietnam be booked? 10. I find the news about ancient towns interesting.
135
136
UNIT 6:VIET NAM: THEN AND NOW TEST 1 (UNIT 6) I+II/ 1.B2.D 3. A 4. C 5.D III/ l. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. C IV/ 1. soldiers 2. demand 3. fashion A. footwear 5. thickness V/
21. It is essential that family members care for each other. 22. We are aware that families are the place where we learn values, skills, and behavior. 23. It is certain that parents should guide their children into the world outside the home. 24. We are conscious that strong families have a sense of loyalty and devotion toward family members. 25. It is sure that the family is a place of shelter for individual family members. VI/ 26. C 27. B 28. B 29. C 30. D 31. D 32. A 33. B 34. C 35. A VII/ 36. A 37. D 38. C 39. B 40. D VIII/ 41. We should have the positive attitude towards other family members. 42. We should treat other family members like our best friends. 43. It is necessary for you to show love in small ways every day. 44. We should praise the accomplishments and strengths of other family members. 45. We should remember and celebrate birthdays of other members in an extended family. TEST 2 (Unit 6) I+II/ 1.D2.C 3. B 4. A 5. A III/ 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. C 11. D 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. B IV/ 16 .occasion 17. respect 18. spirit 19. custom 20. blossoms V/ 21. We are conscious that the family becomes a source of encouragement in times of personal success or defeat. 22. It is sure that each family needs its own special set of rules and guidelines. 23. We are convinced that love requires constant daily effort by each family member. 24. It is clear that laughing together builds up a family but laughing at each other divides a family. 25. We are pleased that children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family. VI /26. A27. A 28. C 29. B 30. C 31. D 32. D 33. B 34. C 35. B VII/ 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. D VIII/ 41. It is important for you to be honest to say what you are thinking. 42. You should spend time with other members in order to have close relationships. 43. We should accept the differences between family members, and we should look for the common interests. 44. It is certain that you should avoid making unpleasant comments toward other members. 45. Instead of becoming the center of attention in the family, we should show kindnes and interests to others. ; TEST 3 UNIT 6 I. 1. a 2. b 3. c 4. b 5. a II. 1. b 2. a 3. b 4. d 5. c III. 1. a 2. c 3. b 4. b 5. c 6. a 7. d 8. c 9.b 10. a IV. 1. to work/ working 2. worrying 3. were worn 4. hadn’t thought 5. went 6. has experienced 7. to report 8. increases 9. could come 10. had met V. 1. had ended 2. had they been 3. had read 4. Had you seen 5. hadn’t had 6. had mosdy traveled 7. Had you learnt 8. had left
9. hadn’t cleaned 10. hadn’t paid VI. 1. had lived - moved 2. downloaded - had made 4. arrived - had destroyed 5. hadn’t stood – adopted 7. came - had forgotten 8. had gone - was 10. had driven - arrived VII. 1. tolerant 2. cooperative 3. sympathetic 4. obedient 5. exporter 6. envious 7. suburban 8. private 9. astonishment 10. relieved VIII. 1. c 2.d 3. a 4. b 5. c 6. b 7. d 8. a IX. A. 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. T B. 7. Lifestyles have changed significantly for the last century. 8. The friendliness, resilience, and determination are characteristics that have not changed. X. 1. b 2. c 3. b 4. d 5. c 6. d XI. 2. I was delighted to learn that I had been promoted. 3. It was stupid of him to press the emergency button. 4. It is necessary to have interests outside work. 5. It was very generous of John to give them £100. 6. They were astonished to see the driver was a six-year-old boy. 7. It was very kind of you to visit me in hospital. 8. It is very important for athletes to be in good health. 9. We’re sorry to hear that your father’s in hospital again. 10. It was very rude of him to make that remark. XII. 1. He was confident to say that he was the best student in his school. 2. There has been a considerable change in our lifestyle since the introduction of Western culture. 3. I am excited to learn that I can come to visit my friend in Phu Yen next month. 4. It is necessary to teach those children about how Vietnam has transformed itself. 5. It was rude of her to shout at his face in the department store. 6. My father was pleased to learn that I had passed the entrance exam to high school. 7. As soon as I came to the party, everybody had gone home. 8. It is unsafe to visit this country during summer vacation. 9. The number of people learning English has increased dramatically. 10. After Phong had worked hard for a week, he went to the beach. XIII. 1. It was brave of him to tell her what he thought about her. 2. I am sorry to hear your bad news. 3. The number of people using public transport has dropped slightly. 4. I am busy revising for exams at the moment. 5. As there was an increased demand for travel, the government decided to invest in building the very first metro system. 6. If I knew much about historical events, I could help her with her history homework. 7. I have never heard about the tram system in Hanoi before. 8. It took the firefighters two hours to release the driver from the wreckage. 9. The president was taken to the hospital for an emergency operation. 10. After I had saved my document, the computer crashed. TEST YOURSELF 2 I+II/ 1.A2.D 3. B III/ 6. C 7. C IV/
137
4. A
5. D
8. D
9. B
10. B 11. C 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. D 138
I6. space 17. attraction 18. generations Vi. fun 20. powers V/ 21. It is thought that Hung Thanh Tower in Quy Nhon was built during Khmer occupations in Champa in the 13th century. 22. It is said that the edges of the roofs of Canh Tien Tower were built of sandstone. 23. It is believed that Binh Lam Tower was built between the end of the 10th century with the spectacular and powerful architecture style. 24. It is claimed that symmetrical style motifs were carved directly into Cham bricks in Binh Lam Tower. 25. It is considered that Silver Tower was built between the end of 11th and the beginning of the 12th century on a hill of Tuy Phuoc District. VI/ 26. A 27. C 28. B 29. C 30. D 31. B 32. A 33. D 34. A 35. C VII/ 36. C 37. A 38. D 39. B 40. B TEST YOURSELF 2 I. 1. c 2. a 3. b 4. d 5. c II. 1. a 2. d 3. d 4. b 5. c III. 1. pilgrim 2. thatched 3. relieved 4. Citadel 5. picturesque 6. facilities 7. obesity 8. underpass 9. pedestrian 10. spectacular IV. 1. a 2. b 3. a 4. b 5. c 6. c 7. d 8. a 9. d 10. c V. 1. had been 2. is growing 3. was claimed 4. throw 5. were doing – went 6. earned 7. hasn’t set 8. had lived 9. travelling 10. to concentrate VI. 1. illiteracy 2. privacy 3. entertainment 4. geologist 5. sympathize 6. recognizable 7. exhibitions 8. cooperation 9. disobedient 10. tolerance VII. 1. A (do) 2. A (could) 3. D (late) 4. D (visiting) 5. A (have) 6. A (his dropping) 7. C (considerably) 8. A (turned) 9. B (hard) 10. C (cooking) VIII. 1. g 2. f 3. e 4. a 5. b 6. c 7. d 8. h IX. 1. d 2. b 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. d 7. c 8. b X. 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F 6. c 7. a 8. b XI. 1. If I were you, I would use less paper to protect the environment. 2. The number of skyscrapers built in Hanoi has increased sharply this year. 3. What about visiting Moc Chau to learn about Thai and H’mong people? 4. It is believed that touching the head of a Buddha statue is a sign of disrespect. 5. I wish I could get my visa extended. 6. My teacher told me to follow his/ her instructions if I wanted to pass that module. 7. As soon as he arrived at the airport, they had been on board. 8. When did you possess that Chanel bag? 9. She asked me why she had to conduct that research. 10. It is necessary for him to talk to psychologist about his current situation. KEYS GRAMMAR UNIT 1: LOCAL ENVIRONMENT BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: 1.My mother used to tell me stories_______________ I went to bed. A.since B.until C.before 2.You better take the keys_______________________ I’m not out. B.since C.after A.in case 3.My mother like eating fried chicken______________ it’s very bad for his health. 139
C.when A.because B.although 4.Yesterday, Jim was playing the piano_____________his sister was playing the flute A.as B.although C.while 5.You shouldn’t spend too much on computer_____________ it is harmful to your eyes. B.when C.although A.as 6.I will phone you ___________________ I get there. A.while C.untill B.as soon as 7.The scientist usually works in his lab____________ the sun sets. B.as soon as C.although A.untill 8.____________you promise not to tell lies again, I won’t forgive you. A.If B.Even If C.Unless 9._____________her legs were hurt, she made attempt to finish the running track. A.Even If B.As if C. even though 10.She talked_____________ she witnessed the accident. But in fact she knew nothing. B.even though C.even If A.as if 11.I didn’t finish my home work____________ I was seriously ill yesterday. A.when B.though C.since 12.James decided to save money from now______ he has enough money to travel this summer B.though C.when A.so that 13.________ we have been friends for only one year, we deeply understand each other. A.If C.Once B.Though 14. Mr Smith doesn’t like dogs,_____________ his wife love them. A.when B.so that C.whereas 15.I was cycling home yesterday___________ I saw Jim standing near the foundtain. B.while C.since A.when Bài 2: Hoàn thành những câu sau đây bằng những liên từ cho sẵn. since although while unless before as though when as long as because in case 1. when Jim came home, he realized that someone had broken into his house 2.You’d better bring your raincoat in case rain pour down. 3.They have been colleagues since they graduated. 4. UnlessTim put more effort in his studying, he won’t catch up with his classmates. 5.My mother always reminds me to wash my hands before I have meals. 6.We will go picnicking as long asthe weather is fine. 7.James behaved as throughnothing had happened. 8.I can’t make it on Saturday because I will be fully occupied. 9.When I got home my father was moving the lawn while my mother was watering the flowers beds. 10. Although I don’t get on well with Mary, I really admire her inteligence and beauty. Bài 3: Nối những mệnh đề ở cột A với những mệnh đề ở cột B để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1.-g 2.-a 3. f 4.-c 5.b 6-h 7.-e 8.-d Bài 4: Nối 2 câu đơn đã cho thành câu ghép, sử dụng liên từ thích hợp. 1.Jim was absent from class yesterday because/ since/ as he was suffering from a bab cold. 2.They decided to move the house so that they don’t have to travel a long distance to work. 3.Mary heard her fingers yesterday when she was reparing dinner. 4.At 4 pm yesterday, my mother was cleaning the house while I was looking after my younger brother. 5.They decided to go on an excursion because they want to get away from work stress. 6.My father taught me how to use the computer before I didn’t know how to use it. 7. I will call you as soon as I arrive at the station. .............................................................................................................................................. 8.My brother is very out-going whereas I am quiet reserved. 9.Mr Peter was walking home when He was robbed of his wallet. 10.I don’t have a pet because my mother doesn’t allow me to have one. Bài 5: Điền liên từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sau. 140
Keys: 1.although/ though/ even though 4.because/as/since 7.By 10. in case 13.Unless
2.Unless 3.although/ though/ even though 8.If 11.although/ though/ even though 14.when
3.although/ though/ even though 6.If 9.unless 12.even if 15.if
Bài 6: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: 1.They have turned ( down / up) Jim’s application for the job. 2.You may have to deal( with/ about ) many problem in the workplace. 3.Small birds mainly live (on/off) insects. 4.When does the plane take ( off/ up) ? 5.Why did you decide to take (on/up) skiing ? 6.Remember to warm (up/down) carefully before you play sports. 7.There’s no need to dress ( up / down). It is just an informal party. 8.Have you work (out / in) the solution yet ? 9.Oops, I think we’re run out (of/on) petrol. 10.Jim seems not to get (on/off) well with his classmates. 11.My husband has decided to set (up/down) a business on his own. 12.Do you think Jame will find (out/ up) the truth ? 13.Does Jim have many friends to count (on/off) in difficult time ? 14.Yesterday, my uncle dropped (to/by)my house to the surprise of everyone. 15.Were you brought (up/in) by your grandparents ? Bài 7: Điền một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu dưới đây: 1.James is quite easy- going. He can __get_ on well with many types of people. 2.Peter has been absent from school for two weeks due to his illness. It may be difficult for him to __catch_ up with his classmates. 3.Did you watch the film last night? Do you know how the villain __got__ back on the hero ? 4.Mr Smith decided to ____give___up smoking because the doctor warned him of getting lung cancer. 5.He could____deal __with all kinds of people because it was part of his jobas a receptionist. 6.Jim was sad because Jane ____turned____ down his invitation to the prom. 7.It is important to _____cut ___ down on sugar consumtion every day. 8.It’s time you have to ___face__ up to these problems on your own. 9.I___look____ forward to hearing from you soon. 10.Sometimes I ____look___ back on my childhood and realize how happy I was as a kid. Bài 8: Đánh dấu (V) trước câu đúng, đánh dấu (x) trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng. __out_ We have already worked up a new way of doing it. __up____
2.Jim wants to be a successful writer when he grows out.
__V__
3.We are looking forward to hearing from you soon.
___with___
4.You can keep up to all the changes in technology nowadays.
___down_
5. The nearby shop will be closed up next month.
___of___
6.The team scored another goal and made sure about
____out__
championship. 7.Last year a research on the consequences of water pollution was carried on.
___V___
8.Jim has come up with a brilliant idea to tackle the problem.
___rid of_____
9.Have you ever considered getting rid your bad habits ?
_____look___
10.The teacher asked us to see through the textbook before she continued.
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu sau bằng những cụm động từ cho sẵn. cut down on deal with hold on take up put up with turn down come down with bring out 1.The singer will bring outa new album this year. 2.Peter is very reliable. You can count onhim. 3.You should cut your essay down to 500 words. 4.Jim is depressed as he has been turn downby five companies so far. 5.I can’t put up withsuch disturbing noise any time. 6.My mother is always telling offme. 7.Mr. Smith has taken upgolf. 8.Are you tired of dealing withcomplaints from your customers. 9.How are you now ? I heard that you came down with flulast week. 10 Hold on! I think we’ve got lost. This isn’t the right road.
count on check up on
BÀI TẬP NÂNG CAO TỔNG HỢP. Bài 10: Dựa vào từ cho trước và thêm liên từ thích hợp để tạo thành câu phức. 1.Jane plays the piano extremely well although she is very young. 2.Josh wants to earn more money so he is applying for another job now. 3.My mother had cooked me breakfast before she went to work. 4.I prefer staying at home to going out because I do not like socializing. 5.Everyone enjoyed the party last night although the food was not so good. 6.Jim can not catch up with his classmates he often plays truant. 7.Peter studies very hard so that he can get high scores. 8.Many of my friends enjoy going shopping whereas .I don’t like this. Bài 11: Thay thế những động từ in nghiêng trong câu bằng một cụm động từ thích hợp. 1.I don’t like Josh because he often boasts about his wealth. show off 2.Last month many people in my neighbor had chickenpox. came down with 3.you should reduce the amount you salt in your daily meal. cut down on 4.It’s you confronted your fear and moved on. face up with 5.Yesterday an old friend of mine visited your family. drop in 6.Mary decided to join the cooking contest. go in for 7.I didn’t want to go with him, so I rejected his invtation. turn down 8.They are a well- matched couple and they always agree with each other. go along with 9.When did you start your new hobby ? take up 10.The rain continued all the morning. kept up Bài 12. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây bằng cách điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống. 1.Peter always look up to his senior colleagues. 2.Mary is going in fora singing competition. 3.Nothing can make up forthe loss of my cat. 4.Jim didn’t work yesterday because he came down withflu. 5.My mother always reminds me to stay away frombad people. 6.As a child I used to wait up forthe present from Santa Clause. 7.I can’t put up withhis selfishness any more. 8.They argue a lot. They seem to never get on with each other. 9.Last year she got through withan operation. 10.Last week we got rid ofall the old furniture and bought new one. Bài 13: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và viết lại câu đúng. 1.Although she didn’t warm up carefully before running, her leg was hurt during the Because
141
142
race. _______________________________________________________ 2.Everyone dressed up though they wanted to be the King or Queen of the prom. because ________________________________________________________ 3.Since I am really interested in lacquerware, I rarely buy one for me. Although ________________________________________________________ 4.As thoughmy brother and I don’t get on well, we still care about the other. Although ________________________________________________________ 5.What would you do unless you won a lottery? If ________________________________________________________ 6.Mr.Smith is renowned artisan.Everyone looks down onhim. up to ________________________________________________________ 7.While I came home, my cat was sleeping on the sofa. When ________________________________________________________ 8.Because Peter cheated on me, I wouldn’t get back on him. Although ________________________________________________________ Bài 14: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng: . 1.A.up B.down C.on D.off 2.A.so C.since D.though B.so that D.though 3.A.so B.so that C.since 4.A.After B.Because C.At last D.While 5.A.turned down B.went in for D.brought out C.passed down 6.A.After C.At last D.While B.Before D.forward on 7.A.up to B.down on C.forward to Bài 15: Đọc bài đọc sau và trả lời câu hỏi. Vietnam’s Youngest Artisan
1.most intelligent 6.the tallest
2.more convenient 7.better
3.the most polluted
4.more spacious
8.the most inspiring
9.better
5.the most stunning 10.the most expensive
Bài 4: 1. My old house is smaller than the current one. 2. He was expected to perform worse than he did. 3. This time Mike’s brother run more slowly than him. 4. I think Jim will have a lower position in your company than you. 5. I decorated my cake less beautifully than Jane did. 6. Last year Peter invested a small amount of money on his business than this year. 7. Jim’s computer is cheaper than mine. 8. Playing computer games is more time-consuming than playing sports. Bài 5: 1. Residents of Ha Noi City are more traditional than residents of Ho Chi Minh City. 2. Residents of Ho Chi Minh City are more dynamic than residents of Ha Noi city. 3. Ho Chi Minh city is more populous than Ha Noi city. 4. Ha Noi city is larger than Ho Chi Minh city. 5. Ho Chi Minh city is smaller than Ha Noi city. 6. Ha Noi city is less densely- populated than Ho Chi Minh city. 7. Ho Chi Minh city is more densely- populated than Ha Noi city. 8. In witer, It is colder in Ha Noi than Ho Chi Minh city. 9. In winter, it is warmer in Ho Chi Minh than in Ha Noi. Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng. (A,B,C) 1.Who does Jim take __________? B.up C.in A.after 2. I am waiting __________the result of the test. A.after C.on B.for 3.They haven’t agreed_________what make of car they would buy. B.in C.with A.on 4. “Who did you run_________yesterday?” “It was my old teacher.” A.on B.out of C.into 5. If we don’t conserve the natural gas, it will soon be used_______? B.off C.to A.up 6.Are you still looking _________a job or have you already got one? A.after B.up C.for 7. After years of being badly treated, James doesn’t believe_________the good things in life any more. C.about A.on B.in 8.Why did you stay________so late last night? A.in C.on B.up 9.When Mr.Brown went on a business trip, Mrs.Smith took_________his work. B.up C.off A.over 10.Jim promised to pick me_________from the airport. A.over C.on B.up 11.Peter took________his rain coat before he came in. A.over B.up C.off 12.You mustn’t believe him. He made_________ the whole story which was completely wrong. A.over C.on B.up 13.Many of my friends came to the airport to see me_________. A.over B.up C.off 14.The teacher told us to put_________interesting details of the presentation. A.up C.away B.down 15.It is the shared mind that keeps us__________.
1.When was Nguyen Tran Hiep recognized as the Vietnam’s Youngest Artisan? At the age of 37 2.Did he easily succeed in developing his fine-art furniture workshop? No,he didn’t 3.How did Hiep categorize his customers? He categorized his customers into two types: forein tourist and traders from China. 4.What kinds of products does his workshop often produce for foreigners? His workshop often produces small handicrafts and souvenirs, such as small animals, painting, tea trays, figurines and rasaries. 5.How many employes are there in Hiep Thang Fine arts Cooperative? 28 employeers 6.What was made by Nguyen Tran Hiep to celebrate the 80th anniversary of the founding of the Ho Chi Minh Communist Youth Union? Nguyen Tran Hiep’s best works is “ Bat Long vong quang phat” UNIT 2: CITY LIFE BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: 1.faster 5.better 9.slower 13.more beautifully 2.more populous 6.futher 10.worse 14.more polluted 3.more densely 7.happier 11.better 15.more helpful 4.more reliable 8.healthier 12.more familiar Bài 2 Keys 1.faster 2.more poorly 3.less 4.harder 5.more brightly 6.more severe 7.higher 8.more clevery 9.more smoothly 10.morefluently Bài 3: 143
144
.My sister even tell me off more often than my mother does. 5.Who / see / you / off / yesterday ? Who did you see off yesterday? 6.It / cold / today / so / I / put / on / warm / clothes / than / usual. It is cold today so I put on warmer clothes than usual. 7.Yesterday/ my mother / pick / me /up / late / than / usual. Yesterday my father picked me up later than usual. 8.You / be / pretty / girl / I / ever / know. You are the prettiest girl I have ever known 9.Unless / you / listen / attentively / to / you / teacher, you / not / catch / up / with / your friends. Unless you listen attentively to your teacher, you will not catch up with your friends 10.By far, “ The Little Prince” / be / my / favorite / book. By far, “ The Litle Prince” is my most favourite book. Bài 11: Hoàn thành các câu sau, sử dụng dạng so sánh của các trạng từ hoặc tính từ cho sẵn. ancient polluted spacious fast populous densely tranquil well 1.I prefer living in the countryside to living i big cities as the coutryside is more tranquil I really enjoy peaceful moment of like. 2.Although the cities are more pollutedthan the countryside, there are more recreational activated that I really enjoy in the cities. 3.I can’t believe this vase is mre than 100 years old. It is much more ancientthan I thought. 4.The city is always more denselypopulated than the countryside . 5.My town is much more populousthan it was ten years ago. I remember there used to be only several houses in a large areas. 6.Houses in the rural area are more spaciousthan those in the urban areas. 7.Young people often better adjust to changes than the old. 8.The number of skyscrapers in the city is growing faster than ever before. Bài 12: Hoàn thành những câu sau bằng cụm động từ thích hợp. pay back get down believe in watch out tell off pull out see off agree with save up make up 1. I have seen a lot of people brust into tears when they see offtheir friends and family. 2.Do you agree withme that didn’t try hard enough ? 3.Has your teacher ever told you off ? No, she hasn’t. She is a nice teacher. 4.Last week I borrowed Tom &50 to buy a book but I haven’t paidhim yet. 5.My boyfriend walked towards me and then he pulled out a small gift. 6.I never believed inghosts but my brother is always scared of them. 7.Watch out !There is a car coming. 8.I hate the way Peter tells lies and makes upstories to cheat people. 9.Have you saved upenough to buy a new car. 10.I promised my mother not to get her down, so I tried my best to get high scores. Bải 13: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: Many people who are close to their retirement want to move to the countryside to enjoy the rest of their life. It is widely believed that life in the rural areas are (1)__________ Than that in the city. The countryside is _____________ than the city and people’s health will improve. (3)_______________ , city folks have warned people about the potential risks of living the rural areas. Life in the countryside may not be blissfully calm as expected, even tougher. For example ,rural houses are (4)___________and people living in it.(5)________,people may also (6)__________ up to the lack of health care service. The vulnerable old people can’t be (7)__________treated in the countryside than in the city.For those who have spent most of their life working and living in urban areas, they may not be able to (8)________the boredom and lack of facility in the rural areas. 1.A.more peacful B.more peacfully C.more noisy D.more noisily 2.A.less polluted B.more polluted C.less pollute D.more pollute 3.A.However B.But C.Therefore D.When 4.A.much weaker B.more weaker C.less weaker D.more weakly
C.with A.up B.together Bài 7: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng: 1. My mother told me to (put/get) on warm clothes before I went out. 2. Jim really (got/put) me down when he forgot my birthday. 3. My father never (tells/drops) me off but my mother is always shouting at me. 4. I couldn’t believe she (turned/got) down my invitation for the second time. 5. My mother often lets me (look/take) after my younger brother. 6. “Why did she (break/stay) up with you?” “She said I didn’t care much about her”. 7. Please (drop/tell) me off in front of the theater. 8. We’ve been (saving/looking) up to travel to New York this summer. 9. Have you (take/put ) out clean towels for the guests? 10.(Take/Dress) off your rain coat before you come in. 11.I remember (paying/looking) Jim back but he kept asking me for his money. 12.Jim’s poor test results (got/looked) his parents down. 13.My grandmother (died/passed) away before I was born. 14.I have many tasks to (attend/look) to. 15.Who does this bag (belong/own) to? Bài 8. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây bằng cách điền tiểu từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống. 1. We will set off for Tokyo in the next few hours. 2. Everyone says that Jim takes after his father but I think he is more like his mother. 3. Who will take over your position when you are on parental leave? 4. There are four of us so Peter cuts the cake into four pieces. 5. I am going to buy a new bike, so I put my old one away 6. Remember to put the trash out before the garbage truck comes. 7. You must take off your hat before yu come into a temple. 8. I hate the way my manager shuts me up when she disagrees with me. 9. What are you looking for ? My car keys. 10.Watch out for the dog. Everyone says that it is a fierce dog. Bài 9. Đánh dấu[V] trước câu đúng, đánh dấu[X] trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng. Your son doesn’t take you afterat all. 1. take after you ________________________________________________________ I think we will use the natural resourses upin the near future. 2. use up the... ________________________________________________________ Jim agreed me withwhen I said he needed to improve his living condition. 3.agree with me Mary and Peter broke them up after two months dating. 4.broke up ________________________________________________________ 5.V I rarely put down what the teacher says but I can remember most of her words. The taxi driver dropped me off in front of the City Council building. 6.V You should clear your room upbefore mom comes back. 7.clear up your ... I was happy that I run my old teacher into yesterday. 8.run in to my... ________________________________________________________ Mary is always showing her jewelry off. 9.show off her .... ________________________________________________________ Both of us agreed with Jane’s opinion about our plan. 10.on ________________________________________________________ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 10:Dựa vào từ cho trước viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1.Yesterday / the plane / lake / take / off / early / than / I expect. Yesterday the plane took off earlier than I expected 2.My / mother / look /after / us / carefully / than / my father. My mother looks after us more carefully than my father. 3.They /cut / the / big / cake / into / small / parts / than / I / think They cut the big cake into smaller parts than I thought. 4.My / sister / even / tell / me / off / often / than /my / mother / do. 145
146
5.A.However 6.A.look 7.A.well 8.Acome down with
B.Besides B.make B.more better B.put up with
C.Whereas C.face C.best C.work out
D.Therefore D.take D.better D.agree on
Bài 14: 1.Ng 2.F. 3.T 4.F 5.Ng 6.T UNIT 3 BÀI 1 11. A My father always says that he ( is/was) very proud of me 12. Mary told me she (will/would) visit me this summer 13. Jim wonders whether jane ( liked/ likes) him or not 14. My teacher ( says/said) that we had to finish our assignment on time 15. They told me that the ( are/ were) going to move their house the following month. 16. My sister said she (can/ could) win the competion if she tried her best. 17. I told Jim that he ( is/ was) the most intelligent person I knew. 18. The mechanic said that it ( cost/ costs ) up to $50 to fix my car. 19. The ( say/ said) that they would help me if they had free time. 20. Jim said that he ( has just got / hadjustgot ) a new bike. Giải thích: - Nếu động từ giới thiệu ở thì hiện tại (say/tell) thì động từ trong câu gián tiếp giữ nguyên thì trong câu trực tiếp. - Nếu động từ giới thiệu ở thì quá khứ (said/told) thì động từ trong câu gián tiếp cần lùi từ các thì hiện tại ( ở câu trực tiếp) sang các thì quá khứ ( ở câu gián tiếp), từ thì quá khứ sang thì quá khứ hoàn thành. Bài 2Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng: 11. Jim said to me: “ They will build a new bridge across this river this year”. D. Jim said to me that they will build a new bridge across this river this year. E. Jim said to me that they woul build a new bridge across this river this year. F. Jim said to me that they would build a new across that river that year. Giải thích: do động từ tường thuật ở dạng quá khứ là “ sai” nên “will” (trong câu trực tiếp) chuyển thành “ would” (trong câu gián tiếp), “this” chuyển thành “that”. 12. My mother often tells me :’ You need to take care of yourself”. D. My mother often tells me that I need to take care of yourself. E. My mother often tells me that I need to tke care of herself F. My mother often tells me that I need to take care of myself Giải thích: Do động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại “ says” nên không có sự thay đổi về thì ở câu trực tiếp và câu gián tiếp, ngôi thứ hai “ yourself” chuyển thành ngôi thứ nhất “myself”. 13. Peter informed me : “ They canceled the meeting yesterday”. D. Peter informed me that they canceled the meeting yesterday. E. Peter informed me that they had canceled the meeting yesterday. F. Peter informed me that they had canceled the meeting the day before. 14. Peter and Jane said to me:’ Our wedding will be held next week”. D. Peter and Jane said to me that my wedding would be held next week. E. Peter and Jane said to me that their wedding would be held the nwxt week. F. Peter and Jane said to me that their wedding would be held the following week. 15. I told him:’ I am busy this week so I can’t come to your party.” D. I told him that I was busy this week so I can’t come to my party. E. I told him that I was busy that week so I couldn’t come to my party 147
F. I told him that I was busy that week so I couldn’t come to his party. 16. The doctor said:’ You will suffer from diabetes if you don’t reduce sugar in your daily meals” D. The doctor said I would suffer from diabetes if I didn’t reduce sugar in my daily meals E. The doctor said I would suffer from diabetes if I don’t reduce sugar in my daily meals F. The doctor said I suffered fromm diabetes if I didn’t reduce sugar in my daily meals. 17. Peter asked me: “would you go to the prom with me?” D. Peter asked me if I would go to the prom with me. E. Peter asked me whether I would go to the prom with him F. Peter asked me whether would I go to the prom with him 18. My father asked me:” where are you going?” D. My father asked me where was I going. E. My father asked me where you were going F. My father asked me where I was going. 19. Oliver asked me:” What will you do if you have a day off?” D. Oliver asked me what would I do if I have a day off. E. Oliver asked me what I would do if I had a day off F. Oliver asked me what would I do if I have a day off. 20. My brother asked me:” How can I open this box?” D. My brother asked me how I could open that box. E. My brother asked me how to open that box. F. My brother asked me how he could open this box. Giải thích: câu gián tiếp với từ để hỏi “how”, theo sau bởi một động từ nguyên thể có “to”. Bài 3: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng. 11. My mother asked me if I could help her do gardening tomorrow. ->the next day/ the following day. Giải thích: trạng từ thời gian “tomorrow” ở câu trực tiếp chuyển về “ the next day/the following day” ở câu gián tiếp. 12. Jim wondered if to buy a new radio or fix his old one. ->whether Giải thích: để tường thuật lại câu hỏi Yes/No question, ta dùng cấu trúc “Whether+ to V” 13. Peter aske me was I free that weeked. ->IF I was Giải thích: câu hỏi khi chuyển về dạng gián tiếp không đảo trợ động từ lên trước chủ ngữ. 14. I wanted to know who was the winner of that competion.-> who the winner of that competion was. Giải thích: câu hỏi khi chuyển về dạng gián tiếp không đảo trợ động từ lên trước chủ ngữ. 15. They said that Peter can’t make it to the final show. ->couldn’t Giải thích: do động từ tường thuật ở dạng quá khứ là “sai” nên “ can’t” chuyển thành “couldn’t” 16. My manager asked if I have finished my work yet. -> had Giải thích: do động từ tường thuật ở dạng quá khứ là “asked” nên thì hiện tại hoàn thành trong câu trực tiếp chuyển thành thì quá khứ hoàn thành trong câu gián tiếp. 17. Peter said that he was going to get married following month. -> the following month 18. She asked me what had I done the previous day. ->I had 19. Now I just don’t know whether to leave or stayed. -> stay Giải thích: Động từ thứ hai, đứng sau “whether to” nên để ở dạng nguyên thể. 20. Mr. Brown said that he would get promotion by the end of this year. ->that Giải thích: Trạng từ chỉ thời gian “this years” ở câu trực tiếp chuyển vè “ that years” ở câu gián tiếp Bài 4 Chuyển những câu trực tiếp dưới dây thành câu gián tiếp. 16. Many doctor say:” Teenagers undergo many physical and mental changes during their puberty”. Many doctor say that teenagers undergo many physical and mental changes during their puberty. 17. Sometimes my mother tells me:” You don’t have to be so tense”. Sometimes my mother tells me that I don’t have to be so tense. 18. Peter said:” I am looking forward to my grandfather’s gift”. Peter said he was looking forward to his grandfather’s gift 19. “If I pass this test, my father will buy me a new skateboard” Peter said. Peter said if he pass this test, his father would buy him a new skateboard. 20. I told my teacher:” I forgot to do my homework”. 148
I told my teacher that I had forgotten to do my homework. 21. “Mr. Brown owns two cars and three houses”. Jim said. Jim said Mr. Brown owned two cars and three houses. 22. She said to me:” I can’t do it by myself”. She said to me that she couldn’t do it by herself. 23. My mother said:” I will go on a business trip next week”. My mother said that she would go on a business trip the following week. 24. My manager said:” Someone broke into our office yesterday”. My manager said that someone had broken into our office the previous day. 25. He told me:” You may have trouble if you don’t do your homework”. He told me that I might have trouble if I didn’t do my homework. 26. The singer said:” I started my career three years ago”. The singer said that he/she had started his/her career three years before. 27. Jim told me:” It is not my book, it’s yours.” Jim told me it was not his book, it was mine. 28. “I have just received a postcard from my foreign friend.” Ann said to me. Ann said to me she had just received a postcard from her foreign friend. 29. “This story happened long ago.” He said. He said that story had happened long before. 30. Peter said:” I hope it will be sunny tomorrow.” Peter said he hoped it would be sunny the following day. Bài 5: Chuyển những câu hỏi trực tiếp dưới đây thành câu gián tiếp. 11. Jim asked his girlfriend: “How many pairs of shoes do you have?” Jim asked his girlfriend that how many pairs of shoes she had. 12. “Are you going to London next week?” Peter asked Jane. Peter asked Jane whether she was going to London the following week. 13. “Have you done the laundry?” Mom asked my sister. Mom asked my sister whether she had done the laundry. 14. “Does your brother live in London, Peter?” Jane asked. Jane asked Peter whether his brother lived in London. 15. “What are you doing now?” Jim asked his sister. Jim asked his sister what she was doing then. 16. “Did you enjoy the party last night?” my classmate asked me. My classmate asked me whether I enjoyed the party the previous night. 17. My friends always ask me:” What genre of music do you like the most?” My friends always ask me what genre of music I liked the most. 18. “What have you done to cope with your work stress?” My doctor asked me. My doctor asked me what I had done to cope with my work stress. 19. “What do you often do if you are sad?” Jim asked me. Jim asked me what I often did if I was sad. 20. Jim asked me:” Who did you run into yesterday?” Jim asked me who I had run into the day before.
Jim wondered whether he would be capable of winning that contest 16. “ There was a serious car accident right here last week” Josh said. Josh said that there had been a serious car accident right there the previous week. 17. “ I am frustrated that Jim forgot our date yesterday”. Jane told me. Jane told me she was frustrated that Jim had forgotten their date the day before. 18. “ This is the first time I’ve been to NYC”. Peter said. Peter said that was the first time he had been to NYC. 19. Mr Brown told his wife:” Our children have grown up, so you don’t have to care much about them”. Mr Brown told his wife their children had grown up, so she didn’t have to care much about them.
Bài 6.Chuyển những câu trực tiếp sau đây thành câu gián tiếp. 11. “You don’t have to do this if you don’t really want to”. They said to me. They said to me that I didn’t have to do that if I didn’t really want to. 12. “ I saw Jim when I was walking home yesterday.” He told me. He told me that he saw Jim when he was walking home the day before. 13. “ Will you forgive Jim if he apologizes to you?” Jane asked me. Jane asked me if I would forgive Jim if he apologized to me. 14. “Peter has been a friends of mine for 3 years.” I told Jane I told Jane that Peter had been a friends of mine for 3 years 15. “ Will be capable of winning this contest?” Jim wondered. 149
20. “ What will you do if you win a lottery ?” Peter asked me. Peter asked me what I would do if I won a lottery. Bài 7:Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 10. Jim/ always/ want/ know/ whether/ he/ should/ study/ abroad/ or/ not. Jim always wants to know whether he should study abroad or not . 11. When/ I / be/ small/ I/ tell/ my mother/ I / want/ be/ superman. When I was small, I told my mother that I wanted to be a superman 12. Jim/ be/ confused/ because/ he/ not/ sure/ what/ do/ now. Jim is confused because he is not sure what to do now . 13. I / have/ no/ idea/ what/ they/ do/ at the moment. I have no idea what they are doing at the moment. 14. Please / show/ me/ how/ get/ nearest/ post office. Please show me how to get to the nearest post office. 15. Now/ we/ have to/ decide/ where/ go/ and/ what/ do/ tomorrow. Now we have to decide where to go and what to do tomorrow . 16. You/ make/ up/ your/ mind/ where/ spend/ your/ summer/ yet? Have you made up your mind where to spend your summer yet ? 17. I / cannot/ understand/ why/ Jim/ fail/ the/ final test. I cannot understand why Jim failed the final test. 18. Yesterday, my teacher/ carefully/ explain/ how/ young/ birds/ learn/ to/ fly Yesterday, my teacher carefully explained how the young birds learnt to fly. Bài 8: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 8. B. prone (to sth): dễ mà phải chịu đựng cái gì 9. A. adolescence: tuổi vị thành niên Adolescent: người ở tuổi vị thành niên Adulthood: tuổi trưởng thành Adult: người trưởng thành 10. A. well-aware: nhận thức tốt 11. B. contributes: có đóng góp vào việc gì 12. C. puberty: quá trình dậy thì 13. C. frustrated (at sth): tức giận 14. C. with (deal with: giải quyết) Bài 9: Đọc đoạn văn sau, điền T ( True) trước câu trả lời có nội dung đúng với nội dung bài đọc, điền F ( False) trước câu có nội dung không đúng với nội dung bài đọc. ___F______ 1. There are only changes in a boy’s body during his puberty. Dẫn chứng: He and his friends are experiencing puberty, an important phase of devolopment of a person when physical and mental changes take place. ___F____ 2. Boys can always understand their changer properly without the guide of parents and other experienced adults. Dẫn chứng: Boys in particular may find numerous changes within themselves which they sometimes cannot understand properly without the guide of parent and other experienced adults. ___F____ 3. When boys enter their puberty, they often lose interest in abstract concepts and subjects. Dẫn chứng: . When boys enter their puberty, they often start taking interest in abstract concepts and subjects such as justice, politics and arts. ___F_____ 4. Boys often plan their life brfore they enter puberty. 150
Dẫn chứng: They also begin to understand the world around them, planning out a lifefor themselves, having dreams and life goals to fulfill. ____T____ 5. Boys encounter anxiety and confusion during puberty. Dẫn chứng: Along with a very new view of life and sense of self comes anxiety and confusion. ____T___ 6. Boys may start to smoke or drik because of their curiosity. Dẫn chứng: For example, boys start to smoke or drink because they are curious and they think they are cool to do so. ____F___ 7. Boys only have bad experiences during adolesence. Dẫn chứng: In short, this is a period of experiencing new things and new people, both the good and the bad. ___F____ 8. Force and punishment are highly advisable when dealing with boys in their puberty. Dẫn chứng: Force and punishments are not highly recommended in this phase as adolescents tend to be rebellious. UNIT 4 Bài 1: Hoàn thành các câu sau với cấu trúc “used to” và động từ trong ngoặc. 1. Do you know what (Jim/do) Jim used to do before he retired? 2. Did Mary used to be (Mary/be) a successful business woman before she went bankrupt? 3. My family (not/travel) did not used to travel during summer vacation but now we really enjoy it. 4. I wonder what (people/do) people used to do to celebrate the Harvest Festival in the past? 5. As a kid, Josh (have) used to have his grandfather pick him up from primary school. 6. This boy band (be) used to be popular before they disbanded. 7. When my grandmother was young, she (set off) used to set off for a foreign country almost every summer. 8. My mother says that she (not scope) did notuse to scope with much work stress five years ago. 9. In the past, people in my village (raise) used to raise poultry or castle to earn a living. 10. I can’t believe my father (be) used to be considered a bad boy before he married my mother. 11. Who did youuse to confide (you/confide) in when you was at your teenage? 12. They (not use) did notuse to use folk and knife when they first moved to America. 13. Jim (not like) did notuse to like me much when we were at school but now he is my husband. 14. My father (work) used to work very far from home before he found his current job. 15. Those men (suffer) used to suffer a lot before they finally succeeded in their business Bài 2: Dựa vào những thông tin cho sẵn để viết các câu miêu tả những sự việc trong quá khứ mà bây giờ không còn làm nữa. 0. I saw many buffaloes in my hometown but I can’t see many of them now. ->I used to see many buffaloes in my hometown. 1. This was only a small company with several years of low profit but now it has changed a lot. ->This used to be only a small company with several years of low profit. 2. Men were the breadwinner of the family and women depended greatly on men. -> Men used to be the breadwinner of the family and women used to depended greatly on men. 3. My sister admitted that she lied sometimes in the past but now she didn’t. ->My sister admitted that she used to lie sometimes in the past. 4. Jim asked me what I preferred to do as a child that I no longer did now. -> Jim asked me what I used to prefer to do as a child. 5. Who took care of you when you were a toddler? ->Who used to take care of you when you were a toddler? 6. Jim wasn’t interested in reading books when he was small but now he’s really into it. ->Jim didn’t used to be interested in reading books when he was small. 7. I got all the attention from my parents before my little brother was born. ->I used to get all the attention from my parents before my little brother was born. 8. Bungalows were very popular 6 years ago. ->Bungalows used to be very popular 6 years ago. Giải thích: Xác định đúng những thói quen, hành động hoặc trạng thái đã xảy ra thường xuyên trong quá khứ và đã kết thúc, không còn ở hiện tại và chia theo cấu trúc phù hợp. Bài 3: Hoàn thành các câu sau với cấu trúc “used to” và các động từ cho sẵn. 151
Look
Eat
Own
Earn
Work
Be
Play
Live
1. My whole family used to live on my father’s salary but now both of my parents work to support our family. 2. My brother used to look after me when my parents were at work. 3. In the past, women used to be expected to stay home, do household chores and farming instead of getting higher education. 4. Those farmers used to work hard but (used to) earn little money before they were instructed to apply technologies in their farming. 5. We (not) didn’tused to eat out when but now we often do because we are sometime too busy to prepare a meal. 6. Women (not) didn’tused to play an important role in the political field in the past 50 years. 7. My uncle used to own a sheep farm before he sold it to move to the city. Bài 4: Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp 1. Jane wish she (can/go) could go travelling at least once a year. 2. Jim wishes he (earn) earned more money so that he would live more comfortable. 3. My mother wishes she (not have) didn’t have to work for extra hours. 4. The little boy wishes it (not rain) wasn’t/weren’t raining at the moment. 5. I wish I (be) was/were healthier so that I could play some extreme sports. 6. Tim is sad because he has lost his bike. He wishes his mother (buy) bought him a new one. 7. I wish someone (offer) offered me an opportunity to study abroad. 8. Jim is bored as he is doing his homework now. He wish he (do) was/were not doing his homework. 9. My father is an officer but he wishes he (be) was/were a famous singer. 10. My mother never let me go to school on my own. I wish she (let) let me go alone. Giải thích: - Câu ước với “wish” ở hiện tại, diễn tả ao ước hoản cảnh hiện tại xảy ra theo chiều hướng khác đi ở hiện tại và tương lai. Cấu trúc: “S wish(es)+ S + V-ed hoặc “S wish(es) +S+could + V”. - Câu ước diễn tả điều ước cho một sự việc ta mong muốn nó xảy ra ngay tại thời điểm nói. Cấu trúc: “S wish(es) + S + was/were + V-ing”. Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Old/ man/ wish/ his/ grandchild/ visit/ him/ more/ often. The old man wishes his grandchild visited him more often. 2. I/ wish/ you/ can/ spend/ more/ time/ on/ study. I wish you could spend more time on study. 3. They/ wish/ their/ team/ be/champion. They wish their team was the champion. 4. I/ wish/ I/ have/ more/ friend/ and/ I/ not/ be/ lonely. I wish I had more friend and I was not lonely. 5. Mary/ wish/ her/ parents/ not/ have/ go/ on/ business/ trips/ so/ often. Mary wishes her parents did not have to go on business trips so often. 6. Many/ people/ wish/ they/ be/ wealthy/ but/ I/ do/ not. Many people wish they were wealthy but I don’t . 7. I/ wish/ my/ mother/ be/ less/ busy/ so that/ she/ have/ more/ time/ for/ me. I wish my mother was less busy so that she had more time for me. 8. Jim/ wish/ his/ parents/ not/ expect/ too/ much/ from/ him. Jim wishes his parents did not expect too much from him. - Giải thích: Câu ước với “wish” ở hiện tại, diễn tả ao ước hoản cảnh hiện tại xảy ra theo chiều hướng khác đi ở hiện tại và tương lai. Cấu trúc: “ S wish(es)+ S + V-ed hoặc “S wish(es) +S+could + V”. Bài 6: Dựa vào câu cho trước, viết câu thể hiện điều ước với “wish” 152
0. I don’t have a computer now. ->I wish I had a computer now. 1. Jim’s friend lives very far from him. ->Jim wishes his friend didn’t live very far from him. 2. My friend cannot afford her favorite camera. ->My friend wishes she/he could afford her favorite camera 3. The teacher make us do a lot of homework. ->We wish the teacher didn’t make us do a lot of homework 4. I can’t sing as beautifully as my sister. ->I wish I could sing as beautifully as my sister. 5. My father is depressed that his favorite football team loses the ticket to the final. ->My father wishes his favorite football team couldn’t lost the ticket to the final. 6. I don’t have my own house at the present. ->I wish I had my own house at the present. 7. Mr. Brown is sad that there is no way he can get promotion this year. ->Mr. Brown wishes he could get promotion this year 8. Peter is annoyed because there is too much noise from his neighbor. ->Peter wishes there was not too much noise from his neighbor Bài 7: Đánh dấu [ V] trước câu đúng, đánh dấu [ X] trước câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng. ________ 1. Peter and Jane wishes they could see each other more often. __________wish___________________________________ Giải thich: câu ở thì hiện tại đơn với chủ ngữ số nhiều “Peter and Jane” nên động từ “ wish” không chia. ________ 2. I wish Jim were able to deal with all the problems on his own. __________câu đúng_______________________________ 3. Mrs. Brown wishes her husband were home more often and talks to her more. ________________________talked__________________________________ Giải thích: động từ “ talked” vẫn diễn tả mong ước không có thật ở hiện tại nên chia ở dạng quá khứ. ________ 4. They wish their work was less stressful and they have more time to relax. ______________________had_________________________________ ________ 5. James wishes he had more money so that he could buy what he wants. ________________________câu đúng_________________________ ________ 6. I wish I wasn’t having to travel a long distance to work every day. _______________didn’t have_______________________________ Giải thích: với động từ “ have to” ta không dung dạng tiếp diễn. ________ 7. They wish they will able to visit her foreign friend. _______________would _____________________________________ Giải thích: trong câu điều ước ở hiện tại, mệnh đề sau wish phải chia ở quá khứ nên “ will” chia về dạng quá khứ là “ would” ________ 8. I only wish they provided a larger playground for the kids. ______________________câu đúng__________________________ Bài 8: Sắp xếp những từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. you/ make/ Did/ any/ mistake/ use/ terrible/ to? Did you use to make any terrible mistake? Bạn có từng mắc lỗi nghiêm trọng nào không? 2. she/ run/ Mary/ could/ a/ into/ figure/ wishes/ famous. Mary wishes she could run into a famous figure. Mary ước rằng cô ấy có thể bắt gặp một người nổi tiếng. 3. I/ that/ used/ she/ believe/ doesn’t/ to/ a/ be/ lawyer. She doesn’t believe that I used to be a lawyer. Cô ấy không tin rằng tôi đã từng là một luật sư. 4. I/ would/ never/ wish/ wealthy/ a/ person/ I/ be. I never wish I would be a wealthy person Tôi không bao giờ ước tôi sẽ trở thành một người giàu có. 153 ________
5. wish/ a/ My/ list/ sister/ and/ it/ to/ send/ Santa Claus/ used/ make/ to. My sister used to make a wish list and send it to Santa Claus. Chị gái tôi đã từng làm một danh sách các điều ước và gửi nó cho Santa Claus 6. you/ what/ Do/ Jim/ company/ to/ for/ used/ work/ know? Do you know what company Jim used to work for? Bạn có biết công ty nào mà Jim đã từng làm việc không? 7. English/ my/ that/ teacher/ simple/ wish/ used/ language/ us/ understand/ to/ for/ I. I wish that my English teacher used simple language for us to understand. Tôi ước rằng cô giáo tiếng anh của chúng tôi dùng ngôn ngữ đơn giản để chúng tôi có thể hiểu. 8. they/ They/ could/ wish/ their/ by/ speaking/ with/ talking/ foreigners/ improve/ skill. They wish they could improve their speaking skill by talking with foreigners. Họ ước rằng họ có thể cải thiện kỹ năng nói tiếng anh bằng việc nói chuyện với người nước ngoài. Bài 9: Viết lại câu với những từ cho sẵn. 1. When I was a child, I liked watching cartoons but now I no longer like them. ->When I was a child, I used to like watching cartoons. Giải thích: cấu trúc “used to” dung để chỉ hành động thường xuyên xảy ra trong quá khứ mà bây giờ không còn làm nữa. 2. My brother is very lazy. I can’t stand him anymore. ->I wish my brother was not very lazy. 3. I want to be a university student but I can’t. ->I wish I was a university student. 4. When Jim was six, he dreamt of becoming a superhero but now he gives up on that dream. ->When Jim was six, he used to dream of becoming a superhero. 5. Mr. Brown never allows her daughter to go to the party although she always want to. -> Mr. Brown’s daughter wishes her father allowed her to go to the part. 6. My friend always regrets that he doesn’t live in the same neighborhood as me. -> My friend wishes he lived in the same neighborhood as me. 7. “What did you use to do in your free time as a child?” Mary asked me. -> Mary asked me what I used to do in my free time as a child 8. I am frustrated because I am cleaning the mess Jim has made. ->I wish I wasn’t cleaning the mess Jim has made. BÀI 10: Hoàn thành các câu sau với dạng đúng của động từ cho sẵn. Dye
Be
Be
Given
Ride
Have
Purchase
Play
Become
fly
1. We used to _____buy______ things from street vendors when we were small. Chúng tôi đã từng mua đồ từ người bán hangfrong khi chúng tôi còn nhỏ. 2. In the past, Vietnamese women used to ______dye_______their teeth black. Trong quá khứ, phụ nữ Việt Nam đã từng nhuộm răng đen 3. I wish there ______weren’t______ so many natural disasters so that people would not suffer from their consequences. Tôi ước không có nhiều thảm họa thiên nhiên để con người không phải gánh chịu những hậu quả của chúng. 4. No one in my class used to _____ride_______ a buffalo like I did. Không ai trong lớp tôi đã từng cưỡi trâu như tôi. 5. They didn’t use to ______fly______ kites when they lived in the countryside. Họ không từng thả diều khi họ sống ở vùng nông thôn 6. Extended families used to _____be_____ very popular in Vietnam years ago. Gia đình mở rộng thường rất phổ biến ở Vietj Nam nhiều năm về trước 7. Jane wishes someone ______gave_____ her a chance to do it over again. 154
Jane ước ai đó cho cô ấy một cơ hội để bắt đầu lại từ đầu 8. I wish I could __became________ a well - known artist. Tôi ước tôi có thể trở thành một nghệ sĩ nỗi danh 9. Did your mother use to _____play_____ the role of both mother and father when your father was away from home? Có phải mẹ bạn đã từng đóng vai trò của cả người cha và người mẹ khi bố bạn vắng nhà không? 10. Tom wishes he (not) ___didn’t have________ to learn at the moment. Tôm ước cậu ấy không phải học lúc này. Bài 11: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1. A. consumed: tiêu dùng B. presumed : cho rằng C. resumed: bắt đầu, tiếp tục lại D. résumé : sơ yếu lý lịch 2. A. because B. despite C. due to = because of: bởi vì D. as 3. A. breadwinner: trụ cột về kinh tế B. pillar C. strongest D. most important 4. A. didn’t used to B. didn’t use to C. used to D. use to 5. A. do B. did C. used to do D. didn’t used to do Giải thích: động từ chia ở thì hiện tại vì câu nói đến hành động ở thời điểm hiện tai. 6. A. Besides B. While C. However D. Instead: thay vào đó 7. A. Likewise B. For example: ví dụ như C. Therefore D. Although 8. A. color B. dye : nhuộm C. make D. paint Bài 12: Đọc đoạn văn sau, điền T (True) trước câu có chứa thông tin đúng với nội dung bài đọc. Điền F (False) trước câu có chứa thông tin không đúng với nội dung bài đọc. Điền NG (Not Given) trước câu có nội dung không đúng với nội dung bài đọc. ____F____ 1. Vietnam’s educational system was only affected by Chinese. Dẫn chứng: In the past, Vietnam educational system was under the influence of by many foreign culture ___NG___ 2. The earliest students in Vietnam received their education from the Chinese Buddhist clergy. ___T____ 3. The early examinations were held to recruit high mandarin officials. Dẫn chứng: This influence is depicted in the early examinations held to recruit high mandarin officials. __F____ 4. During the latter part of the 11th century, the National College was opened to every students. Dẫn chứng: During the latter part of the 11th century, a National College was established for the education of sons or royalty and other high-ranking officials, which marked the beginning of Confucian education in Vietnam. ___NG__ 5. At the beginning of the 15th century, many Confucian-type schools were in operation only in leading centers. ___T____ 6. Those days, education was highly appreciated. Dẫn chứng: Those days, education became the most cherished ideals ___T___ 7. The scholar was highly respected to and idolized. Dẫn chứng: The scholar was looked up to and highly revered. UNIT 5: WONDERS OF VIETNAM (KEY) Bài 1: Gạch chân những lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. It reported that the storm had destroyed more than 100 houses in that area. 2. People arethought that travelling is very costly. 3. It was claimed that there will be financial support for the homeless. 4. Didit said that the building was reconstructed in 1967? 5. Do peoplebelieved that learning is a lifetime journey? 6. Theyaren’t believethat they will lose the competition. 7. Was it rumorlast year that Jane set off for Paris and never returned? 8. It isclaimed by the authorities last year that they would help the poor. Bài 2: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. believed / people / will / is / on / Mars / future / the / widely / It / that / live / in. It is widely believed that people will live on Mars in the future.
Was reported It is Would Was Is it It isn’t believed Rumored Was
2. that / £200 / was / was/ it / reported / donated / build / to / park / local / the. It was reported that £200 was donated to build the local park. 3. it / yesterday / that / Jim / would / meeting / to / come / the / Was / expected? Was it expected that Jim would come to the meeting yesterday? 4. is / that / is / a / view / hotel / from / of / spectacular / the / It / claimed / there / mountain / that. It is claimed that there is a spectacular view of the mountain from the hotel. 5. in / It / Vietnam / is / that / should / believed / rickshaw / by / travelling / try / tourists. It is believed that tourists should try travelling by rickshaw in Vietnam. 6. that / that / there / many / cottages / It / many / was / rumored / picturesque / village / in. It was rumored that there were many picturesque cottages in that village. 7. breathtaking / of / claimed / was / lake / that / could / be / scene / here / It / a / the / seen / from. It was claimed that a breathtaking scene of the lake could be seen from there. 8. these / for / road / rumored / that / Is / trees / it / be / cut / down / construction / will. Is it rumored that these trees will be cut down for road construction? Bài 3: Chuyển những câu chủ động sang thành câu bị động. 1. They believe that Jim is going to study abroad. Is it believed that Jim is going to study abroad. 2. People rumored that there was a ghost in that house. It was rumored that there was a ghost in that house. 3. Someone said that Jane would be able to win the contest. Is it said that Jane would be able to win the contest. 4. They claimed that everything they said was true. Is was claimed that everything they said was true. 5. They reported that there was a serious accident on the main road. It was reported that there was a serious accident on the main road. 6. They don’t think that this camera costs that much. It isn’t thought that this camera costs that much. 7. Did they claim that they had managed to solve the problem? Was it claimed that they had managed to solve the problem? 8. People didn’t expect that the building collapsed after the storm. It wasn’t expected that the building collapsed after the storm Bài 4: Dựa vào những từ cho trước, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. It / widely / believe / that / ghosts / really / exist. It is widely believed that ghosts really exist. 2. It / rumor / last / year / that / group / of / gangster / destroy / part / of / the / building. Is was rumored that a group of gangsters destroyed part of the building. 3. It / report / that / there / be / increase / in / number / of / tourists / last / year. It was reported that these was an increase in the number of tourists last year. 4. It / think / the winner / be / team / A/ but / it / turn / out / to be / team B. It was thought that the winner was team A but it turned out to be team B. 5. It / claim / by / local / authorities / that / community house / build / next / year. It is claimed by the local authorities that the community house will be built next year. 6. It / forecast / that / terrible / storm / come. It is forecast that a terrible storm is coming. 7. It / tell / Jim / take / gap / year / after / he / finish / high / school. It was told that Jim took a gap year after he (had) finished high school. 8. It / believe / national / heritages / need / preserve. It is believed that national heritages need preserving.
Bài 5: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1. My father suggested that I (took / take) an English course this year. 2. My brother suggested (playing / to play) cards while waiting for our mother. 155
156
3. The doctor suggests that Jim (do / does) more exercises to keep fit. 4. Mr. Brown suggests that his son (doing / do) his homework before hanging out with friends. 5. Jane suggested (should hold / holding) a party next week. 6. Peter suggested that I (changed / change) my sandals into rain boots because it was raining outside. 7. The mayor suggests that there (should be/ was) more trees along the main road. 8. I suggested (we took / taking) part in the competition because of the huge prize. 9. Does Mr. Brown suggest that Peter (goes / go) to school on his own. 10. My professor suggested that I (should not choose/ not choose) that course for the next semester. Bài 6: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. They suggest that you (keep)____should keep / keep______ working hard to achieve your goal. 2. Peter suggested that Jane (not spend) ___ shouldn’t spend____ too much time on computer. 3. My friend suggested (not take) ___ not taking _ the dog for a walk as it was snowing outside. 4. The bookseller suggested his customer (buy) __ should buy / buy ___ the newly released book a famous author. 5. My teacher suggests that we (use) __ should use / use ___ paperback dictionary to look up new words instead of using online dictionary. 6. It is suggested that children (learn) __ should learn / learn _ a foreign language at an early age. 7. The tour guide suggested that we (try) _ should try / try _ the local specialties. 8. My classmates suggest (throw) __throwing___ a party to celebrate the Teacher’s Day. Bài 7: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. My neighbor / suggest / have / dinner / together. My neighbor suggested having dinner together. 2. My father / suggest / my sister / visit / my grandparent / more / often. My father suggested (that) my sister (should) visit my grandparent more often. 3. They / suggest / there / be / more / streetlight / in / this / neighborhood. They suggested (that) there (should) be more streetlights in this neighborhood. 4. Mary / suggest / go / out / for / picnic / tomorrow. Did Mary suggest going out for picnic tomorrow? 5. Salesman / suggest / Jim / choose / black / trousers. The salesman suggested (that) Jim (should) choose the black trousers. 6. Peter / suggest / listen / to / radio / instead of / watch / TV. Peter suggested listening to the radio instead of watching TV. 7. I / suggest / you / not / be / lazy / anymore. I suggest (that) you should not be lazy any more. 8. They / suggest / sit / in / circle / and / share / stories / with / others. They suggested siting in a circle and sharing stories with others. Bài 8: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. Jim suggested playing the piano and sangalong. 2. The teacher suggested that I should rewrite my essay and submittedit later. 3. The instructor suggested that Jane paidmore attention to his instructions. 4. Peter suggest playing badminton every day after school. 5. My team suggested to worktogether and come up with the solution. 6. Mr. Johnson suggested that there wasan air-conditioner in this room. 7. I suggest the room iscleaned before I come back. 8. My parents suggested mego out and make some friends. BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 9: Chuyển những câu chủ động sau thành câu bị động. 1. No one expected that I would fail the final exam. It wasn’t expected that I would fail the final exam. 2. Do you think that they will have the chance to visit that place? Is it thought that they will have the chance to visit that place? 3. They expected that this summer holiday would be swelteringly hot. It was expected that this summer holiday would be swelteringly hot. 4. They reported that a vast area of forest in my hometown was destroyed.
singing submit pay suggests / suggested working (should) be (should) be (that) I
157
It was reported that a vast area of forest in my hometown was destroyed. 5. Did they believe that the information was true? Was it believed that the information was true? 6. Did anyone hope that there would be a significant change in the standards of living? Was it hoped that there would be a significant change in the standards of living? 7. They never believe that Peter and Jane will get married. It is never believed that Peter and Jane will get married. 8. People know that there is no life on Mars. It is known that there is no life on Mars. Bài 10: Hoàn thành những câu sau với dạng đúng của những động từ cho sẵn. Get Hold Visit Go Travel Pay
Buy Carry
1. My foreign friend suggested _______going_________ sightseeing in the suburbs this weekend. 2. Mr. Brown suggested _____ visiting ______ the most famous tourist attractions in Vietnam this summer holiday. 3. My mother suggested that I ____ (should) get ______ back my energy after studying hard by going on a picnic. 4. Peter suggested that I _____ (should) buy _____ my children some bracelets as souvenir after my business trip to Chinese. 5. Mary suggested that we ______ (should) travel ___ to the South of Vietnam this summer. 6. Did the teacher suggest that we _____ (should) carry _____ a project on preserving wonders of Vietnam? 7. Peter suggests ______ holding _____ a small party to celebrate his friend’s birthday tomorrow. 8. My uncle suggested that our family ___ (should) pay _____ a visit to Huong Pagoda. Bài 11: Dựa vào những thông tin cho sẵn, hãy viết câu gợi ý với ‘suggest’ 0. ‘Peter should learn English.’ The teacher said. The teacher suggested that Peter (should) learn English. 1. ‘It’s a good idea that you take a rest from work.’ My sister said to me. My sister suggested that I (should) take a rest from work. 2. ‘How about going to the sea this weekend?’ Tom asked. Tom suggested going to the sea that weekend. 3. ‘Jim, you should never play truant again.’ Jane said. Jane suggested that Jim should never play truant again. 4. ‘Why don’t we go out and enjoy the weather?’ My mom said. My mom suggested going out and enjoying the weather. 5. ‘If you visit Hanoi, you should go to Hoan Kiem Lake.’ My friend told me. My friend suggested that I (should) go to Hoan Kiem Lake if I visited Hanoi. 6. ‘Jane, why don’t you finish your homework before going out?’ James’s mother said. Jane’s mother suggested that she (should) finish her homework before going out. 7. ‘Let’s work out the solution together!’ Peter says. Peter suggested working out the solution together. 8. My father advised me to take any opportunities that I had. My father suggested that I (should) take any opportunities that I had. Bài 12: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng 1. A. appeals B. attentions C. attractions D. attachments 2. A. is listed B. is listing C. lists D. listed D. In spite 3. A. But B. Yet C. Despite 4. A. Story B. Tale C. Fable D. Legend 5. A. defeat B. defeated C. defeating D. are defeated 6. A. went B. scattered C. turned D. mattered B. believes C. was believed D. believed 7. A. is believed 8. A. into B. out C. off D. on Bài 13: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi. 1. In which part of the British Isles will the weather be driest on 10 March? A. South East and Eastern England B. Central, Northwest, Northern and North East England. 158
C. Southwest England and Wales. D. Central, Southwest and Northwest Scotland. 2. In general the pattern of weather across the British Isles on 10 March is that A. rain will die out later in the day. B. rain will increase during the day. C. it will rain on and off all day. D. it will rain steadily in most places. 3. Where will there be most rain during the day? A. Southeast and Eastern England. B. Central, Northwest, Northern and Northeast England. C. Southwest England and Wales. D. Northeast Scotland, Orkney, Shetland. 4. The temperature will not rise above 10oC in the following area: A. Southeast and Eastern England. B. Central, North West, Northern and Northeast England. C. Southwest England and Wales. D. Central, Southern and Northwest Scotland. 5. It appears that in general the weather on 11 March will be A. very much the same. B. much wetter. C. much warmer. D. more sunny. UNIT 6: VIETNAM: THEN AND NOW
4. Jim / be / very / upset / before / Mary / cheer / him / up. Jim had been very upset before Mary cheered him up. 5. She / tell / me / yesterday / she / not / finish / her / assignment / yet. She told me yesterday that she had not finished her assignment yet. 6. What / happen / after / Jim / propose / to / Jane? What happened after Jim had proposed to Jane? 7. You / eat / dinner / before / you / come / here? Had you eaten dinner before you came here? 8. Peter / travel / a lot / before / his leg / seriously / injure / in / accident. Peter had travelled a lot before his leg was seriously injured in an accident. Bài 4: Hoàn thành các câu sau bằng dạng đúng của các động từ cho sẵn. Commute Be (Not) build Suffer Evacuate Cooperate Try Mushroom
Bài 1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thời quá khứ hoàn thành. 1. Before hanging out with friends, Jim (do)______had done______ his homework. 2. Peter told me that he (already finish)___ had already finished ___ reading ‘Harry Porter’. 3. Mary said she (never be)_____ had never been __ to Paris before. 4. When we came to the movie theater, the film (start)___ had started___ . 5. Where ___ had Jim been _ (Jim / be) before you found him? 6. Peter (travel)____ had travelled __ to 5 foreign countries on business trips before he retired. 7. My mother (write)___ had written ____ me a note before she left for work. 8. I wish I (not attend)__ had not attended _____ that meeting. 9. Jim (read)___ had read ____ all his books before he brought a new one yesterday. 10. ____ had you cleaned ___ (you / clean) your room before you went out? Bài 2: Cho dạng đúng của dộng từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành hoặc quá khứ đơn. 1. Mr. Brown (come)___ came ___ home as soon as he (finish)____ had finished ____ his work. 2. I (live)___ had lived __ in Texas for 4 years before I (move)__ moved ____ to California. 3. When Mr. Smith (wake)___ woke __ yesterday morning, breakfast (already be) __ had already been _ ready. 4. Before I (get)___ got ___ promotion, I (work)___ had worked _ very hard. 5. Yesterday, my mother (pick)___ had picked __ me up from school before we (go) __ went ___ shopping together. 6. Our grandparents (tell)__ told __ us that he (serve)__ had served __ in the army in 1945. 7. After having dinner with my boyfriend, I (go)___ went __ home. 8. Yesterday (be)___ was ____ the first time Jane (perform)___ had performed __ in front of such large audience. 9. Peter (admit)____ admitted __ he (break)___ had broken __ my favorite vase the day before. 10. What ___had you done___ (you / do) before you (come)___ came______ there? 11. Yesterday I (feel)____ felt __ nervous as I (not prepare)___ had not prepared ____ my presentation carefully. 12. ___ Did Peter come___ (Peter / come) to see you after he (finish)__ had finished __ his work? 13. Mary (prepare)___ had prepared __ the meal before she (invite)___ invited __ her new neighbor to have lunch with her. 14. Before I (buy)____ bought __ a car, I (travel)__ had travelled ____ by bus for nearly 5 years. 15. As soon as Jane (see)____ saw___ Jim, she (storm)___ stormed __ out of the room. Bài 3: Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, hãy viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Before / Peter / go / university /,/ he / take / gap / year. Before Peter went to university, he had taken a gap year. 2. Where / you / be / before / you / come / home. Where had you been before you came home? 3. There / be / many / trees / along / street / before / people / cut / them / down. There had been many trees along the street before people cut them down. 159
Do Want
1. In the past, people ____ had commuted _______ by tram before it was replaced by other modern means of transport. 2. Our family _____ had suffered___ from poverty before we received help from the local people. 3. There _____ was_____ only a slight increase in the amount of money we earned each month after I changed my job. 4. The service industry in our region ______ had mushroomed _____ before the recession. 5. They _____ hadn’t built_______ any flyovers in our area before 2014. 6. Mary and Jane _____ had cooperated ______ closely in the project before they hated each other. 7. What ______ had people done _____ (people) to earn a living before they worked in that factory? 8. They ______ had tried_____ several times before they gave up on their dream. 9. The local authorities __had evacuated__ people from the dangerous area before the flood came. 10. I (always) ____ had always wanted______ to become a superman before I realized that superman wasn’t real. Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho trước viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. It / hard / Jim / do / this / task. It is hard for Jim to do this task. 2. It / not / easy / me / pass / the / test. It is not easy for me to pass the test. 3. It / challenging / you / change / your / job / now. It is challenging for you to change your job now. 4. Mary / always / afraid / try / anything / new. Mary is always afraid to try anything new. 5. You / confident / win / the / competition? Are you confident to win the competition? 6. My mother / pleased / see / me / at / home / now. My mother is pleased to see me at home now. 7. I / sorry / to / hear / that / you / have / accident / last week. I am sorry to hear that you had an accident last week. 8. I / glad / you / come / to / my party. I am glad that you come to my party. 9. It / not / surprising / Peter / be / best / student / in / his / class. It is not surprising that Peter is the best student in his class. 10. I / convinced / Peter / be / right. I am convinced that Peter is right. Bài 6: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. I surethat you have mistaken my pen for yours. I am sure To present 2. Peter is not confident presentinghis ideas to the class. 3. It is impossible thata fish to climb a tree. For 4. Is it possible for me winningthis competition? To win 5. Mr. Brown was relieved hearinghis wife was not injured in the accident. To hear 6. Are you certain that he to bethe pickpocket? Is 160
Was astonished 7. Peter astonishedthat he accidentally found his childhood toy. 8. It is difficult for you passthe test if you don’t study hard. To pass Able 9. Were they be ableto swim across that river? 10. They don’taware that staying up late is bad for health. Aren’t Bài 7: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. that / I / thankful / me / so / homework / with / my / you / am / help. I am so thankful that you help me with my homework. 2. difficult / It / English / has / learn / very / to / for / me / been. It has been very difficult for me to learn English. 3. museum / me / the / it’s / to / interesting / go / to / for. It’s interesting for me to go to the museum. 4. Peter / yesterday / was / party / his / to / came / glad / birthday / that / his / classmates. Peter was glad that his classmates came to his birthday party yesterday. 5. boring / to / very / attend / be / that / must / It / meeting. It must be very boring to attend that meeting. 6. It’s / week / Jim / next / will / hard / house / his / to / move / believe / that. It’s hard to believe that Jim will move his house next week. 7. dangerous / play / It’s / for / to / children / knife / with. It’s dangerous for children to play with knife. 8. sure / he / my / stolen / I / that / am / has / bike. I am sure that he has stolen my bike. Bài 8: Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi. 1. Learning English is no difficult for me. → It isnot difficult for me to learn English. 2. Jim was very confident when he said that he was the best. → Jim was very confident to say that he was the best. 3. Peter received a letter from his foreign friend yesterday. He was very happy about it. → Peter was very happy to receive a letter from his foreign friend yesterday. 4. I can’t come to your party this weekend. I’m afraid. → I am afraid that I can’t come to your party this weekend. 5. Doing gardening is not as easy as it looks. → It is not easy to do gardening as it looks. 6. I had no difficulty in making the last decision. → It was not difficult for me to make the last decision. 7. I think Peter is very happy. He has won a lottery. → I think Peter is very happy that he has won a lottery. 8. You were so lucky. You ran into a famous singer → You were so lucky to run into a famous singer. BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 9: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. By the age of 25, Mr. Brown (own)______ had owned___ a large house and two expensive cars. 2. I (expect)______ had expected_______ that Mary would come before she (tell)____ told______ me that she couldn’t afford time. 3. It (be)_______ had been ____ very difficult for me (carry)____to carry ______ this project because my professor (give)______ gave_____ some advice. 4. Yesterday, my mom (be)______was ____ very angry (find)_____ to find ____ out that I (not do)_____ hadn’t done_____ the laundry yet. 5. _____ Had you stayed____ (you / stay) in your room before your mother (find)___ found _____ you? 6. By the time we (arrive)_____ arrived ____ at the station, the train (already leave) ____ had already left ____ for 15 minutes. 7. When Jim (come) ______came_____ home, he (be)____was ___ angry (realize)___ to realize______ that someone (break)____ had broken ____ into his house. 8. ____ Was it_____ (it / be) hard for you (understand)____ to understa____ the lesson yesterday? 9. As soon as the teacher (walk)_____ walked ______ into the classroom, she (be)_____ wast ______ surprised that her students (prepare)____ had prepared_____ a birthday present for her. 161
10. _____ Were you_____ (you / be) confident that you would win the competition? Bài 10: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh 1. By / the / time / Peter / everyone / already / leave. By the time Peter came, everyone had already left. 2. They / really / enjoy / themselves / at / party / before / they / have / go / home. They had really enjoyed themselves at the party before they had to go home. 3. It / be / boring / me / learn / Japanese / before / I / have / new / teacher. It had been boring for me to learn Japanese before I had a new teacher. 4. Yesterday / it / surprising / that / my sister / cook / dinner / before / I / come / home. Yesterday it was surprising that my sister had cooked dinner. 5. I / annoyed / that / my brother / not / clean / the house / before / he / go / out. I was annoyed that my brother hadn’t cleaned the house before he went out. 6. You / happy / know / that / your mother / give / you / a special / gift / yesterday? Were you happy to know that your mother gave you a special gift yesterday? 7. Peter / disappointed / know / his / final scores. Peter was disappointed to know his final scores. 8. It / difficult / me / accept / the fact / that / I / not / get / that / job. It was difficult for me to accept the fact that I didn’t get that job. Bài 11: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng B. for my C. to me D. that I 1. A. for me 2. A. has always been B. had always been C. was always D. is always D. passes 3. A. has passed B. had passed C. passed 4. A. when B. although C. yet D. instead 5. A. shared B. sharing C. shares D. to share C. made D. turned 6. A. called B. regarded 7. A. to B. on C. for D. that 8. A. to B. on C. than D. that Bài 12: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi. 1. Plastics of various kinds have been used for making bottles A. since 1982 B. since the 1970s but only for large bottles C. since the 1960s but not for liquids with gas in them D. since companies like Coca Cola first tried them. 2. Why was ICI’s Plastics Division interested in polyester for bottles? A. The other things they make are not selling well. B. Glass manufacturers cannot make enough new bottles. C. They have factories which could be adapted to make it. D. The price of oil keeps changing. 3. Why aren’t all bottles now made of polyester? A. The price of oil and plastic has risen B. It is not suitable for containing gassy drinks C. The public like traditional glass bottlesD. Shop keepers dislike re-useable bottles. 4. Manufacturers think polyester bottles are better than glass bottles because they ___________. A. Are cheaper B. are more suited to small sizes C. are more exciting to look at D. do not break easily 5. Plastic containers for holding food in the same way as cans A. have been used for many years B. are an idea that interests the plastics companies C. are possible, but only for hot food D. are the first things being made in the new factories
162
163
UNIT 7: RECIPES AND EATING HABITS ( CÁCH CHẾ BIẾN THỨC ĂN VÀ THÓI QUEN ĂN UỐNG) A. VOCABULARY 1. chop (v) /tʃɒp/: chặt 2. cube (n) /kjuːb/: miếng hình lập phương 3. deep-fry (v) /diːp-fraɪ/: rán ngập mỡ 4. dip (v) /dɪp/: nhúng 5. drain (v) /dreɪn/: làm ráo nước 6. garnish (v) /ˈɡɑːrnɪʃ/: trang trí (món ăn) 7. grate (v) /ɡreɪt/: nạo 8. grill (v) /ɡrɪl/: nướng 9. marinate (v) /ˈmærɪneɪt/: ướp 10. peel (v) /piːl/: gọt vỏ, bóc vỏ 11. purée (v) /ˈpjʊəreɪ/: xay nhuyễn 12. roast (v) /rəʊst/: quay 13. shallot (n) /ʃəˈlɒt/: hành khô 14. simmer (v) /ˈsɪmə(r)/: om 15. spread (v) /spred/: phết 16. sprinkle (v) /ˈsprɪŋkl/: rắc 17. slice (v) /slaɪs/: cắt lát 18. staple (n) /ˈsteɪpl/: lương thực chính 19. starter (n) /ˈstɑːtə(r)/: món khai vị 20. steam (v) /stiːm/: hấp 21. stew (v) /stjuː/: hầm 22. stir-fry (v) /stɜː(r)-fraɪ/: xào 23. tender (adj) /ˈtendə(r)/: mềm 24. versatile (adj) /ˈvɜːsətaɪl/: đa dụng 25. whisk (v) /wɪsk/: đánh (trứng…)
B. I. 1.
GRAMMAR ÔN TẬP TỪ ĐỊNH LƯỢNG (QUANTIFIERS) A/ an “a” và “an” (một) là hai mạo từ được dùng cho danh từ đếm được số ít. “a” Cách dùng đứng trước phụ âm, “an” đứng trước nguyên âm (u,e,o,a,i). - There is a cat. ( Có một con mèo). Ví dụ - There isn’t a house. (Không có một ngôi nhà) - Is there an egg? ( Có một quả trứng không?) 2. Some / Any Some ( một vài, một ít) Any (nào) “Some” được dùng trong câu khẳng định và “Any” được dùng trong câu phủ định và câu hỏi lời mời, yêu cầu. Ví dụ: Do you have any pens? Ví dụ: Would you like some tea? ( Bạn có chiếc bút nào không?) (Bạn dùng một ít chè nhé?) “Some” đứng trước danh từ không đếm “Any” đứng trước danh từ không đếm được được hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều. hoặc danh từ đếm được số nhiều. Ví dụ: Ví dụ: There are some butter. (Có một chút bơ) There isn't any butter. (Không có chút bơ nào There are some eggs.(Có một vài quả trứng) cả.) Are there any eggs? (Có quả trứng nào không?) 3.
Từ định lượng cho đồ ăn 1
A teaspoon of honey (một thìa trà (nhỏ) mật ong)
A cup of soda (một cốc sô đa)
A tin of sardine (một hộp, lon cá trích)
A tablespoon of sugar (một thìa xúp (đầy) đường)
A bottle of wine (một chai rượu) A carton of cookies (một hộp bánh quy)
A piece of bread (một mẩu bánh mỳ) A kilo of rice (một cân gạo)
A pot of jam ( Một hũ mứt) A slice of bread ( một lát bánh mì) A bowl of soup (một bát súp) A pinch of salt (một nhúm muối) A head of cabbage (một cây bắp cải) A clove of garlic (một nhánh tỏi)
A glass of beer (một ly bia)
a leaf of lettuce (một lá rau diếp)
A drop of oil (một giọt dầu) A stick of sinnamon (một thanh/ cây quế) A handful of cherry tomatoes (một nắm cà chua bi) A little of water (một ít nước)
A bag of pepper ( một túi hại tiêu) A bunnch of banana (một chùm/ nải chuối) A loaf of bread (một ổ bánh mì) A pitcher of lemonade (một bình nước chanh)
■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1. Điền “a”, “an”, hoặc Þ vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. Mary spent ________________hours preparing a four-course meal for her family. 2. ________________apple a day keeps the doctor away. 3. It may take you up to________________ hour to make this dish. 4. You should drink_____________ glass of warm water and take_____________rest. 5. Jane have________________ beautiful eyes. 6. Jane is studying at________________ university in Australia. 7. Can you take ______________ care of the house when I am not home? 8. It is ________________honor for me to be invited to your party. 9. ________________ sheep were gazing in the fields over there. 10. I have to wear ________________uniform when I go to school. 11. I asked Mr. Brown to keep________________ eye on your house when we were away. 12. The English test was just ________________piece of cake to me. I didn’t worry much about it. 13. ________________ police suspect a local gang. 14. This is________________ expensive restaurant. We should find another one. 15. The room is in ________________ need of a thorough clean. Bài 2: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng 1.Mary doesn’t need (some/any) help from others as she can do it by herself. 2. There aren’t (some/any) flowers in my garden. 3. Excuse me, I need (some/any) information about the flights to Moscow next Monday. 4. We went shopping although we didn’t intend to by (some/any) clothes. 5. I wish that my teacher wouldn’t give us (some/any) homework today. 6. I’m exshausted. I want to have (some/any) time to get back my energy. 7. Do we have (some/any) money to buy a new carpet? This one is too old. 8. I don’t have any wet tissues but Jane has (some/any). 9. Yesterday the interviewer asked me (some/any) questions related to my previous job. 10. I hope that you will put (some/any) more effort in your learning. 11. I bought (some/any) milk and (some/any) cheese yesterday. 12. I was a pity that they didn’t have (some/any) more tickets to sell. 2
13. I really need (some/any) help from my friends at the moment. 14. Jim wants to have (some/ any) new shoes. 15. I think I should prepare (some/any) cookies in case Jim wants to eat Bài 3: Điền “a”, “an”, “some” hoặc “any” vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. Have you heard ________________ news about the accident on the main road? 2. It is a pity that I don't have ________________camera now, 3. My brother likes ________________modern music. 4. I realized that ________________strange man was following me. 5. Would you like ________________cup of coffee? 6. There is________________glimmer of hope that Mary will recover from her illness. 7. I don't have________________ pets. I wish I had one. 8. I think________________ black dress is not suitable for you. 9. Jim has made ________________ good impression on his new co-workers. 10. It was ________________ great hornor to receive the reward. 11. Mary claimed that she didn’t have ________________unique talents. 12. I don’t want ________________ more vegetables. 13. ________________ people find it difficult to learn a foreign language. 14. There aren’t ________________ oranges left in the fridge so we decided to go shopping for ________________ 15. David doesn’t have ________________ expectations of his future career. Bài 4: Hoàn thành câu với những từ cho sẵn. Heads bowl glass kilos handful Cloves Slice Pitchers carton pinch 1. My father rarely has a ________________of bread for breakfast. 2. Would you like a ________________of beer? 3. We need to buy some________________ of rice. 4. Jane is making some________________ of lemonade for the party. 5. I asked my mother for another________________ of soup. 6. My grandmother often give me a ________________of home-made cookies every week. 7. Can you help me crush some________________of garlic? 8. You might need more than a ________________ of cherry tomatoes to make salad. 9. Can you go to the supermarket and buy some________________ of cabbage? ‘ 10. A ________________of salt is enough. If you put more, the soup will be too salty. Bài 5: Tìm lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng 1. Have you put some salt in the curry? ________________ 2. The ingredients of this dish include a spoontable of sugar. ________________ 3. Would you like any more tea? ________________ 4. The thief has been arrested by a police. ________________ 5. I have never watched an horror movie before. ' ________________ 6. There aren’t some piece of news about the robbery ________________ 7. They haven’t made a decisions yet. ________________ 8. My mother has bought some pitchers of sardine. ________________ 9. You might need a sugar to perfect your dish ________________ 10. Do you have any stick of cinnamon here? ________________ II. ĐỘNG TỪ KHUYẾT THIẾU TRONG CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN LOẠI 1 (Modal verbs in conditional sentences type 1) Ôn tập câu điều kiện loại 1. Chức năng Dùng để diễn tả 1 hành động có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai. If + S + V(s/es) + (bổ ngữ), S+ will + V nguyên mẫu + (bổ ngữ) (thì hiện tại đơn) (thì tương lai đơn) Cấu trúc Mệnh đề IF dùng thì hiện tại đơn, mệnh đề chính dùng thì tương lại đơn 3
If I have money, I will buy a new computer. (Nếu có tiền, tôi sẽ mua 1 cái máy tính mới.) If you work hard, you will make a lot of money. (Nếu bạn làm việc chăm chỉ, bạn sẽ kiếm được nhiều tiền.) Động từ khiếm khuyết trong câu điều kiện loại 1. Trong cấu trúc câu tiêu chuẩn của câu điều kiện loại 1, 'mệnh đề IFsử dụng thì hiện tại đơn và mệnh đề chính sử dụng “will + V nguyên mẫu” Tuy nhiên thay vì dùng “will” ta có thể dùng các động từ khiếm khuyết khác như: can,must, might, may hoặc should trong mệnh đề chính để diễn đạt khả năng, sự cho phép, lời khuyên, sự cần thiết... Động từ khuyết thiếu trong câu Ví dụ điều kiện loại 1 may/might (sự có thể) If you ask George, he may/ might beable to help you. If you drop that glass, it might break. can/may (sự cho phép) You can/may leave the room if you have finished the test. If you finish your homework, you can watch TV. must (sự tuân theo/sự cần thiết) If he doesn’t come soon, We must leave without him. You must/ have to study hard if you want to pass the exam, should ((lời khuyên) If you ever go to Chicago, you should take a boat trip on the river. If he calls you, you should go. can (khả năng) She can learn to become a good cook if she tries hard. If I have money, I can spend it. ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 6: Nối mệnh đề ở cột A với mệnh đề ở cột B để tạo câu điều kiện loại 1 A B Ví dụ
1. If you want to be a good cook,
A. you mustn't watch TV or play computer games 2. Even if Kate begs you to let her cook, B. you might be in great trouble. 3. If you do not finish your homework, C. you can catch the bus number 03. 4. If you do not obey your teacher, D. you may not come to the meeting. 5. If you want to go downtown, E. you should practice cooking every day. 6. If you are very busy, F. you shouldn't allow her to do it. 7. If Peter realizers his full potential, G. he may be more successful in life. 8. If 1 save enough money by the end of this H. I will definitely go on an excursion with my year, family. Bài 7 : Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. If it (not pour)___________with rain tomorrow, we can (go)__________on a picnic 2. If James (start)__________to cook now, dinner (be)_________ready in one hour. 3. If Jane (not make) __________it the meeting on time, her manager may (get)___________ very angry. 4. If they (be)__________ occupied this weekend, they can (not come)__________to my house for dinner. 5. You must (not leave)____________ the house unless I (allow) ___________ you to go 6. Peter (just waste) __________ his money if he (take)________________ a course in this English center. 7. If he (be) ___________late, he can (not buy)___________ the tickets. 8. Unless she (pay)______________ more attention to the lesson, she (fail) ____________ the test. 9. It (be)___________late if you ( not start) ___________your work now. 10. My mother (not permit) ____________ me to go out unless I (promise) ___________ her to come back before 10. Bài 8: Viết câu điều kiện loại 1 với if dựa vào các câu cho sẵn. 0. Work harder or you lose the job. 4
-> If you don’t work harder, you will lose the job. 1. Stop telling lies or no one will trust you anymore. _________________________________________________________________ 2. Pay attention to the teacher or you can’t understand the lessons. _________________________________________________________________ 3. Go to bed early or you will be exhausted the next morning. _________________________________________________________________ 4. Save money from now and you can reward yourself with a long vacation at the end of the year. _________________________________________________________________ 5. Read more books and you can broaden your knowledge. _________________________________________________________________ 6. Brush your teeth often in order not to get toothache. _________________________________________________________________ 7. Listen carefully or you won't know what to do. _______________________________________________________ 8. Unless you want to get sick, you should eat more healthily. _________________________________________________________________ Bài 9. Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1.even/I/me/ if/ will/ to/ never/ apologizes/ forgive/he/him. _________________________________________________________________ 2. to/ You/ may/ have/ early/ you/ if/ leave _________________________________________________________________ 3. specialties/ Thailand/ local/ visit/ ,/ the/ to/ try/ happen/ should/ you/ you/ if. _________________________________________________________________ 4. harder/ your/ you/ work/ in/ can/ you/ achieve/ If/ more/ ,/ life. _________________________________________________________________ 5. promotion/ he/ get/ must/ to/ dedication/ show/ wants/ his/ James/ hard/ work/ , / and. _________________________________________________________________ 6. Will / time/ you/ afford/ come/ can/ to/ you/ my/ if/ house? _________________________________________________________________ 7. if/ job/ he/ do/ to/ What/ change/ can/ he/ wants/ his? _________________________________________________________________ 8.trouble/ ,/ you/ in/ help/ can/ are/ call/ you/ me/ If/ for. _________________________________________________________________ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 10. Điền a/ an/ some/ any vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. We are going to work together for _______________ time. 2. Would you like ____________ more coffee? 3. I don’t have ____________ time for myself now. 4. You can’t go out without ____________ shoes. 5. I hope my teacher will provide me ____________ information about internship this year. 6. I regretted that I didn’t take ____________photos of the city I visited last month. 7. I really admire Jim because he has ____________ good knowledge of fine art. 8. It seemed like ____________ thousand people presented at the city square. 9. Have you got ____________ first hand experiences related to this job? 10. I can see ____________ golden fish in the pool. They are darting around. 11. I haven’t heard____________ single song of this singer but i have heard a lot of her bad reputation, 12. Have you done____________ research on the matter? 13. I've got hardly_______________money. 14. She asked if we had _______________questions concering the topic of light pollution. 15. My teacher forbids _____________ talking in class. 5
Bài 11: Hoàn thành câu với một định lượng thích hợp. 1.There is not a _____of pepper left in the cupboard. We need to buy some. 2. Jim has had two ____________ of beer and he is getting drunk now. 3. My mother told me to put a______________of salt into the soup 4. My friend gave me a __________of strawberry jam yesterday. 5. Jim came to my house with a ____________of rice wine as a gift. 6. You don’t need a______________of sugar to sweeten your coffee, just a teaspoon is enough. 7. You need half a______________of flour to make a cake that is big enough for all of us. 8. I don't want any__________________of lettuce in my salad because I hate that. Bài 12:Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. Should I will find a parttimejobif I havefreetime? ___________ 2. If Jane doesn't show up before ten, she can have to be ___________ disqualified from the contest. 3. I will hope you will join on us Sunday if you can afford time. ___________ 4. You should practice a lot if you should want to speak English fluently. ___________ 5. If you are a teacher, you could be put under a lot of pressure. ___________ 6. You could go out if you have done the housework. ___________ 7. Mary often asks me what should she do if she is in trouble. ___________ 8. If you wish to be a good student, you would spend more time self-studying. _________ Bài 13: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Jim/ always/ ask / me/ what/ I/ do/ if/ I / see/ shooting star __________________________________________________________ 2. My mother/ often/ add/ stick/ cinnamon/ in/ soup __________________________________________________________ 3. If/ you/ can/ not/drink/ black/ coffee/ ,/ you/ can/ add/ milk/ or/ sugar. __________________________________________________________ 4. How/ the/ cake/taste/ if/ we /add/ drop/ olive/ oil? __________________________________________________________ 5. My son/ not/ eat/ salad/ if/ there/ be/ tomatoes/ in/it. __________________________________________________________ 6.My sister/ often/ eat/ slices/ bread/ with/ strawberry/ jam/ for/ breakfast. __________________________________________________________ 7.Yesterday/ my/ mother/ and/ l/ buy/ some/ tin/ sardine/ and/ vegetables. __________________________________________________________ 8. If/ you/ want/ your/ dish/ look/ better/ you/ garnish/ it/ with/ vegetables. __________________________________________________________ C.EXERCISES TEST 1 UNIT 7 Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. A.grate B.staple C.marinate A.versatile B.slice C.sprinkle A.sprinkle B.drain C. tender Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. A.recipe B.tablespoon C.ingredient A.avocado B.traditional C.ingredient Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. Moderation doesn't mean the foods you love. A.to eliminate B.eliminating C.to prevent 7. Studies suggest only when you are most active and giving your long break each day. A.to eat B.being eaten C.eating
I. 1. 2. 3. II. 4. 5. III. 6.
6
D.shallot D.combine D.garnish D.benefit D.significant
D.preventing digestive system a D.being eating
8.
Your body uses calcium to build healthy bones and teeth, them strong as you age. A.remain B.care C.continue D.keep 9. If you eat too quickly, you may not attention to whether your hunger is satisfied. A.pay B.take C.keep D.show 10. Common eating habits that can lead to are: eating too fast, eating when not hungry, eating while standing up, and skipping meals. A.gain weight B.weight gain C.put on weight D.be heavy 11. Keeping a for a few days will help you discover your bad eating habits. A.diary B.personal C.food diary D.report 12. You may have had certain eating habits for so long that you do not they are unhealthy. A.recognize B.realize C.understand D.tell 13. If children don’t play sports, they sleepy and tired. A.would feel B.will feel C.would have felt D.had felt 14. If parents don’t cook at home, their children more fast food. A.have B.would have C.may have D.had had 15. If you eat a lot of fruit, you health problems. A.have B.may have C.had D.will never have IV. Match the food quantifiers in column A with the groups of nouns in column B. Writethe answer in each blank. Answer
A 1. a spoonful of 2. a glass of/ a bottle of 3. a cup of/ a mug of/ a pot of 4. a bag of 5. a carton of 6. a head of 7. a bunch of 8. a cube of 9. a slice of 10. a clove of
B A.lettuce, cabbage, cauliflower, garlic, broccoli B.flour, sugar, oat, beans C.sausage, bread, pork, cheese D.milk, water, beer, wine, cola E.grapes, bananas, onions, carrots F.eggs, milk, yogurt, soup G. honey, medicine, ice cream, sugar H. garlic, shallots I. coffee, tea, cocoa, hot water J. butter, sugar, ice
V. Underline the correct verb in each sentence. 1. (Stir/ Drain/ Chop) the carrot into small circles. 2. (Mix/ Boil/ Bake) the lasagne for 30 minutes in the oven. 3. After ten minutes, (drain/ boil/ fry) the spaghetti until there is no water left. Then place the pasta into a large bowl. 4. (Peel/ Stir/ Fry) the onion and throw away the skin. 5. (Drain/ Marinate/ Chop) the steak with salt, pepper and lemon. 6. (Simmer/ Fry/ Bake) the onion until it is soft, but not brown. 7. Constantly (fry/ stir/ boil) the mixture using a wooden spoon. 8. When the mixture looks shiny, (fry/ pour/ chop) it into individual dishes. 9. When you have finished preparing the vegetables, (stir/ mix/ chop) them together with your hands. 10. (Fry/ Bake/ Boil) the spaghetti for ten minutes, or until soft. VI. Fill in each blank with a, an, some, or any. 1. Have you got orange juice? good baby food. 2. Fish is 3. We haven’t got eggs. 4. My little brother is three. He eats with plastic spoon. 7
5. Are there knives on the table? sandwich with herbs and spices. 6. I want 7. We haven’t got more bread. Would you like biscuits with your cheese? 8. “I’m sorry, we haven’t got hot food, but we’ve got sandwiches if you’re hungry.” „ 9. “What would you like to drink with your breakfast, sir?” - “ black coffee, please.” 10. “Is there ice cream left?” - “No, there isn’t. Have apple! VII. Read the text, and identify whether the statements are true (T), or false (F). Vietnamese food culture varies by regions from the north to the south. In Northern VietNam, Vietnamese food is characterized by light and balanced flavours with the combination of many ingredients. Northerners have been using many kinds of meats like pork, beef, and chicken to cook; besides, some kinds of freshwater fish, crustaceans, and other mollusks like shrimps, crabs, and oysters, etc. Many famous dishes of Viet Nam are cooked with these ingredients such as Bun Rieu, Pho, Bun Rieu, Bun Thang, Bun Cha, Banh Cuon, etc. Then, food culture in Central and Southern Viet Nam has developed suitable flavors in each region. In Central Viet Nam, the regional cuisine of Central Viet Nam is famous for its spicy food, which differs from two other parts with mostly non-spicy food. Hue cuisine is typical Central Viet Nam’s food culture. Dishes of Hue cuisine are decorative and colorful, which expresses the influence of the Vietnamese royal cuisine in the feudal period. Food in the region is often decorated sophisticatedly and used with chili peppers and shrimp sauces, namely, Bun Bo Hue, Banh xeo, or Banh beo, etc. In Southern Viet Nam, the region is characterized by warm weather and fertile soil, which creates favorable conditions for planting a variety of fruit, vegetables and livestock. Thus, food in the region is often added with garlic, shallots and fresh herbs. Particularly, Southerners are favored of sugar; they add sugar in most dishes. Here, there is also an influence of western and Asian cuisines on southern food, such as influences from China, India, France, and Thailand. T F 1. Vietnamese food is rich in flavours and ingredients. 2. Vietnamese food cuisine differs from region to region. 3. Dishes in the north are often spicy with shrimps, crabs, and oysters. 4. Hue cuisine reflects the Vietnamese royal cuisine. 5. Hue dishes Used to be decorated sophisticatedly in the feudal period. 6. We can easily see the Western-style food in Central Viet Nam. 7. Maybe people from other regions feel that southern dishes are sweet. 8. Food in Central Viet Nam is used with garlic, shallots and flesh herbs VIII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. A World of Sausage All over the world, all different cultures created interesting processed meat products, and one of the most popular is undoubtedly sausage. To begin with, sausage making may be considered disgusting as it deals with using various animal parts. Since meat is ground up, certain cuts and parts of an animal that wouldn’t be served in their original forms can be used. Literally, this means animal parts such as noses, ears, and other less appetizing areas of an animal’s body. Very often, the ground up meat and flesh is mixed with a certain percentage of fat, along with spices and other fillers. After being mixed well, this meat mixture is then stuffed into the cleaned intestines of the animal, which are then sealed at both ends. The result is sausage. The meats used in sausages come from a variety of animals, although beef and pork are by far the favourites. In some cultures, sausage made from the meat of horses is considered a delicacy. When sausages are cooked, the cooking process sometimes adds to the flavour. While boiling is probably the simplest method, smoking sausages will add a lot of smoky flavour. Next time you bite into a sausage, it is probably best not to think too much about how it became the tasty thing you are eating. After all, you don’t want to ruin a good snack. 1. Where is the mixture of meat placed? 8
2.
3. 4. 5.
A.Inside a plastic package B. Inside a cleaned intestine C. Inside a refrigerator D. Inside a metal container What won’t be served in their original forms? A.Certain cuts and parts of animals B. Spices and fillers C. Sausages of all types D. Intestines of an animal What are by far the favourite meats for making sausages? A. Chicken B. Horse meat C. Cuts of lamb D. Beef and pork What is the simplest method of cooking sausages? A. Grilling B. Smoking C. Boiling D. Baking What advice is given in the passage? A.Be careful when making sausages. B.Don’t think too much about what you are eating when eating sausages. C. Try not to use too much fat in the meat mixture when making sausages. D. Make sure intestines are cleaned before packing with meat.
IX. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cor D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. A Healthy Life? health experts believe that children and young people today are more(2) than they (1) used to be. So why has this happened? One reason is bad eating habits. (3) of young people don’t have a healthy diet. They eat too much fast food (4) hamburgers and pizza and not enough fruit and vegetables. In the US, many children (5) fast food regularly since they were veryyoung. In fact, almost one-third of American children aged four to nineteen have been eating fast food (6) all the time. They also don’t (7) exercise and spend too(8) of their time watching TV, surfing the Internet or playing computer games. So how can you change your habits if you have been following an unhealthy lifestyle for a long time? First, change your (9) and eat more fruit and vegetables. Next, find an activity you enjoy. Why not try something different like rock climbing, surfing or hiking? Many young people have found that (10) fit and healthy can be a lot of fun. 1. A. Many B. Much C.A lot D.Plenty 2. A. healthy B. healthily C.unhealthy D. unhealthily 3. A. Many B. Much C.Lots D.Very few 4. A. such B. includes C.like D.as 5. A. eat B. are eating C.have been eating D.ate 6. A. nearly B. most C. most of D.for 7. A. play B. make C.do D.bring 8. A. many B. much C.mostly D.most 9. A. menu B. ingredients C.recipes D.diet 10. A. become B. becoming C.became D.to be become X. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in thefollowing passage. The survey of eating habits was (1) in Ho Chi Minh City by a group of Japanese (2) in order to understand the changes of eating environments and habits acompanying with the economic growth after the war in Viet Nam. The surveys were made in 2002 and 2006. In the survey in 2002, the Vietnamese surely took three meals a day without (3) any snacks. They mainly took (4) like rice, bread, noodles and some vegetables. But the (5_) of oils and fats and milk products was rare. It is like (6) of Japan in several decades ago. In the survey in 2006, the changes in eating habits were observed. (7) the rising of their concern on eating, they rarely took food late at night. The variety and frequency of food was increased. The intake of snacks was also increased. These changes are (8) tohave been caused by the 9
change in their (9) towards eating due to the change in lifestyle and those changes had been observed in , however, theywere in Viet Nam. Japan. More (10) 1. A. behaved B.carried C.conducted D.made 2. A. nutrition B.nutritionists C.inspections D.inspector 3. A. taking B.making C.doing D.asking 4. A. basics B.proteins C.staples food D.staples 5. A.processes B.intake C. production D.amount 6. A.that B.what C.those D.which 7. A.Together with B.Because C.Despite D.Due to 8. A. thinking B.found C.considered D.regarded 9. A.confidence B.attitude C.impression D.effect 10. A. rapid B.rapidly C.fast D.friendly XI. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, Cor D for each question. World BBQ To some people, there is nothing more appetizing than the smell of meat sizzling over an open fire. Throughout the world, people love to eat barbecue because it lets them together with friends and family to enjoy a meal that brings them backto their caveman roots. Cooking over coals or an open flame makes people feel more sociable. Most countries have barbecue traditions, and they usually take place on national holidays. In the United States, it is a tradition to have a barbecue of hamburgers and hot dogs on July 4, which is Independence Day. In Taiwan, people get together to eat barbecue during the Moon Festival, and the smell of burning coal is in the air all day. In South America, and in Argentina in particular, barbecue is a way of life. All sorts of meats andsausages are put on a large grill together over hot coals. Barbecue is even considered the national dish in Argentina, and it is given the name asado in Portuguese. This means not only the dish, but also the social event that surrounds an Argentinian barbecue. When a person speaks about Turkish and Middle Eastern barbecue, the kebab immediately comes to mind. The tradition of taking different meats, and sometimes vegetables as well, and spearing them with a sharp stick called a skewer has crossed cultural lines today. Practically anywhere in the Englishspeaking world, the thought of shish-kebab will make barbecue lovers’ mouths water. Wherever you go in the world, you are almost certain to come across a local method of preparing barbecue. If you visit different places, be bold and try whatever the local specialities are. 1. What does the phrase “brings them back to their caveman roots” in paragraph 1 mean? A.Make people want to eat barbecue on an open flame B. Keep people from eating meat C. Make people think about how things were with their ancestors D. Cause people to act more sociable during festivals 2. Where is barbecue considered a way of life? A. The United States B. Taiwan C. The Middle East D. Argentina 3. What are the sharp sticks that are used to cook meat called? A. Specialities B. Skewers C. Shish-kebabs D. Asado 4. Which of the following statements is NOT true? A.Cooking over open fires makes people feel less sociable. B.Shish-kebabs are well-known in Turkey. C. People in the United States eat hamburgers and hot dogs. D. Argentina’s asado is considered the national dish. 5. What is the main idea of the passage? A.Barbecue is a healthy way to eat meat. B.People today are eating more vegetables with their barbecue. C. Local barbecue specialities can be found all over the world. D. People in some countries mostly use sausages when they barbecue 10
XII. Write complete sentences about eating habits in Viet Nam, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. Vietnamese people/ consider/ combination/ yin/ yang/ cooking/ healthy.
Answer
A
2.
The salty food/ belong/ yang/ and/ sour and sweet one/ belong/ yin.
1. bake
3.
In each meal/ everyone/ own bowl/ and/ dishes/ put/ middle.
4.
Therefore/ each one/ eat/ whatever they want/ and/ they/ not need/ eat what/ they dislike.
5.
The food/ meat/ sliced/ small pieces/ so that/ everyone/ take them easily.
2. roast 3. boil 4. fry 5. steam 6. simmer 7. toast 8. stir-fry 9. barbecue 10. stew
TEST 2 (UNIT 7) I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1.A. garnish B. slice C. dip D.grill B. cream C. bread D.head 2.A. spread 3.A.sauce B.stew C.sugar D.steam II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4.A. celery B. marinate C. versatile D.mayonnaise 5.A. cucumber B. delicious C.tomato D.nutritious III. Choose the best answer A, B, Cor D to complete the sentences. 6. Such as sugar, sugarcane, and coconut water are mostly used in Southern Vietnamese food than in Northern and Central Viet Nam. A.dishes B.courses C.ingredients D.menus 7. Despite the differences in cuisine of each region, there are similarities, such as the for main meals - rice, ways of adding fish sauce, herbs and other flavors. A.staple B.basic C.foundation D.necessity 8. Some of famous in Southern Viet Nam are Hu Tieu Nam Vang, Bun Mam, fried rice, flour cake, and many kinds of puddings. A.foods B.dishes C.staples D.ingredients 9. Food in Northern Vietnam is not as as that in Central and Southern Viet Nam, as black pepper is often used rather than chilies. A.strong B.flavour C.spicy D.exciting 10. Another feature in northern cuisine is in winter all family members gather around a big hotpot there is a combination of seasoned broth, vegetables and meats. A.which B.in which C.what D.in what 11. A meal of Hue people has a natural combination between flavors and colors of dishes,which creates in the regional cuisine. the unique A.feature B.part C.description D.list 12. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to the freshness of food. A.stay B.continue C.remain D.exist 13. If I feel hungry in the afternoon, I snacks like fresh carrots. A.would have B.had C.had had D.might have . 14. If my mother goes home late this evening, my father A.will cook B.would cook C.had cooked D.has cooked 15. If people work so much, they depressed and eat more. A.felt B.had felt C.may feel D.may have felt IV. Match each cooking verb in column A with its definition in column B. Write the answer in each blank. 11
V.
B A.cook something slowly in hot liquid kept at or just below the boiling point (85°c/ 95°C) B.cook food in hot oil, or fat C.cook food over charcoal on a grill D.cook or brown food, like bread or cheese by exposing it to a grill or fire E.cook, especially meat, in an oven or over a fire F.cook meat and vegetables slowly in liquid in a closed dish or pan G.fry very quickly over high heat H.cook in an oven without any extra fat I.cook food in boiling water that is 100°C J.cook food by heating it in the steam made from boiling water
Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct word from the box. Each verbhas to be used once, and make sure that you use the correct verb forms. taste simmer bake cut stir whisk mix peel pour grate
some vegetables before cooking them. 1. You have to 2. To make an apple pie, you the apples in thin slices. 3. To prepare a whipped cream, you should to the cream quickly. 4. Swiss chee se is to before being added to pasta. 5. You should the sauce you have prepared to be sure that it is not spicy. 6. When you heat a soup on a gas stove, to it frequently with a wooden spoon. 7. In a bowl, you add different ingredients and then you to them to obtain ahomogenous mixture. 8. Most of the cakes are to in an oven at 200°C. 9. In an earthenware, you can let the preparation to for a long time. 10. To prepare poached eggs, remove the shells, and to them into boiling water. VI. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. VII.
Complete the sentences with a, an, some, or any. We need cheese to go with the pasta. I’m reading interesting book at the moment. We haven’t got homework this weekend. Are there apples on the table? I’d like olive oil on my pizza. There isn’t salt in this soup. Mi got tickets for the concert. I need clove of garlic for this recipe. Have we got rice and fresh fish for the sushi? I’d like egg for my omelette. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. From bush food to barbecues 12
Australia is a huge country and it has a lot of different kinds of food. In the past, the Aboriginal people of Australia ate animals like crocodiles and some insects like the witchetty grub. Aboriginal Australians travelled around the Australian countryside, or ‘bush’, to find food. When the first British and Irish people moved to Australia in the 1830s, they brought sheep and cows from Europe. They also brought traditional English and Irish recipes. Many of these recipes, like fish and chips and meat pies, are still popular today. They also created new Australian recipes such as the pavlova (a fruit dessert - named after a Russian dancer) and damper (a bread cooked in the bush). After 1945, a lot of people came to live in Australia fromcountries like Italy, Germany, Greece, Thailand and India. They brought recipes with them and Australians began to eat and drink different things. People started to drink espresso coffee and eat Mediterranean and Asian food. A lot of modern Australians love cooking with fresh food. They often cook food on barbecues in their gardens or on the beach. Today more people also eat Aboriginal food like kangaroo and emu. Mark Olive, an Aboriginal chef, has a popular TV cookery programme about traditional bush food. There are always new recipes to try in Australia! Task 1. Read the passage again, and decide whether the following statements are true (T), false (F), or not given (NG).
1. Australia doesn’t have many different types of food. 2. In the past, Aboriginal people found food in different places. 3. British and Irish people brought food and recipes to Australia. 4. The people who arrived after 1945 didn’t like Australian food. 5. Australians like food from countries like Italy, Greece, and Thailand. 6. Cooking outside is popular in Australia. 7. Today many people in Australia eat crocodile. Task 2. Find words in the passage that mean... 1. very big (paragraph 1): 2. a name for the first people in Australia (paragraph 1): 3. somewhere to cook food outside (paragraph 4): VIII.
T
F
NG
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Insects on the Menu Humans have a long history of eating insects, and it turns out that they can be a very nutritious part of a person’s regular diet. Insects have a lot of protein, and they are often easier to catch than prey animals. Therefore, it is no wonder that when our ancient ancestors saw some tasty worms or grubs wiggling on the ground, they made a quick snack of them. In Thailand, insects are a regular part of the street food that can be found. The different insects that people snack on are crickets, grasshoppers, giant water bugs, and assorted worms. They are often deepfried and salted, so they have a crunchy texture that makes them a perfect snack food. If you can get past the fact that you are eating a cricket, it will crunch in your mouth just like a corn chip! For a lot of people, however, it is difficult to get over the fear of eating insects. People tend to see insects as invaders, especially when they are crawling on the food that we are about to eat. Therefore, being able to eat insects without feeling disgusted is cultural. Some people cannot eat French cheese or stinky tofu because they weren’t brought up doing so. To many of us, insects fall right into that category, making it difficult to even try them. If given the chance, though, be courageous. Insects can be nutritious and tasty, so long as you can get over the “yuck” factor. 1. Which is the reason given for gathering and eating insects? A. They are very easy to find close to the home. B. They are more nutritious than most vegetables. C. They come in all shapes and sizes. 13
D. They are easier to catch than other prey animals. Why are deep-fried insects considered a perfect snack food? A. Because they taste exactly like corn chips. B. Because they don’t fill you up. C. Because they have a crunchy texture. D. Because they are not expensive. 3. Which insects are not mentioned in the passage? A. water bugs B. grasshoppers C. beetles D. crickets 4. Where are insects a regular part of the street food? A. France B Thailand C. Britain D. All of the above 5. What advice is given in the passage? A. Be courageous B. Eat very cautiously C. Try eating worms first D. Always cook your insects IX. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, Cor D for each question. Free and Easy In the past, getting recipes and cooking tips was a complicated process. A person had to go to the store and buy a cook book, or get recipes from friends. Fortunately, the Internet has changed all that. Now, if you want to find a recipe for lasagne or Cobb salad, you just search online. It couldn’t be simpler. Cooking blogs are a great source of information because they are free and there are so many of them. They are also nice because they give all different kinds of ideas. The problems with blogs is that because we don’t know who is writing them, we need to use with caution. When you are looking at a new blog, you don’t know if the writer knows what he or she is talking about. We’d like to introduce two popular cooking blogs. The first is called Smitten Kitchen. This website is run by a family living in New York City. It focuses on food that doesn’t require many ingredients. If you want to make food that is simple but wonderful, then this is the site for you. It offers hundreds and hundreds of recipes, divided into categories. You will be amazed at how many there are. Wednesday Chef is another great cooking blog. It is run by a writer who lives in Berlin. This blog also offers many recipes, along with recommendations for great restaurants in Berlin, and advice for people who want to start their own blogs. Wednesday Chef has great pictures of its food, as well as interesting pictures of Berlin. The blog got its name because in the past, newspapers published their food articles on Wednesdays. There ate a lot of cooking blogs on the Internet, and most of them are pretty good. Go online and check some of them out. You might be surprised at how much they can help you improve your cooking. 1. How did Wednesday Chef get, its name? A.The writer only posts recipes on Wednesdays. B.The writer only cooks on Wednesdays. C. The writer was born on a Wednesday. D.Newspapers used topublish food articles on Wednesdays. 2. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of cooking blogs? A. There are many of them. B. Everyone who writes them is an expert. C. They are free. D. They give a lot of different ideas. 3. Who runs the blog Smitten Kitchen? A. A family in New York. B. A woman in New York. C. A family in Berlin. D.A woman in Berlin. 4. What does the passage say about Smitten Kitchen? A.It only gives recipes on Italian food. B. It focuses on simple recipes. C. It only offers a few recipes. D.Most of the food on that blog is hard to make. 5. Why should we be careful when we are looking at new blogs? A.We don’t know who the writers are. 2.
14
B.Most new blogs are terrible. C. The recipes on new blogs are usually hard to make. D.They charge you some fees to get the recipes. . X.
Write complete sentences about healthy eating habits, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. We/ eat/ only/ much food/ as/ body/ need. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2.Moderation/ key/ any healthy diet/ and/ it/ also/ mean/ balance/ our diet. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3.Cutting down/ your intake/ sugar/ or/ salt/ help/ you/ prevent/ several problems/ disease. ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 4.You/ eat/ only when/ you/ active/ during daytime/ and/ avoid/ eat/ night. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5.If/ you/ work/ feel hungry/ you/ healthier snacks/ such/ fruits or vegetables. ______________________________________________________________________________ XI.
Write complete sentences about the eating customs in Viet Nam, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1.In Viet Nam/ rice/ one/ staple foods. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2.most common cooking styles/ deep-frying/ stir-frying/ boiling/ steaming. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3.Vietnamese food/ tend/ not/very fatty/ as/ they/ use/ minimal oil/ dishes. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4.Most/ the meals/ combination/ meats/ vegetables/ herbs. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5.Most meals/ served/ extra soy sauce/ fish sauce. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6.The food/ often all/ placed/ center/ table. ______________________________________________________________________________ 7.The Vietnamese/ usually use/ chopsticks/ spoons. ______________________________________________________________________________ 8.Cooks/ like/ emphasize/ fresh, natural taste/ ingredients. ______________________________________________________________________________ TEST 3 UNIT 7 I.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. tender B. garnish C. drain D. sprinkle 2. A. grill B. garnish C. dip D. slice B. spread C. cream D. bread 3. A. head 4. A. sauce B. steam C. sugar D. stew 5. A. marinate B. grate C. shallot D. staple II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. tomato B. nutritious C. ingredient D. tablespoon 2. A. ingredient B. traditional C. repeat D. avocado 3. A. celery B. benefit C. engineer D. versatile 4. A. tender B. simmer C. cucumber D. delicious 5. A. significant B. diverse C. garnish D. combine III.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 15
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
A. ingredient A. understand A. business A. accidental A. pancake
B. cucumber B. librarian B. combine B. outnumber B. canteen
C. particular C. experiment C. endangered C. opinion C. teaspoon
D. analysis D. historical D. reduce D. nutritious D. cabbage
IV.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. A meal of Hue people has a natural combination between flavors and colors of dishes, which creates the unique in the regional cuisine. A. description B. list C. feature D. part 2. You usually vegetables like onion. It means that you cut them into many small pieces. A. grate B. sprinkle C. chop D. whisk 3. has left a bicycle outside. A. Anyone B. Anything C. Someone D. Something 4. Keeping a for a few days will help you discover your bad eating habits. A. food dairy B. report C. diary D. personal 5. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to the freshness of food. A. remain B. exist C. stay D. continue 6. Is there apple juice in the fridge, Quang? A. any B. some C. an D. a 7. don’t visit this part of the town. A. The most tourists B. Most of tourists C. Most tourists D. Most the tourists 8. You may have had certain eating habits for so long that you do not they are unhealthy. A. understand B. tell C. recognize D. realize 9. If children don’t play sports, they sleepy and tired. A. would have felt B. had felt C. would feel D. will feel snacks like fresh carrots. 10. If I feel hungry in the afternoon, I A. had had B. might have C. would have D. had 11. Can I have a pizza, a dozen eggs and a of lemonade, please? A. piece B. tub C. bottle D. jar 12. I think that lemon juice on fish makes it taste better. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little 13. If parents don’t cook at home, their children more fast food. A. may have B. had had C. have D. would have . 14. If my mother goes home late this evening, my father A. had cooked B. has cooked C. will cook D. would cook 15. I would like a of broccoli and two carrots. A. slice B. head C. bunch D. clove 16. We couldn’t buy anything because of the shops were open. A. all B. half C. most D. none health problems. 17. If you eat a lot of fruit, you A. had B. will never have C. have D. may have 18. Such as sugar, sugarcane, and coconut water are mostly used in Southern Vietnamese food than in Northern and Central Viet Nam. A. ingredients B. menus C. dishes D. courses me at the party. 19. I didn’t eat everything that they A. served B. shared C. cooked D. baked 20. The village is very small. There are houses. A. a few B. only a few C. some D. only a little V.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Some of famous in Southern Viet Nam are Hu Tieu Nam Vang, Bun Mam, fried rice, flour cake, and many kinds of puddings. A. stapes B. ingredients C. foods D. dishes
16
2. Beet greens are the most part of the vegetable and can be cooked like any other dark leafy green. A. traditional B. careful C. colourful D. nutritious 3. It is boring here. ever happens in this place. A. Anything B. Something C. Things D. Nothing 4. Moderation doesn’t mean the foods you love. A. to prevent B. preventing C. to eliminate D. eliminating 5. You should eat more fruits and vegetables if you to lose weight. A. would want B. wanted C. will want D. want money. 6. When we were on holiday, we spend too A. a lot of B. many C. much D. lots of 7. If people work so much, they depressed and eat more. A. may feel B. may have felt C. felt D. had felt 8. Studies suggest only when you are most active and giving your digestive system a long break each day. A. eating B. being eating C. to eat D. being eaten 9. Despite the differences in cuisine of each region, there are similarities, such as the for main meals – rice, ways of adding fish sauce, herbs and other flavors. A. foundation B. necessity C. staple D. basic 10. Perhaps the three most popular ice cream are vanilla, chocolate and strawberry. A. offers B. flavours C. brands D. ingredients 11. I spend my spare time gardening. A. most B. the most of C. most of D. most of the 12. Your body uses calcium to build healthy bones and teeth, them strong as you age. A. continue B. keep C. remain D. care 13. Food in Northern Vietnam is not as as that in Central and Southern Viet Nam, as black pepper is often used rather than chilies. A. spicy B. exciting C. strong D. flavour minerals and vitamins, especially vitamin A. 14. Pumpkin soup is a good source of A. fibers B. fats C. sugars D. solids 15. There’s use in complaining. They probably won’t do anything about it. A. a few B. a little C. no D. some 16. If you eat too quickly, you may not attention to whether your hunger is satisfied. A. keep B. show C. pay D. take 17. Another feature in northern cuisine is in winter all family members gather around a big hotpot there is a combination of seasoned broth, vegetables and meats. A. what B. where C. which D. in which chicken. You cook it in an oven or over a fire without liquid. 18. You A. fry B. roast C. steam D. boil 19. cups of coffee have you taken? A. How many B. How much C. How D. How far 20. Common eating habits that can lead to are: eating too fast, eating when not hungry, eating while standing up, and skipping meals. A. put on weight B. be heavy C. gain weight D. weight gain VI.Complete the sentences with a, an, some or any. 1. I don’t have paper. 2. Is there petrol in the car? 3. I buy fruits, but I don’t have vegetables. 4. Do you have stamps? I need two. butter to make a cake. 5. I need 6. I don’t have free time today. Sorry. potatoes in the basket? 7. Are there 8. There is ink-pot on the table. 9. Can I have glass of milk? 10. Thank you. And box of chocolates would be fine. 17
VII.Complete the sentences with a, an, some or any. 1. There is banana in the basket. tea. 2. I need 3. Are there tomatoes in the fridge? 4. We have rice, but we don’t have meat. orange on the table. 5. There’s 6. I’d like apple juice. 7. He has TV and computer. 8. Would you like ice- cream? friends in Hue. 9. I have 10. Do you have dogs or cats at home? VIII.Fill in the blanks with: much/ many/ few/ little/ most. 1. She isn’t very popular. She has friends. 2. Ann is very busy these days. She has free time. photographs when you were on holiday? 3. Did you take 4. I’m not very busy today. I haven’t got to do. 5. This is very modern city. There are old buildings. rain. 6. The weather has been very dry recently. We’ve had 7. English learners is becoming greater and greater. 8. people have applied for the job. 9. Did it cost to repair the car? of my friends live in HCM city. 10. IX.Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses of the conditionals. 1. If you (not go) away I’ll send for the police. any more mistakes. 2. I’ll be very angry if he (make) 3. If he (be) late we’ll go without him. 4. She will be absolutely furious if she (hear) about this. 5. If you put on the kettle I (make) the tea. it at once. 6. If you give my dog a bone he (bury) 7. If we leave the car here it (not be) in anybody’s way. 8. He’ll be late for the train if he (not start) at once. 9. If you come late they (not let) you in. 10. If he (go) on telling lies nobody will believe a word he says. X. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tenses of the conditionals. 1. If we (take) , the children (not go) for a walk. the novel, she (not pas) the literature test. 2. If she (not read) 3. If I (not argue) with my friend, he (lend) me his motorbike. 4. If we (take) the bus, we (not arrive) in time. 5. If Dick (not buy) the book, his friends (be) angry with him. 6. If Tom (not tidy up) his room, Victoria (not help) him with the muffins. football, the girls (not come) to the football 7. If the boys (not play) pitch. 8. If you (eat) too much junk food, you (not lose) weight. breakfast tomorrow morning, my girlfriend (not love) 9. If I (not make) me anymore. 10. If they (not hurry) , they (not catch) the train. XI.Identify the one underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence correct. 1. If someone came into the store, smile and say, “May I help you?” A B C D 2. If you try these cosmetics, you look five years younger. A B C D 3. If you do not understand what were written in the book, you could ask Mr. Pike. A B C D 4. I will come to meet Mr. Pike and tell him about your problems if you didn’t solve them 18
A B yourself. 5. Sam will not graduate unless he doesn’t pass allthe tests. A B C D 6. If there isn’tenough food, we couldn’t continue our journey. A B C D 7. Unless you pour oil on water, it will float. A B C D 8. You have totake a taxi home if you want to leave now. A B C D 9. If anyone will phone, tell them I’ll be back at 11:00. A B C D 10. We can hire a minibusifthere will be enough people. A B C D
C
D
XII.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, c or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Humans have a long history of eating insects, and it turns out that they can be a very (1) part of a person’s regular (2) . Insects have a lot of protein, and they are often easier to catch than (3) animals. Therefore, it is no wonder that when our ancient (4) saw some tasty worms or grabs wiggling on the ground, they made a quick snack of them. In Thailand, insects are a regular part of the street food that can be found. The different (5) that people snack on are crickets, grasshoppers, giant water bugs, and assorted worms. They are often deep-fried and salted, so they have a crunchy texture that makes them a perfect snack food. If you can get that you are eating a cricket, it will crunch in your mouth just like a corn chip! past the (6) For a lot of people, however, it is difficult to get (7) the fear of eating insects. People tend to see insects as invaders, especially when they are crawling on the food that we are about to ear. (8) being able to eat insects (9) feeling disgusted is cultural. Some people cannot eat French cheese or stinky tofu because they weren’t brought up doing so. To many of us, insects fail right into that category, making it difficult to even try them. the chance, though, be courageous, insects can be nutritious and tasty, so long as you If (10) can get over the “yuck” factor. 1. A. nutrition B. nutritious C. nutritions D. nutritiously 2. A. health B. fitness C. diet D. balance 3. A. prey B. pray C. eat D. digest 4. A. acquaints B. relatives C. ancestors D. offspring 5. A. insects B. animals C. herbs D. cattle 6. A. true B. exact C. fact D. reality 7. A. up B. over C. down D. on 8. A. However B. Although C. Meanwhile D. Therefore 9. A. without B. in C. far D. on 10. A. giving B. gives C. gave D. given XIII.Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence, using “you”. 1. Vegetarians don’t eat meat. => If you’re a vegetarian, ___________________________________________ 2. People who live in a cold country don t like hot weather. => If you live ____________________________________________________ 3. Teachers have to work very hard. => If you’re a teacher, _____________________________________________ 4. People who do a lot of exercise stay fit and healthy. => If you ________________________________________________________ 5. Mechanics understand engines. => If you’re a ____________________________________________________ 6. People who read newspapers know what’s happening in the world. => If you ________________________________________________________ 19
XIV.Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. Eating healthy foods is very important. => It is ______________________________________________________________________ 2. I suggest having spaghetti and pizza tonight. => Let’s _____________________________________________________________________ 3. You need to peel the onion and slice it. => The onion _________________________________________________________________ 4. Follow these safety instructions or you may get burnt. => If you ____________________________________________________________________ 5. My aunt has never tasted sushi before. => This is ____________________________________________________________________
UNIT 8: TOURISM A.VOCABULARY 1. affordable (adj) /əˈfɔːdəbl/: có thể chi trả được, hợp túi tiền 2. air (v) /eə(r)/: phát sóng (đài, vô tuyến) 3. breathtaking (adj) /ˈbreθteɪkɪŋ/: ấn tượng, hấp dẫn 4. check-in (n) /tʃek-ɪn/: việc làm thủ tục lên máy bay 5. checkout (n) /ˈtʃekaʊt/: thời điểm rời khỏi khách sạn 6. confusion (n) /kənˈfjuːʒn/: sự hoang mang, bối rối 7. erode away (v) /ɪˈrəʊd əˈweɪ/: mòn đi 8. exotic (adj) /ɪɡˈzɒtɪk/: kì lạ 9. explore (v) /ɪkˈsplɔː(r)/ thám hiểm 10. hyphen (n) /ˈhaɪfn/ dấu gạch ngang 11. imperial (adj) /ɪmˈpɪəriəl/ (thuộc về) hoàng đế 12. inaccessible (adj) /ˌɪnækˈsesəbl/ không thể vào/tiếp cận được 13. lush (adj) /lʌʃ/ tươi tốt, xum xuê 14. magnif cence (n) /mæɡˈnɪfɪsns/ sự nguy nga, lộng lẫy, tráng lệ 15. not break the bank (idiom) /nɒt breɪk ðə bæŋk/: không tốn nhiều tiền 16. orchid (n) /ˈɔːkɪd/: hoa lan 17. package tour (n) /ˈpækɪdʒ tʊə(r)/: chuyến du lịch trọn gói 18. pile-up (n) /paɪl-ʌp/: vụ tai nạn do nhiều xe đâm nhau 19. promote (v) /prəˈməʊt/: giúp phát triển, quảng bá 20. pyramid (n) /ˈpɪrəmɪd/: kim tự tháp 21. safari (n) /səˈfɑːri/: cuộc đi săn(bằng đường bộ nhất là ở đông và nam phi) 22. stalagmite (n) /stəˈlæɡmaɪt/: măng đá 23. stimulating (adj) /ˈstɪmjuleɪtɪŋ/: thú vị, đầy phấn khích 24. touchdown (n) /ˈtʌtʃdaʊn/: sự hạ cánh 25. varied (adj) /ˈveərid/: đa dạng B. GRAMMAR: CÁCH DÙNG KHÁC CỦA MẠO TỪ ( ARTICLES : OTHER USES). I. MẠO TỪ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH A/AN. Cách dùng Ví dụ Dùng “a” hoặc “an” trước một danh từ số ít đếm được. để chỉ một người,một vật được đề cập đến lần đầu, người nghe không biết chính xác hoặc chưa từng biết về người hay vật đó. “a, an ” dùng trước danh từ đếm được số ít , để chỉ 1 người,1 vật nói chung,có tính khái quát,nêu 1 thành viên bất kì của 1 loại.
I saw a boy in the street. người nghe chưa biết cụ thể là cậu bé nào,cậu bé chưa được đề cập đến trước đó. An owl can see in the dark. = Owls can see in the dark ( bất kỳ con cú nào - hầu hết các con cú nói chung - đều có thể nhìn trong bóng tối.)
20
II. MẠO TỪ XÁC ĐỊNH THE. Mạo từ xác định “The” được dùng cho tất cả các danh từ: danh từ đếm được số ít, danh từ đếm được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm được. Ví dụ, the boy,the boys, the food… Cách dùng Ví dụ “ The” được dùng trước danh từ chỉ -Did you lock the car? ( cả người nói ,người nghe đều biết về người/vật đã xác định cụ thể hoặc đã chiếc xe hơi này: xe của bạn/ xe của chúng ta). được đề cập tới trước đó- người nghe -His car struck a tree, you can still see the mark on the tree. hiểu người nói về người/vật nào. (tree” trong mệnh đề thứ 2 đã được đề cập tới trước đó trong mệnh đề thứ nhất). “ the” được dùng để nói đến 1 vật cụ thể, The cars in this parking lot belong to people who work here. 1 nhóm người/vật cụ thể. (Những chiếc xe cụ thể trong bãi đỗ này). -The sugar on the table is from Cuba. (cụ thể là đường ở trên bàn). “ the” dùng trước danh từ chỉ vật là duy -The earth goes around the sun, and the moon goes around the nhất,vật gì đó chỉ có một trong môi earth. trường quanh ta: the earth, the sun, the - Madrid is the capital of Spain. moon, the world, the equator, the Prime Minister, the capital, the universe, the environment… “ the” được dùng để ám chỉ tới thế giới -We had a sight seeing tour around the city.( thành phố). xung quanh ta hoặc những thứ chúng ta - Life would be quieter without the telephone. ( máy móc) đều biết. “ the” đứng trước tên các quốc gia có từ -The United States, the Philippines, The United Kingdom, the “ Republic, State,Kingdom, Union” Dominican Republic, the Netherlands… hoặc tên các quốc gia ở số nhiều. “ The” đứng trước tên các đại dương, -Đại dương: The Pacific ( Ocean), The Alantic ( Ocean), the sông ngòi, kênh đào, nhóm hồ, quần đảo, Indian (Ocean)… dãy núi, biển. -Biển: The Red Sea, the Black Sea, the Baltic… - Sông: The River Nile, the Volga, the Thames, the Amazon… - Kênh đào: The Panama Canal… - Nhóm hồ,quần đảo: The Great Lakes, The British Isles… - Dãy núi: The Rocky Mountain, The Himalayas, the Andes, The Alps… III. MẠO TỪ RỖNG / KHÔNG CÓ MẠO TỪ ( ZERO ARTICLE) Không dùng mạo từ với danh từ đếm Passwords protect our personal information. được số nhiều và danh từ không đếm Cars have wheels. (xe hơi nói chung) được khi nói về những thứ chung Tigers are in danger of becoming extinct. chung Không dùng mạo từ với các bữa ăn, See you on Thursday. tháng, thứ, mùa, dịp đặc biệt của năm. I started the course in January. My country is lovely in Spring. I visit my grandparents on New Year’s Day. Không dùng mạo từ với hầu hết tên Lục địa: Africa, Europe, Asia. người hoặc tên địa điểm ( hầu hết tên Quốc gia: France, Japan, New Zealand. quốc gia, tiểu bang, lục địa, thành phố, Tiểu bang: Texas, Floria, California thị trấn). Thành phố,thị trấn: New York, Bristol, Cairo. Không dùng mạo từ với các khu vực, hồ, núi, đồi, đảo.
Hồ: Lake Geneva, Lake Michigan Đảo: Bereca, Sicily. Núi: Mount Everest. 21
Đồi: North Hill BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN: BÀI 1: Điền mạo từ the hoặc Þ vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1.______Earth orbits around ______ Sun. 2.______dogs are our best friends. 3. My mother used to be______most beautiful girl in her class. 4. We need to join hands to protect______cheetahs from extinction. 5. My foreign friend took me on sightseeing tour around ______town. 6. There are many festivals taking place in______spring. 7. Communication has never been so convenient before thanks to ______Internet. 8. Last year, a terrible storm reached______Philippines. 9. Many people mistake Rio de Janeiro for ______capital of Brazil. 10.Many people migrate to ______US in the hope of material success. 11. ______Japan is my favourite country besides my homeland. 12. Do you have any ideas about______British Isles? 13. Yesterday I watched a documentary about ______River Nile. 14. I know some people who have climb______Himalayas. 15. Our family has lived______Canada for 5 years. Bài 2: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1.Please turn off ______ air - conditioner when you leave ______room. A. the- the B. a- the C. a - a D. the - a 2. Jim hasn’t found ______ place to ______ night. A. the - the B. a - the C. a - a D. the - a 3. Can you show me ______ way to ______ post office please? A. the- the B. a - the C. a - a D. the - a 4. Mr. Smith is ______ old customer of my store and he is also______man. A. the - the B. a - an C. an - a D. the - a 5. My brother has bought me______beautiful dress as a birthday present. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 6. Jim is ______youngest boy of the family and this year he will go to______school. A. the - Þ B. a- a C. a-the D. the- a 7. There is a huge gap between ______rich and ______ poor in this country. A. the- the B. a- an C. a-the D. the- a 8. Peter was in______ hospital and yesterday we went to______hospital to visit him. A. the- Þ B. the- the C. Þ - the D. the- a 9. My sister told me that she had met her old teacher______ day before. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 10. Have you ever gone to ______prison to visit him? A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 11. I didn’t think it was______expensive restaurant until I checked the menu. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 12. Yesterday my teacher told us ______story about ______ English writer. A. the- the B. a- an C. a-the D. the- a 13. Unlike other girls, Mary doesn’t like______parties and ______cosmetics. A. the- the B. the- Þ C. Þ - the D. Þ - Þ 14. Last year I visited ______village in the Northern part of Vietnam. ______locals were very friendly. A. the - the B. a - an C. a-the D. the- Þ 15. Job hunters always seek for people with ______experience. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ Bài 3: Điền a/an/the/ Þ vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. After having ________ breakfast, we went out for ________ walk in _______local park. 22
2. Watch out! Do not sit on________ bench. It has been painted recently. 3.My father often takes me to_______cinema on _______Sunday. 4. Yesterday ________ Prime Minister gave a speech in front of his people. 5. Jim is always staying in ________bed untill lunch time when he doesn’t have go to______school. 6.The robber was sent to ________prison for five years. 7. My brother has got________ new job and in _______next few years he will live far from home. 8. Mr. Brown always water his trees in ________morning. 9. As________little boy, I wished to be_______hero but now I just want to be________normal person with _______decent job. 10. Although I had worked in ________ France for 3 years, I could hardly speak French. 11. In ______ future, I hope I have a chance to visit_______Red Sea. 12. Jim and his co-workers are planning an expedition to _______Mount Everest next year. 13.My brother owns________cat and ________dog. Unfortunately,________cat seems to hate______dog and they never lives in harmony with each other. 14.What has been done so far to protect________environment? 15.It never snows in our region at ________Christmas. Bài 4: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. Many people think that the lead is the heaviest metal. _____________ 2. Young people are always open-minded than old. _____________ 3. The windows are supposed to let in natural light. _____________ 4. The most of the students in our class comes from Hanoi _____________ 5. Do you know that Alps are the most extensive mountain range system? _____________ 6. Mary doesn’t enjoy tea parties and the gossip _____________ 7. I have a friend who is studying in Netherlands. _____________ 8. I think the light bulb is the very important invention of Thomas Edison _____________ 9. A relationship between Jim and Jane has turned sour since last year. _____________ 10. The news came as the shock to me. _____________ Bài 5: Dựa vào các từ cho trước, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Friend/ of/ mine/ come/ back/ from/ UK/ after/ long/ vacation. 2. Hundred/ of/ people/ join/ carnival/ in/ Rio de Janeiro/ next/ month. 3. Last year/ I/ go on/ expedition/ to/ North Pole. 4. I/ hope/ I/ can/ visit/ longest/ river/ in/ Europe/ ,/ Volga/ ,/ in/ future. 5. People/ used/ believe/ that/ Sun/ and/ all/ stars/ orbit/ around/ Earth. 6. I/ often/ pay/ visit/ to/ local/ museum/ on/ Sunday. 7. Mary/ take/ care/ of/ all/ members/ of/ our team/ since/ we/ set/ off/ for/ London. 8. I/ always/ want/ climb/ Mount Everest/ since/ I/ be/ boy. Bài 6: Điền một mạo từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống nếu cần thiết . 1. My friends is angry with me because I can’t remember _______exact date of her birthday. 2. ________Christmas is one of _______ important holidays in ________ Western countries. 3. ________Ho Chi Minh City is one of ________ biggest cities in ________ Vietnam. 4. “Are Kate and David _______ siblings. They look alike.” “No, they aren’t. They are_______cousins”. 5. Yesterday________fog was so thick that we couldn’t see clearly. We followed_______car in front of us and hoped that we were going________ right way. 6. My father has bought me________computer. Thanks to it, I can learn many things from_____ internet. I think _______computer is one of ________greatest inventions of all time. 7. _______Great Lakes, also called________Laurentian Great lakes and ________Great lakes of North America, are______series of interconnected freshwater lakes. 8. _______Pacific Ocean is_______largest and deepest of Earth’s oceanic divisions. It extends from ________Artic Ocean in ________ north to_______Southern Ocean in _______south. It is bounded by ________Asia and________Australia in ________west and_______US in ______east. 9. When I was_______student, I lived with _______American couple in________home stay in_____ Texas. Both_______host and______hostess were friendly and helpful.
10. Last year, Peter paid ________ visit to ______ England on early April. He had the chance to enjoy ____ University Boat Race (between Oxford and Cambridge), which took place on _______ Thames. ________ Thames is ______ historic heartland of rowing in _______ United Kingdom.
23
24
Bài 7: Hoàn thành các câu sau với các danh từ cho sẵn cùng với mạo từ nếu cần. Resort excursions accommodation Sightseeing destinations cruise
Souvenir Tour guide
1. There are regular weekend_____________throughout the summer. 2. Last summer, we spent our vacation in ________town of Byron Bay. It was a nice place to relaxtion and entertainment. 3. We hired ________________ to get us across the forest. 4. Would you like to go ______________ with me tomorrow? 5. Ha Long Bay is one of ______________ most popular holiday _____________ in Vietnam. 6. I bought the hand-made carpet as ______________ of India. 7. More and more travels are seeking for ____________ with reasonable price so that they can afford. 8. I wish I could go on ____________ around the world on the most luxury ship.
C.EXERCISES TEST 1(UNIT 8) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.package B.stalagmite C.lag D.safari 2. A.explore B.expedition C.resort D.environment 3. A.explore B.exotic C.explain D.excuse II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.original B.geography C.imperial D.stimulating 5. A.magnificence B.accessible C.affordable D.destination III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. If you pay a visit to Hue, you should once visit Lang Co beach where you can have the most relaxing time and admire the natural beauty of . A.views B.panoramas C.sights D.landscapes 7. Travelling to Ba Mun Island in Quang Ninh, tourists can explore on their own, followingsome natural on the island. A.trails B.marks C.roads D.stretches 8. For people in Cam Thanh Commune near Hoi An, the coconut wetlands provide fisheries,a beautiful area for as well as an ideal refuge for boats during heavy storms. A.tourist B.tour C.tourism D.tour guide 9. In Binh Ba Island (Lobster Island), there are many beautiful beaches with white sand, clear water, blue sky, which is for those who love nature and calmness. A.available B.famous C.good D.suitable domestic and foreign tourism will create demand for additional hotels and motels. 10. A.Increase B.Increased C.Increasing D.Increasingly 11. Con Dao has not only prisons but also natural landscapes A.an - A B.an - The C.the - A D.the - The sailor. He spends most of his life at sea. 22. David is A.Ø - a B.a- Ø C.a - a D.a - the 23. “Paul, where is Spanish dictionary? I’m writing essay in Spanish and I need it.” A.a - an B.Ø - the C.the - an D.Ø - Ø 24. Titanic, British steamer, sank in the North Atlantic after hitting an iceberg.
A.A - the
B.Ø - a C.The - the changed a lot in the last 30 years. B.A life has C.The life has
25. A.Life has
D.The - a D.Lives have
. A.surprising B.shocking C.stunning D.extreme 12. Eight o’clock is good time to phone Nick: he’s always at home in A.Ø - the B.a - the C.a-Ø D.a - an 13. Does it take long time to get to city centre? A.Ø - the B.a - a C.a - the D.the - the 14. What do you think of public transport in Ha Noi? A.Ø - Ø B.a - a C.a - Ø D.the - Ø 15. Parking is very difficult in city centre, so my father always go there by A.the – Ø B.the - the C.a - a D.a - Ø IV. Fill each blank with a word from the list. pack
try
have
read
go on
book
go
see
evening.
bus.
1.________: a flight, a hotel 3.________: shopping, sightseeing 5.________: excursions, day trips 7.________: mountains, the scenery
2. 4. 6. 8.
_______ _______ _______ _______
: guidebooks, holiday brochures : bags, suitcases : a good time, a look around town : the local specialty, local dishes
V.
Read the passage and answer the questions. Central Viet Nam Heritage Tour - 4 Days, 3 Nights − Enjoy beautiful beaches in Central Viet Nam − Discover Hoi An Ancient Town with old construction − Visit some famous tombs in Hue Day 1: Da Nang - Son Tra - Hoi An (L, D) Upon arrival, our driver will pick you up at the airport then driving to Son Tra Peninsular and enjoy the whole beach city. A chance to see and swim at My Khe Beach. Have lunch in a local restaurant. In the afternoon, we drive you to Hoi An Ancient Town - 40 km from Da Nang city. Check in the hotel. Have dinner in local restaurant. Overnight in Hoi An. Day 2: Hoi An - Hue (B, L, D) Breakfast at hotel. This morning you make a walking tour around Hoi An Ancient Town for more exploration with old constructions: the Japanese Bridge, Sa Huynh Museum, Tan Ky Old House... Have lunch at a restaurant. After lunch, you leave Hoi An for Hue City. On the way have a stopover and enjoy Hai Van Pass, relax at Lang Co Beach. Arrive in Hue, check in the hotel. Have dinner at a restaurant. Overnight at hotel. Day 3: Hue City tour full day (B,I, D) Breakfast at the hotel. This morning you will visit Minh Mang Tombm Khai Dinh Tomb or Tu Duc Tomb to discover the unique architecture of Royal mausoleums. Have lunch at a restaurant. In the afternoon, we visit the Citadel where 13 Nguyen Kings - the final dynasty in Viet Nam. Visit the Noon Gate, Thai Hoa Palace, and then Thien Mu Pagoda. Back to the city centre and have dinner at restaurant.Overnight at the hotel. Day 4: Hue Departure (B) Alter breakfast in the hotel. You have free time until you leave Hue City. Our driver will pick you up to the airport, find of the tour. 1. What can tourists do during the tour?
2.
What places will they visit on the first day?
3.
What places will they visit during a walking tour around Hoi An Ancient Town?
4.
What landscapes will they enjoy on the way from Hoi An to Hue?
5.
What places will tourists visit in Hue?
6.
On which days will they have all breakfast, lunch and dinner?
VI. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. Son Doong Cave in Viet Nam - Good Morning America 26 25
Son Doong Cave and Swallow Cave (En Cave) were recorded and broadcast on Good Morning America - a programme of ABC Television (USA). By being broadcast on Good Morning America (ABC Television), Son Doong Cave would be introduced widely to international travellers. This is a good chance for Quang Binh tourism to promote the image of Son Doong - the biggest cave in Viet Nam - to travellers around the world. Therefore, the film crew worked in the most favourable conditions. The programme was directly broadcast on satellite in May 2015. The cave is a part of the underground system connecting over 150 other caves in Viet Nam near Viet Nam - Lao border with many caves such as Phong Nha Cave. Son Doong Cave is compared equally to Mount Everest in terms of attraction. The biggest natural cave in the world is appreciated to be an interesting destination for a several-day tour, including exploring underground rivers, caves and camping... The overwhelming natural landscapes inside Son Doong Cave create an attraction by majestic and magnificent scenes. It takes months to end up a cave’s round. In addition, the condition to join tours in Son Doong Cave is extremely high? Adventurers must be in good mental and physical health to conquer the cave. Son Doong, the biggest cave in Viet Nam, along with other attractions in Quang Binh, is an attractive destination for travelers, especially those who are fans of natural exploration. The first exploration tour was held in early August 2013. The first tour consisted of 6 people from the US, Russia, Australia, and Norway. They underwent 7 days and 6 nights to explore Son Doong Cave. There are a large number of tourists registering for next tours since then. Task 1. Identify whether the statements are true (T), or false (F). T F 1Thanks to the programme of Good Morning America on ABC Television, a large number of people around the world will know Son Doong Cave. 2.The film crew making the programme about the cave met a lot problems from the local authorities. 3.There are many caves in Quang Binh province but Son Doong Cave may be the most well known. 4.The number of people climbing Mount Everest is the same as that exploring Son Doong Cave. 5.The exploration tour of Son Doong Cave is so hard that it requires tourists to have good physical and mental health. 6.Tourists can explore the cave in several months. Task 2. Read the passage again and answer the questions. 1. When was the programme about Son Doong Cave on Good Morning America broadcast? 2.
What can be found in the underground system in Quang Binh province?
3.
In which aspect is Son Doong Cave compared to Mount Everest?
4.
What activities can tourists do in the cave?
5.
When was the first exploration tour held?
6.
How long did the first group of tourists spend in the cave?
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cor D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. My Experience on an Elephant Safari 27
We went on an elephant safari at a place (1) Camp Jubalani in South Africa. They take visitors on safaris twice a day: once in the morning and once at night. Guests cango on as many rides as you ride an elephant if you areyounger than twelve years old. they like, but they don’t (2) Luckily, I’m fifteen! On our first safari, I felt really scared. I remember thinking we could have gone on a beach holiday instead! As I was climbing ontothe elephant, I wondered how I was going to control (3) a big animal. I soon(4) that I ought not to have worried so much. They made you sit with an experiencedelephant trainer. You can’t ride (5) your own. During the trek, we saw giraffes, zebras, lions, and rhinos. My parents took a lot of photos. I would have taken photos myselfbut I’d (6) my camera in my room. I can’t remember exactly how long thesafaris lasted, but it must have been a couple of hours because we got (7) just(8) for lunch. We stayed at Camp Jubalani for three days and went on four elephant safaris. We could have gone on more than that, but on one of the days my mum wasn’t very well. Anyway, it was a (9) holiday. I’d definitely (10) _____an elephant safari. 1. A. call B.is called C.called D.calling 2. A. let B.make C.want D.allow 3. A. so B.such C.that D.what 4. A. decided B.looked C.recognized D.realized 5. A. by B.on C.with D.for 6. A. taken B.brought C.left D.put 7. A. back B.off C.up D.in 8. A. at times B.late C.on time D.in time 9. A. welcoming B. fantastic C.pleased D.delicious 10. A. demand B. offer C.suggest D.recommend VIII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Situated on the central coast of Viet Nam, which is famous for many beautiful beaches. Lang Co Beach, since June 2009, has become an official member of the “World’s most beautiful bays” club. Today, it is a popular destination for tourists in Viet Nam, especially for those who love beach so much. With the length of approximately 10 kilometres, Lang Co Beach located in Lang Co town, Phu Loc district, Thua Thien- Hue province is next to the National Highway 1A and near Hai Van Pass. Lying on the most beautiful curve of the country, Lang Co has almost everything that the nature can offer: green mountains and tropical forests, smooth white sand, full of sunshine and cool, blue and clear sea as crystal, and the average temperature of 250C in summer. It is an attractive destination for both domestic and international tourists in Viet Nam. It is the third bay of Viet Nam, after Ha Long and Nha Trang named in the list of 30 most beautiful bays in the globe. It can be said that nobody can resist a nature beauty like Lang Co town. This small and peaceful town will give you the most relaxing time and many games at the beach. In addition, you will have good time to enjoy the seafood with various kinds of shrimps, lobster, crab, butter-fish, mackerel fish, oysters, etc. and not far from the beach are some attractions such as Kang Co fishing village, Chan May scenery. Lying on the "Central Heritage Road", Lang Co is very close to other famous attractions such as the Imperial City of Hue, Hoi An Ancient Town, Son Tra Peninsula where the famous Son Tra Natural Reserve and beautiful beaches located, and so many more. . 1. Lang Co beach is located A. between Hoi An Ancient Town and Son Tra Peninsula B. on the most beautiful curve of Viet Nam C. 10 kilometres away from Hue D. under Hai Van Pass 2. The most important reason why so many tourists come to Lang Co beach is that . A. it is the third most beautiful beach in Viet Nam 28
3.
4.
5.
B. they can enjoy various kinds of seafood C. they can come to the famous Son Tra Natural Reserve D. it is considered an ideal place for beach lovers . All of the following are attractions of Lang Co Beach EXCEPT A. the National Highway 1A next to it B. smooth white sand, and full of sunshine C. cool, blue and clear sea as crystal D. its location on the "Central Heritage Road" We can infer from the passage that Lang Co Beach . A. is very hot during summer B.isthe most beautiful bay in the world C. enjoy the harmony of nature and humans D. is the first member of the “World’s most beautiful bays” club in Viet Nam Coming to Lang Co Beach, you can do all of the following activities EXCEPT . A. relaxing and joining in beach games B. sunbathing on many beautiful beaches C. visiting the nearby fishing village D. enjoying seafood
IX.
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. Positive & Negative Effects of Tourism Tourism can bring many economic and social benefits, but mass tourism is also associated with negative effects. 1. First/ tourism/ create/ jobs/ tourism industry/ and/ other sectors/ such/ retail and transportation. _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ 2.However/jobs/ created/ tourism/ often seasonal/ and/ poorly paid. _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ 3.Second/ tourism/ encourage/ preservation/ traditional customs/ handicrafts/ festivals/ but/ interaction/ tourists/ also lead/ erosion/ traditional cultures/ values. _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ 4.Finally/ ecotourism/ help/ conservation/ wildlife/ generating funds/ maintaining national parks. _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ 5.Nevertheless/ it/ also cause/ pollution/ through traffic emissions/ littering/ noise. _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ TEST 2 (UNIT 8) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. delay B.magnificent C.bank 2. A.exotic B.erode C.checkout 3. A.excursion B.resort C.season II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.breathtaking B.safari C.traveller 5. A.magnificent B.holiday C.excursion III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 29
D.travel D.decision D.reasonable D.sightseeing D.delicious
6. In Con Dao, there are green of forests and fresh meadows and the houses with red roofs, which forms the picture of nature with bright colours. A.lands B.regions C.wilderness D.stretches so that it can make 7. Cuba hopes to promote a an economic recovery. A.tour industry B.resort industry C.tourism industry D.travel industry 8. Green Tourism applies to any activity or facility that operates in an environmentally friendly . A.way B.habit C.routine D.benefit 9. ________is popular with tourist of young age because they travel with minimum luggage and on a limited budget. A.Backpack B.Backpacking C.Backpacker D.Go backpacking 10. Nature-loving tourists, who love to gogreen like traveling to Bonita Gardens in Bloemfontein South Africa or similar destinations are called . A.eco-tours B.tour guides C.eco-tourists D.nature-lovers 11. Cua Lo Beach is also famous for its beautiful islands such as Lan Chau and Song Ngu,which protect it from heavy storms and strong winds from the East Sea. A.to come B.to come in C.coming D.coming in 12. ________train times are different on Sundays. A.A - the B.The - the C.Ø - Ø D.The - Ø railcard in most of countries in Europe.. 13. You can use A.the - the B.a - Ø C.a - the D.the - Ø 14. Our plane arrives in Ha Noi at______two o’clock in afternoon. A.Ø - the B.the - the C.a - a D.the - an 15. My uncle and aunt live in ______small town in United States. A.a - a B.a - the C.the - the D.a - Ø IV. Complete the sentences with a/an, the, or zero article (0). happiness means different things to different people. 1. A.Some - these B.The - Ø C.Ø - Ø D.The -the 2. I lay down on ground and looked up at sky. A.a - a B.a - the C.the - a D.the - the 3. “I watch a film in Spanish. I understood story, but actors spoke very fast so it was hard to understand.” A.the - the B.a - Ø C.a - the D.the - Ø 4. “Did you have nice holiday?” - “Yes, it was best holiday I’ve ever had.” A.a - a B.a - the C.the - a D.the - the afternoon telling them news he could not tell them by 5. He spent part of telephone. A.the - the - Ø B.an - Ø - the C.an - the - the D.the - Ø - the V.
Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct word from the box. Some words can be used more than once. trip tour
1. 2. 3.
For general advice about One day I would like to do the We are going on a
travel voyage
journey flight
cruise
, go to a travel agent. by train and ship across Russia to Japan. of Europe, visiting 11 countries in five weeks. 30
4. We went on a three-week round the Mediterranean. The ship stopped at Venice, Athens, Istanbul and Alexandria. took 31/2 weeks. 5. He once went by ship to Australia. The 6. My father is going on a business to Ha Noi next week. 7. Vietnam Airlines VN507 from Ha Noi to Tokyo will be taking off in ten minutes. 8. The from Heathrow Airport to the centre of London takes about 45minutes by underground. 9. On our first day in New York we went on a three-hour of the city by bus. 10. During our stay in London we went on a day to Oxford, and anotherto Windsor. Note: cruise (n) = a holiday in which you travel on a ship and visit different places VI.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cor D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Mui Ne is located 24 kilomefres northeast of Phan Thiet city. It is a fishing village as wellas a familiar tourism area in Binh Thuan province. (1) lovely scenery of swayingcoconut trees, Mui Ne, meaning “sheltered peninsula”, is one of the famous and popular holiday (2) in the world with 15-kilometre strip of resorts along the beach. Thanks to the shallow and slopped beaches, the blue and clean water, nice sun rarely behind the clouds and cliffs battered by the waves of the sea, sometimesMui Ne is (3) Hawaii of Viet Nam. Thebeaches are fantastic with activities such as surfingand kitesurfing. But the most (4) scenery atMui Ne is (5) lines of golden sand which iscalled “Sand Dunes” by local people. The sand isalways moving because of the wind and looks like moving waves from afar and that is(6) the dunes never (7) the same. The scenery is more fascinating at dawn. MuiNe is really a good (8) for those who are interested in photography. There are also many interesting sites at Mui Ne such as Po Sah Inu Tower, the ancientCham building that was built in the 8th century, some workshops (9) fish sauce. MuiNe market and fishing harbour are also a good chance (10) daily life of local fishermen. 1. A.For B.With C.Through D.In 2. A.destinations B.places C.camps D.seasons 3. A.regarded B.found C.judged D.considered 4. A.attraction B.attracted C.attractive D.attracting 5. A. moved B.moving C.changed D.changing 6. A.reason B.the reason C.reason why D.the reason why 7. A.look B.look at C.look like D.look for 8. A.perfect B.best C.ideal D.wonder 9. A.make B. makes C.made D.making 10. A.to discover B.for discovering C.discovering D.to be discovered VII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Taking a Working Holiday One of the more difficult things young people face when they want to travel is the lack offunds. During summer holidays and possibly at weekends, they are able to take on part-time jobs, but the money they make is just a drop in the bucket of what they need to travel far away. For example, traveling to Australia from Viet Nam can be quite expensive just for an airline ticket, and to a lot of students wanting to travel, it can seem out of reach. For students wanting to travel to Australia and New Zealand in particular, however, they are in luck. Although many countries offer working holidays, these two countries are well- known for offering 31
them. When a young person signs up to get a working holiday visa, he only pays for the round-trip airfare to get to either place and only needs to carry some extra cash for incidentals. Once he is there, a job awaits where he can earn some money. Many of the jobs require little or no experience, such as picking fruit or working in a busy pub out in the countryside. Some of the jobs require more experience that most people are unlikely to have, such as being a certified welder to work for eight weeks on a farm. That shouldn't discourage you, though, because there is always something to be found if you search hard enough. There are many websites that advertise working holidays in Australia and New Zealand. If you have the courage and are looking for a way to make a little money and see the world, it might be just the ticket you were looking for. 1. What can seem out of reach for young people? A.Being able to find a part-time job B. Being able to travel C.Being able to get time off from school D.Being able to earn money 2. Which students are in luck according to the passage? A. The ones who want to go to Australia and New Zealand B. The ones who have part-time jobs C. The ones who have airline tickets D. The ones who are on holiday 3. Where can people find working holidays advertised? A. In magazines B. On the radio B. In travel guidebooks D. On the Internet 4. According to the passage, which statement is true? A.Some working holidays are not paid. B. People on working holidays must be from Australia or New Zealand C.A young person needs a special visa to go on a working holiday. D. Picking fruit is the only job available for young people on working holidays. 5. Why would a student NOT want to take a working holiday? A. Toearn money B. To show how fearful he is C.To see the world D. To visit a new place VIII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. When visitors join in a (1) of the Mekong Delta, they can visit Cai Rang Floating Market to see the river life. Cai Rang Floating Market is (2) all day but it is busiest from sunrise to about 9 a.m. The main items (3) there are farm produce and specialties of neighboring areas. During the early morning market hours, larger sized boats anchor and create lanes so that (4) boats can move into and out of. The waterway becomes a maze of hundreds ofboats packed with mango, bananas, papaya, pineapple, and other goods. Sellers do not have to (5) their goods because their goods can be seen (6) and their cries would notbe heard in the vastness of the river and the noise of boat engines. Sellers tie their goods to atall pole (7) buyers can see from a distance (8) they are selling. Each boat isloaded with plenty of seasonal goods. Activities at the market are also a(n) (9) for tourists to study the cultural (10) of southerners. 1. A.tour B.trip C.voyage D.travel 2. A.to open B.open C.opened D.opening 3. A.sell B.are selling C.selling D.sold 4. A.no B.bigger C.smaller D.the same 5. A.cry B.cry out C.cry out for D.advertise 6. A.within distance B.in the distance C.in a distance D.by some distance 7. A.therefore B.but C.so that D.although 32
8. 9. 10.
A.how far A.occasion A.appearances
B.why B.event B.aspects
C.how C.reason C.guides
D.what D.experience D.subjects
IX. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Fabrizio from Venice:Of course, there’s lots to see in Venice. It’s one of the most famous cities in the world. First of all, there are the canals. We don’t have cars in Venice so you have to travel everywhere by canal. The most famous place in Venice is the square. St. Mark’s Square with St. Mark’s Cathedral. And there are lots of museums and palaces, and beautiful bridges, too. Yumi from Kyoto:For me, Kyoto is the most beautiful city in Japan. It’s also the oldest ĩity. It has many old traditional buildings, and beautiful palaces, temples and gardens. The most famous temple is the Golden Pavilion. There are also very good markets, and also really good shops, and some beautiful modem buildings, too. Murat from Istanbul:I think Istanbul is maybe the most beautiful city in the world, but of course I come from Istanbul! The city is built on hills around the Bosphoros, and so there are beautiful views across the water. From the water, you can see mosques - the most famous is called the Blue Mosque - and palaces and bridges. Istanbul also has a very famous market called the Grand Bazaar. But these days we also have many modern shopping centres and modern buildings and hotels. It’s really a fantastic city. Claudia from Rio de Janeiro: Rio is one of the most exciting cities in South America... first of course we have our famous beach, the Copacabana, and there are many mountains around Rio - the most famous is the Sugar Plum Mountain, where you can see a big statue ofChrist, and of course we have our famous stadium... the Macarana stadium, maybe the most famous football stadium in the world... it’s really a great place. Manna from St. Petersburg:You’ll really love St. Petersburg because there are so many I things to see. The most famous is the Winter Palace, where the Tsars lived, and the Hermitage Museum which is a fantastic art gallery, and we have a very beautiful river too, the River Neva, and of course churches and cathedrals. There is so much to see! . 1. The place(s) that Fabrizio recommends coming to in Venice most must be A. the canals B. the museums C. the square D. beautiful bridges 2. All of the following are true about Kyoto EXCEPT that . A. it is the most beautiful city in Japan B. it only has old traditional buildings C. the Golden Pavilion is very famous D. it has very good markets and shops 3. The most spectacular views of Istanbul are . A. the mosques across the water B. the Bosphoros C. the Grand Bazaar on the Bosphoros D. modern shopping centres and buildings 4. We can infer from Claudia’s words that people in Rio . A.are very religious B.love architecture C. built the statue of Christ on the Copacabana D. love football very much . 5. People who would probably want to visit St. Petersburg most are A.sports enthusiasts B.politicians C.art lovers D. ballet dancers X. 1.
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. Negative Effects of Tourism Tourism development/ lead/ soil erosion/ pollution/ waste.
2.
Tourism/ contribute/ increasing carbon footprint/ stress/ ecosystems. 33
3.
The infrastructure/ tourist spot/ not/ satisfy/ great demand/ during/ peak season.
4.
Tourists/ cause/ significant effect/ local habitats/ especially/ country.
5.
Tourists/ be aware/ damage/ they/ cause/ and/ tourism authorities/ take measures/ solve/ problems.
TEST 3 UNIT 8 I.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. magnificent B. delay C. bank D. travel 2. A. checkout B. erode C. exotic D. decision 3. A. reasonable B. resort C. season D. excursion 4. A. safari B. stalagmite C. lag D. package 5. A. explore B. environment C. resort D. expedition II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. safari B. breathtaking C. traveller D. sightseeing 2. A. vacation B. delicious C. excursion D. holiday 3. A. original B. stimulating C. imperial D. geography 4. A. magnificence B. destination C. affordable D. accessible 5. A. habitat B. addition C. fantastic D. discover III.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. 1. A. host B. honor C. hockey D. horror B. swallow C. challenge D. ballet 2. A. badminton 3. A. teammate B. reading C. creating D. seaside 4. A. athlete B. author C. length D. southern 5. A. touch B. foul C. account D. mount B. vote C. control D. social 6. A. lose 7. A. rear B. bear C. gear D. year 8. A. please B. peace C. seat D. spread B. emotion C. respect D. better 9. A. deny 10. A. overlooks B. beliefs C. towards D. rights IV.Choose the correct answers A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. What do you think of public transport in Ha Noi? A. Ø – Ø B. a – a C. a – Ø D. the – Ø 2. Parking is very difficult in city centre, so my father always goes there by bus. A. the – Ø B. the – the C. a – a D. a – Ø 3. Secondary schools offer a wide of subjects. A. field B. scope C. list D. range language. 4. If you don't know the language, you may have to use A. hand B. gesture C. head D. signal 5. The government has recently the buildings in the old section of the city. A. reformed B. adjusted C. restored D. modified 6. When she came , she found herself in hospital. A. round B. off C. over D. out 7. You'll have to go for an interview tomorrow, but don’t worry. It’s just a . A. form B format C. formation D. formality of the motor car, road accidents have increased dramatically. 8. Since the A. approach B. inauguration C. initiation D. advert 9. I must have browsed through hundreds of , but I have no idea where to go for this year holiday. A. booklets B. yellow pages C. brochures D. propaganda 10. It’s possible to supplement one’s by taking a part-time job. A. income B. earning C. gaining D. attainment 34
11. I was in the book I was reading and didn’t hear the phone. A. engrossed B. submerged C. gripped D. distracted 12. He couldn’t his father that he was telling the truth. A. admit B. confide C. trust D. convince 13. It was difficult to guess what her to the news would be. A. feelings B. reaction C. capital D. opinion 14. Eight o’clock is good time to phone Nick: he’s always at home in evening. A. Ø – the B. a – the C. a - Ø D. a – an 15. Does it take long time to get to city centre? A. Ø – the B. a – a C. a – the D. the – the V.Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct word from the box. Some words can be used more than once. tour
voyage
flight
trip
travel
journey
cruise
1. 2. 3. 4.
For general advice about , go to a travel agent. One day I would like to do the by train and ship across Russia to Japan. We are going on a of Europe, visiting 11 countries in five weeks. We went on a three-week round the Mediterranean. The ship stopped at Venice, Athens, Istanbul and Alexandria. 5. He once went by ship to Australia. The took 4 weeks. 6. My father is going on a business to Ha Noi next week. VN507 from Ha Noi to Tokyo will be taking off 7. Vietnam Airlines in ten minutes. 8. The from Heathrow Airport to the centre of London takes about 45 minutes by underground. 9. On our first day in New York we went on a three-hour of the city by bus. 10. During our stay in London we went on a day to Oxford and another to Windsor. VI.Complete the sentences with a, an, the, or zeroarticle (Ø). school yesterday and then studied in 1. John and Mary went to library before returning home. 2. Lake Erie is one of five great Lakes in North America. 3. On our trip to Spain, we crossed Atlantic Ocean. 4. Mount Rushmore is the site of magnificent tribute to four great American presidents. 5. What did you eat for breakfast this morning? 6. David played basketball and baseball at Boy’s club this year. 7. Rita plays violin and her sister plays guitar. Alaska, we saw Eskimo village. 8. While we were in 9. Ton can’t go to movies tonight because he has to write essay. 10. David attended Princeton University.ư VII.Complete the sentences with a, an, the, or zero article (Ø). School of Medicine at mid western university. 1. Harry has been admitted to 2. Mel’s grandmother is in hospital, so we went to visit her last night. 3. political science class is taking trip to France in Spring. Queen Elizabeth II is monarch of Great Britain. 4. 5. Scientists sent expedition to Mars during 1990s. 35
6. Last night there was bird singing outside my house. 7. chair that you are sitting in is broken. 8. Civil War was fought in United States between 1861 and 1865. 9. Florida State University is smaller than University of Florida. 10. There was knock on door, I opened it and found small dark man in blue overcoat and woolen cap. VIII.Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. 1. If a drop of oil is placed in a glass of water, it would float to the top. A B C D 2. TheTuoi Tre is a daily newspaper that is wide read by both teenagers and adults. A B C D 3. My parents wouldn’t let me stavingup late when I was a child. A B C D 4. Her children are used to picking up after school every day. They don’t have to walk home. A B C D 5. I’musually right about the weather, amn’tI? A B C D 6. Could I change seats with you? I’d like sittingnext to my friends. A B C D 7. Watch television to the exclusion of all other activities is not a healthy habit for a growing A B C D child. 8. Hans is only fourteen, but he seemsenough oldto stay out until ten. A B C D 9. I think that’s an interesting thought, isn’tthat? A B C D 10. Greeting enough sleep is important in ordernot fall asleep is class. A B C D IX.Read the following passage and fill in the blanks with the suitable words in the box. for of
necessary can
aspects lights
why from
important transportation
Trawl and tourism are very (1) to millions of people over the world. In every country you (2) find people that work in travel and tourism. Some countries need the money (3) tourism to help their people survive. It is (4) for these places that travel and tourism continue to expand and bring money to their regions. . Planes, buses, boats and other means of However, travel and tourism have negative (5) (6) that carry travellers and tourist cause pollution. Moreover, some people do things on a holiday they would never think (7) doing at home. For example, many travellers use a lot of water and electricity when they stay in hotels. They forget to turn off the (8) or even leave televisions and air conditioning units on when they leave the room. On top of that, it is often difficult or impossible (9) travellers to recycle items, so they end up leaving large amounts of waste behind. That’s (10) it is important for people to travel wisely and respect the places they visit. X.Read the passage and answer the questions. In 1761, an artificial waterway opened. It joined a coal-mining area with the port of Manchester. This was England’s first man-made waterway, or ‘canal’. Soon the price of coal in this part of the country went down, and the owner of the Bridgewater canal became rich. In the late 18th century landowners and businessmen built many new canals to make money. There was no canal plan for the country, but the canals completely changed the transport of heavy goods in England. 36
Prices of factory goods went down because transport cost less than before. One horse could now pull 50 tons on a canal boat. Before, it could pull less than one ton on a road cart. The canal network was a very important part of the Industrial Revolution in Britain, but canals had only a short life. In the mid 19th century, the new railways became the most modern form of transport. The men who built the canals were called ‘navvies’. They moved around country in groups from canal to canal. Ordinary people did not like the navvies, because they wore strange clothes, had no real homes, and because they often drank too much beer. The Nottingham and Beeston Canal had two parts. It opened in 1796 and was an important six-mile link in the Trent Navigation - a system of canals and rivers which joined the Midlands with the River Humber and the port of Hull. This carried goods from inland factories to the sea. Now it is no longer a working canal. It is a place for people who like walking or fishing. 1. Why did the price of coal round Manchester decrease? _________________________________________________________________________ 2. Why didn’t people like the canal builders? _________________________________________________________________________ 3. What did the boats on this canal carry? _________________________________________________________________________ 4. Why was the waterway from Midland to Hull important? _________________________________________________________________________ 5. Why did the network of canals become less important in a short time? _________________________________________________________________________ XI.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. of the Mekong Delta, they can visit Cai Rang Floating Market to see When visitors join in a (1) the river life. Cai Rang Floating Market is (2) all day but it is busiest from sunrise to about 9 a.m. The main items (3) there are farm produce and specialties of neighboring areas. During the early morning market hours, larger sized boats anchor and create lanes so that (4) boats can move into and out of. The waterway becomes a maze of hundreds of boats packed with mango, bananas, papaya, pineapple, and other goods. Sellers do not have (5) their goods because their goods can be seen (6) and their cries would not be heard in the vastness of the buyers can river and the river and the noise of boat engines. Sellers tie their goods to a tall pole (7) see from a distance (8) they are selling. Each boat is loaded with plenty of seasonal goods. Activities at the market are also a(n) (9) for tourists to study the cultural (10) of southerners. 1. A. travel B. trip C. voyage D. tour 2. A. open B. to open C. opened D. opening 3. A. sell B. sold C. selling D. are selling 4. A. no B. bigger C. the same D. smaller 5. A. cry out B. cry C. cry out for D. advertise 6. A. within distance B. in a distance C. in the distance D. by some distance 7. A. so that B. but C. therefore D. although 8. A. how far B. why C. what D. how 9. A. experience B. event C. reason D. occasion 10. A. aspects B. appearances C. guides D. subjects XII. Read the passage carefully, then decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) Canada is the world’s second largest country. Its population is not very large, however. About 25 million people live in Canada – less than half the population of Britain or France and only one thirtieth of the population of India. Canada is in North America and its capital is Ottawa. It is a rich country with a lot of natural resources. In southern Canada the land is very good for farming and Canada exports a lot of wheat. In the north there are magnificent forests. In the west there are some very high mountains called the Rockies. Canada also has many minerals such as petroleum, gas, copper and zinc. Canada was the first settled by French pioneers. In the eighteenth century there were wars between Britain and French, Canada came under 37
British rule. Since 1931 Canada has been an independent member of the British Commonwealth. English and French are both official language in Canada. 1. Canada is a densely populated country. ________ 2. Canada is a country rich in natural resources. ________ 3. Canada is the world’s leading exporter of wheat. ________ 4. Canada is a former British colony. ________ 5. Two official languages spoken in Canada are English and French. ________ XIII.Combine two sentences into one, using the connectives from the list: and, but, because, so, therefore, or, moreover, however, if, when, unless. 1. You can’t borrow my dictionary. You bring it back on Monday. ______________________________________________________________________ 2. The cost of installation is very high. Solar domestic heating systems are economical to use. ______________________________________________________________________ 3. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a house. The Sun’s energy is used to heat water. ______________________________________________________________________ 4. I don’t agree with a lot of his teaching methods. He is a good teacher. ______________________________________________________________________ 5. We’d better not waste water. We won’t have enough to drink sooner or later. ______________________________________________________________________ 6. The house is quite beautiful. The cost is not too high. ______________________________________________________________________ 7. Do you want to study more? Do you want to look for a job? ______________________________________________________________________ 8. You can go home. You’ve finished this exercise. ______________________________________________________________________ 9. I don’t get many opportunities to practise my English. I find it difficult to remember everything I study. ______________________________________________________________________ 10. I’m practising speaking English a lot. I don’t want to fail in the oral test. ______________________________________________________________________ XIV. Use the words given and other words, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given. (Use 2-5 words in total). 1. Scuba-diving is not really my cup of tea. INTERESTED scuba-diving. I 2. No mountains in Western Europe are higher than Mount Blanc. THE Western Europe. Mount Blanc 3. They require special permits to access Son Doong Cave. TO Special permits Son Doong Cave. 4. Jane hasn’t decided where to go on holiday. MIND Jane hasn’t about where to go on holiday. 5. We don’t like travelling during peak season. INTO We during peak season. XV.By using the words in brackets, join each of the following sentences into logical ones. You may need to change some of the words. 1. An area of low pressure forms over the land. The heated air expands and rises. (as a result) _________________________________________________________________________ 2. Canada is similar to the United States. The majority of its people speak English. (in that) _________________________________________________________________________ 3. Governments will most probably not relocate entire cities. They are in earthquake zones. (just because) 38
_________________________________________________________________________ 4. They were forced to buy expensive ones. There were no economy seats available. (so) _________________________________________________________________________ 5. The hypothesis could be tested. Two experiments were conducted. (so that) _________________________________________________________________________ 6. Middle-class families tend to have person-centered structures. Working-class families are usually positional. (whereas) _________________________________________________________________________ 7. Middle-class children do well in most education systems. Working-class children do relatively poorly. (on the other hand) _________________________________________________________________________ 8. Western Europe has large reserves of fuel. The UK has a 250-year supply of coal. (for instance) _________________________________________________________________________ 9. A duck can swim easily and walk on soft ground. It has webbed feet. (so that) _________________________________________________________________________ 10. Far fewer people are killed or injured during train travel. Rail travel is safer than road travel. (because) UNIT 9: ENGLISH IN THE WORLD (TIẾNG ANH TRÊN THẾ GIỚI) A. VOCABULARY 1. affordable (adj) /əˈfɔːdəbl/: có thể chi trả được, hợp túi tiền 2. air (v) /eə(r)/: phát sóng (đài, vô tuyến) 3. breathtaking (adj) /ˈbreθteɪkɪŋ/: ấn tượng, hấp dẫn 4. check-in (n) /tʃek-ɪn/: việc làm thủ tục lên máy bay 5. checkout (n) /ˈtʃekaʊt/: thời điểm rời khỏi khách sạn 6. confusion (n) /kənˈfjuːʒn/: sự hoang mang, bối rối 7. erode away (v) /ɪˈrəʊd əˈweɪ/: mòn đi 8. exotic (adj) /ɪɡˈzɒtɪk/: kì lạ 9. explore (v) /ɪkˈsplɔː(r)/ thám hiểm 10. hyphen (n) /ˈhaɪfn/ dấu gạch ngang 11. imperial (adj) /ɪmˈpɪəriəl/ (thuộc về) hoàng đế 12. inaccessible (adj) /ˌɪnækˈsesəbl/ không thể vào/tiếp cận được 13. lush (adj) /lʌʃ/ tươi tốt, xum xuê 14. magnif cence (n) /mæɡˈnɪfɪsns/ sự nguy nga, lộng lẫy, tráng lệ 15. not break the bank (idiom) /nɒt breɪk ðə bæŋk/: không tốn nhiều tiền 16. orchid (n) /ˈɔːkɪd/: hoa lan 17. package tour (n) /ˈpækɪdʒ tʊə(r)/: chuyến du lịch trọn gói 18. pile-up (n) /paɪl-ʌp/: vụ tai nạn do nhiều xe đâm nhau 19. promote (v) /prəˈməʊt/: giúp phát triển, quảng bá 20. pyramid (n) /ˈpɪrəmɪd/: kim tự tháp 21. safari (n) /səˈfɑːri/: cuộc đi săn(bằng đường bộ nhất là ở đông và nam phi) 22. stalagmite (n) /stəˈlæɡmaɪt/: măng đá 23. stimulating (adj) /ˈstɪmjuleɪtɪŋ/: thú vị, đầy phấn khích 24. touchdown (n) /ˈtʌtʃdaʊn/: sự hạ cánh 25. varied (adj) /ˈveərid/: đa dạng B. GRAMMAR 1. ÔN TẬP CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN LOẠI 2 (CONDITIONAL SENTENCE 2) - Dùng để diễn tả không thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai, điều kiện chỉ là giả Chức năng thiết, một ước muốn trái ngược với thực trạng hiện tại. 39
Cấu trúc
Ví dụ
Lưu ý:
- Dùng để đưa ra lời khuyên. If + S + V2/ Ved+O , S +would+ V+ O (Thì quá khứ đơn) Mệnh đề “if” dùng quá khứ đơn, mênh đề chính dùng động từ khuyết thiếu “would +V” If I were a bird, I would be very happy. (nếu là một con chim, tôi sẽ rất hạnh phúc) Tôi không thể là chim được. If I had a million dollars, I would buy that car. (nếu tôi có 1 triệu đô la, tôi sẽ mua cái ô tô đó.) Hiện tại tôi không có. -
Trong câu điều kiện loại 2, ở mệnh đề “if” với chủ ngữ là “she, he, it” ta có thể dùng “were” hoặc “was” đều được. (were dùng trong tình huống trang trong hơn) - Ta cũng có thể dùng “could” hoặc “might” trong mệnh đề chính. “Would” = sẽ (dùng dạng quá khứ của “will”) “Could” = sẽ (dùng dạng quá khứ của “can”) “Might” = sẽ (dùng dạng quá khứ của “may”) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Nối các câu ở cột A với cột B sao cho phù hợp. CỘT A CỘT B 1. 1/If I had Laura’s phone number now, a. a/I would think twice before I drop out of 2. 2/If it was sunny and hot today, school. b. b/I would forbit smoking everywhere in the 3. 3/Mike would invite you to his next party. 4. 4/If I had wings, state. c. c/We would take the kid for a swim in the 5. 5/You would get better grade. 6. 6/If I were in your position, beach. 7. 7/We could take photos here. d. d/If his parents weren’t drug addicts. 8. 8/If I lived in a developed country, e. e/If you were one of his friends. 9. 9/If I were a governor for only a day, f. f/I would send her an urgent SMS. 10. 10/ Mike wouldn’t such family problems. g. g/I would find a well-paid job easily. h. h/I would fly back home to see my wife and my kids. i. i/ If it wasn’t forbidden to do so. j. j/ If you worked hard. 1. __________ 2. ____________ 3. _____________4. _____________5. _______________ 6. __________ 7. ____________ 8. _____________9. _____________10. _______________ Bài 2: Hoàn thành câu điều kiện loại 2 dưới đây 1. If I ___________ (be) you, I would practice more often for the upcoming test. 2. I _____________(spend) a lot of money if I won the lottery. 3. What ___________________ (you/do) if I gave you one million dollars? 4. If I met Rihanna, I ____________ (say) hallo. 5. I would take the underground every day if I __________ (live) in London. 6. You would feel a lot of better, if you ________________ (not/smoke) so much. 7. If I ___________ (be) you, I would follow mun’s advice. 8. I would run away if I ______________ (see) a ghost. 9. If I were you, I ____________(accept) the offer. 10. You _______________ (have to) choose a place to live, which one would you choose? 11. What would you do if you _______________ (see) a robbery? 40
Bài 3: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành câu điều kiện loại 1 và loại 2 dưới đây. 1. If I were you, I ________________ (learn) now. 2. Chuck _________________ (ask) us, we would lend him our books. 3. If they ___________ (be) at home, they will learn my words. 4. If Jack has a new DVD, he ___________ (lend) it to Cindy. 5. If you washed the car, he ___________ (get) more pocket money. 6. If you ___________ (come), you would meet them. 7. If we go to London, we ___________ (see) Buckingham Palace. 8. Jenny will help you if she ___________ (have) more time. 9. Sandy___________ (tell) him if she asked her. 10. I___________ (wash) my hands if he gives me a soap. 11. If the ghost passes through the door, she___________ (scream) 12. If we ___________ (swim) a lot, we would win the competition. 13. The Zongs will travel to the USA if they ___________ (win) in the lottery. 14. If you ___________ (run), you could catch the bus. 15. If Tessy has enough money, she ___________ (buy)
WHOSE
- Dùng để chỉ sở hữu cho danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật, thường thay cho các tính từ sở hữu: his, her, their… hoặc hình thức sở hữu cách ‘s ….N( person, thing) + WHOSE+ N+V - Chú ý: Whose chỉ đứng giữa hai danh từ. Whose không đứng trước động từ trong MĐQH 3. Các loại trạng từ quan hệ Trạng từ WHY
Cách dùng - Mở đầu cho MĐQH chỉ lý do, thường thay cho cụm “ for the reason, for that reason” …N(reason) + WHY + S+ V…
WHERE
- Thay thế từ chỉ nơi chốn nhyuw “ place, house, street, town, country…” thường thay cho “ there” …N(place) + WHERE+ S +V ( WHERE= ON/ IN. AT + WHICH ) - Thay thế từu chỉ thười gian nhưu “ time, moment, day, period, summer…” thường thay cho từ “then” N(time) + WHEN + S+ V ( WHEN= ON/ IN/ AT + WHICH )
WHEN II. MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSE) 1. Định nghĩa mệnh đề quan hệ (MĐQH) - Mệnh đề quan hệ (mệnh đề tính từ) là một loại mệnh đề phụ thuộc, được bắt đầu Định nghĩa bằng các đại từ quan hệ: who, whom, which, that, whose hay những trạng từ quan hệ: why, when, where - Mệnh đề quan hệ dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước nó trong mệnh đề chính của câu hay để chỉ rõ người/vật đang nói đến. Ví dụ I told you about the woman who lives next door. (tôi đã nói với bạn về người phụ nữ sống cạnh nhà) 2. Các loại đại từ quan hệ Đại từ Cách dùng Ví dụ - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người đứng trước nó The girl who is standing there is Ann WHO - Làm chủ ngữ trong MDQH The student who the head teacher met ….N(person)+ WHO+V+ O was John - Làm O cho động từ trong MĐQH ….N(person )+ WHO+ S+V - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm tân ngữ cho động Is she the girl whom you are waiting WHOM từ trong MĐQH for? …N(person )+ WHOM +S +V Is she the girl WHOM is waiting for - Chú ý: “ who” có thể thay thế cho “whom”, nhưng “ you? SAI whom” không thể that thế cho “who” Is she the girl WHO is waiting for you?--> ĐÚNG The book which is on the table is WHICH - Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật - Làm chỉ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ trong MĐQH beautiful …N(thing)+ WHICH + V + O The dress which she is wearing is ….N(thing)+ WHICH+ S+ V beautiful - Có thể thay thế cho vị trí của Who, Whom, Which The pen that/ which is on the desk is THAT THAT= WHO/ WHOM/ WHICH expensive The dancers that/ who/ whom he 41
Giới từ trong Mệnh đề quan hệ Cách dùng Nếu trong MĐQH có giới từ có thể đặt trước hoặc sau MĐQH ( chỉ áp dụng với whom và which) Nếu MĐQH bát đầu bằng đại từ quan hệ “ who, that” giưới từ bắt buộc phải đặt sau, KHÔNG được đặt trước
painted were very lively The dog whose hair is brown belongs to me
Ví dụ I don’t know the reason. You didn’t go to school for that reason I don’t know the reason why you didn’t go to school The hotel wasn’t very clean. We stayed at that hotel The hotel where we stayed wasn’t very clean I don’t know the time. She will come back then I don’t know the time when she will come back - Do you still remember the day when we first met? Do you remember the day when we first met? Do you remember the day on which we first met?/ Do you remember the day which we first met on?
Ví dụ -Mr Brown, with whom we studied last year, is a nice teacher Mr Brown, whom we studied with last year, is a nice teacher -The playground wasn’t used by those children that ít was built for ĐÚNG -The playground wasn’t used by those children for that it was built SAI
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 4: Điền vào chỗ trống “ who” hoặc “which” 1. A soldier is someone___________ works in the army 2. A student is a person ___________ goes to school 3. An ostrich is a bird ___________ cannot fly 4. A cook is someone ___________ makes meals at a restaurant 5. A tire is thing ___________ you can find on a wheel 6. A stick is a piece of wood ___________ is long and thin Bài 5: Dubgf “ that” hoặc “ whose” để nối các câu dưới đây 42
1. I admired the stuntman. His part was so dangerous I admired the stuntman _______________________________________________________ 2. We ate the cake. It was on the cupboard We ate the cake _____________________________________________________________ 3. She found the bag. It belonged to her She found the bag ___________________________________________________________ 4. Can you see the car? Its door is scratched Can you see the car __________________________________________________________ 5. You are the partner. I want to work with you You are the partner __________________________________________________________ 6. I couldn’t help the students. Their tests were a failure . I couldn’t help the students ___________________________________________________ 7. This is the guy. I got it from him This is the guy______________________________________________________________ 8. I liked the house. Its roof was made of res tiles I liked the house ____________________________________________________________ 9. A spade is a tool. You dig with it A spade is a tool ____________________________________________________________ 10. Here is the museum. I told you about it Here is the museum __________________________________________________________ 11. I can’t respect politicians. Their only ambitious is to be in power I can’t respect politicians _____________________________________________________ 12. This is the man. We bought the ring from him . This is the man _____________________________________________________________ 13. We can’t afford new cars. Their price is too high We can’t afford new cars _____________________________________________________ 14. Where is the cassette? We listened to it Where is the cassette _________________________________________________________ 15. The film is about a king. His brother kills him The film is about a king ______________________________________________________ 16. I met some people. Their houses were badly damaged I met some people ___________________________________________________________ Bài 6: Điền vào chỗ trống các đại từ và trạng từ quan hệ : who, whom, which, whose, where, when” sao cho thích hợp 1. Can you give me back the money __________I lent you last month? 2. This is the restaurant __________we used to eat when he lived in Boston 3. Mark has sent me an email __________I haven’t replied yet. 4. Who’s the person__________ is sitting next to Nancy? 5. They complained about the wrong goods __________ were sent to them 6. This is Susan __________ husband works in the sales department 7. Candy is wearing a new dress __________ she bought in the summer sales 8. Monday is the day __________ bills have to be paid 9. The secretary showed me the filing cabinet __________ important documents are filed 10. Do you like the boy __________ Mary is talking to? 11. We enjoyed the party __________ Peter and Pam had to celebrate Christmas 12. Are you the person __________ applied for a job as a receptionist? 13. Is this this pub __________ you meet your friends? 14. You have to delete the sheet __________ is repeated 15. April is the month __________ we have Easter holiday in Spain. 43
16. The advice __________ Sam gave me was quite senseless 17. Have you bought the food __________ I asked you? 18. Pjone Mr Smith __________ you will have to talk to tomorrow 19. Let’s visit the park __________ we played after school 20. Celebrities receive lots of invitations __________ they don’t accept 21. Did you refuse the offer __________ the company made you? BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 7: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thiện câu điều kiện loại 1 và 2 1. If you (see)____________John, I ( tell) ____________him your news 2. You(meet) ____________ my brother if you (go) ____________ to town on Monday 3.Meg sleeps only 5 hours a day. If she (sleep) ____________ longer, her health (improve) ____________ fast 4. If she (want) ____________ to talk to me, she ( ring up) ____________. I guess she doesn’t 5. If you (need) ____________ help, my father (help) ____________ you 6. We (have) ____________ a picnic if the day ( be) ____________ fine’ 7. I (understand)_________________ Mr Brown if he ( speak)______________slowly 8. If you (see) ____________ a policeman, he (show) ____________ you the way 9. I ( finish) ____________ the job tomorrow if I ( can) ____________ 10. If you (give) ____________ him good meals, he ( not be able ) ____________ to work hard 11. You (make) ____________ a fortune if you( take) ____________ my advice. Too bad! 12. I ____________ (not need) an umbrella if it (not rain) ____________ 13. If she (think) ____________ it over carefully, she (form) ____________ a clear opinion 14. If they ( catch) ____________ a bus now, they (arrive) ____________ at half past nine 15. He ( find) ____________ the answers if he (look) ____________ at the back of the book 16. If I ( think) ____________ that about him, I (say) ____________ so aloud 17. If he ( promise) ____________ to behave in the future, his mum ( forgive) ____________ him 18. If you (want) ____________ me to, I (come) ____________for a walk with you 19. If we (can) ____________ come on Sunday, we (come) ____________. I am really sorry 20. If you (wait) ____________ for a moment, the waiter (bring) ____________ you a coffee 21. He (lose) ____________weight if he (stop) ____________eating so much 22. Life (be) ____________ monotonous if we (have) ____________ nothing to do 23. He (not phone) ____________me herre unless it ( be) ____________urgent 24. If they (love) ____________ each other, they ( not fight) ____________ so much 25. If she (be) ____________ patient, I ( try) ____________ to explain 26. If he (do) ____________that again, his father (punish) ____________him 27. If Peter ( ask) ____________Mary, I’m sure she ( marry) ____________ him 28. She (get) ____________ fit if she ( walk) ____________every day 3 km 29. If she (drink) ____________this medicine, she (feel) ____________ much better 30. He (be) ____________ very pleased if it (be) ____________really true Bài 8: Viết lại các cặp câu dưới đây thành câu có chứa MĐQH 1. She worked for a man. The man used to be an athlete __________________________________________________________________________ 2. They called a lawyer. The lawyer lived nearby __________________________________________________________________________ 3. I sent an email to my brother. My brother lives in Australia __________________________________________________________________________ 4. The customer liked the waitress. The waitress was very friendly __________________________________________________________________________ 44
5. We broke the computer. The computer belonged to my father __________________________________________________________________________ 6. I dropped a glass. The glass was new __________________________________________________________________________ 7. She loves books. The books have happy endings __________________________________________________________________________ 8. They live in a city. The city is in the north of England __________________________________________________________________________ 9. The man is in the garden. The man is wearing a blue jumper __________________________________________________________________________ 10. The girl works in a bank. The girl is from India __________________________________________________________________________ 11. My sister has three children. My sister lives in Australia __________________________________________________________________________ 12. The waiter was rude. The waiter was wearing a blue shirt __________________________________________________________________________ 13. The money is in the kitchen. The money belongs to John __________________________________________________________________________ 14. The table got broke. The table was my grandmother’s __________________________________________________________________________ 15. The television was stolen. The television was bought 20 years ago __________________________________________________________________________ 16. The fruit is on the table. The fruit isn’t fresh __________________________________________________________________________ C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 9) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. massive B.immersion C.imitate 2. A. rusty B. punctual C.universal 3. A. office B. official C.accent
D.variety D.subject D.fluency
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A. accent B. mistake C.global D.rusty 5. A. bilingual B. dialect C.dominance D.official III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. It’s an important part of your cultural identity to keep your in speaking English. A.vocabulary B.language C.accent D.skill 7. Much comes through body language and gesture. A.talk B.exchange C.speech D.communication the meaning of words rather than going straight for your dictionary. 8. Try to A.judge B.guess C.decide D.expect 9. Reading is the best way to your vocabulary in any language. A.improve B.increase C.raise D.put up . 10. He is not exactly rich but he certainly earns enough to A.get through B.get by C.get on D.get up 11. One way of increasing your speed of comprehension is to learn all your vocabulary without the use of your own . 45
A.first language B.technical language C.business language business camping with you this weekend. 12. If I didn’t have exams next week, I A.will go B.will have gone C.would have gone go 13. If she rich, she would travel around the world. A.would be B.is C.has been D.were he spent the early years of his life. 14. India is the country A.at which B.on which C.that D.where 15. The girls and flowers he painted were vivid. A.who B.that C.whose D.which
D.official
D.would
IV. Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word/phrase from the box. There are some extra words. collocations look up come across say use When you (1_) a new English word or phrase, make a note of it!(2) the meaning in the dictionary, making sure you are aware of any grammatical information. For instance, if you are looking for the meaning of a verb, check to see if the verb can be used in a passive form, if it is followed by any particular preposition, and so on. Check also for the pronunciation and (3) of a word. It is particularly formal or informal, or used in certain word (4) ? For example, we (5) "do housework", but "make an effort". V. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. you? Would you go to his party if he (invite) I (help) you translate this text into French if we had a dictionary. We (email) her if we had her address. If(have) the answer, I wouldn’t need to ask. I’d probably buy a laptop if it (be) cheaper. Where would you like if you (have) a choice? If they (make) a film of grandfather’s life, which actor would play him? If the rooms were bigger, we (buy) larger furniture. If you (have) 20 brothers and sisters, think how many birthday presents you (get) ! If my father (not work) , we (not have) enough money to live.
VI.
Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow. Five Ways To Improve Your Spoken English At Home First, you should improve your English pronunciation because good pronunciation will help people understand your spoken English clearly, even if you don’t know many words. Second, most English learners read too much and listen too little. If you want to improve your English speaking, spend more time listening! Listen to the audio while you read the text, then read the text out loud, trying to imitate the pronunciation you hear in the audio. Then, reading English texts out loud will train your mouth and lips to pronounce English words more naturally. I suggest reading every text out loud twice. The first time, read slowly and focus on pronouncing each word correctly. Circle the words that are difficult to pronounce and repeat each one ten times. The second time, read faster and focus on making your English flow, speaking each sentence with a natural rhythm. In addition, whenever you learn a new word, try saying it in a complete sentence. If you do this with every new English word you learn, it will help you speak English in complete sentences more naturally. 46
Finally, if you don’t have contact with native English speakers, watch TV shows and films in English with English subtitles to learn English conversation patterns. Task 1. Answer the following questions. 1. Why should we improve our pronunciation? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 2. What should we do while listening to English? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 3. What are the functions of reading the text our loud twice? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 4. What is the best way to learn a new word? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 5. Which films should we watch to develop speaking skills? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Task 2. Finds words in the passage to match these definitions. 1. copy the way to do something (paragraph 1): __________________________________________ 2. make the sound of a word or a letter (paragraph 2): _____________________________________ 3. be produced in an easy way (paragraph 2):____________________________________________ 4. a repeated patterns of sounds (paragraph 2):___________________________________________ 5. words shown at the bottom of a film to explain what is being said (paragraph 4): ______________ VII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Language is (1) people (2) with one another. It is a terrific tool. Language is spoken, but it is also (3) down. Sign language used by many people who are (4) is the communication with gestures. We do (5) our communication (6) speaking. English is (7) international language in the world, but it is not the world’s most (8) spoken language. There are more than 1.2 billion people (9) Chinese.Arabic is second, and then Hindi, with English in the fourth place. (10) languages inthe top ten are Spanish, Bengali, Portuguese, Russian, Japanese, and German. 1. A.how B.why C.what D.when 2. A.communicate B.instruct C.introduce D.mention 3. A.compiled B.composed C.written D.made 4. A.blind B.deaf C.dead D.alive 5. A.most B.mostly C.most of D.mostly of 6. A.on B.of C.about D.by 7. A.most B.the most C.the mostly D.the more 8. A.widened B.width C.wide D.widely 9. A.speak B.speaks C.speaking D.are spoken 10. A.Another B.One another C.Other D.Others 47
VIII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. When I first started learning English ten years ago, I could hardly (1) a word - “hello”, “good bye”, “thank you” was just about it! I went to classes two evenings a week and I was surprised at how quickly I (2) progress. (3) the course we learned lots of vocabulary and studied grammar rules. (4) thing I enjoyed most was being able to practise speaking with the other students in my class. After two years I went to England to a (5) school. It was in Cambridge.I did a(6) course at a very good school and I stayed with a local family. It was a fantastic experience and I (7) up a lot of things from speaking with my host family and with other students from (8) the world. I really improved my pronunciation as well. When I got back (9) my home town, I was so much more confident. I(10) actually hold a conversation with my teacher in English. 1. A. talk B.speak C.say D.tell 2. A. do B.make C.did D.made 3. A. During B.After C.Before D.While 4. A. That B.A C.The D.Those 5. A. science B.language C.art D.finance 6. A. three-weeks B.third-week C.threes-week D.three-week 7. A.picked B.looked C. got D.stood 8. A.all B.over C.over all D.all over 9. A.the B.to C.in D.on 10. A.had to B.used to C.could D.would IX. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. The Importance of English in Today's World English was originally the language of England, and soon it has become the primary orsecondary language of many former British colonies such as the United States, Canada, Australia, and India. Nowadays, it is the most international language in the world. There an several factors that make the English language essential to communication in our current time. First of all, it is the most common foreign language. This means that two people who come from different countries (for example, a Mexican and a Swede) usually use English as a common English to communicate. English is also essential to the field of education. In many countries, children are taught and encouraged to learn English as a second language. At the university level, students in many countries study almost all their subjects in English in order to make the material more accessible to international students. On the Internet, the majority of websites are written and created in English. Even sites in other languages often give you the option to translate the site. It is the primary language of the press: more newspapers and books are written in English than in any other language, and no matter where in the world you are, you will find some of these books and newspapers available. Although many people think that it is very difficult and confusing, English is actually the easiest language of the world to learn because there are so many resources available. As soon as you decide you want to learn, there are thousands of resources on the Internet and in bookstores. With good understanding and communication in English, you can travel around the globe. Because it is the international language for foreigners, it is easy to get assistance and help in every part of the world. You can test it by online travel. Any travel booking site you can find will have English as a booking option. 1. When two people having different mother tongues meet each other, they will use, . A.their own mother tongues to communicate B.English as a means of communication 48
C.the third language to communicate D.a second language as a means of communication . 2. The study material at universities is often written in English so that A.all international students can follow it D.scientists can understand it easily C.it is the dominant language in England D.all children from many countries understand English 3. All of the following about the role of English on the Internet are true EXCEPT that . A.most websites are written in English B.most programmers created websites in English C.websites offer you the option in other languages D.most websites have English version 4. English is believed by many to be the easiest language of the world to learn because . A.you can decide you want to learn English B.there are thousands of bookstores available C.it is not very difficult and confusing D.it is easy to find resources to learn English 5. We can infer from the passage that . A.English makes you travel around the globe B.you can use English to travel online C.international tourists must know English D.it is easy to get help to learn English all over the world X. Complete the second sentence with the conditional sentence based on the facts given. 1. We have languages. We use them for communication. If we didn’t _________________________________________________________________ . 2. We have languages. We can leave knowledge to our younger generations. If we didn’t _________________________________________________________________ . 3. We have senses. They allow us to learn languages. If we didn’t _________________________________________________________________ . 4. Our sense of sight allows us to read the written language. If we didn’t _________________________________________________________________ . 5. Big companies have logos so that their goods can be recognized in every nation. If there weren’t ______________________________________________________________ .
Whenever you find a new word, try to predict the meaning and _____________________________ . 8.Many students in my class come from different countries. I attend a ________________________________________________________________________ . 9.I spent only two months learning Korean, but I had little problem with my Korean when I was in Seoul last summer. Although I spent only two months learning Korean, I could _________________________________ . 10.In India with innumerable regional languages in different states, English serves as the common language in the country. In India, English is regarded as XII. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. 1. English/ play/ important role/ everyday life. __________________________________________________________________________ 2. English/ widely used/ international communication/ everyday work. __________________________________________________________________________ 3. Students/ want/ go abroad/ education/ have to/ learn/ English well. __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 4. It/ language/ science/ and/ you/ need/ know English/ good/ science. __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 5. English/ main language/ instruction/ international students/ universities/ colleges. __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________
XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. I think my IT skills are not good now because I have forgotten it. My IT skills are a bit ______________________________________________________________ . 2.Paul’s father is English, and his mother comes from Italy. I think Paul _______________________ in English and Italian. 3.Many people now speak English as a second or foreign language. For many people, English is not ______________________________________________________ . 4.When you live in London, you can soon learn how to speak the language. In London, you can ________________ the language. 5.You shouldn’t go straight for your dictionary to know the meaning of words. You should try ____________________ rather than going straight to for your dictionary. 6.If you are Vietnamese learning English, you can copy a native English speaker. If you are Vietnamese learning English, you can _________________________________________ . 7.Whenever you find a new word, try to predict the meaning and then look into the dictionary to know the meaning.
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. Trying to use a dictionary less and switching to a monolingual one can help you to stop translating in your head when you are speaking or listening. A.biannual B.bicentenary C.bi-monthly D.bilingual ? 7. Are you someone who can read and write well in English but cannot speak A.fluent B.fluently C.fluency D.a fluency 8. In a class, this is a great opportunity to learn about different customs and traditions around the world. A.multilingual B.multi-disciplinary C.multi-dimensional D.multinational 9. If you get when speaking, take two deep breaths before you say something. A.annoyed B.nervous C.pleased D.unwilling by watching someone else’s shape of 10. No one ever improves pronunciation and themouth! You improve English speaking by speaking, not watching. A.rhythm B.tone C.accent D.sounds 11. If I taller, I better at basketball.
49
TEST 2 (UNIT 9) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. imitate B.translate C.phrase 2. A. variety B.bilingual C.derivative 3. A. massive B.immersion C.establish II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A. punctual B.flexible C.openness 5. A.establishment B.derivative C.population
50
D.language D.dialect D.rusty D.specific D.simplicity
A.am - will be B.were – would have been C.be - would be D.were – might be in my position, what would you do? 12. If you A.are B.will be C.were D.would be 13. There was a storm I had never experienced before. A.such as B.as which C.which D.for which 14. Children always want to know the reason things are as they are. A.why B.whom C.which D.who 15. Is the first of March the day the astronaut will come and give a speech at our school? A.that B.what C.which D.when IV.
Fill in each gap in the passage with ONE suitable word. make underline
use
look
interests
you. It could be a newspaper, a novel, a magazine, or Read something that (16) even an English graded reader (a simplified book). Working page by page, (17) the words or phrases that you don't know. (18) up only those that are important for understanding, or which are repeated. (19) good dictionary, and (20) a note in your English vocabularynotebook. V.
Combine each pair of sentences to make a complete sentence, using a suitable relative pronoun. 21. The simplest definition of language is that “language is the means of communication”. It is widely accepted. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 22. There are about one billion people. They use English as the lingua franca of international communication. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 23. Differences between languages can cause some problems to learners. Differences between languages are explained in course books. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 24. A great number of people speak English as a foreign language. Their native language is not English. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 25. English has been regarded as a lingua franca. It enjoys more universality than any other language. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________
VI. 1. 2.
Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense to form either a first or a second conditional clause. this weekend, we (not be able) to play tennis. If it (rain) Give me Peter’s letter. If I (see) him, I (give) it to him.
3.
I have to work very hard for the coming exam, so I’m very busy. But if I (have) any spare time. I (take up) a sport like football. taller, I (be) a basketball player, but I’m too short. 4. If I (be) 5. Please start your meal. If you (not have) your soup now, it(go) cold. 6. What noisy neighbours you have got! If my neighbours (be) as bad as yours, I (go) crazy. 7. If you (have) any problems, let me know and I (come) and help you straight away. 8. My uncle is a brilliant cook! If I (can cook) as well as him, I (earn) a lot of money. some fresh fish in the market, (you/ buy) some for dinner? 9. If there (be) 10. “We have mice in the kitchen.” - “If you (have) a cat, the mice (disappear) soon.” VII.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
were
would be
could sunbathe
could go
had
would you remember
would come
would need
might lend
could have
won
would you buy
If Ihad a compass on my mobile phone, it really useful on holiday. a better voice, she’d sing in a choir. She says that if she If you £20,000 in the lottery, what would you spend it on? If you had a pet, to feed it? We the electric fans if the air conditioners didn’t work. If we had some suncream, we for longer. If you had a million dollars, what ? If I taller, I would join the school basketball team. If I didn’t have to stay at home tomorrow, I with you. If you asked Nick, he you the money you need. If it were not rainy, we a picnic in the park. If I anywhere in the world, I’d spend a year on a desert island.
VIII. Combine each pair of sentences, using a relative clause. 1. I have a friend. Her mum is a volunteer worker. → __________________________________________________________________________ 2. It is a camping shop. It has a lot of good equipment. → __________________________________________________________________________ 3. The rescue operation was arranged by a charity organisation. It was a success. → __________________________________________________________________________ 4. My uncle is a fire fighter. He visited us last weekend. → __________________________________________________________________________ 5. 2015 is the year. My sister became a nurse. → __________________________________________________________________________ 6. The storm started at 2 o’clock this morning. It caused a lot of damage. → __________________________________________________________________________ 7. Nick is my classmate. I’ve known him for a long time. → IX.
51
Complete the sentences with the phrases in the box.
Read the passage and answer the questions. 52
Englishplays an important role in everyday life in India. In India with innumerable regional languages in different state, English serves as the common language in the country.Most office-goers know English, but many of them do not know other languages besides their mother-tongue or regional language. Thus, they communicate with each other in English for their everyday work. The importance of English in education and student’s life cannot be denied. English remains a major medium of instruction in schools. There are large numbers of books that are written in English language. English is an important language for inter-state communications. Modem India has many large states. People of each state converse in their own language and often cannot speak or understand the regional language of other people. In such cases, English becomes the link between these people. So, we cannot deny the importance of English in modem India. There are some advantages of regional languages over English, but in spite of that there is the need and importance of English in Indian life. 1. What is the role of English in everyday life in India? _____________________________________________________________________________ 2. Why is English chosen as the official language in India? _____________________________________________________________________________ 3. What do most office-goers use English for? _____________________________________________________________________________ 4. What is the role of English in education? _____________________________________________________________________________ 5. Why is English considered the link between people in India? _____________________________________________________________________________ X.
Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow. Every day distances between different countries seem less. For this reason, it is becoming more and more important to know foreign languages, especially English. One billion people, about 20% of the world's population, speak English today. 400 million people speak English as their first language. For the other 600 million people, it is either a second language or a foreign language. English is the first language in the United Kingdom, the United States of America, Australia as well as New Zealand. It is also one of the official languages in Canada, the Irish Republic and the Republic of South Africa. English is spoken in more than 60 countries as a second language. It is used by the government, businessmen and universities. English is the language of politics and diplomacy, science and technology, business and trade, sport and pop music. 80% of all information in the world’s computers is in English. 75% of the world's letters and faxes are sent in English. 60% of all international telephone calls are made in English. More than 60% of all scientific journals are printed in English. To know English today is quite a usual thing for every educated person, for every good specialist. Learning a language is not easy. It is a long and slow process that takes a lot of time and work. English is studied throughout the world and great number of people speak it quite well. In our country, English is very popular: it is taught at schools, colleges and universities as a foreign language. Everyone will master English soon. We all need to understand each other. To do that we must know an international language, and that is English. Task 1. Scan through the text, and fill in each blank with the suitable information. 1.The number of people who speak English: _________________ 2.The number of people who speak English as either a second language or a ______________ foreign language: 3.The English-speaking countries include: _________________ 4.Percentage of all international telephone calls made in English: _________________ 53
5.Percentage of information in the world's computers in English: _________________ 6.Percentage of the world's letters and faxes sent in English: _________________ Task 2. Answer the following questions. 1. What makes distances between different countries seem less? _____________________________________________________________________________ 2. In which fields is English widely used around the world? _____________________________________________________________________________ 3. What is the role of English in education in our country? _____________________________________________________________________________ 4. How hard is the process of learning a language? _____________________________________________________________________________ XI.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Have you ever noticed advertisements which say “Learn a foreign language in 6 weeks, or your money back. From the first day your pronunciation will be excellent. Just send....” and so on? Of course, it never happens quite like that. One’s mother language is easier to learn, but it also requires a lot of practice to be fluent. And think how much practice that gets! Before the Second World War, people usually learned a foreign language in order to read the literature of that country. Now speaking a foreign language is what most people want. Every year many millions of people start learning one. How do they do it? Some people try it at home, with books and records of tapes; some use radio for television programmes; some use computers and network; others go to evening classes. If they use the language only 2 or 3 times a week, it will take a long time, like learning a foreign language at school. A few people try to learn the language fast by studying for 6 or more hours aday. It is clearly easier to learn thelanguage in the country where it is spoken. However, most people cannot afford this, and for many it is not necessary. They need the language in order to do their work better. For example, scientists and doctors chiefly need to be able to read books and reports in the foreign language. Whether the language is learned quickly or slowly, it is hard work. Machines and good books will help, but they cannot do the student’s work for him. . 1. According to some advertisements, you A.have to pay your money if you cannot master a foreign language in 6 weeks B.needn’t pay your money if you cannot learn a foreign language in 6 weeks C. must pay your money if you cannot master a foreign language in 6 weeks D.will be paid much money if you cannot learn a foreign language in 6 weeks 2. Now most people try to learn a foreign language in order to . A. read the literature of the country B.read books and reports C. do their work better D.go to foreign countries 3. The best way to learn a foreign language is . A.to go to the country where the language is spoken B.to use machines and good books C. to go to evening classes D.to do as the advertisements tell you to . 4. Learning a foreign language is a hard job A. only for scientists and doctors B.only for the students at school C. for those people at home D.for most people 5. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? A.It is very difficult to learn a language, including the native language. B. Few people can afford to learn a foreign language in the country where it is spoken. C. To learn one’s mother tongue also needs a lot of practice. D.Machines and good books are useless for us to learn a foreign language. 54
XII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. important in the world today. A very large (2) of people English is the (1) understand and use English in many (3) of the world. Indeed English is a very useful language. If we (4) ____English we can go toany place or country we like. We shall not find it hard to (5) people understand what we want to say. English also helps us to learn all kinds of subjects. Hundreds of books are (6) in English every day in many countries to teach people many useful things. (7) English language has, therefore, helped to spread ideas and knowledge to all the comers of the world. There is no subject that cannot be (8) ___ in English. As English is used so much everywhere in the world, it has helped to make the countriesin the . The leaders of the world use English to understand one another. The world more (9) English language has also helped to spread better understanding and friendship among countries of the world. Lastly, a person who knows English is respected by people. It is for all these (10) that I want to learn English. 1. A. most B. mostly C. chiefly D.best 2. A. few B. deal C. amount D.number 3. A. countries B. places C. sites D.scenes 4. A. realize B. say C. speak D.tell 5. A. get B. let C. persuade D.make 6. A. published B. wrote C. print D.make 7. A. A B. An C. That D.The 8. A. recognized B. realized C. known D. taught 9. A. friend B. friendly C. friendship D. friendliness 10. A. reasons B. causes C. effects D. results XIII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Every year, students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young, children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language, mathematics, and English. In England, America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their native language, which is English, mathematics, and another language, perhaps French, or German or Spanish. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at college or university. Others learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English. . 1. According to the writer A.only adults learn English C.no children like to learn English C.English is useful only for teenagers D.English is popular all over the world 2. Most people learn English by . A.watching videos only B. working hard on their lessons C.hearing the language in the office D.talking with foreigners 3.Many boys and girls learn English because . A.it is included in their study courses B.English can give them a job C.they are forced to learn it D.they have to study their own language 4. In America or Australia many school children study . 55
A.English as a foreign language B.English and mathematics only C.such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish D.their own language and no foreign language . 5. Marry adults learn English because A. English is spoken in their office B. they want to go abroad C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work XIV. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. 1. English/ most spoken official language/ world. ____________________________________________________________________________ 2. It/ primary language/ used/ international affairs. ____________________________________________________________________________ 3. English/ indisputably/ primary language/ global trade/ commerce. ____________________________________________________________________________ 4. English/ dominant language/ digital age. ____________________________________________________________________________ 5. In universities/ colleges/ English-speaking countries/ primary language/ instruction/ English. ____________________________________________________________________________ TEST 3 UNIT 9 I.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. B. practice C. language D. favorite 1. A. campus 2. A. qualify B. scenery C. grocery D. academy B. need C. heart D. read 3. A. speak 4. A. practiced B. learned C. asked D. watched 5. A. school B. scholarship C. chemistry D. children II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. office B. fluency C. accent D. official 2. A. language B. translate C. speaker D. imitate 3. A. variety B. derivative C. establish D. dialect 4. A. provide B. bilingual C. immersion D. rusty 5. A. simplicity B. American C. obedient D. flexible III.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. foreign B. practice C. examine D. language 2. A. dormitory B. university C. institute D. college 3. A. academic B. reputation C. experience D. intermediate 4. A. advertise B. express C. remember D. improve 5. A. scenery B. scholarship C. dictionary D. advertisement IV.Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. some English. 1. They could understand our conversation if they A. will know B. know C. knew D. would know 2. It’s an important part of your cultural identity to keep your in speaking English. A. accent B. skill C. vocabulary D. language dictionary less and switching to a monolingual one can help you to stop 3. Trying to use a translating in your head when you are speaking or listening. A. bi-monthly B. bilingual C. biannual D. bicentenary 4. If I had more time I a Business English course. A. take B. took C. will take D. would take 5. Much comes through body language and gesture. A. speech B. communication C. talk D. exchange 6. Are you someone who can read and write well in English but cannot speak ? 56
A. fluency B. a fluency C. fluent D. fluently 7. In a class, this is a great opportunity to learn about different customs and traditions around the world. A. multi-dimensional B. multinational C. multilingual D. multi-disciplinary 8. The children attend that English school receive good education. A. which B. whose C. who D. whom the meaning of words rather than going straight for your dictionary. 9. Try to A. decide B. except C. judge D. guess 10. If you get when speaking, take two deep breaths before you say something. A. pleased B. unwilling C. annoyed D. nervous 11. Mike comes from a city is located in the southern part of England. A. when B. that C. where D. who 12. Reading is the best way to your vocabulary in any language. A. raise B. put up C. improve D. increase by watching someone else’s shape of the 13. No one ever improves pronunciation and mouth! You improve English speaking by speaking, not watching. A. accent B. sounds C. rhythm D. tone 14. The picture reminds him of the time he studied in New York. A. where B. why C. which D. when 15. He is not exactly rich but he certainly earns enough to . A. get on B. get up C. get down D. get by 16. The language that you learn to speak from birth is language A. second B. foreign C. official D. first 17. If I taller, I better at basketball. A. be – would be B. were – might be C. am – will be D. were – would have been 18. Reading helps you learn vocabulary easily as you will new words without even realizing it when you read. A. face up B. look up C. pick up D. give up in my position, what would you do? 19. If you A. were B. would be C. are D. will be 20. If you want to improve your speaking skill, you should attend the courses that are taught in a way. A. lexical B. communicative C. traditional D. domestic 21. There was a storm had never experienced before. A. which B. for which C. such as D. as which 22. It is not easy to foreign language without communicating with the native speakers regularly. A. master B. challenge C. translate D. simplify things are as they are. 23. Children always want to know the reason A. which B. who C. why D. whom 24. Is the first of March the day the astronaut will come and give a speech at our school? A. which B. when C. that D. what 25. There are many of English all over the world such as British English, American English and Indian English. A. dialogues B. varieties C. speakers D. terms V.Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. 1. If he (clean) his windscreen he’d be able to see where he was going. 2. If you drove your car into the river, you (be able) to get out? 3. If you (not belong) to a union, you couldn’t get a job. 4. If I (win) a big prize in a lottery, I’d give up my job. 5. What you (do) if you found a burglar in your house? 57
6. I could tell you what this means if I (know) Greek. 7. If everybody (give) I pound we would have enough. 8. He might get fat if he (stop) smoking. 9. If he knew that it was dangerous he (not come) . 10. If you (see) someone drowning, what would you do? VI.Give the correct form of the verbs. 1. The whole machine would fall to pieces if you (remove) that screw. 2. I (keep) a horse if I could afford it. 3. I’d go and see him more often if he (live) on a bus route. the sale of alcohol at football matches, there might be less violence. 4. If they (ban) 5. I (offer) to help if I thought I’d be any use. 6. What would you do if the lift (get) stuck between two floors? 7. If you (paint) the walls white, the room would be much brighter. 8. If you (change) your job, would it affect your pension? 9. If you knew you had only six weeks to live, how you (spend) those six weeks? so much broken glass on top of it. 10. I’d climb over the wall if there (not be) VII.Make the following using relative clauses. 1. Alice is my friend. Alice’s mother died last year. 2. The boy will be punished. He threw that stone. 3. Ann is very friendly. She lives next door. 4. The man is a famous actor. You met him at the party last night. 5. There are some words. They are very difficult to translate. 6. I was looking for a book this morning. I’ve found it now. 7. Is that the car? You want to buy it. 8. Sandra works in advertising. You were talking to her. 9. The little girl ate sweets the whole way. She sat next to me on the coach. 10. Lan is a journalist. Her tape recorder was stolen. VIII.Match the phrases in column A with appropriate information from column B (More than one answer is possible) A 1. You can improve your English accent... 2. A good way to learn idioms is... 3. You can improve your writing skills... 4. A good way to learn new vocabulary... 5. You can learn to read faster... 6. One way of practicing conversation is ... 7. You can learn to use grammar correctly... 8. You can develop self-confidence in speaking English...
B a. by doing translation exercises. b. by talking to native English speakers. c. by reading magazines in English. d. by studying a learner’s dictionary. e. by practicing dialogues with a partner. f. by watching American movies. g. by having a private tutor. h.by talking to yourself in the shower
IX. Complete the sentence with one preposition 1. You shouldn’t believe everything you read the newspapers. 3rd November and ends January. 2. The course starts 3. first we didn’t like each other, but the end we became good friends. 4. I was disappointed the grade I received on my last exam. 5. Are you interested learning foreign languages? 6. We are looking forward new possibilities. 7. We can live a dormitory campus. 58
8. What aspect 9. Practice listening 10. The hotel is close
learning English do you find difficult? English tapes or English programs the historical district.
the radio.
X. Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, c or D) that needs correcting. 1. On the way home, we saw a lot of men, women, and dogs which were playing in the park. A B C D 2. The man whom remained in the office was the manager. A B C D 3. This novel, which written by a well known writer, shouldbe read. A B C D 4. My friend George, that arrived late, was not permittedto enter the class. A B C D 5. This is theonly placewhich we can obtain scientific information. A B C D 6. Chemistry isone branch of science on thatmost of the industries depend. A B C D 7. 1975 is the year in whenthe revolutiontook place. A B C D 8. Mr. Brown, thatteaches me English, is comingtoday. A B C D 9. The hotel where we stay inlast yearwas excellent. A B C D 10. At last they found the woman and her cat whichwere badly injured by the fire. A B C D XI.Use the correct form of the word given to complete each sentence 1. English speaking presents special for foreign learners. (difficult) 2. The school is performing well, but we recognize the need for further . (improve) 3. Let me introduce you a university. I think it’s really reliable. (repute) in a number of national newspapers. (advertise) 4. We placed 5. If you want to attend the course, you must pass the examination. (write) 6. The teaching staff are all well . (qualify) 7. We gather our things and run to the bus stop. (hurry) 8. I go hill-walking for . (relax) 9. Students will take an at the end of the year. (examine) 10. The university has an international as a center of excellent. (repute) XII.Read the following passage and fill in the blank with a suitable word. such getting choose official require industries communicate employing work longer Being able to speak English allows you to (1) effectively in numerous countries, and this opens up lots of possibilities for you in terms of the countries you could choose to seek (2) in one day – not to mention travel to as a tourist. You won’t have to worry about (3) lost when you travel to an English-speaking country, as you’ll easily be able to ask for directions, and taking guided tours, ordering food and chatting to the locals will no (4) be a source of stress. as the airline, What’s more, careers that involve lots of travel or international exposure, (5) tourism and film (6) , use English as their (7) language, and many employers in these sectors are likely to (8) evidence of a certain level of proficiency in English before they will consider (9) you. This means that if you can speak English, you’ll find that you have a greater number of possible careers to (10) from after you finish at university. 59
XIII.Read the passage below and do the tasks. Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of 1030. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as Wales, Scotland, or Ireland. However, during the course of the next two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking, and diplomacy. Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is in English. Two-thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers. Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are non native speakers, constituting the largest number of non-native users than any other language in the world. 1. What is the main topic of this passage? A. The number of non-native users of English B. The French influence on the English language C. The expansion of English as an international language D. The use of English for science and technology 2. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England? A. In 1066 B. Around 1350 C. Before 1600 D. After the 1600s 3. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the world . EXCEPT A. the slave trade B. the Norman invasion C. missionaries D. colonization 4. The word “enclaves” in the passage could best be replaced by which of the following? A. communities B. organizations C. regions D. countries 5. The word “proliferated” in the passage is closest in meaning to which of the following? A. prospered B. organized C. disbanded D. expanded XIV.Read the text carefully, then decide whether the following statements are True or False LEARNING ENGLISH It is not easy for adult students of English to improve their accent. Unlike children, who are flexible, adults often find it hard to change the way they speak. This is why even the top, or smartest adult students have difficulty with pronunciation. There are several things that an international student can do to improve his or her pronunciation. One method is to sign up for a pronunciation class. Studying pronunciation can help students to understand the rules of English, but in order to practice speaking, students often need to be exposed to English outside the classroom as well. This is why many students say that studying in an English-speaking country greatly affects their English. Living with native speakers can help students to learn new vocabulary as well as improve their accents. International students can also learn important cultural information. This can help to prevent misunderstandings that can occur when people from different cultures live together. 1. Adult students of English cannot improve their accents because they are ________ slow to change. 2. Most young students are able to change their pronunciation easily. ________ 3. Attending a pronunciation class can be very helpful to adult learners who ________ have problems with their pronunciation. 4. All that they need to improve their pronunciation is to practice more outside ________ the classroom. 5. To avoid misunderstandings about cultures, students should live with native ________ speakers. XV.Read the passage and choose A, B, C or D that best fits each of the gaps.
60
The country is more beautiful than a town and (1) to live in. Many people think so, and go to the country for the summer holidays (2) they cannot live there all the year round. Some have a cottage (3) in a village so that they can go there whenever they can find the time. English villages are not all alike, but in some ways they are not different (4) one another. Almost every village has a church, the round or square tower of (5) can be seen for many miles around. Surrounding the church is the churchyard, where people are (6) . is a wide stretch of grass, and houses or cottages are built round it. Country The village (7) life is now fairy (8) and many villages have water brought through pipes into each house. Most villages are so (9) some small towns that people can go there to buy (10) they can’t find in the village shop. 1. A. please B. pleased C. pleasure D. pleasant 2. A. because B. though C. despite D. therefore 3. A. build B. building C. built D. is built 4. A. from B. with C. on D. for 5. A. it B. this C. that D. which 6. A. playing B. rested C. praying D. buried 7. A. entrance B. center C. green D. outskirts 8. A. difficult B. comfortable C. enjoyable D. improved 9. A. far away B. out of C. beyond D. close to 10. A. what B. those C. which D. when XVI.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Every year, students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language, mathematics, and English. In England, America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their native language, which is English, mathematics, and another language, perhaps French, or German or Spanish. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at college or university. Others learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English. . 1. Many adults learn English because A. most of their books are in English B. it helps them in their work C. English is spoken in their office D. they want to go abroad 2. According to the writer . A. English is useful only for teenagers B. English is popular all over the world C. only adults learn English D. no children like to learn English . 3. In America or Australia many school children study A. such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish B. their own language and no foreign language C. English as a foreign language D. English and mathematics only 4. Most people learn English by . A. hearing the languages in the office B. talking with foreigners C. watching videos only D. working hard on their lessons . 5. Many boys and girls learn English because A. they are forced to learn it B. they have to study their own languages C. it is included in their study courses D. English can give them a job XVII.Rewrite the sentences below as single sentence using relative clauses. 1. I don’t know the name of the woman. I spoke to her on the phone. 61
→ ______________________________________________________________________ 2. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol. It’s only 30 miles away. → ______________________________________________________________________ 3. This is Mr Carter. I was telling you about him. → ______________________________________________________________________ 4. That is the room. The meeting is held in that room. → ______________________________________________________________________ 5. I’ll always remember the day. I first saw that sight on that day. → ______________________________________________________________________ 6. She was born in Malaysia. Rubber trees grow well there. → ______________________________________________________________________ 7. No one knows the school. My uncle taught at that school 10 years ago. → ______________________________________________________________________ 8. Please ask them the time. The train started the trip at that time. → ______________________________________________________________________ 9. New Year’s Day is a day. All family members gather and enjoy a family dinner then. → ______________________________________________________________________ 10. There are many hotels. Tourists can enjoy their holidays there. → ______________________________________________________________________ XVIII.Rewrite the sentences using the conditional type 2. 1. Keep silent or you’ll wake the baby up. → ______________________________________________________________________ 2. Stop talking or you won’t understand the lesson. → ______________________________________________________________________ 3. → 4. → 5. →
I don’t know her number, so I don’t ring her up. ______________________________________________________________________ I don’t know the answer, so I can’t tell you. ______________________________________________________________________ We will get lost because we don’t have a map. ______________________________________________________________________
XIX.Rewrite the following sentence using a relative clause. 1. India is a country. The earthquake occurred in this country last month. → ______________________________________________________________________ 2. Bac Giang is a city. I was born and grew up there. → ______________________________________________________________________ 3. We have not decided the day. We’ll go to London on that day. ______________________________________________________________________ 4. The man made me sad the most. I love him with all my heart. → ______________________________________________________________________ 5. The thief was caught. This was really good news. → ______________________________________________________________________ 6. The gentleman was very young. He was introduced as the most successful businessman. → ______________________________________________________________________ 7. His book became the best seller. It was punished last year. → ______________________________________________________________________ 8. Neil Armstrong lived in the USA. He walked on the moon. → ______________________________________________________________________ 9. Nam is very intelligent. He learns in our class. → ______________________________________________________________________ 10. Ha Long has grown into a big city over the past few years. I visited the city last year. 62
unspoilt (19) hitchhike there.
→ TEST FOR UNIT 7,8,9 I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. safari B.variety C.versatile 2. A. exotic B.stir C.orchid 3. A. marinate B.drain C.punctual II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.imperial B.simplicity C.magnificence 5. A.destination B.derivative C.affordable
D.operate D.massive D.fluent D.stimulating D.ingredient
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. The ingredient in every meal of Vietnamese people is fish sauce. A.particular B.natural C.active D.essential 7. Many vegetables, especially leafy green ones, are sources of calcium. A.rich B.attractive C.numerable D.a lot 8. Each member of the family has a small bowl and which allow him or her to take food from the table throughout the meal. A.. pots B.chopsticks C.knives D.pans 9. On the Cao Lau noodles in Hoi An were some meat mixed with fried noodles served with vegetables and bean sprouts. A.slices B.shares C.parts D.cuts 10. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to the freshness of food. A.protect B.remain C.save D.store 11. Drinking enough water is a vital part it keeps your body functioning properly. A.but B.although C.because D.of 12. If I could speak Spanish, I next year studying in Mexico. A.will spend B.had spent C.would have spent D.would spend 13. Kate with I studied in the middle school, is now a student in Canada. A.that B.who C.whose D.whom 14. Not every student is aware of of the English language. A.importance B.an importance C.its importance D.the importance 15. There are several reasons Adam is not chosen for the school football team. A.from then B.why C.for what D.explaining IV.
Form compound nouns from a word in the upper row and another in the lower, and then fill them in the blanks. Make sure that you use them in the correct form. travel coast package holiday tour resort guide brochure line holiday
I will never forget last year's summer holidays, and not because we had a good experience. We chose a (16) in order to cut some expenses, but in the endwere disappointed. Our accommodation was a (17) that had been advertised as a “live-star palace” in the (18) . At the check-in, waiting for the key to our room, we realised it was an overbooked hotel, with too many people and old, worn-out facilities. Besides that, it was a long distance from the city centre. On the second day, we were supposed to go trekking along a nearby 63
. But the (20)
left early without us, so we tried to
V. Make second conditional sentences for the following situations. 21. Jim works very hard. He has no time to spend with his family. ____________________________________________________________________________ 22. We don’t have a big house. We can’t invite friends to stay. ____________________________________________________________________________ 23. I can know how to do it because you are here to help me. ____________________________________________________________________________ 24. People in the world don’t speak the same language, so there are problems in communication. ____________________________________________________________________________ 25. We leave a bit too late, so we can’t visit Vy on the way. ____________________________________________________________________________ VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Different Types of Tourism with traveling: Perhaps the most common type of tourism is what most people (26) recreation tourism. This is (27) people go to a place that is very different from their regular day-to-day life to relax and have fun. Beaches, theme parks and camp grounds are often the most tourists. common places regularly visited by (28) If the (29) of one’s visit to a particular place is to get to know its history and culture then this type of tourism is known as cultural tourism. They may attend festivals and ceremonies in a better understanding of the people, their beliefs and their practices. order to (30) For tourists who want to see wildlife or take the joy of just being in the middle of nature, nature tourism is the answer. Ecotourism and nature treks are all part of this kind of tourism. Bird watching, for example, is one activity that nature tourists are fond of doing. What (31) this kind of tourism is that it has low impact (32) the local community. Religious tourism is another type of tourism where people go to a religious location or locations to follow the (33) of their founder or to attend a religious (34) . Medical or health tourism is a relatively new type of tourist (35) where the main focus of the travel is improving one’s health, physical appearance or fitness. 26. A. join B.acquaint C.share D.associate 27. A. what B. when C.where D.why 28. A. recreation B.recreational C.enjoyable D.enjoying 29. A. plan B.achievement C.objective D.object 30. A.gain B.increase C.benefit D.provide 31. A.suggests B.offers C.marks D.expresses 32. A.for B.at C.in D.on 33. A.footstep B.footsteps C.foot D.footprint 34. A.memorial B.celebration C.anniversary D.ceremony 35. A.act B.action C. activity D.acting VII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, Cor D for each question. Turning Food into Art For many of us, food isn’t that important. However, for a few people, food is very important. For these people, meals are a kind of art. These people are interested in something called “haute cuisine”. Haute cuisine is French for “high cooking”. You can usually find haute cuisine in fancy French hotels and high level restaurants. 64
Haute cuisine has changed over the years, but the most important parts have remained the same. Haute cuisine meals are almost always very complicated, and they take a very long time to make. Usually, an haute cuisine meal has very many small dishes, instead of a few large ones. Also, with haute cuisine dishes, the appearance is very important. Of course, an haute cuisine dish must taste wonderful, but that is not enough. An haute cuisine dish must also look beautiful. Another very important part of haute cuisine is wine. Chefs and customers always try to select a wine that is a perfect match for their meal. The wine that people drink with haute cuisine is often very rare. You will not be surprised to hear that haute cuisine dishes are almost always very expensive. Haute cuisine is traditionally French, but other countries have similar concepts of food. People often compare Japanese kaiseki to haute cuisine. Kaiseki is another very complicated, very high level kind of food. In Japan, kaiseki is also considered a kind of art. When Japanese chefs prepare kaiseki, they don’t just consider the taste of the food. They also consider the food’s texture, colour, and appearance. Chefs even match the colour of the food to the colour of the plate and the chopsticks. Of course, although haute cuisine and kaiseki share many similarities, the food itself is quite different. If you ever get the chance to try kaiseki or haute cuisine, remember one thing: You are not just having a meal; you are enjoying a very special kind of art. 36. What can we say about the wines that people drink with haute cuisine? A. Theyall come from France. B. They are all quite common. C.They are always red wine. D. They are usually rare. 37. What is true about the dishes in haute cuisine? A.Haute cuisine usually has many small dishes. B.Haute cuisine usually has just a few large dishes. C. Haute cuisine usually has many large dishes. D. Haute cuisine usually has just a few small dishes. 38. What does the fifth sentence of the third paragraph mean? A.Haute cuisine has to taste good, but it has to be good in other ways, too. B.Haute cuisine only has to taste good. C. Haute cuisine has to look good, but it doesn’t have to taste good. D. Every haute cuisine dish tastes the same. 39. What does the passage NOT say about haute cuisine? A. It is very expensive. B.It takes a short time to make. C. It is very complicated. D.It is usually served in fancy hotels and high level restaurants. 40. What does the passage say about kaiseki and haute cuisine? A. The food is the same in both. B. People never care about them. C. People often compare them. D. Haute cuisine is older than kaiseki. I hope we’ll get home before 6 p.m. VIII.
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences about the ways to improve your spoken English in a conversation. 41. most important/ goal/ speaking English/ communicate. ____________________________________________________________________________ 42. Although/ speaking English fast/ make/ you/ sound/ native speaker/ it/ make/ other people/ difficult/ understand you. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 43. Thinking/ English/ thing/ you/ practice/ all/ time/ because/ it/ really important/ when/ speak/ English. 65
____________________________________________________________________________ 44. If you/ forget/ word/ we/ stop/ sentence/ middle/ or/ use/ other words/ describe it. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 45. Self-confidence/ help/ speak better/ every English conversation.
UNIT 10: SPACE TRAVEL ( DU HÀNH VŨ TRỤ) A. VOCABULARY 1. astronaut (n) /ˈæstrənɔːt/: phi hành gia 2. astronomy (n) /əˈstrɒnəmi/: thiên văn học 3. attach (v) /əˈtætʃ/: buộc, gài 4. float (v) /fləʊt/: trôi (trong không gian) 5. habitable (adj) /ˈhæbɪtəbl/: có đủ điều kiện cho sự sống 6. International Space Station (ISS) (n) /ˌɪntəˈnæʃnəl speɪs ˈsteɪʃn/: Trạm vũ trụ quốc tế ISS 7. galaxy (n) /ˈɡæləksi/: thiên hà 8. land (v) /lænd/: hạ cánh 9. launch (v, n) /lɔːntʃ/: phóng 10. meteorite (n) /ˈmiːtiəraɪt/: thiên thạch 11. microgravity (n) /ˈmaɪkrəʊ ˈɡrævəti/: tình trạng không trọng lực 12. mission (n) /ˈmɪʃn/: chuyến đi, nhiệm vụ 13. operate (v) /ˈɒpəreɪt/: vận hành 14. orbit (v, n) /ˈɔːbɪt/: xoay quanh, đi theo quỹ đạo 15. parabolic flight (n) /ˌpærəˈbɒlɪk flaɪt/: chuyến bay tạo môi trường không trọng lực 16. rocket (n) /ˈrɒkɪt/: tên lửa 17. rinseless (adj) /rɪnsles/: không cần xả nước 18. satellite (n) /ˈsætəlaɪt/: vệ tinh 19. space tourism (n) /speɪs ˈtʊərɪzəm/: ngành du lịch vũ trụ 20. spacecraft (n) /ˈspeɪskrɑːft/: tàu vũ trụ 21. spaceline (n) /ˈspeɪslaɪn/: hãng hàng không vũ trụ 22. spacesuit (n) /ˈspeɪssuːt/: trang phục du hành vũ trụ 23. spacewalk (n) /ˈspeɪswɔːk/: chuyến đi bộ trong không gian 24. telescope (n) /ˈtelɪskəʊp/: kính thiên văn 25. universe (n) /ˈjuːnɪvɜːs/: vũ trụ B. GRAMMAR I. ÔN TẬP THÌ QUÁ KHỨ ĐƠN VÀ QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH ( PAST SIMPLE AND PAST PERFECT) 1. Thì quá khứ đơn a. Cách dùng Cách dùng Ví dụ Diễn tả hành dộng hay sự việc đa xảy ra và kết I met her last summer thúc tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ ( Tôi đã gặp cô ấy vào mùa hè năm ngóa) Diễn tả hành động thường làm hay quen làm She often went fishing every day last year trong quá khứ ( Năm ngoái mỗi ngày cô ấy thường đi bơi) b. Cấu trúc của thì quá khứ đơn Với động từ tobe ( was/ were) Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh was + danh từ/ I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ Was not/ 66
+ danh từ/
từ số ít tính từ You/ we/ they/ Danh Were từ số nhiều Ví dụ: - He was tired ( Anh ấy đã rất mệt) - They were in the room ( Họ đã ở trong phòng)
Thể nghi vấn Was I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít Were
số ít wasn’t tính từ You/ we/ they/ Danh Were not/ từ số nhiều weren’t Ví dụ: - He wasn’t at school yesterday ( Hôm quan anh ấy đã không ở trường) - They weren’t in the park ( Họ đã không ở trong công viên) Câu trả lười ngắn Yes, I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít No, Yes, You/ we/ they/ Danh từ số nhiều No,
+ danh từ/ tính từ
You/ we/ they/ Danh từ số nhiều
Was Wasn’t were Weren’t
Ví dụ: Were they tired yesterday? ( Hôm qua họ đã mệt phải không?) Yes, they were/ No, they weren’t Was he at home? ( Anh ấy đã ở nhà phải không?) Yes, he was/ No, he wasn’t Lưu ý: Khi chỉ ngữ trong câu hỏi là “ you” ( bạn ) thì câu trả lời phải dùng “ I” ( tôi) để đáp lại Với động từ thường ( Verb/ V) Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít + did not/ + V nguyên didn’t mẫu + V_ed You/ we/ they/ Danh từ số You/ we/ they/ Danh từ số nhiều nhiều Ví dụ: Ví dụ: - She went to school yesterday - My mother didn’t buy me a new computer last year ( Hôm qua cô ấy đã đi học) ( năm ngoái mẹ tôi đã không mua cho tôi một chiếc máy tính mới) - He worked in this bank last year ( Năm - He didn’t meet me last night ngoái anh ấy làm việc ở ngân hàng này) ( Anh ta đã khong gặp tôi tối qua) - Mr Nam didn’t watch TV with me ( Ông Nam đã không xem TV với tôi)
Thể nghi vấn I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít Did You/ we/ they/ Danh từ số nhiều
Câu trả lười ngắn I/ He/ She/ It/ Danh từ Yes, số ít
+ V nguyên mẫu?
No,
You/ we/ they/ Danh từ số nhiều
Ví dụ: Did she work there? ( Có phải cô ấy làm việc ở đó không) Yes, she did/ No, she didn’t Did you go to Hanoi last month? Yes, I did/ No, I didn’t c. Dấu hiệu nhận biết Trong câu ở thì quá khứ đơn thường có sự xuất hiện của các trạng từ chỉ thời giân như: - yesterday ( hôm qua) - Last night/ week/ month/..: ( Tối qua./ tuần trước/ tháng trước….) 67
did didn’t
- ago ( cách đây): ( two hours ago: cách đây 2 giờ/ two weeks ago: cách đây 2 ngày…) - in + thời gian trong quá khứ ( eg: in 1990) - when: khi ( trong câu kể) 2. Thì quá khứ hoàn thành (+) S+ had+ VPII( past participle) Cấu trúc (-)S+ had not/ hadn’t + VPII( past participle) (?)Had+ S+ VPII( past participle)? Yes, S+ had/ No, S+ hadn’t (+) I had left when they came ( Khi họ đến thì tôi rời đi rồi) Ví dụ (-) I hadn’t left when they came(Khi họ đến thì tôi đã không rời đi ) (?) Had you left when they came? ( Khi họ đến, bạn đã rời đi rồi à?) Had you not left when they came? ( Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi rồi à?) Hadn’t you left when they came? ( Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi rồi à?) Cách dùng
- Diễn tả một hành động đã được hoàn tất trước một hành động khác trong quá khứ Ví dụ: he had left the house before she came - Diễn tả một hành độn đã được hoàn tất trước một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ Ví dụ: We had had lunch by two o’clock yesterday By the age of 23, he had written two famous novels Dấu hiệu nhận By+ thời gian trong quá khứ Before, after, when, by the time, as soon as, as…. biết BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Cho dạng đúng của độngt ừ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ đơn hoặc quá khứ hoàn thành 1. She (feel)___________sick after she ( eat) ___________ a whole box of chocolates 2. After the doctor ( examine) ___________ the child he (have) ___________ a talk with the mother 3. When I ( call) ___________ on my friend, he (go) ___________ out 4. Mary (finish) ___________ her homework when her father (come) ___________home from his ofice 5. I (throw) ___________ away the newspaper after I (read) ___________ it 6. After she (spend) ___________all her money she (ask) ___________ her father to help her 7. The teacher (give) ___________ back the exercise books after he (corect) ___________them 8. The sun ( rise) ___________ when the farmer (start) ___________ work Bài 2: Điền T ( True) nếu mỗi câu đúng, hoặc F( False) nếu câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng 1. I have been in Mexico during the summer of 1970 2. Mary had prepared dinner when I arrived, so we were able to eat immediately 3. Three years ago he had been a student at a university in California 4. We have collected stamps for many years 5. We took the bus downtown, did a few errands, and had gone to lunch 6. Since he bought a new car, he has been driving to work every day 7. Last night they have recognized us from the party we went to earlier in the week 8. Since Ted graduated, he has been working with his father 9. The doctor had seen ten patients since eight o’clock this morning 10. He is studying English for the last five years II. MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ XÁC ĐỊNH ( DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES) Định nghĩa và cách dùng Ví dụ - MĐQH xác định là mệnh đề được dùng để xác định - MĐQH được dùng để chỉ rõ một chủ ngữ danh từ đứng trước nó, có nhiệm vụ cung cấp thông People who park illegally are fined tin cần thiết về người, vật được nhắc đên - MĐQH được dùng để chỉ rõ một tân ngữ: - MĐQH xác định là mệnh đề cần thiết cho ý nghĩa The rock that they found last week may have landed của câu, không có câu sẽ không đủ nghĩa on Earth from the moon 68
- Nó được sử dụng khi danh từ không xác định và KHÔNG DÙNG DẤU PHẨY ngăn cách nó với mệnh đề chính Nếu danh từ và cụm danh từ là tân ngữ của động từ thì ta có thể lược bỏ đại từ quan hệ
The rock that they found last week may have landed on Earth from the moon --> The rock t they found last week may have landed on Earth from the moon
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 3: Hoàn thành các câu dướiđây, điền đại từ quan hệ thích hợp vào chỗ trống Who/whom/ whose/ where/ which 1. What’s the name of the man______________car you borrowed? 2. A cemetery is a place ______________people are buried? 3. A pacifist is a person______________ believes that all wars are wrong 4. An orphan is a child ______________parents are dead 5. The place______________ we spent our hoildays was really beautiful 6. This school is only for children______________ first language is not English 7. I don’t know the name of the woman to______________ I spoke on the phone 8. The man______________is wearing glasses is a pop singer 9. The window ______________was broken by the naughty boy will have to be repaired 10. Mrs Jackson, ______________ we met in the supermarket yesterday, is my music teacher 11. Rome is the city______________ he lived for ten years 12. That was the day on______________ I first met Ann 13, The girl, the brothers of ______________ study in our school, looks very nice 14. His new car ______________cost him a fortune, was really stunning 15. I met the old lady______________you were very kind to 16. That’s the book about______________ I’ve heard so much Bài 4: Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, thay đổi đại từ quan hệ sao cho thích hợp They didn’t show up Richard brought her to dinner We saw him coming out of our neighbour’s flat The police took him to prison last week last night The Tour Guide Magazine recommended it His car broke down She’s just finished her second cooking book We exchanged them during our chat Who got injured at the swimming pool Everybody was talking about her Where I studied as a girl Who oragnized our Drama Club 1, We stayed at the hotel_____________________________________________________ 2. A few people we invited to our party 3. The pickpocket____________________________________________ has just been released 4. Paul didn’t seem to like the girl____________________________________________ 5. I enjoyed talking to the old lady____________________________________________ 6. The cecipes____________________________________________ will probably appear in her next book 7. Everybody at the party tried to help the young lady________________________________ 8. The man____________________________________________is her brother 9. What was the name of the actor__________________________________________ 10, Who’s the actress____________________________________________? 11. The teacher____________________________________________ is leaving for Germany next week 12. The school____________________________________________ has been renovated Bài 5: Viết lại các câu dưới đây để tạo thành câu có chứa mệnh đề quan hệ xác định 1. Pass me the dictionary. I put it on the shelf __________________________________________________________________________________ 69
2. Will you help me to do the exercise? I don’t understand the exercise __________________________________________________________________________________ 3. We haven’t met Mr Smith yet. His daughter studies with Paul ___________________________________________________________________________________ 4. We won’t forget the day. We went to Justin Bieber’s concert that day __________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Peter has read the book. I recommended the book to him __________________________________________________________________________________ 6. They sent me a postcard of the hotel. They stayed there on holiday ___________________________________________________________________________________ 7. This is my best friend. I met her at school ten years ago ___________________________________________________________________________________ 8. Is this the man? This man accused you of stealing his wallet. __________________________________________________________________________________ 9.Peter made a lemon cake. It is his speciality __________________________________________________________________________________ 10. I want you to introduce you to Mrs Black. Her husband is an engineer __________________________________________________________________________________ 11. Can you show me the room? Meetings are held in that room __________________________________________________________________________________ 12. I don’t know the man. Sue is dancing with him __________________________________________________________________________________ 13. We last saw Mary on Christmas Day. She came to our party then __________________________________________________________________________________ 14. You have to correct the mistakes. You’ve made mistakes in the letter __________________________________________________________________________________ 15. I like Mrs White. She is in charger of the Marketing Department __________________________________________________________________________________ BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào phương án đúng 1. Everything is going well. We didn’t have/ haven’t had any problems so far 2. Margaret didn’t go/ hasn’t gone to work yesterday 3. Look! That man over there wears/ is wearing the same sweater as you 4. Your son is much taller than when I last saw him. He grew/ has grown a lot 5. I still don’t know what to do I didn’t decided/ haven’t decided yet 6. I wonder why Jim is/ is being so nice to me today. He isn’t usually like that 7. Jane had a book open in front of her but she didn’t read/ wasn’t reading 8. I wasn’t very busy. I didn’t have / wasn’t having much to do 9. Mary wasn’t happy in her new job at first but she begins/ is beginning to enjoy it now 10. After leaving school, Tim found/ has found it very difficult to get a job 11. When Sue heard the news, she wasn’t / hasn’t been very pleased 12. This is a nice restaurant, isn’t it? Is this the first time you are/ you’ve been here? 13. I need a new job. I’m doing/ I’ve been doing the same job for too long 14. Ann has gone out- Oh, has she? What time did she go/ has she gone? 15. You look tired- Yes, I’ve played/ I’ve been playing basket ball 16. Where are you coming/ Do you come from? Are you American? 17. I’d like to see Tina again. It’s a long time since I saw her/ that I didn’t see her 18. Bob and Alice have been married since 20 years/ for 20 years 70
C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 10) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B.astronomy C.astronomer 1. A.astronaut 2. A.satellite B.microgravity C.meteorite 3. A.rinseless B.guess C.mission II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.habitable B.experiment C.simulated 5. A.observatory B.historical C.activity
D.astrology D.orbit D.miss D.missionary D.parabolic
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. is an enormous system of stars in outer space. 6. A A.universe B.solar system C.comet D.galaxy 7. In July of 1975, the first US-Soviet joint occurred with the Apollo-Soyuz project. A.mission B.performance C.company D.relation 8. Aircraft flying in arcs create microgravity for tests and simulations that last 2025seconds. A.circular B.parabolic C.straight D.oval 9. Yuri Gagarin became the first person to eat and drink in . A.weightless B.gravity C.specific gravity D.microgravity ! 10. I passed all my exams - I’m A.over the moon B.once in a blue moon C.out of this world D.the sky’s the limit 11. He’s so brilliant and he can do anything . A.it’s over the moon B.once in a blue moon C.out of this world D.the sky’s the limit when he was on the ground. 12. Pham Tuan said everything quite strange although he A.was – prepared B.was - has prepared C.was - had prepared D.had been - prepared 13. Mukai Chiaki, the first female Japanese astronaut, 15 days aboard the space shuttle Columbia in space before it to the Earth on July 23,1994. A.spent - had returned B.had spent - returned C.was spending - was returning D.spent - was returning 14. Today, the menu on the ISS includes more than 100 items astronauts can choose their daily meals before they fly into space. A.which B.from which C.in which D.where 15. Do you know the reason humans are interested in Mars and other planets in thesolar system? A.which B.that C.why D.whose IV.
16. 17. 18. 19. 20. V.
Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct expression from the box. Some expressions may be used more than once. once in a blue moon the sky’s the limit out of this world over the moon The concert was . It was an awesome experience. Order anything you like on the menu tonight. I’m absolutely to have tickets for the 2020 Olympics in Tokyo. "I'm very careful about what I eat so it's only I eat fast food.” Helena was when she discovered that she passed all of her exams! Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense. 71
21. In 1962, John Glenn (become) the first American to orbit the Earthafter Yuri Gagarin (do) it earlier before. the first space station called Salyut 1 before the United States (do) 22. Russia (launch) the same with its first space station called Skylab in 1972. 23. Russian cosmonaut Alexei Leonov (walk) in space before Neil Armstrong (become) the first man to walk onthe Moon in 1969. 24. In 1998, the International Space Station (ISS) (be launched) into space after the United Statesand Russia (cooperate) in some projects. 25. The Mariner 9 (orbit) Mars before Viking 1successfully (land) on the Red Planet. VI.
Fill in each blank in the sentences with the correct expression from the box, using the correct word form. everything under the sun once in a blue moon the sky's the limit
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
live on another planet out of this world
come back down to earth over the moon reach for the stars
I on my first Monday back to school after my holiday in Nha Trang. “That’s the coolest thing I’ve ever seen. It’s really .” For people who work hard at this company, . . Dan: Do you like to drink tea? Ben: I love coffee, but I only drink tea She wasn't listening to me at all. Sometimes I think she's . Joan was when she found out she was going to be agrandmother. If you , all of your dreams will come true! She's very intelligent and knowledgeable. She can talk about .
VII.
Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. Space Tourism means ordinary members of the public buying tickets to travel to space and back. Like any other business, once space tourism gets started it will develop progressively. It may go through several phases. Starting with a relatively small-scale and relatively high-priced "pioneering phase", the scale of activity will grow and prices will fall as it develops. Finally, it will become a mass-market business, like aviation today. During the pioneering phase, customers will be relatively few, from hundreds per year to thousands per year; prices will be high, $50,000 and up; and the service will be nearer to "adventure travel" than to luxury hotel-style. The mature phase will see demand growing from thousands of passengers per year to hundreds of thousands per year. Tickets to orbit will cost less and flights will depart from many different airports. Orbital facilities will grow from being just clusters of modules to large structures constructed in orbit for hundreds of guests, permitting a wide range of orbital entertainments. During the mass phase, ticket prices will fall to the equivalent of a few thousand US dollars, and the number of customers will be from hundreds of thousands to millions of passengers per year. And aviation is still growing fast at today's level of 1 billion passengers per year. So there is no reason to suppose that space travel will ever stop growing. There is certainly no limit to the possible destinations. Task 1. Read the passage again, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). T F 1.When space tourism develops, the ticket prices will drop. 2.During the pioneering phase, customers have to pay high costs in order tostay in luxury hotel-style spaceships. 3.During the mature phase, orbital structures made on the Earth will provide a wide range of entertainments. 72
4.The more space tourism develops, the less aviation grows. 5.Maybe some day in the future, space tourism is as popular as aviation. 6.Space travel will send passengers to destinations that know no limit. Task 2. Finds words in the passage to match these definitions. 1.gradually (paragraph 1): ___________ 2.the flying of aircraft (paragraph 1): ___________ 3.a unit that forms part of something bigger (paragraph 3): ___________ 4.the path taken by a spacecraft going round a planet (paragraph 3): ___________
VIII.
Read the text, and answer the questions. First Vietnamese-American Astronaut Born in Saigon and raised in Paris, Trinh Huu Chau (later Eugene H. Trinh) moved to France with his family in 1952 when he was only two. In his teenager years,Dr. Trinh attended Lycee Michelet in Paris. There, he focused on maths and science, because like many teens at that time, he wanted to become a pilot. Dr. Trinh left Paris for New York to attend Columbia University in 1968. Upon finishing his Bachelor of Science degree in 1972, he pursued his Master degree in 1974, and Doctorate in 1977 from Yale University. He spent 20 years at California Institute of Technology as a physicist carrying out research primarily in the fields of Fluid Physics and Applied Acoustics. By 1999, he worked as a Senior Executive, and focused on various science projects for NASA. Over the years, he has worked on a dozen of space-based flight investigations and the Space Shuttle, and ultimately flew aboard the Shuttle Columbia in 1992. Dr. Eugene H. Trinh never expected that he would make history as the first Vietnamese-American physicist to fly aboard NASA Space Shuttle Columbia mission STS-50 in 1992. “The sight and sounds of the space shuttle always brings back a rush of great memories of good friends, and the excitement of the past youth,” said Dr. Trinh. 1. When and where was Dr. Eugene H. Trinh born? 2. What was his childhood dream? 3. What did he do at California Institute of Technology? ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. What was his job in NASA? ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. When did he become the first Vietnamese-American astronaut? ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. What was the meaning of the sight and sounds of the space shuttle to him?
IX.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Neil Armstrong was the first person (1) on the moon. He was born in Ohio on August 5, 1930. While he was in college, he left to serve in the U.S. Navy. He flew planes during the Korean War. Then he came back to college and finished the degree he (2) . He later (3) a master's degree too. Armstrong became an astronaut in 1962. He was the commander of Gemini 8 in 1966. Neil Armstrong (4) the first successful connection of two vehicles in space. Armstrong’s second flight was Apollo 11 in 1969, and he was the mission commander. He flew with Buzz Aldrin and Michael Collins. Armstrong and Aldrin landed on the moon in a lunar module named "Eagle". With more than half a billion people (5) on television, Armstrong (6) the ladder 73
and said, "That's one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind." and Aldrin (7) him shortly. They explored the surface for two and a half hours, collecting samples and taking photographs. They left behind an American flag, and a plaque reading, "Here men from the planet Earth first (8) upon the moon. July 1969 A.D. We came in (9) for all mankind." After almost a day, they blasted off. They docked with Collins in (10) around thenoon. All three then flew back to the Earth. 1. A. walk B.walking C.to walk D.walked 2. A. starts B.started C.would start D.had started 3. A. took B.make C.earned D.scored 4. A. performed B.operated C.functioned D.carried 5. A. watch B.to watch C.watching D.watched 6. A.lowered B.climbed down C.descended D.stepped 7. A.joined B.connected C.joined in D.involved 8. A.went B.set a foot C.set food D.set feet 9. A.silence B.freedom C.communication D.peace 10. A.space B.orbit C. height D.distance X.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cor D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Space leisure with repairs and scientific For most of their time in orbit, astronauts are fully (1) experiments. But time for relaxation and recreation is essential. To reduce boredom, homesickness and isolation, astronauts are (2) to receive a weekly video telephone call from home, as well as daily email messages. If boredom (3) , there are plenty of windows from which to admire the ever-changing (4) as the International Space Station orbits the planet every 90 minutes. The crew enjoy searching for familiar landmarks, watching lightning flashes, and waiting for one of the (5) sunrises and sunsets. There is a wide choice of leisure activities (6) crew members are (7) to take along their personal choice of entertainment. These range from chequers or chess sets to books and CDs or their own instruments. Time (8) and bond together is essential for any crew. Meal times are generally set aside for periods of friendly get-togethers, and evenings often (9) the crew settling down to watch the (10) DVD movies. 1. A. related B. filled C. bored D.occupied 2. A. able B. capable C. skillful D.effective 3. A. sets off B. continues C. sets in D.arrives 4. A. scene B. view C. sight D.landscape 5. A. spectacular B. glory C.excited D.respectful 6. A. so B. or C.but D.since 7. A. accepted B. avoided C.allowed D.admitted 8. A. relax B. to relax C.relaxing D.to be relaxing 9. A. see B. know C.consider D.realise 10. A. late B. latest C.latter D.most XI.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. A Mission to Mars Have you ever had a dream about traveling to another planet in our solar system? If you have, there is an actual programme that is happening right now, and it hopes to send people to Mars in 2023. 74
Known as the Mars One Mission, it will send a crew of four people on a one-way mission to colonize Mars. Those chosen people will have to be ready to say good-bye to the earth forever, as there will not be a return trip. For the people chosen, they will have to learn to do many different things. First of all, they will be living the rest of their lives with just a handful of other people, so they all must have personalities that allow them to get along. Second, the living quarters that they will have won’t be very spacious, so they will have to deal with that condition as well. If they feel homesick, they will only be able to communicate with people back on the earth via e-mail and videos and audio sent back and forth. However, there won’t be any real-time communication. Even at the speed of light, communication between the earth and Mars takes about 20 minutes. Whether the Mars One Mission will actually happen is the big question that a lot of people are asking. There is an enormous skepticism in the science community, and Wired magazine gave the mission a miserable score of two out of ten on its probability scale. However, for those who dream to go to Mars, at least they can say there is a possibility that it could happen. 1. What will NOT happen to the people who go on the Mars One Mission? A.They will live in quarters that don’t have a lot of space inside. B. They will return to the earth C.They will communicate with people on the earth. D.They will have to live with other people. 2. Which of the following is considered miserable? A.A personality of people taking part in the programme B.A mission of astronauts to the ISS C.A crew on board of the Mars One Mission D.A score of the programme on the probability scale 3. How long will it take for a message to come back from Mars? A.Almost immediately B. About an hour C.Around 20 minutes D. Only a few seconds 4. What will NOT be spacious? A.The mission B. The living quarters C.The spaceship D. The magazines 5. Who might like to go on this mission? A. People with angry personalities B. People who don’t like to communicate C.People who get along with others D. People who get homesick easily XII. 1.
2.
3.
4.
Combine each pair of sentences into one, using defining relative clauses and the prompts provided. In 1961, USPresident John Kennedy made a speech. It stared that Americans would land on the moon and be returned safely to the Earth. In 1961 US President John Kennedy _______________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ In 1959 NASA picked the first group of seven astronauts. They were called the “Mercury Seven”. In 1952, NASA _______________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ A spacesuit is made up of many parts. Aspacesuit help astronauts in many ways. A spacesuit __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ In 1989, Helen Sharman went to Star City in Moscow. She spent 18 months of intensive training there. In 1989, Helen Sharman ________________________________________________________ 75
5.
____________________________________________________________________________ Spacesuits also keep astronauts from getting hurt. Their visors protects eyes from bright sunlight. Spacesuits ___________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________
TEST 2 (UNIT 10) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. habitable B.parabolic C.spacewalk 2. A. telescope B.microgravity C.cooperate 3. A. universe B.museum C.rinseless II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A. astronomy B.astronomer C.astronomic 5. A. satellite B.meteorite C.maintenance
D.galaxy D.rocket D.space D.emergency D.adventure
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. At night the ISS can easily be seen from the Earth, as it flies at the of 320 kilometres above us. A.level B.altitude C.attitude D.height 7. Virgin Galactic is the world’s first commercial . A.space B.spaceship C.space exploration D.spaceline 8. NASA uses a variety of facilities to microgravity conditions. A.do B.create C.invent D.perform 9. “_________I go to the cinema, only when there's a film I really, really want to see." A.Over the moon B.Once in a blue moo C.The sky’s the limit D.Out of this world 10.“Did you see the new 3D film at Megastars Theater?” — “Yes. It was better than good. It was .” A.over the moon B.once in a blue moon C.out of this world D.the sky’s the limit 11. In 1998 at the age of 77, John Glenn with six other astronauts on the space shuttle after he _________ three orbits around the Earth a long time earlier. A.flew - made B.was flying - made C.flew - had made D.had flown - made 12. In 2010, Naoko Yamazaki, the second female Japanese astronaut, on Discovery space shuttle to the ISS after she __________ her training at the Johnson Space Center. A.flew - was completing B.was flying - was completing C.had flown - completed D.flew - had completed 13. Yuri Gagarin made the first space flight success attracted worldwide attention. A.which B.when C.whose D.where 14. To walk on the moon,the astronauts had to carry a suitcase contained oxygen . A.which B.it C.having D.where 15. Europe’s biggest ISS project is the Columbus sciencelaboratory astronauts can carry out scientific experiments in weightless conditions. A.which B.where C.when D.there IV.
Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. aboard
spaceship
business
space
Make your reservations now 76
female
The space tourism industry is officially open for (16) ,and tickets are going for a 20 million US dollars for a one-week stay in space. Despite reluctance from NASA, Russia made American businessman Dennis Tito in first space tourist. Tito flew into (17) abroad a Russian Soyuz (18) arrived al the Space Station (ISS) on April 30, 2001. The second tourist, South African businessmanMark Shuttleworth, took off (19) the Russian Soyuz on April 25, 2002, also bound for the ISS. Greg Olsen, an American businessman, became tourist number three to the ISS on October 1, 2005. On September 18, 2006, Anousheh Ansari, a telecommunications businessman, became the first (20) space tourist and the fourth space tourist overall. She was also the first person of Iranian descent to make it into space. Charles Simonyi, a software architect, became the fifth space tourist on April 7, 2007. V.
Complete the text with the words in the box. mission control crew
atmosphere orbit mission Station satellite astronauts Space disasters On January 28, 1986 the space shuttle Challenger was launched with a (1) of seven was to carry a (3) that would orbit theEarth. But just 73 on board. Its (2) seconds after leaving the ground, it lost contact with (4) and exploded, killing all seven (5) . On February 1, 2003, the space shuttle Columbia broke into small pieces as it re-entered the Earth’s (6) . It was returning from the International Space (7) , which is in (8) around the Earth. VI. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense. 1. In 1543, Nicolaus Copernicus (publish) “On the Revolutions of theHeavenly Spheres” claiming that the Earth and the planets (orbit) the Sun. 2. Galileo (use) the telescope to view the stars and planets before IsaacNewton (invent) the first reflecting telescope. 3. In 1686, Isaac Newton (publish) the Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy where he (lay) the foundations for universalgravitation and (describe) the motion of the Sun and the planets. 4. After Robert Goddard (work) on rocket technology, he (invent) and (launch) the first liquid-fueled rocket in 1926. 5. On November 3, 1957, the Russian dog Laika (become) the first animal in orbit after fruit flies (be sent) to outer space by the United States. 6. In 1983, Sally Ride (become) the first American woman in space after Russian cosmonaut Valentina Tereshkova (be sent) in space twenty years earlier. 7. France (launch) its first satellite before Japan (put) its test satellite into orbit. its satellite into orbit after 8. In 1971, the United Kingdom successfully (launch) China (do) that one year earlier. VII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. The Shuttle Era Comes to an End The set of Space Shuttle missions run by NASA captivated the world and proved that reusable spacecraft could be used to bring astronauts and cargo into space. The Space Shuttle programme had a total of six separate orbiters, five of which actually went into space. The first-made orbiter was only used to gather data about how the shuttles would glide back to the earth. This shuttle would be brought 77
up into the air by a specially modified Boeing 747 and released to glide down without any power of its own. The Space Shuttle Era ran from the first launch on April 12, 1981, and ended when the final shuttle landed on July 21, 2011. During this time, there were 135 missions flown. Of the five shuttles that did go into space, two met with disasters that killed all the crew members aboard. The first disaster happened on January 28, 1986when Space Shuttle Challenger ran into severe problems and exploded less than two minutes after take-off. It was a major blow to NASA as a school teacher was on board the orbiter, and the launch was being watched by children from schools across the United States. The second disaster came on February 1, 2003. After having completed its mission, Space Shuttle Columbia was returning to the earth from space. During damage done to a wing during its launch, the orbiter disintegrated as it hit the earth’s atmosphere during re-entry. Because the Space Shuttle programme was running, it largely made possible the construction of the International Space Station (ISS). The shuttles brought astronauts to the station, replenished supplies, and carried actual pieces to the Space Station up from the earth. As the Space Shuttle Era came to an end, many space lovers have been left wondering, “What’s next?” There is still plenty to explore, so we will all just have to wait and see. 1. What was captivated in the passage? A. The world B. An astronaut C.A mission D.A space shuttle 2. How many orbiters are there in the Space Shuttle programme mentioned in the passage? A.Four B.Five C. Six D. Seven 3. What were considered to be unfortunate? A.The supplies B.The disasters C. The Space Stations D.The different eras 4. When did the second disaster take place? A.1981 B.1986 C.2003 D. 2011 5. Who was mentioned as being on board the Space Shuttle Challenger? A.A doctor B.A teacher C. A reporter D.A scientist VIII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Voyager 1: Boldly Going Where None Has Gone The Voyager 1 spacecraft was launched in 1977 to study the outer planets of our solar system. It sent back some of the iconic photographs of Jupiter and other outer planets that were the best views ever seen and certainly much better than any of the views astronomers were able to get with Earth-based telescopes. However, the mission of the spacecraft turned out to be more than just looking at planets. In August of 2012, Voyager 1 became the first man-made object to leave our solar system. It has escaped the gas bubble from the sun and is moving in the space between stars. It is in territory that has never been explored. The Voyager 1 spacecraft is traveling at about 38,000 miles per hour and has a very small amount of computer memory as part of its equipment. As a comparison, an average smartphone has 270,000 times more memory than Voyager 1, and the spacecraft doesn’t have a processor like anything we have today. When Voyager 1 sends messages to the earth, they take about 17 hours to reach us traveling at the speed of light. Voyager 1 is currently more than 18 billion kilometers away from the earth. There is enough power on Voyager 1 to power the craft and send measurements from its science instruments until 2020. At that point, some instruments will be shut down over the years until 2025. It is possible that information from the craft could still be received as far out as 2036. It is no wonder that Voyager 1 has been hailed as “the little spacecraft that could”. 1. How fast is Voyager 1 going? A. At 270,000 kilometers per hour B.At 17 miles per second C. At 38,000 miles per hour D.At 18 billion kilometers per hour 2. When did Voyager 1 leave the solar system? 78
A. In 1977 B.In 2012 C. In 2014 D.It hasn’t left yet. 3. What is the difference between a smartphone and Voyager 1? A. Smartphones are bigger. B. Voyager 1 has more processing power. C. Smartphones have much more memory. D. Only Voyager 1 can send messages. 4. What will be shut down in 2020? A. Voyager 1 B. Some instruments of Voyager 1 C.The mission of Voyager 1 D. All equipment of Voyager 1 5. How can the original mission of Voyager 1 be described? A. As groundbreaking B. As traditional C. As imaginary D. As religious IX. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Gravity and weightlessness such activities as sitting, walking, picking up things from the Our everyday lives (1) ground and lying in bed. None of these activities are possible in orbit. (2) a spacecraft reaches orbit, everything inside it seems to be weightless. Anything or anyone that is not tied down will float. Weightlessness allows astronauts to appear very (3) . They can lift objects that would be (4) heavy to move on Earth. But there are some drawbacks. (5) the effect of gravity, blood and other body fluids begin to flow towards the head. This can cause a feeling of headaches. With no gravity to push against, bones and muscles can become weak. To fit, they have to exercise several hours each day. This allows them to recover more quickly (6) when they (7) to Earth. In a space shuttle or space station, there is no up or down. There is no difference (8) a until they get used to this strange (10) floor and a ceiling. This can make astronauts feel (9) . 1. A. relate B. involve C.consist D.own 2. A. Before B. During C.One time D.Once 3. A. strong B. strongly C.strength D.strengthen 4. A. a little B. much C.much more D.far too 5. A. With B. Without C.Lack D.Short 6. A. protect B. continue C.stay D.become 7. A. return B. turn C.come D.enter 8. A. among B. either C.between D.in between 9. A. diseased B. affected C.homesick D.sick 10. A. design B. arrangement C.direction D.location X. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. SETI: The Dream of Life in Space People have always gazed up at the stars in wonder. Their imaginations are filled with possibility as they think carefully how large the universe is and whether or not we are alone in it. Of all the stars out there, are there intelligent beings on a planet circling one of the stars looking back at us and wondering the same thing? It is difficult to comprehend how many stars there are, or even to guess the possibilities of their being intelligent life. Yet our interest in finding out is so strong that the search has been going on for over a century. What we consider the modem Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) began around 1960. The SETI project not what many people think it is. A simple explanation is that scientists study electromagnetic waves that are being emitted throughout the universe. When they are looking at these waves, they have a good idea of what are considered natural, random patterns the waves take. Therefore, they are searching for anything that does not appear to be randomly. If they were able to find something 79
non-random, they would believe that an intelligent sources of some kind must be creating it. Inother words, intelligent life would have to exist somewhere else in the universe. While the SETI project will continue lo listen for signals from an intelligent sources, other progammes hope to find any source of life. The Mars rovers will continue to search for dry lake beds and other areas on the Red Planet that may have once held life. If any lifecan be found outside the earth, then we are probably on our way to finding life that could be similar to our own. 1. How long has the search for life in outer space been going on? A. For a few years B. Not over two decades C. Since 1960 D. More than a hundred years 2. What are the people in the SETIproject listening for? A. Random waves B.Specific voice in the universe C. Patterns that are not random D. Special time signals 3. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? A. People have long wondered if we are alone in the universe. B. Scientists searching for any form or life that is found elsewhere than the earth. C.Signals from intelligent sources will most likely be random. D. The roverson Mars are looking for signs of life. 4. When did the modernsearch for intelligent life begin? A. It began around 1960. B. It has been going on since the beginning of time. C.There is no record of when it began. D. It has not actually begun yet. 5. Why are people searching for intelligent life in space? A. Because they want to meet aliens. B. Because they have a strong interest in it. C. Because it is the reason for people's existence. D. Because life must exist somewhere else. XI.
Combine each pair of sentences into one, using defining relative clauses and the prompts provided. 1. Would you tell me the reasons? Astronauts go on spacewalks for those reasons. Would you tell me _________________________________________________________________ 2.Fuglesang said he was greatly impressed by the Earth’s beauty. It was quite strange to him. Fuglesang said he _________________________________________________________________ 3.The Galactic Suite is a £1.5 billion project. The project was funded by a US company. The Galactic Suite is ______________________________________________________________ 4.In the Galactic Suite, you stay in one of its amazing microgravity rooms. You can see the spectacular views of the Earth there. In the Galactic Suite, you stay in _____________________________________________________ 5.During Apollo 14’s lunar mission, Alan Shepard hit two golf balls. They flew “miles and miles”. During Apollo 14's lunar mission, Alan Shepard _________________________________________ 6.Sharman's mission to the Mir Space Station lasted 8 days. She conducted a number of experiments during that time. Sharman's mission to the Mir Space Station _____________________________________________ 7.The speech announced that NASA was developing a reusable launch vehicle - the space shuttle. The speech was made by U.S. President Richard Nixon in 1972. The speech ______________________________________________________________________ 8.John Glenn became one of the test pilots. Test pilots try out new aircraft. Glenn becam_______________________________________________________________ 80
TEST 3 UNIT 10 I.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. commercial B. surface C. approach 2. A. descend B. explore C. profession 3. A. astronomical B. emergency C. experiment 4. A. simulated B. trainee C. missionary 5. A. observatory B. historical C. activity
D. impressive D. altitude D. collaborate D. spacewalk D. parabolic
II.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. B. astronomer C. astrology D. astronaut 1. A. astronomy 2. A. telescope B. microgravity C. cooperate D. rocket 3. A. mission B. universe C. sense D. space 4. A. meteorite B. satellite C. microgravity D. orbit 5. A. museum B. miss C. hopeless D. guess III.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. commercial B. galaxy C. spacecraft 2. A. astronomy B. immune C. astronomer 3. A. object B. experiment C. private 4. A. maintenance B. satellite C. meteorite 5. A. universe B. satellite C. experience
D. telescope D. parabolic D. habitable D. adventure D. meteorite
IV. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. Experiencing microgravity on a flight is a part of astronaut training programmes. A. orbit B. ship C. mission D. parabolic 2. As soon as the spacecraft into space, the crew started to observe the sun. A. has travelled B. had travelled C. travelled D. was travelling 3. Europe’s biggest ISS project is the Columbus science laboratory astronauts can carry out scientific experiments in weightless conditions. A. there B. which C. where D. when is an enormous system of stars in outer space. 4. A A. comet B. galaxy C. universe D. solar system 5. In July of 1975, the first US-Soviet joint occurred with the Apollo-Soyuz project. A. company B. relation C. mission D. performance 6. The Astronauts Memorial Foundation honours all American astronauts have lost their lives on missions or in training. A. whom B. X C. which D. who 7. He’s so brilliant and he can do anything . A. out of this world B. the sky’s the limit C. it’s over the moon D. once in a blue down to earth on my first Monday back to school after my holiday in Nha Trang. 8. I A. come over B. come back C. come in D. come on 9. Yuri Gagarin made the first space flight success attracted worldwide attention. A. which B. when C. whose D. where 10. Aircraft flying in arcs create microgravity for tests and simulations that last 20-25 seconds. A. straight B. oval C. circular D. parabolic 11. The launch of the Space Shuttle Endeavour broadcast live this morning. A. hats been B. was being C. was D. had been
14. Yuri Gagarin became the first person to eat and drink in . A. weightless B. gravity C. specific gravity D. microgravity 15. I passed all my exam – I'm ! A. out of this world B. the sky’s the limit C. over the moon D. once in a blue moon 16. The mission they are talking about plans to send humans to Mars by2030. A. where B. X C. who D. when this world.” 17. “That’s the coolest thing I’ve ever seen. It’s really A. into B. out of C. over D. on 18. In 2010, Naoko Yamazaki, the second female Japanese astronaut, on Discovery space shuttle to the ISS alter she her training at the Johnson Space Center. A. had flown – completed B. flew – had completed C. flew – was completing D. was flying – was completing 19. Do you want to meet my colleague son is training to be an astronaut? A. that B. whom C. whose D. X work hard at this company, the sky’s the limit. 20. For people A. which B. who C. whom D. X 21. Vinasat-1 is Viet Nam’s first telecommunication , which was launched in 2008. A. spacesuit B. astronomy C. microgravity D. satellite 22. The first was done by Alexei Leonov, a Russia cosmonaut on March 18th, 1965. It was 10 minutes long. A. spaceward B. spacesuit C. spacewalk D. spaceship 23. Pham Tuan said everything quite strange although he when he was on the ground. A. was – had prepared B. had been – prepared C. was – prepared D. was – has prepared 24. At night the ISS can easily be seen from the Earth, as it flies at the of 320 kilometres above us. A. attitude B. height C. level D. altitude 25. She’s very intelligent and knowledgeable. She can everything under the sun. A. talk to B. talk about C. talk with D. talk of in the universe and it contains our Solar System. 26. The Milky Way is just a A. galaxy B. planet C. comet D. meteorite 27. Virgin Galactic is the world’s first commercial . A. spaceship B. exploration C. space D. spaceline 28. If you the stars, all of your dreams will come true! A. reach at B. reach for C. reach in D. reach for 29. Christer Fuglesang said he enjoyed floating around in the ________ environment. A. weightless B. quiet C. homesick D. heavy 15 days aboard the space shuttle 30. Mukai Chiaki, the first female Japanese astronaut, Columbia in space before it to the Earth on July 23, 1994. A. was spending – was returning B. spent – was returning C. spent – had returned D. had spent – returned V.Match the words/ expressions in column A with their meanings in column B.
in a blue moon. 12. Dan: Do you like to drink tea? Ben: I love coffee, but I only drink tea A. one B. once C. first D. only 13. To walk on the moon, the astronauts had to carry a suitcase contained oxygen. A. which B. it C. having D. where 81
82
A
B
VIII.The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank.
1. take off
a. fight, argument
2. a face-off
b. an agreement
1. On the ISS,
3. spaceship
c. a strong position in business
2. It is cheaper to build an unmanned
4. a deal
d. rich
because it has ‘just the right’ 3. In 2015 NASA discovered an Earth-like planet which might be conditions to support liquid water and possibly even life. HABITAT 4. One of the largest found on Earth is the Hoba from southwest Africa, which weighs about 54,000 kg. METEORIC
5. a foothold
e. becoming known
6. spaceport
f. a spacecraft that carries people through space
7. well-to-do
g. departure point for space flights
8 emerging
h. leave the ground and start flying
have to attach themselves so they don’t float around. ASTRONOMY than the one that is manned. SPACE
5. Experiencing microgravity on a PARABOLIZE
flight is part of astronaut training programmes. the Sun. ORBITAL
6. It takes 365.256 days for Earth to
? WEIGHT
7. Have you ever experienced
Your answers:
last week. LAUNCH
1.
2.
3.
4.
8. The spacecraft was
5.
6.
7.
8.
9. In 2014 a robot named Philae, part of the Rosetta MISS
VI.Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense. “On the Revolutions of the Heaven Spheres” 1. In 1543, Nicolaus Copernicus (publish) claiming that the Earth and the planets (orbit) the Su. 2. Galileo (use) the telescope to view the stars and planets before Isaac Newton (invent) the first reflecting telescope. the Mathematical Principles of Natural 3. In 1686, Isaac Newton (publish) Philosophy where he (lay) the foundations for universal gravitation and (describe) the motion of the Sun and the planets. 4. After Robert Goddard (work) on the rocket technology, he (invent) and (launch) the first liquid-fueled rocket in 1926. 5. On November 3, 1957, the Russian dog Laika (become) the first animal in orbit after fruit flies (be sent) to outer space by the United States. the first American woman in space after Russian 6. In 1983, Sally Ride (become) cosmonaut Valentina Tereshkova (be sent) in space twenty years earlier. 7. France (launch) its first satellite before Japan (put) its test satellite into orbit. 8. In 1971, the United Kingdom successfully (launch) its satellite into orbit after China that one year earlier. (do) VII. Complete each of the following sentences using relatives or not relatives. 1. The student was selected to join the space program is my brother’s friend. 2. They showed me the place the spaceship landed last week. 3. David introduced me to the woman husband is working for NASA. you want to meet is going to present a paper at the conference next 4. The astronomer Friday. 5. The twenty-ninth of May is the day our astronauts will be returning home. 6. The man with Mr. Khoa is talking has flown into space three times. 7. The satellite was launched into space yesterday belongs to Viet Nam. the Soviet Union launched Sputnik 1, the world’s first man8. The space age began in 1957 made satellite. 9. An astronaut is a person travels in a spacecraft into outer space. 10. The book I’m reading is about the history of space exploration. 83
, successfully landed on a comet.
10. The training often takes place in a water tank laboratory so that trainees become familiar with crew activities in simulated in order to perform spacewalks. GRAVITY IX.Read the text. Use the information in the story to answer the questions below by choosing the best answer A, B, C or D. COMETS Andy heard from his friends that a comet was coming. He knew that a comet was a space rock. Space rocks seemed exciting. He wanted to watch it at night. All he had to do was go outside and watch. That was easy enough. That night, he put on a jacket and went outside. He looked around. He saw the moon, but he did not see anything else. There were only a couple clouds, so that was not the problem. He could see some stars, but nothing new or special. Where was the comet? He called his friend on the phone. They talked about it. His friend told him where to look, but he still didn’t see it. What was going on? Was he not special enough to see it? Were his eyes going bad? What was he doing wrong? Andy went to get his dad. Together, they looked up in the sky where it was supposed to be. Finally, after several minutes of looking, he saw a fuzzy thing, brighter and bigger than a star, but nowhere near what he expected. “I thought it’d be like an extra moon or something.” Andy complained. “It’s not big enough for that, and it still might be very far away.” Dad explained. “I still wish I could see it better.” Dad nodded and went inside. When he came back out, he had a telescope. Together, they focused in and saw the comet a little better. It wasn’t much, but it helped. “What else can we see?” Andy wondered. Dad smiled and aimed the telescope over at the moon instead. That was cool. Seeing the craters and the details of the moon up closer was nice. Astronomy was interesting. Andy made sure to read more about it at school! 1. What was Andy excited to see in the sky? A. rainbows B. clouds C. the moon D. a comet 2. What problem did Andy have when he tries to look at the comet? A. There were too many and he couldn’t find the right one. B. He couldn’t see it. C. It was too bright to see anything. 84
D. The sky was very cloudy. 3. When he couldn’t find the comet, what did Andy do first? A. Called a friend B. Asked dad for help C. Got a telescope D. Checked the Internet 4. When he still couldn’t find the comet, what did Andy do next? A. Called a friend B. Asked dad for help C. Got a telescope D. Checked the Internet 5. When he was disappointed by the comet, what did Andy’s father show Andy? A. constellations B. a planet C. the moon D. a comet X.Read the text and do the task below. SATURN Saturn is the second-largest planet and is a gas giant like Jupiter. Under clouds of methane, hydrogen, and helium, the sky slowly turns into a giant ocean of liquid chemicals. Saturn is the least dense planet in our solar system; it is made mostly of hydrogen and helium. Because it is so lightweight and spins so quickly, Saturn is not perfectly round like the other planets. Saturn is surrounded by thousands of small rings made of rocks and ice. It also has 140 natural satellites, like moons and pieces of debris. ► Answer the following questions: 1. How is Saturn similar to Jupiter? ____________________________________________________________________________ 2. What are the clouds made of? ____________________________________________________________________________ 3. Describe the surface of Saturn. ____________________________________________________________________________ 4. Why is Saturn not perfectly round? ____________________________________________________________________________ 5. Describe some of the things surrounding Saturn. ____________________________________________________________________________ XI.Read the text and answer the following questions. The Earth was formed about 4.7 billion years ago. The Earth’s shape is very close to that of a sphere, not perfectly spherical. The Earth’s equatorial diameter is about 12,756 km, which is slightly larger than the polar diameter; about 12,714 km Surface Area of the Earth is 510,065,600 km2 of which 148,939,100 km2 (29.2%) is land and 361,126,400 km2 (70.8 %) is water. The Earth rotates on its axis, an imaginary straight line through its centre. The two points where the axis of rotation intersects the Earth’s surface are called as the poles, one of them is called the North Pole and the other is known as the South Pole. One rotation with respect to Sun is completed in 24 hours, called a solar day. 1. When was the Earth created? _________________________________________________________________________ 2. How is the Earth? _________________________________________________________________________ 3. What main elements does the Earth include? _________________________________________________________________________ 4. What are the places of the axis of rotation intersects the Earth’s surface called? _________________________________________________________________________ 5. How long is a solar day completed? _________________________________________________________________________ XII.Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box. fuel
another
means
carry
demand/ need
possible
because
many
on
that/ which
85
Space exploration is the investigation of the universe beyond the Earth’s atmosphere, by (1) of manned and unmanned spacecraft. Despite the technological advancements achieved in the past, space exploration was only (2) until the 20th century. The first successful orbital launch was made by the Soviet Union in 1957 which was called “Sputnik”. When the topic “SPACE EXPLORATION” is put (3) the table, a question has often been asked: “Why should we spend money on NASA while there are so (4) problems here on Earth?” However, this might be partially wrong since exploring the unknown may help us progress. can be obtained from The advantages of space exploration include the materials (5) outer space. For instance, asteroids have iron and nickel which could be utilized to satisfy the (6) for metal. Therefore, numerous commercial companies have invested in developing technology for asteroid solid water in them. This water can be used for mining. Several comets and asteroids (7) astronauts and scientists in space stations. The water can also be broken down to hydrogen which can be used as (8) for the rockets. Scientists also believe that dinosaurs disappeared because they couldn’t go to (9) planet. Sooner or later a killer comet will again cross Earth’s path, threatening all life. Fortunately, (10) we have knowledge about comets and space science, we will be able to survive. XIII.Read the following passage and choose the best option for each numbered blank. on the moon. He was born in Ohio on August 5, 1930. Neil Armstrong was the first person (1) While he was in college, he left to serve in the U.S. Navy. He flew planes during the Korean War. Then he came back to college and finished the degree he (2) . He later (3) a master’s degree too. Armstrong became an astronaut in 1962. He was the commander of Gemini 8 in 1966. Neil Armstrong (4) the first successful connection of two vehicles in space. Armstrong’s second flight was Apollo 11 in 1969, and he was the mission commander. He flew with Buzz Aldrin and Michael Collins. Armstrong and Aldrin landed on the moon in a lunar module named “Eagle”. With more than half a billion people (5) on television, Armstrong (6) the ladder and said, “That’s one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind.” and Aldrin (7) him shortly. They explored the surface for two and a half hours, collecting samples and taking photographs. They left behind an American flag, and a plaque reading, “Here men from the planet Earth first (8) for all mankind.” upon the moon. July 1969 A. D. We came in (9) After almost a day, they blasted off. They docked with Collins in (10) around the moon. All three then flew back to the Earth. 1. A. to walk B. walked C. walk D. walking 2. A. had started B. starts C. started D. would start 3. A. earned B. scored C. took D. make 4. A. operated B. functioned C. carried D. performed 5. A. to watch B. watching C. watch D. watched 6. A. descended B. stepped C. lowered D. climbed down 7. A. joined in B. involved C. joined D. connected 8. A. set foot B. set feet C. went D set a foot 9. A. silence B. peace C. freedom D. communication 10. A. height B. distance C. space D. orbit XIV.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. A MISSION TO MARS Have you ever had a dream about traveling to another planet in our solar system? If you have, there is an actual programme that is happening right now, and it hopes to send people to Mars in 2023. Known as the Mars One Mission, it will send a crew of four people on a one-way mission to colonize Mars. Those chosen people will have to be ready to say good-bye to the earth forever, as there will not be a return trip. For the people chosen, they will have to learn to do many different things. First of all, they will be living the rest of their lives with just a handful of other people, so they all must have personalities that allow them to get along. Second, the living quarters that they will have won’t be very spacious, so they will have to deal 86
with that condition as well. If they feel homesick, they will only be able to communicate with people back on the earth via e-mail and videos and audio sent back and forth. However, there won’t be any real-time communication. Even at the speed of light, communication between the earth and Mars takes about 20 minutes. Whether the Mars One Mission will actually happen is the big question that a lot of people are asking. There is an enormous skepticism in the science community, and Wired magazine gave the mission a miserable score of two out of ten on its probability scale. However, for those who dream to go to Mars, at least they can say there is a possibility that it could happen. 1. Who might like to go on this mission? A. People who get along with others B. People who get homesick easily C. People with angry personalities D. People who don't like to communicate 2. What will NOT happen to the people who go on the Mars One Mission? A. They will communicate with people on the earth. B. They will have to live with other people. C. They will live in quarters that don’t have a lot of space inside. D. They will return to do the earth. 3. What will NOT be spacious? A. The spaceship B. The magazines C. The mission D. The living quarters 4. Which of the following is considered miserable? A. A crew on board of the Mars One Mission. B. A score of the programme on the probability scale. C. A personality of people taking part in the programme. D. A mission of astronauts to the ISS. 5. How long will it take for a message to come back from Mars? A. Around 20 minutes B. Only a few seconds C. Almost immediately D. About an hour XV.Rewriting the following sentences using a relative pronoun. 1. This is the astronaut. He visited our school last week. => _________________________________________________________________________ 2. This is the village. Helen Sharman, the first British astronaut, was born there. => _________________________________________________________________________ 3. Can you talk more about the parabolic flights. You took them for your training? => _________________________________________________________________________ 4. This is the museum. It has some of the best rock collections in the country. => _________________________________________________________________________ 5. We’ll explore inland Sweden and visit the summer house. Carin and Ola have built it themselves. => _________________________________________________________________________ 6. This is the year. The first human walked on the moon on that day. => _________________________________________________________________________ XVI.
Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. Pham Tuan/ Viet Nam’s/ astronaut, and Christer Fuglesang/ Sweden’s first astronaut. => _________________________________________________________________________ 2. He found/ Earth didn’t look/ big as he thought, no boundaries/ Earth could be seen from/ we should cooperate/ take care of it. => _________________________________________________________________________ 3. It seemed/ he/ not enjoy it much/ since/ wasn’t fresh. 87
=> _________________________________________________________________________ 4. They talked/ him when he/ in space/ that made him happy. => _________________________________________________________________________ 5. They think/ the chance/ fly to space/ equal for everyone. => _________________________________________________________________________ 6. He/ think teamwork, social skills/ foreign languages/ important/ an astronaut. => _________________________________________________________________________ XVII.Write complete sentences, using the words/ phrases given in their correct forms. You can add some more necessary words, but you have to use all the words given. 1. Nhat Nam/ crazy / space. => _________________________________________________________________________ 2. He/ learnt about the universe/ had collected/ of books about space. => _________________________________________________________________________ 3. To show that there/ more things/ the list but that it’s not necessary/ list everything. => _________________________________________________________________________ 4. He/ be not/ impressed/ because/ he thought the meteorite/ like an ordinary piece of rock. => _________________________________________________________________________ 5. He/ compare it/ a ride/ a rollercoaster. => _________________________________________________________________________
UNIT 11. CHANGING ROLES IN SOCIETY A. VOCABULARY 1. application (n) /ˌæplɪˈkeɪʃn/ việc áp dụng, ứng dụng 2. attendance (n) /əˈtendəns/ sự tham gia 3. breadwinner (n) /ˈbredwɪnə(r)/ trụ cột gia đình 4. burden (n) /ˈbɜːdn/ gánh nặng 5. consequently (adj) /ˈkɒnsɪkwəntli/ vì vậy 6. content (adj) /kənˈtent/ hài lòng 7. externally (v) /ɪkˈstɜːnəli/ bên ngoài 8. facilitate (v) /fəˈsɪlɪteɪt/ tạo điều kiện dễ dàng; điều phối 9. fnancial (adj) /faɪˈnænʃl/ (thuộc về) tài chính 10. hands-on (adj) /hændz-ɒn/ thực hành, thực tế, ngay tại chỗ 11. individually-oriented (adj) /ˌɪndɪˈvɪdʒuəli- ˈɔːrientɪd/ có xu hướng cá nhân 12. leave (n) /liːv/ nghỉ phép 13. male-dominated (adj) /meɪl-ˈdɒmɪneɪtɪd/ do nam giới áp đảo 14. real-life (adj) /rɪəl-laɪf/ cuộc sống thực 15. responsive (to) (adj) /rɪˈspɒnsɪv/ phản ứng nhanh nhạy 16. role (n) /rəʊl/ vai trò 17. sector (n) /ˈsektə(r)/ mảng, lĩnh vực 18. sense (of) (n) /sens/ tính 19. sole (adj) /səʊl/ độc nhất 20. tailor (v) /ˈteɪlə(r)/ biến đổi theo nhu cầu 21. virtual (adj) /ˈvɜːtʃuəl/ ảo 22. vision (n) /ˈvɪʒn/ tầm nhìn B. GRAMMAR 1. ÔN TẬP CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG THÌ TƯƠNG LAI (FUTURE PASSIVE) 88
Thì Tương lai đơn
Tương lai đơn
Cấu trúc câu chủ động Cấu trúc câu bị động S+will + V-inf S+will be + Vp2 The government will pass the newlaw The new law will be passed next month. by the government next month. S+ will be + V-ing S+ will be being + Vp2 She will be singing a song when the A song will be being sung prime minister comes in. when theprime minister comes in.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bai 1: Viết các câu dưới đây thành câu bị động. 1. Jane will buy a new computer. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 2.Her boyfriend will install it. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 3. Millions of people will visit the museum. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 4.Our boss will sign the contract. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 5.You will not do it. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6.They will not show the new film. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7.He won't see Sue. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8.They will not ask him. …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 9.Will the company employ a new worker? …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 10.Will the plumber repair the shower? …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Bài 2. Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, viết các câu duới đây thành câu bị động ở thì tương lai đơn. 1. the exhibition/visit .................................................................................................... 2. the windows/clean .................................................................................................... 3. themessage/read .................................................................................................... 4. thethief/arrest .................................................................................................... 5. the photo/take .................................................................................................... 6. these songs/sing .................................................................................................... 7. thesign/see/not .................................................................................................... 8. adictionary/use/not .................................................................................................... 9. credit cards/accept/not .................................................................................................... 10. thering/find/not .................................................................................................... II. MỆNH ĐỂ QUAN HỆ KHÔNG XÁC ĐỊNH (NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES) 1. Định nghía và cách dùng Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định Định nghĩa và cách dùng Ví dụ - Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định là mệnh đề Dalat, which l visited last summer, is very cung cấp thêm thông tin về một người, một vật beautiful. hoác một sự việc đã được xác định. ( “Dalat” là danh từ xác định, “which I visited 89
- Mệnh đề xác định là mệnh đề không nhất thiết last summer” là MĐQH không xác định) phải có trong câu, không có nó câu vẫn đủ nghĩa. - Nó được sử dụng khi danh từ là danh từ xác định và được ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bằng một hoặc hai dấu phẩy(,). Ta dùng Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định khi: The Jeffersons, who own a Jaguar, live next - Khi danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa là một danh từ door. riêng ( Tên riêng của người, địa danh, v…v…) My cat, which lfound on the street, is called - Khi danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa là một tính từ sở Monty. hữu ( my, his, her, their) This ring, which was a present from my - Khi danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa là một danh từ đi husband, is very valuable. với this, that, these, those. 2. Phân biệt MDQH xác định và không xác định Mệnh đề quan hệ Xác định Mệnh đề quan hệ Không xác định Không có dấu phẩy “,” ngăn cách MĐQH với Có 1 hoặc 2 dấu phẩy “,” ngăn cách MĐQH với mệnh đề chính của câu. mệnh đề chính của câu. “who, whom, which, that” là tân ngữ có thể “who, whom, which, that” là tân ngữ KHÔNG lược bỏ. thể lược bỏ. Được sử dụng Đại từ quan hệ “that” KHÔNG Được sử dụng Đại từ quan hệ “that” Không thể lược bỏ đi được. Có thể bỏ đi được. BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 3. Hoàn thành các câu dướiđây, sử dụng đai từ "who" hoặc"which" 1. Robert's parents, _____________are retired now, live in Spain 2. Sydney, _____________has a population of more than 3 million, is Australian's largest city. 3. Peter's sister,________________goes to school with me,is a very nice persorn. 4. My uncle John,_______________lives in London, is coming to visit me next week. 5. I saw the film “Casablanca”, _____________ won an Oscar in 1942. Bai 4: Sử dụng đại từ quan hệ viết lại các câu có chứa mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định. 1. Al Gore gave a long and boring speech. He won the Nobel Prize. _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Starbucks wants to open new stores in China. It does business all over the world. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. Social network sites will definitely change business. They are very popular _______________________________________________________________________ 4. Scientists are working with stem cells. Stem cells wll revolutionize medicine. _______________________________________________________________________ 5.Last week, Jim Taylor interviewed Sally Thomson. She is my neighbour. _______________________________________________________________________ 6.Mr Brown has been invited to join our club. He enjoys going to the theatre _______________________________________________________________________ 7.Whiting House is an important local monument. It was built in 1856. _______________________________________________________________________ 8.Bono signed autographs at Tower Records yesterday. He's a famous musician. _______________________________________________________________________ 9. John F. Kennedy was assassinated in 1963. He was president of the USA. _______________________________________________________________________ 10. The Queen will open a new hospital. It is in Jarvis Street. 90
_______________________________________________________________________ Bài 5. Khoanh tròn vào phuơng án đúng. 1. Alexander Fleming,_______________received the Nobel Prize in 1945 A. who discovered penicillin B. which discovered penicillin C. he discovered penicillin D. that discovered penicillin 2. John Jamess Audubon, who was a naturalist and an artist, wrote great work _______ called “Birds of America” A. which it is B. which is C. whom is D. is 3. Immigrants_____________after 1880 settled mainly in large cities. A. which came to America B. they came to America C. came to America D. who came to America 4. Hawai, which is a part of a group of islands,________________ active volcanoes. A. that has B. which has С.has D. who has 5. In the ear, just above the cochlea, there are three small semicircular canals______________as an organ of balance. A. that function together B. function together C. are functioning together D. they function together 6. Amsterdam, Holland, which is sometimes called Venice of Northern Europe______________. A. which has many canals B. it has many canals C. with many canals D. has many canals 7. The Egyptians constructed walls and embankments ____________ marvels even today A. they are considered B. which are considered C. are considered D. who are considered 8. Ernest Hemingway, a novelist and short-story writer, developed a prose style____________. A. who influenced an entire generation of authors B. influenced an entire generation of authors C. that influenced an entire generation of authors D. has influenced an entire generation of authors Bài 6. Viết lại các câu dưới đây theo 2 cách có chứa mênh để quan hệ xác định (Defining)và không xác đinh (Non-defining). 1. Peter Pan will visit my aunt this Sunday. Peter Pan was my classmate. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 2.Kenny is in my class. Kenny is the lovely boy Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 3. Mary is arguing with Peggy. Peggy is the horrible person Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 4. I will going shopping with Anna. Anna is the hardworking person. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 5. Our school was found in 1997.Our school is Pig's College. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 6. Our principal will come to visit us this Monday, Our principal is called Mir. Brown. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 7. Jenny is going to present something about pandas. Pandas are the rare species. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 91
8. Alex is shopping in the supermarket. Alex is the Chief Director of a company Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 10. The World Trade Centre has been collapsed. The World Trade Centre is the landmark ofAmerica. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 11. Mary is shopping in Sogo. Sogo is the greatest shopping mall. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ 12. I like playing computer games. I am one of the intelligent persons. Defining: __________________________________________________________________ Non-defining: ______________________________________________________________ C.EXERCISE TEST 1 (UNIT 11) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.financial B.responsive C.applicant 2. A.burden B.curtain C.turtle 3. A.discussion B.provision C.permission II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.developer B.responsible C.participate 5. A.dramatically B.relation C.drastically
D.breadwinner D.curriculum D.cushion D.individual D.advantage
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. Women have been given ____economic and political rights, as well as the right to choose their own husband. A.same B.alike C.equal D.able 7. Teachers in modem classrooms are because their main task is to set goals and organise the learning process accordingly. A.decision-makers B.facilitators C.facilities D.directors 8. Although he did his best, he had to be with third place in the competition. A.content B.pleasant C.pleasing D.satisfying 9. The traditional role of a husband is a of safety and security. A.deliveryman B.supporter C.supply D.provider to customer demand. 10. Companies have to be A.responsible B.responsive C.responding D.responsively 11. Mr. Nam is the teacher in we have much confidence. A.whom B.him C.that D.which was such a brilliant scientist, introduced the theory of relativity. 12. Albert Einstein, A.who B.whom C.that D.whose 13. He showed the house he was born and grew up. A.which B.in which C.in where D.in that 14. The threat of terrorism soon. A.will remove B.will be removed C.will be finished D.will finish 15. The national debt in the near future.. A.will pay B.will be paid C.will pay off D.will be paid off IV.
Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. 92
dominant
process
facilitate
power
develop
The role of women in Japanese society will continue to (16) .Having already role in issues involving the household itwill only be a matter of time achieved a (17) till women start acquiring public (18) .This (19) is being accelerated by a declining birthrate, families cannow expect to have 1.7 children. Japan increasingly will . be forced to turn to women to fill job(20) V.
Complete the sentences with phrases formed with “sense of” and the words given in the box. responsibility identity style smell humour smell occasion direction urgency fun
1. He finds the way to a place easily. He has a very good . 2. One of the most important things in a partner is a , the ability to make people laugh. 3. With her keen , she could tell if you were a smoker from the other side of the room. 4. Someone's is their ability to choose clothes that make themlook attractive. 5. Susan always enjoys life and isn’t too serious: she has a . 6. She considers it her duty to take care of all her employees. She has a . 7. My sister can tell the time without looking at the clock. She has a good . 8. If there is a when a planned event takes place, people feel thatsomething special and important is happening. 9. There was a fire practice at the building, and the helicoptershoveringoverhead added to the 10. I've been through so many changes, and I have no VI.
. I sometimes wonder who I am.
Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. Women's Role in Contemporary Korea In a traditional Korean society, women's roles were confined to the home. From a young age, women were taught the virtues of subordination and endurance to prepare for their future roles as wife and mother. Women, in general, could not participate in society as men did, and their role was limited to household matters. The situation began to change with the opening of the country to the outside world during the late 19th century. During this period modern schools were introduced, mostly by Western Christian missionaries. Some of these schools were founded with the specific goal of educating women. These educated women began to engage in the arts, teaching, religious work, and enlightening other women. Women also took part in the independence movement against the Japanese occupation, and displayed as much vigor, determination, and courage as the men. With the establishment of the Republic of Korea in 1948, women achieved constitutional rights for equal opportunities to pursue education, work, and public life. There is no doubt that the female labor force contributed significantly to the rapid economic growth that Korea achieved during the past three decades. An increasing number of women work in professional fields. By 2004, among those graduating from elementary school, 99.5 percent of girls continued their education in middle school. The comparable figure for high school and university was 87.6 percent. In terms of characteristics of the female labor force, by 2004, 22.6 percent of female employees were serving in professional or managerial positions.
93
With an increasing number of women entering professional jobs, the government passed the “Equal Employment Act” in 1987 to prevent discriminatory practices against female workers in regard to hiring and promotion opportunities. Task 1. Read the passage again, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). T F 1.In the past, from the young age girls were taught to follow their careers in society. 2.The first modem schools in Korea were established by Western Christian missionaries. 3.The achievements in the economic growth of Korea have been done mostly by women. 4.The constitution of the Republic of Korea recognizes equality between men and women. 5.The “Equal Employment Act” passed in 1987 allowed women to take power in hiring and promotion opportunities. Task 2. Answer the questions. 1.What were the roles of women in a traditional Korean society? 2.
When did women have schools of their own?
3.
How did women take part in the independence movement against the Japanese occupation?
4.
What was the percentage of girls continuing their education in high school and university by 2004?
5.
What was the percentage of women serving in professional or managerial positions by 2004?
VII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. The Flipped Classroom which communication and The young today are facing a world (1) informationrevolution has led (2) changes in all subjects. New demands are often (3) on the schools in addition to the existing ones, to beequipped (4) current knowledge and modem methods of acquiring new knowledge.The most modem concept that has appeared in the schools of the U.S. is flipped classrooms,(5) students watch teachers’ (6) at home and do what is called (7) inclass. Teachers record lessons (8) _____students watch on their smart phones, home laptops or at lunch breaks in the school libraries. In class, they do projects, exercises or lab work in small while the teachers are just the (9) . In no time, this will be also a (10) in most of the Vietnamese schools too. 1. A.Ø B.in C.at D.on 2. A.to B.about C.with D.for 3. A.recognized B.given C.found D.placed 4. A.with B.for C.about D.toward 5. A.somewhere B.in what C.where D.on which 6. A. handouts B.lectures C.speeches D.instructions 7. A.request B.demand C.housework D.homework 8. A.what B.which C.why D.where 9. A.facilitators B.developers C.provides D.applicants 10. A. change B.direction C.trend D.situation
VIII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Men have played a significant role in American society as the main breadwinner, and protector of the family. But the traditional role of men has slowly been transferred to women. Society is changing 94
with women going to college, and gaining jobs. It may even happen in several years’ time when women are given sole earning responsibility in American society as the main breadwinner of the family. That is due in part to women gained working privileges equal to men in the 1970’s. Up until the 1970’s, men were the traditional family breadwinners, while women stayed at home, raised the kids, made dinner every night, cleaned the house, and ran all of the errands. Men went to work every day, making enough money to buy a nice home, buy a new car every so often. Once women were afforded the opportunity to work in the same jobs men once held, men’s more traditional foothold in the workplace was loosened. Women were given bigger jobs with more responsibility, but women take jobs with major responsibly with less pay than men. The role of men in American society is changing with more women going to college, and obtaining careers; men are playing more untraditional roles at home. Women are still giving birth to the kids, but are going to work to earn money to pay the bills, while men are staying home raising the kids, running errands, cleaning, making dinner. Young children, boys as well as girls, are being raised with dad at home taking care of the kids. Millions of families are also raising their young with mom and dad sharing all of the responsibilities. Today’s role of men in American society is more of a shared role, with a more undefined role. . 1. The traditional role of men was A.the foothold in the family B. raising the children when they were at home C. the supporter of women D. the main breadwinner of the family 2. Women used to stay at home doing housework because . S.men brought bread home every day B. men offered a good life to the whole family C. men went to work every day D. men gained equal working privileges 3. At work, women take . A.the same job as men but with less pay B. all the jobs once held by men C. the job of delivering bread D. the jobs for college graduates 4. The shared role of men nowadays is . A.the same as their traditional role B.cleaning the house, and raising the kids C.going to work, and doing housework D.sharing responsibilities with women at work 5. The word “foothold” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to . A. a hole in a rock to support your feet B. achievements at work C. a strong position at work D. supporting when climbing IX. Combine two sentences into one, using a defining or non-defining relative clause. 1. For a flipped classroom, class time is used to do the harder work. It involves problem-solving, discussion or debates. ________________________________________________________________________________ 2. The term "Flipped Classroom" was introduced by teachers Bergmann and Samms. They adopted a strategy to reverse the timing of homework and lectures. ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Harvard physicist, Eric Mazur has been teaching a similar technique to the flipped classroom called peer instruction. It has used ConcepTests for over 25 years. ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. The flipped classroom has a common theme. Its common theme focuses on students’ more opportunities for discussion, formative assessment and feedback. 95
________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Students will be given more opportunities to practice their knowledge. They are active participants. ________________________________________________________________________________ X.
Use a relative pronoun to combine two sentences into one with a defining or non-defining relative clause. 1. Many Americans are concerned with money. A good life is thought to be bought with money. Many Americans _______________________________________________________________ 2. They liked the TV programme, "All in the Family". It is about spending more time on the own personal interests. They liked_____________________________________________________________________ 3. Many Americans were unhappy with President Carter. He failed to improve the economy. Many Americans were____________________________________________________________ 4. In the 1980s, the most successful action films were about a man called "Rambo". He always won in any struggle. In the 1980s, the ________________________________________________________________ 5. By the 1980s, computers had become much smaller. Anyone could learn how to use them. By the 1980s, computers ____________________________________________________________ 6. Millions of Americans had a 'personal' computer in their home in the 1980s. They could use it to read newspaper stories, buy things, do schoolwork, and play games. In their home in the 1980s, millions of Americans ___________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 7. The technological improvement can bring us a good life. We lead a good life with almost no limits. The technological improvement ___________________________________________________ 8. Let’s visit Trick Eye Museum in Hong Kong. The museum has 50 optical illusion paintings and installations over five different themed zones. Let's visit ____________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ XI. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. 1. Teenagers/ become/ more independent/ responsible/ parents. 2.
Many teenagers/ 21sl century/ less selfish/ and/ ready/ help/ other people/ need.
3.
Teenagers/ also/ more business-orientated/ and/ have to/ find/ own source/ opportunity.
4.
For high school/ students/ believe/ they/ treated/ adults.
5.
The primary role/ young people/ get a good education/ become/ better citizens/ tomorrow.
TEST 2 (UNIT 11) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.evaluation B.facilitator C.guidance 2. A.responsive B.sector C.sense 3. A.housework B.vision C.hospital II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.consequently B.externally C.financially 96
D.female D.content D.classroom D.facilitate
5. A.economic
B.academic
C.competition
D.technology
A.whom B.who C.her The police have to try to catch the men drive dangerously. A.who B.whom C.they we all crowded. 10. There was a small room into A.which B.where C.that D.it
D.whose
9. III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. A workshop can give children with experience with computers. A.skillful B.handy C.practising D.hands-on 7. He's still dependent on his parents; he regularly receives money to live from them. A.finance B.financial C.financially D.financier 8. Some at an actual school, not a virtual one, will be required to help students develop appropriate social skills. A.attendant B.attendance C.attention D.attendee society; men 9. Before the rise of Islam in the early 600s, Arabs lived in a traditional, regarded women as their property. A.women-dominated B.female-dominated C.man-dominated D.maledominated 10. The sushi chef had to spend a few minutes one of his orders to fit the dietary needs of his customers. A.tailor B.tailored C.tailoring D.to tailor 11. The United Nations, was established in 1945, has over 200 members. A.what B.it C. which D. that was established 12. The Centre for Education Promotion and Empowerment for Women, years ago, has worked to gain equality for women. A. which B.what C.that D. it 13. The people about the novelist wrote were factory workers and their families. A.who B.whom C.that D. them 14. The living standards of people in remote areas . A.will raise B.will be raise C.will be risen D. will arise 15. The system of water pipes has broken. The supply . A.will reduce B.will be reduced C.will have reduced D.will be reducing IV. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete the sentences. 1. The Taj Mahal, is recognized as one of the wonders of the world, was built by an Indian King in memory of his beloved wife. A.which B.that C.where D.what 2. Louis Pasteur, discovered a cure for rabies, was a French scientist. A.he B.that C.who D.whom didn’t come. 3. Some of the boys A.who I invited them B.I invited them C.I invited D.when I invited 4. The restaurant Bob recommended was too expensive. A.which it B.that C.where D.at which is the capital of Mexico, is a cosmopolitan city. 5. Mexico City, A.which B.that C.where D.what 6. We went to different places you find people language was hard to understand. A.where - which B.where - whose C.that - whose D.which - whose has attracted so many climbers. 7. We came within sight of Everest, A.the summit of which B.which the summit C.whose summit of D.of which the summit 8. I read about the child life was saved by her pet dog. 97
V.
D.which
Fill in each blank in the passage with the correct word from the box. There are some extra words. loads integration responsibilities opportunities burdens achievements possibilities activities
In Viet Nam, women’s (1) in careers, politics, economics andeducation will be disregarded if they fail to perform their roles as wife and mother. That wayof thinking discourages women from (2) to move forward, study further,develop their careers, as well as participate in social and political (3) . Upon Viet Nam’s deeper (4) into the world, if inequality still existswomen will bear much heavier (5) . VI. Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). The concept of parental authority has changed. Today, no parent can take their children’s respect for granted: authority has to be earned. Several studies have shown the following problems. Trust: A lot of young people say their parents don’t trust them. Some of them have no privacy: their parents read all their emails, and enter their rooms without knocking. All of these actions demonstrate lack of respect.Consequently, these teenagers have little respect for their parents. Communication: Hardly any teens discuss their problems with their parents. That’s because very few teens feel their parents really listen to them. Instead, most parents tend to fire off an immediate response to their kids’ first sentence. Freedom: Interestingly, most rebels come from very authoritarian homes where kids have very little freedom. Teens need fewer rules but they have to be clear and unchangeable. Also, if the mother and father don’t agree about discipline, teens have less respect for both parents. They also need a lot of support and a little freedom to take their own decisions. None of them enjoy just listening to adults. Role models: Teens don’t have much respect for their parents if neither of them actually does things that they expect their children to do. Like everybody, teens appreciate people who practise what they preach. T F 1.Parents have to earn much money in order to have parental authority. 2.That parents read their children’s email may be considered that they don’t have much trust in their children. 3.The more parents violate their children’s freedom, the less respect they can get from their children. 4.Children often face the problem that their parents are not willing to listen to them. 5.The more discipline parents put on their children, the more obedient they are. 6.Family rules should be brief and consistent. 7.All teenagers like making their own decisions without their parents' help. 8.Children would like their parents to be supportive but not dominant. 9.The situation in which parents have different opinions about discipline may lead to some problem in the family. 10.That parents set a good example to children makes them have less respect in their parents. VII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cor D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. 98
Role of Teachers The changes that (1) in schools have changed the roles of teachers. In the past, teachers source of knowledge, the leader and educator of their students' school life. used to be the (2) Nowadays, teachers provide information and show their students how to(3) it. Although they are still considered to be a kind of (4) in the class, theycan be thought of as facilitators in the learning (5) . Another difference between the past and present tasks of teachers is represented by thetechnical (6) they need to be able to use and handle effectively, such as computer,photocopier, PowerPoint, projectors, etc. Instead of teaching (7) chalk, they need tobe an information technology expert. One of the biggest challenges for teachers is that their role in the school management has also changed. The school needs them as individuals, who can make decisions and cope withthe stress of the world of schools. At the same time teachers need to be able towork in teams, and (9) (8) with colleagues and parents. A teacher has not only to instructbut also to (10) the students with confidence and determination. 1. A.existed B.took place C.occurring D.took first place 2. A.major B.serious C.first D.large 3. A.deal B.solve C.operate D.handle 4. A.attender B.participant C.leader D.facilitator 5. A.situation B.experience C.difficulties D.process 6. A.background B.support C.detail D.drawing 7. A. in B.by C.with D.on 8. A.change B.changing C.changes D.changed 9. A.help B.assist C.support D.cooperate 10. A.inspire B.impress C.affect D.influence VIII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. The Changing Role of Women in Filipino Society When many people think of women in Asian culture, they think of a male dominated society where women don’t have as many rights as their male counterparts. However, the Filipino are different. Filipino women have always enjoyed greater equality than women in other nations in Southeast Asia. For starters, Filipino women today serve as heads in the family arrangement, handling the money, acting as religious mentors and even arranging marriages for their sons and daughters. This is a sharp contrast to women being subjugated to their husbands. This does not mean that they have equality everywhere. In the workplace, Filipino women are paid less and are often hired for lower positions even if they are qualified to earn more money. On the home front, women carry a heavy burden in the homes in order to support them financially while men can keep their money and are not obligated to the family. Thankfully, strides are being made to equalize this perception of inequality. Human Resources Managements are seeing to it that a lot more women hold high ranking positions in large and small organizations. More women are holding managerial positions in banks, government, and multinational companies. Even though they have had a female president, involvement in politics is not considered women’s business, and many women still hold to the tradition that a woman cannot take a higher position than her husband. Part of this mindset is due to the effect of colonization on Filipino women. Like women in many parts of the world, Filipino women have had to fight for their proper place in their society. They have worked hard to extend themselves beyond the confines of their homes and show that they have the strength and power to control business and politics. 1. All of the following are true about Filipino women today EXCEPT that . 99
A.they enjoy more equality than others in Southeast Asia B.they have an important role in politics C.they arrange marriages for their sons and daughters D.they help their children with religious matters . 2. The inequality at home is that A.women serve as the head of the family B.women earn money to support themselves C. men earn more to support the family and keep the money D. both women and men work but men keep the money 3. Women don’t enjoy equality at work because . A.they are paid less for the same jobs as men B. they are always hired for lower positions C. they don’t have enough qualifications D. they carry a heavy burden in the homes 4. Due to the effect of colonization on Filipino women, they . A. hold the position of a President B.hold high ranking in business C.hold a lower position than her husband’s D. hold managerial positions in multinational companies 5. In order to have equality in every sector in society, women have to . A. vote a female president B. fight for their proper place C.work hard in the family D. control business and politics IX. Combine two sentences into one, using a defining or non-defining relative clause. 1. The Red River Delta is the granary in northern Vietnam. It is formed by the Red River. ____________________________________________________________________________ 2. We got the news from the Tokyo Research Center. It showed that a majority of Japanese people now accept gays and lesbians. ____________________________________________________________________________ 3. Tokyo’s International School of Asia receives financial support from the government. It was the first international school in Japan. _______________________________________________________ 4. Long An is the trading gateway between Ho Chi Minh City and the Mekong Delta. It is considered as a “backyard” of Ho Chi Minh City. ____________________________________________________________________________ 5. Indian Prime Minister Modi launched ‘Swachh Bharat Mission’. It is a movement for cleanliness across India. ____________________________________________________________________________ X. Rewrite the sentences without changing their original meanings. 1. Students will take courses at their own pace. Courses 2. We will get online lectures from the internationally famous professors for our personal learning needs. Online lectures ___________________________________________________________________ 3.Students will study complex topics beyond the textbook. Complex topics 4.The computer will make a joke to wake you up when you feel sleepy. A joke _________________________________________________________________________ 5.Viet Nam will give the necessary resources and trust to all teachers. The necessary resources and trust ____________________________________________________ 6.The artificial intelligence will replace human minds in the next century. 100
Human minds ____________________________________________________________________ 7.Local governments in rural areas will offer sufficient support to primary and secondary students. Sufficient support _________________________________________________________________ 8.Students will learn new skills through cool tools, videos, quizzes and game-like labs. New skills ______________________________________________________________________ XI. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences. 1. primary role/ young people/ get/ good education/ become/ better citizens/ tomorrow. 2.
They/ need/ learn skills/ do/job/ which/ country’s economy/ need/.
3.
They/ have/ power/ transform/ nation/ better place.
4.
The youth/ ability/ bring about/ change/ country.
5.
Youths/ problem solvers/ and/ our nation/ need/ them/ solve/ most/ our problems.
XII. 1.
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences about the role of students in a developing country. Teenagers/ study/ hard/ become/ well-educated citizens.
2.
They/ play/vital role/ construction/ and/ protection/ homeland.
3.
They/ take part/ social welfare activities/ social progress.
4.
Students/ who/ study abroad/ come back/ country/ and/ serve it/ great level/ their knowledge.
5. The students/ today/ be/ good citizens/ tomorrow/ so/ they/ give/ country/ back/ whatever/ country/ give/ them. TEST 3 UNIT 11 I.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. pressure B. whiteboard C. responsive 2. A. drastically B. distinction C. enjoyable 3. A. notification B. individual C. competition 4. A. demolish B. syllabus C. industrial 5. A. computer B. science C. theoretical
D. whiteboard D. dependent D. geographical D. commercial D. facility
II.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. B. vision C. hospital D. classroom 1. A. housework 2. A. burden B. curtain C. turtle D. curriculum 3. A. responsive B. content C. sector D. sense 4. A. discussion B. provision C. permission D. cushion 5. A. evaluation B. facilitator C. guidance D. female III.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. forum B. machine C. changing D. final 2. A. advantage B. experience C. financial D. strategy 3. A. university B. announce C. contribution D. academic 4. A. apply B. standard C. service D. masterpiece 101
5. A. burden
B. breadwinner
C. uneconomic
D. tailor
IV.Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. The living standards of people in remote areas . A. will be risen B. will arise C. will raise D. will be raised 2. The system of water pipes has broken. The supply . A. will have reduced B. will be reducing C. will reduce D. will be reduced 3. Women have been given economic and political rights, as well as the right to choose their own husband. A. equal B. able C. same D. alike because their main task is to set goals and organise the 4. Teachers in modern classrooms are learning process accordingly. A. facilities B. directions C. decision-makers D. facilitators 5. The Centre for Education Promotion and Empowerment for Women, was established years ago, has worked to gain equality for women. A. that B. it C. which D. what 6. The people about the novelist wrote were factory workers and their families. A. that B. them C. who D. whom 7. Although he did his best, he had to be with third place in the competition. A. pleasing B. satisfying C. content D. pleasant of safety and security 8. The traditional role of a husband is a A. supply B. provider C. deliveryman D. supporter 9. The sushi chef had to spend a few minutes one of his orders to fits the dietary needs of his customers. A. tailoring B. to tailor C. tailor D. tailored 10. The United Nations, was established in 1945, has over 200 members. A. which B. that C. what D. it 11. Companies have to be to customer demand. A. responding B. responsively C. responsible D. responsive we have much confidence. 12. Mr. Nam is the teacher in A. that B. which C. whom D. him 13. Some at an actual school, not a virtual one, will be required to help students develop appropriate social skills. A. attention B. attendee C. attendant D. attendance 14. Before the rise of Islam in the early 600s, Arabs lived in a traditional, society; men regarded women as their property. A. man-dominated B. male-dominated C. women-dominated D. female-dominated was such a brilliant scientist, introduced the theory of relativity. 15. Albert Einstein, A. that B. whose C. who D. whom 16. He showed the house he was born and grew up. A. in where B. in that C. which D. in which 17. A workshop can give children with experience with computers. A. practising B. hands-on C. skillful D. handy 18. He’s still dependent on his parents; he regularly receives money to live from them. A. financially B. financier C. finance D. financial soon. 19. The threat of terrorism A. will be finished B. will finish C. will remove D. will be removed 20. The national debt in the near future. A. will pay off B. will be paid off C. will pay D. will be paid V.Give the correct form of the verbs in the passive of simple future. 102
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
The essays (assess) by Hans de Wit, who is the President of the EAIE. Students’ academic performance (not evaluate) through exams only. Classes (hold) also in places like restaurants or supermarkets. The school’s curriculum (tailor) constantly to meet changes in society. Women (free) from most housework by high technology. Not all the decisions in the family (make) by men. (build) to reduce traffic in the city. More flyovers We are staying at the Grand Hotel, which (demolish) for a department store.
VI.Complete these sentences, put in who, whose, which or that only if you have to. Put a stick ( ) if the sentence is correct without a relative pronoun. 1. Mary, sits next to me, is good at maths. 2. That’s the man Nelly gave the money to. 3. Is this the ring you were looking for? 4. An orphan is a child parents are dead. he’s enjoying very much. 5. Colin told me about his new job, 6. This morning I met somebody I hadn’t seen for ages. is on the second floor of the building, is very small. 7. My office, we met at the party were very friendly. 8. The people 9. Amy, car had broken down, was in a very bad mood. repaired my car is a real expert. 10. The man 11. The detective lost sight of the man he was following. 12. The car won the race looked very futuristic. 13. Is this the article you were interested in? 14. That’s Jack, lives next door. 15. I thought I recognized the assistant served us. VII. Write all the pronouns possible to complete each sentence. Write Ø if the sentence is correct without adding a pronoun. 1. We talk about the party Sarah wants to organise for my birthday. 2. To get to Frank’s house, take the main road bypasses the village. Mr Flowers has in his house are worth around £100,000. 3. The paintings 4. Mrs Richmond, is 42, has three children. 5. Don is a friend I stayed with in Australia. 6. She was probably the hardest working student I’ve ever taught. 7. Stevenson is an architect designs have won international praise. 8. The Roman coins, a local farmer came across in a field, are now displayed in the National Museum. 9. Dorothy said something I couldn’t hear clearly. we could do to help her. 10. There was a little 11. He received a low mark for his essay, was only one page long. 12. We need to learn from companies trading is healthier than our own. 13. Professor Johnson, I have long admired, is visiting the University next week. 14. The man I introduced to you last night may be the next president of the university. 15. These walls are all remain of the city. VIII.Find and correct the mistakes. 1. I enjoyed the book that you told me to read it. A B C D 2. That commentator, his name I have forgotten, is very well-known. A B C D 3. Amelia Earhart, that was one of the pioneers in aviation, attempted to fly the world in 1937, A B C but she and her plane mysteriously disappeared over the Pacific Ocean. D 103
4. Sunday is a daywhere we expect. A B C D 5. Have you ever been to Da Lat when my father has a lovely house? A B C D 6. Tomorrow I’m going to the station to meet my friend which comes to stay with us. A B C D 7. Last summer my family went to Vung Tau where my aunt is living there. A B C D 8. The storieswhatI’ve told you are all true. A B C D 9. There are not many people whose adapt to a new culture without feeling some disorientation A B C D at first. 10. San Francisco, thatis a beautiful city, has a population of six Million. A B C D IX. Choose the best answer. 1. We are talking about the girl who used to be a Miss World. A. The girl about whom we are talking used to be a Miss World. B. We hardly know a girl who used to be a Miss World. C. The girl who used to be a Miss World said that she knew you. D. We know the girl who used to be a Miss World. 2. He told her about the book. He liked it best A. He told her about the book which he liked it best. B. He told her about the book which he liked best. C. He told her about the book whom he liked best. D. He told her about the book whose he liked best 3. The old man is working in this factory. I borrowed his bicycle yesterday. A. The old man is working in this factory which I borrowed his bicycle yesterday. B. The old man whom is working in this factory I borrowed his bicycle yesterday. C. The old man whom I borrowed his bicycle yesterday is working in this factory. D. The old man whose bicycle I borrowed yesterday is working in this factory. 3. This is my opinion. You can do nothing to change it. A. You can do nothing to change it my mind. B. There’s nothing you can do to change my mind. C. There’s nothing can be done except changing my mind. D. You can do everything to change it my mind. , is the secretary. 5. The man A. which you have just spoken B. whose you have just spoken C. to whom you have just spoken D. to who you have just spoken 6. It is the village where you , isn’t it ? A. used to living B. used to live C. use to live D. use living 7. The police have caught the man . A. who stole my motorbike. B. whose stole my motorbike. C. whom stole my motorbike. D. which stole my motorbike. very much. 8. Colin told me about his new job, A. that he’s enjoying B. he’s enjoying C. which he’s enjoying D. he’s enjoying it 9. The man is my teacher. 1 am grateful to him. A. The man whom I grateful to him is my teacher. B. The man whom I am grateful to is my teacher. 104
C. The man is my teacher who I am grateful. D. The man to him I am grateful is my teacher. 10. Ngoc is friendly. We are talking about her. A. Ngoc, we are talking about, is friendly. B. Ngoc, whom we are talking about is friendly C. Ngoc, about her we are talking, is friendly. D. Ngoc, about whom we are talking, is friendly
7. A. less 8. A. both 9. A. either 10. A. who
X.The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank. independent. FINANCIAL
1. Women these days prefer to be
-oriented. INDIVIDUAL
2. Most services nowadays are mass-focused, not 3. I agree that academic performance is not the only criterion to 4. Teacher will become
5. The town hasn’t got any parks where people can go and 6. This syllabus is quite 7. A successful education must be
a person. EVALUATION
rather than information providers. FACILITY . RELAXING
. I want to see something more hands-on. THEORY to social demands. RESPOND
8. My son took part in the Beyond 2030 forum, which invited people to share their the future. VISUAL 9. He has a strong sense of 10. She has no herself. SENSATION
of
. You can always rely on him. RESPONSIBIE of style at all. She never chooses the right colour or right clothes for
XI.Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. The (1) of parental authority has changed. Today, no parent can (2) their children’s respect for granted: authority has to be earned. Several studies have shown the following problems. Trust: A lot of young people say their parents don’t trust them. Some of them have no privacy: their parents read all their emails, and enter their rooms (3) knocking. All of these actions demonstrate lack of respect. (4) , these teenagers have little (5) for their parents. Communication: Hardly any teens discuss their problems with their parents. That’s because very few teens feel their parents really listen to them. Instead, most parents tend to fire off an immediate (6) to their kid’s first sentence. Freedom: Interestingly. Most rebels come from very authoritarian homes where kids have very little freedom. Teens need (7) rules but they have to be clear and unchangeable. Also, if the mother and father don’t agree about discipline, teens have less respect for (8) parents. They also need a lot of support and a little freedom to take their own decisions. None of them enjoy just listening to adults. Role models: Teens don’t have much respect for their parents if (9) of them actually does they expect their children to do. Like everybody, teens appreciate people who things (10) practice what they reach. 1. A. provision B. concept C. applicant D. breadwinner 2. A take B. joint C. work D. participate 3 A. in B. during C. without D. within 4. A Consequently B. Moreover C. However D. Therefore 5. A. permission B. cushion C. courage D. respect 6. A. view B. point C. benefit D. response 105
B. more B. among B. both B. that
C. fewer C. between C. neither C. whom
D. little D. of D. all D. where
XII.Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Do you ever think about what schools will be like in the future? Many people think that students will study most regular classes such as maths, science and history online. Students will probably be able to these subjects anywhere using a computer. What will happen if students have problem with a subject? They might connect with a teacher through live videoconferencing. Expert teachers from learning centres will give students help wherever they live. Students will still take classes in a school, too. Schools will become places for learning social skills. Teachers will guide students in learning how to work together in getting along with each other. They will help students with group projects both in and out of the classroom. Volunteer work and working at local businesses will teach students important life skills about the world they live in. This will help students become an important part of their communities. Some experts say it will take five years for changes to begin in schools. Some say it will take longer. Most people agree, though, that computers will change education the way TVs and telephones changed life for people all over the world years before. 1. What is the main idea of the passage? A. All classes will be taught online in the future. B. Teachers will help students from home in the future. C. Kids won’t have to go to school in the future. D. Computers will change education in the future. 2. What will happen if students meet difficulties with a subject? A. They will telephone the teachers who are staying at the school to seek their help. B. Schools will organise a live videoconference for teachers to help students with problems. C. Teachers from learning centres will give them help through live videoconferencing. D. They will meet their teachers in person for help with problems with the subject. . 3. The main role of teachers in the future will be A. helping students with group projects B. organising live videoconferences C. providing students with knowledge D. guiding students to learn computers 4. Students will still go to school to . A. play with their friends C. learn social skills B. learn all subjects D. use computers . 5. Students will learn important life skills through A. working in international businesses B. doing volunteer work C. going to school every day D. taking online classes XIII.Rewrite the following sentences using relative clauses. 1. A friend of mine helped me to get a job. His father is the manager of a company. → _______________________________________________________________________ 2. Mike gave half of the £50,000 he won to his parents. → _______________________________________________________________________ 3. London was once the largest city in the world, but the population is now falling. → _______________________________________________________________________ 4. A number of suggestions were made at the meeting, but most of them were not very practical. → _______________________________________________________________________ 5. It is a medieval palace. The king hid in its tower during the civil war. → _______________________________________________________________________ 106
6. I couldn’t remember the number of my own car. This made the police suspicious. → _______________________________________________________________________ 7. You sent me a present. Thank you very much for it. → _______________________________________________________________________ 8. Dr Andy Todd is head of Downlands Hospital. He has criticized government plans to cut health funding. → _______________________________________________________________________ 9. They are choosing the boys for the school’s football team. All of them are under 9. → _______________________________________________________________________ 10. I went to see my nephew Jimmy. I used to look after him when he was small. → _______________________________________________________________________ XIV.Use a relative pronoun to combine each pair of sentences. Put in the commas where necessary. 1. Ann is very friendly. She lives next door. _________________________________________________________________________ 2. The man is a famous actor. You met him at the party last night. _________________________________________________________________________ 3. There are some words. They are very difficult to translate. _________________________________________________________________________ 4. The sun provides us with heat and light. It is one of millions of stars in the universe. _________________________________________________________________________ 5 .Students will be punished. Their homework is late. _________________________________________________________________________ 6. I was looking for a book this morning. I’ve found it now. _________________________________________________________________________ 7. Is that the car? You want to buy it. _________________________________________________________________________ 8. Sandra works in advertising. You were talking to her. _________________________________________________________________________ 9. Lake Prespa is a lonely beautiful lake. It’s on the north Greek border. _________________________________________________________________________ 10. The little girl ate sweets the whole way. She sat next to me on the coach. _________________________________________________________________________ XV.Write the information in brackets as a relative clause (defining or non-defining) in an appropriate place in the sentence. 1. Julia’s father has just come back from a skiing holiday. (he is over 80) → _______________________________________________________________________ 2. The problems faced by the company are being resolved. (I’ll look at these in detail in a moment.) → _______________________________________________________________________ 3. She was greatly influenced by her father. (she adored him) → _______________________________________________________________________ 4. Parents are being asked to take part in the survey. (their children are between four or six) → _______________________________________________________________________ 5. He isn’t looking forward to the time. (he will have to leave at that time) → _______________________________________________________________________ 6. The Roman coins are now on display in the National Museum. (a local farmer came across them in a field) → _______________________________________________________________________ 7. He pointed to the stairs. (they led down to the cellar) → _______________________________________________________________________ 8. These drugs have been withdrawn from sale. (they are used to treat stomach ulcers) → _______________________________________________________________________ 9. The singer had to cancel her concert. (she was recovering from flu) 107
→ _______________________________________________________________________ 10. We went to the Riverside Restaurant. (I once had lunch with Henry there) → _______________________________________________________________________ 11. My aunt is now a manager of a department store. (her first job was filling shelves in a supermarket). → _______________________________________________________________________ 12. John Graham’s latest film is his first for more than five years. (the film is set in the north of Australia) → _______________________________________________________________________ 13. The newspaper is owned by the Mears group. (its chairperson is Sir James Bex) → _______________________________________________________________________ 14. The Master’s course is no longer taught. (I took this course in 1990) → _______________________________________________________________________ 15. The minister talked about the plans for tax reform. (he will reveal them next month) → _______________________________________________________________________ XVI.Use a relative pronoun to combine each pair of sentences. Put in the commas where necessary. 1. Is Zedco a company? It was taken over last year. ______________________________________________________________________ 2. Felix Reeve is a journalist. His tape recorder was stolen. ______________________________________________________________________ 3. This famous picture is worth thousands of pounds. It was damaged during the war. ______________________________________________________________________ 4. I don’t know the name of the woman. I spoke to her on the phone. ______________________________________________________________________ 5. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol. It is only 30 miles away. ______________________________________________________________________ 6. This is Mr. Carter. I was telling you about him. ______________________________________________________________________ 7. They’ve captured all the animals. They escaped from the zoo. ______________________________________________________________________ 8. A scientist has won the Nobel Prize. He discovered a new planet. ______________________________________________________________________ 9. The river is the Wye. It flows through Hereford. ______________________________________________________________________ 10. We climbed to the top of the tower. We had a beautiful view from there. UNIT 12. MY FUTURE CAREER A. VOCABULARY 1. academic (adj) /ˌækəˈdemɪk/ học thuật, thuộc nhà trường 2. alternatively (adv) /ɔːlˈtɜːnətɪvli/ lựa chọn khác 3. applied (adj) /əˈplaɪd/ ứng dụng 4. approach (n) /əˈprəʊtʃ/ phương pháp, cách tiếp cận 5. behind the scenes /bɪˈhaɪnd ðə siːns/ một cách thầm lặng 6. burn the midnight oil /bɜːn ðə ˈmɪdnaɪt ɔɪl/ học hoặc làm việc muộn 7. career (n) /kəˈrɪə(r)/ sự nghiệp 8. career path (n) / kəˈrɪə pɑːθ/ con đường sự nghiệp 9. chef (n) /ʃef/ đầu bếp 10. certifcate (n) /səˈtɪfɪkət/ chứng chỉ 11. cultivation (n) /ˌkʌltɪˈveɪʃn/ canh tác 12. customer service (n) /ˈkʌstəmə(r) ˈsɜːvɪs/ phòng (dịch vụ) chăm sóc khách hàng 13. CV (n) /ˌsiː ˈviː/ sơ yếu lý lịch 14. flexitime (adv) /ˈfleksitaɪm/ (làm việc) theo giờ linh hoạt 15. fashion designer (n) /ˈfæʃn dɪˈzaɪnə(r)/ thiết kế thời trang 108
16. enrol (v) /ɪnˈrəʊl/ đăng ký học 17. housekeeper (n) /ˈhaʊskiːpə(r)/ nghề dọn phòng (trong khách sạn) 18. lodging manager (n) /ˈlɒdʒɪŋ ˈmænɪdʒə(r)/ người phân phòng 19. make a bundle (idiom) /meɪk ə ˈbʌndl/ kiếm bộn tiền 20. nine-to-fve (adj) /naɪn-tə-faɪv/ giờ hành chính (9 giờ sáng đến 5 giờ chiều) 21. ongoing (adj) /ˈɒnɡəʊɪŋ/ liên tục 22. profession (n) /prəˈfeʃn/ nghề 23. take into account /teɪk ˈɪntə əˈkaʊnt/ cân nhắc kỹ 24. sector (n) /ˈsektə(r)/ thành phần B. GRAMMAR I. ÔN TẬP DESPITE/ IN SPITE OF 1. Cách dùng Cách dùng |-"In spite of" và "Despite" (Mặc dù) là hai giới từ thể hiện sự tương phản. - Đứng đằng sau có thé là một danh từ (Noun), cụm danh từ (Noun phrase), hoặcdộng từ dạng V-ing. Có cách sử dụng đối ngược với cụm "Because of" Cấu trúc * In spite of In spite of +N/NP/V-ing, S+V S +V+ in spite of + N/NP/V-ing * Despite: Despite +N/NP/V-ing, S+V S+V+ despite+N/NP/V-ing Ví dụ In spite of being warned many times, those kids w (Mặc dù đã được cảnh báo nhiều lần, nhung những đứa trẻ kia muốn bơi ở dòng song kia) Those kids want to swim in that river in spite of being warned many times Những dựa tré kia muốn bơi ở dòng sông mặc dù đã được cánh báo nhiều lần.) Julie loved Tom despite his football obsession (Julie yêu Tom mặc dù nỗi ám ảnh bóng đá của anh ấy.) Despite this rain, I want to go for a run. (Mặc dù trời mưa, nhưng tôi muốn đi chay.) Lưu ý Mặc dù cùng mang ý nghia là "Mac dů" nhưng cáu trúc của giới tu"In spite of và"Despite" khác với cấu trúc của liên từ "Although/ Even though: Although/ Even though+S+V,S V. S +V although/ even thoughS+V. Cách chuyển đổi từ mệnh đề thành danh từ/ cụm danh từ. Từ một mênh đế trạng ngữ có sử dụng liên từ, ta có thể chuyển đổi câu thành câu có chứagiới từ + danh từ/ cụm danh từ. ADVERB CLAUSE =PREPOSITION +NOUN/NOUN PHRASE/V-ING Although it was cold = despite the cold S V (noun) (noun) Because it was very noisy. = despite the noise S V (adj) (noun) Even though I was late = In spite of being late S V = (gerund) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Điền vào chỗ trống although/ despite/ in spite of sao cho thich hợp. 109
1. ______________________we are a small company, we sell almost a hundred machines a month 2. ______________________all the difficulties, the project started on time and was a success 3. ______________________we were warned against doing so, we went ahead with the project. 4. ______________________his lack of experience, he became a successful businessman 5. ______________________being by far the oldest player, he scored three goals. 6. ______________________he's a millionaire, he drives a second-hand car 7. ______________________it rained a lot, I enjoyed the holiday 8. _____________________working for the company for six months now, he never seemsto know what to do 9. _____________________my warnings, he went to Colombia. 10. _____________________she didn't want to see The Lord of the Rings, she enjoyed it in the end. 11. _____________________being bad at pool, she beat him three times in a row 12. She decided to go abroad for a year_____________________ loving her boyfriend very much. 13. He went on holiday to Thailand_____________________ the expensive airfare 14. I phone my brother in Thailand using Skype nearly every day___________________thetime difference. 15. The best things in life are free, _____________________ love is often very expensive. Bài 2: Chuyển những câu dưới đây thành câu có chứa "in spite of" 1. Even though Sherry had excellent grades, she wasn't admitted to the university. 2. The firefighters rescued the dog in the burning house although it was very dangerous 3. Though the weather was very cold, we went swimming last week. 4. Even though the work was very hard, we enjoyed doing that job. 5. Although Jane has very little money, she is happy Chuyển những câu dưới đây thành câu có chứa "despite”. 6. I like living in my apartment although it is noisy. 7. Even though it costs a lot, Stephanie goes to private high school. 8. Though the weather has been extremely hot, I run five miles every day. 9. Kerry came to class to take the test even though he was ill 10. Bill Gates has been very successful even though he never finished college, Bài 3: Nối 2 câu duới đây thành 1 câu, sử dụng các từ trong ngoặc. 1. Dave smokes, He seems to be in good health (although) 2. I couldn't sleep. I was tired. (despite) 3. Max didn't notice the sign. It was right in front of him (even though) 4. Kate never learnt Spanish. She lived in Spain for many years (although) 5. Joe is a millionaire .He hates spending money.(despite) 6. Igave him good advice. Yet he failed. (despite) 7. His vision is poor. Still he reads books. (in spite of) 8. She was ill. Still she went to work. (despite) 9. The weather was bad. Still we went out. (in spite of) 10. His health is poor. Still he attends office regularly. (in spite of) II. VERB + TO-INFINITIVE/VERB + V-ING 1. Verbs +to-infinitive Một vài dộng từ phô bién thường được theo sau bởi"to V” afford (có khả threaten (dọa) hope (hy vọng) prepare (chuẩn bị) năng) agree (đồng ý) decide (quyết định) learn (học) pretend (giả vờ) appear (xuất hiện) demand (yêu cầu) manage (xoay sở) promise (hứa) arrange (sắp xếp) expect (trông đợi) wait (đợi) refuse (từ chối) ask (hỏi) dare (dám) need (cần) seem (dường như) attempt (cố gắng) fail (thất bại) offer (mời) want (muốn) 110
beg (đề nghị, xin)
hesitate (ngập ngừng)
plan (dự định, kế hoạch
Ví dụ: -I want to study abroad. - She learned hard to get good marks. - She promised to take me to the zoo. 2. Verb + v-ing Một vài động từ phổ biến thường được theo sau bởi “V-ing” Admit: thú nhận Suggest: gợi ý Finish: kết thúc Avoid: tránh Hate: ghét Enjoy/ love: thich thú Advise: khuyên Practice: thực hành Deny: từ chối Delay: hoãn lại Mention: đề cập Consider: xem xét Imagine: tưởng tượng Involve: liên quan đến Keep: giữ, tiếp Fancy: đam mê Mind: phiền Discuss: thảo luận (would…mind)
claim (cho là, tuyên bố)
REMEMBER
Detest: ghét Permit: cho phép Risk: mạo hiểm Quit: từ bỏ Miss: lỡ, nhỡ Dislike/ Like: không thích/thích
FORGET
TRY Ví dụ: - He admitted taking the money - He detests writing letters - He didn't want to risk getting wet. - I can't understand his/ him leaving his wife 3. Verb + to infinitive/ v-ing không khác nghĩa Một vài động từ được theo sau bởi To Infinitive hoặcV-ing mà ý nghia không đổi. Like Prefer start Hate intend (dựđịnh) continue Love begin bother (làm phiền) Vi du: He began to laugh.= He began laughing. It started to rain. = I started raining Anna intends to buy a car = Anna intends buying a car 4. Verb + to infinitive/ v-ing khác nghĩa Một vài đông từ được theo sau bởi To Infinitive hoặc Ving có sự khác biệt về ý nghĩa. + To V + V-ing Verb NEED Need to V: cần phải làm (động từ Need V-ing: cần phải được làm nguyên mẫu mang nghĩa chủ động) (động từ nguyên mẫu mang nghĩa bị động) Ví dụ: - Tom needs to work harder. (Tom cần làm việc chăm chỉ hơn) - The grass in front of the house needs cutting. (Cỏ trước nhà cần được cắt) STOP Stop to V: dừng lại để làm việc gì Stop V-ing: dừng làm việc gì đó khác (đang làm) Ví dụ: - They stopped to look at the pictures. (Họ dừng lại để nhìn vào các bức tranh) - They stopped smoking because it is bad for their health.(Họ ngừng hút thuốc bởi vì nó có hại cho sức khỏe) REGRET Regret to V: lấy làm tiéc phải (thông Regret+V-ing: hối tiếc đã làm gì báo 1 điều gì xấu) (trong quá khứ) Ví dụ: 111
GO ON
- I regret to inform you that they have decided to cancel the meeting. (Tôi lấy làm tiếc khi phải thông báo với bạn rằng họ đã quyết định hủy cuộc họp) - I regret not speaking to her before she left. (Tôi đã hối tiếc vì đã không nói với cô ấy trước) Remember to V: nhớ sẽ phải làm gi (ở Remember V-ing: nhớ đã làm gi (ở hiện tại và tương lai) quá khứ) Ví dụ: - Remember to send this letter (Hãy nhớ gửi bức thư này) - I still remember paying her $2 (Tôi nhớ đã trà cô ấy 2 đô la). Forget to V: quên sẽ phài läm gì (ở Forget V-ing: quên dã làm gi (ở quá hiện tại và tương lai) khứ) Vi du: I forget to post this letter(Tôi quên mất phải gửi lá thư này.) She will never forget meeting the Queen.(Cô ấy không bao giờ quên lần gặp nữ hoàng.) Try to V: có gång làm Try V-ing: thử làm Ví dụ: - She tries to pass the entrance exam to the college of pharmacy (Cô ấy có gång để vượt qua được kì thi đầu vào trường đại học dược.) - I’ve got a terrible headache. Itry taking some aspirins but they didn't help. (Tôi bị đau đầu kinh khủng. Tôi thử uống thuốc giảm đau nhưng nó không hiệu qủa.) Go on to V: làm tiếp một việc gì khác Go on V-ing: tiếp tục làm cùng một việc gì Vi dụ: After discussing the English speaking club, we went on to sing I went on talking for 2 hours.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 4: Hoàn thành các câu dướii đây. Chọn động từ thích hợp và cho dạng V-ing emigrate go have to help leave many stay phone read say(2) see talk tell travel 1. Fancy regrets_____________________ a man so much younger than herself 2. If you like tongue-twisters, try_____________________” Six Swiss wrist watches." 3. Are you a student at this school? I don't recollect_____________________youhere before. 4. I'm sorry to trouble you, but would you mind_____________________ me with this suitcase? 5. It's very late. I suggest_____________________ the washing-up until the morning. 6. Istarted work when I was 16. Now, I regret not______________________ at school. 7. I’ll never finish_____________________ these papers! There are so many of them! 8. Would you consider_____________________ if things got worse in this country? 9. If you find the sound [h] difficult, practice_____________________” He hit her on her hairyhead with a hard, heavy hammer” 10. You should try to avoid____________________ in the rush hour. 11. I have enjoyed____________________ to you, and I hope we meet again some time. 12. I deny____________________you what to wear and what to do. 13. I simply couldn' resist ____________________ you to tell you the good news! 14. She is afraid of the dentist, so she always puts off________________ till the last possiblemoment 15. Can you imagine______________ walk five miles to school every day? That is whatwe had to do. Bài 5: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc, to Vhoặc V-ing 112
1. I intend________________to Brazil in August. (go) 2. l arranged ________________my vacation during the last two weeks. (take) 3. I considered________________ to Venezuela or Argentina first. (go) 4. But I decided________________them for next year. (leave) 5. The government has demanded me________________a visa to go to Brazil. (get) 6. That involves___________________in a long line at the consulate. (stand) 7. I didn't mind_________________ the $45 fee. (pay) 8. But l hate_________________ in lines. (wait) 9. Ialso detest_________________ passport photos. (get) 10. I really want_________________ the country, so I did it. (see) 11. I haven't begun_________________ yet. (pack) 12. I'll start soon because I can't stand_________________ in a rush. (pack) 13. I remembered_________________ my neighbor to take care of my dog. (ask) 14. He doesn't really mind_________________ behind. (stay) 15. But he always loves_________________ us come back! (see) Bài 6:Chọn động từ cho sẵn dưới đây để điển vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp enjoy need will offer agreed would like love plan considered forgot stopquit hate had hoped mind discuss 1. We_________________visiting Hawaii for our vacation, but we changed our mind 2. Iva and lsis _________________ to talk to everyone about their secret project. 3. The Smiths_________________spending time together.They always look happy when they are riding theirbicycles or watching television. 4. I don't _________________ working hard. Hard work gives a person character 5. Could you please _________________ staring at me! It is making me crazy! 6. My husband and I will_________________ adopting a baby.We have talked about it a lot already, but wewill keep talking about it. 7. The students _________________ to have a party at the end of the semester 8. My mother _________________ to water my plants. Now they are all dead. 9. They _________________ to work together. They shook hands on the deal. 10. I_________________ eating spinach. I would rather eat nothing at all! 11. Maria_________________ to teach full-time, but she could only find a part-time job. 12. Jose_________________ smoking last week. 13. We_________________to go to the bank early in the morning. We cannot go in the afternoon or intheevening because we must get the money immediately. 14. Ms. Kelly and her friend _________________ eating pizzal It is their favorite 15. The buyers_____________ to pay $200,000 for the house. They are not sure if it will be accepted. Bài 7: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc dạng to Vhoặc V-ing Mikedoesn'tlike_________________(1-dance).Hewouldrather_________________(2-go) to the cinema. But Jean enjoys_________________(3-dance) so much that he let her________________ (4persuade) him_________________(5-take) her to the clublast Saturday. When they arrived, a lot of other young men wanted_________________(6-dance) with her and kept_______________(7-ask) her_________________ (8-go) on the floor with them. This made Mike_________________(9-feel) jealous. Hesuggested_________________(10-go) outside for a breath of air, but at that momentit started_________________(11-rain). Jean began to get annoyed. "I know you hate _________________ (12-dance)," she said, "but why should you_________________(13-try) _________________ (14-stop) other people_________________ (15-dance)?" Mike thought he had better_________________ (16-dance) with her. He didn't want her _________________ (17-lose) her temper. BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO 113
Bài 8: Viết lại những câu duới đây, sử dụng từ trong ngoặc. 1.I couldn't sleep although I was tired. (despite) ________________________________________________________________________________ 2.Although he has got an English name, he is in fact German. (despite) ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. In spite of her injured foot, she managed to walk to the village (although) ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. I decided to accept the job although the salary was low. (in spite of) ________________________________________________________________________________ 5.We lost the match although we were the better team.(despite) ________________________________________________________________________________ 6. In spite of not having eaten for 24 hours, I didn't feel hungry.(even though) ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. Although she was tired, she went to work (but ________________________________________________________________________________ 8.They went out for a walk, even though the weather was bad. (despite) ________________________________________________________________________________ 9.She managed to write in spite of her injured hand (although) ________________________________________________________________________________ 10. She has plenty of money, but she is very mean (although) ________________________________________________________________________________ Bài 9: Khoanh vào phương án đúng 1. We went out___________________ the rain. A. in spite of B. however C. although 2. We went out___________________ it rained. A. despite B. although C. however 3. She went on working___________________she was tired. A. although B. despite C. either could be used here 4. She went on working___________________ the fact that she was tired. A. despite B. however C. although 5. ___________________she is a nice girl, I don't quite like her. A. although B. despite C. however 6. ___________________expensive, it was a good watch A. however B.although C. despite 7. I didn't like the film___________________, everybody else seemed to enjoy it. A. however B. despite C. either could be used here 8. ___________________I didn't like the film, everybody else seemed to enjoy it. A. although B. however C.either could be used here 9.We managed to do it___________________he wasn't there. A. however B. although C. either could be used here 10.We managed to do it, ___________________the fact that he was not there. A. although B. despite C. however Bài 10: Cho dạng đúng của động từ, to V hoặc V-ing 1. He dreads___________________(have) to retire. 2.I arranged___________________ (meet) him there. 3. Don't forget___________________ (lock) the door before___________________ (go) to bed 4. He tried___________________ (explain) but she refused ___________________ (listen). 5. He decided_________________ (disguise) himselfby _________________ (dress) as a woman. 6. Please go on, ___________________(write); I don't mind___________________ (wait) 114
7. I prefer___________________(drive) to___________________(be) driven. 8. I suggest______________(telephone) the hospitals before____________ (ask) the police _____________ (look) for him. 9. Did you remember_________________ (give) him the key of the safe? 10. Whydoyoukeep_____________(look)back?Areyouafraidof___________ (be) followed? 11. You'll never regret___________________ (do) a kind action. 12. I didn't mean________ (eat) anything but the cakes looked so good that I couldn't resist trying one. 13. If you want_______________ (catch) the 7 a.m. train tomorrow, that means ________________ (get) up at 6, and you're not very good at___________________ (get) up early, are you? 14. By______________ (work) day and night he succeeded in____________ (finish) the job in time. 15. Try___________________ (forget) it; it is not worth(worry) about. 16. After_________ (get)_________ (know) him better, I regretted __________ (judge) him unfairly 17. He tried___________________ (speak) German but found that he couldn't. His attempts at ___________________ (speak) Spanish were equally unsuccessful. 18. I would advise you___________________(wait) before___________________ (decide) ___________________ (accept) his offer. 19. Surely you remember___________________ (lend) him the money? Ihope, at least that hewon't forget___________________ (pay) you back. Hehas ahabit of___________________ (forget) things he doesn't want___________________ (remember) C.EXERCISES TEST 1 (UNIT 12) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.certificate B.education C.cultivation 2. A.bundle B.customer C.burn 3. A.architect B.chef C.mechanic II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.professional B.empathetic C.adaptable 5. A.alternative B.variety C.biologist
D.patient D.understand D.chemistry
his broken leg in the crash, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded. A.In spite of B.Despite the fact that C.Because D.However his friendliness. 15. Almost everyone doesn’t trust David A.due to B.in spite C.in case D.despite IV. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to complete each sentence. 1. She suggested for a drink. A.being gone B. go C. going D. to go 2. “Sorry, I don’t remember you here before.” A.to see B. saw C.to have seen D. seeing 3. Linda regrets to her mother’s advice because her mother was right. A.not listen B.not to listen C.not listening D.to not listen up early in the morning. 4. I don’t mind A.get B.to get C.getting D.to getting 5. Could you please stop so much noise? A.make B.making C.to make D.to making 6. Whenever those two ladies meet, they stop . A.to talk B.talk C.to talking D.talking 7. John hoped to finish two of his essays before the deadline. A.written B.write C.to write D.writing me a lift as he had promised. 8. I was very angry. My friend John refused A.give B.to give C.giving D.gave 9. The man finally admitted responsible for the accident last week. A.to be B.for to be C.for being D.being 10. It is raining hard this week but Tom expects with his friends this weekend. A.to go and fish B.to go fishing C.going fishing D.to go to fish V.
D.vocational D.academic
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. What kind of career do you think is most suitable for you when you’ve justgraduated from college? A.way B.ladder C.path D.break 7. If you burn the oil night after night, you'll probably become ill. A.morning B.afternoon C.evening D.midnight social worker who soon realized that the single mother was at her breaking point. 8. She is a(n) A.sympathy B.empathy C.empathetic D.synthetic throughout the session. 9. Evaluation of students' progress in English is A.ongoing B.existing C.oncoming D.developing 10. We need to get a good job to a decent living. A.spend B.earn C.do D.bring 11. The staff discussed the next meeting until next week. A.postponing B.to postpone C.postpone D.to postponing 12. Linda can’t stand in a room with all of the windows closed. A.sleep B.sleeping C.slept D.being slept the fact that he has never seen one. 13. That artist painted a beautiful painting of a rhino A.although B.despite C. because D.due to 115
14.
Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each blank.
Answer
A 1. talent 2. skill 3. experience 4. knowledge 5. qualification
B A.an official record of your training course B.understanding of a certain subject C.an ability that you are born with D.an ability that you learn E.time spent working at a job
VI.
Complete each of the sentences with a phrase from the box. Make changes where necessary. behind the scenes empathetic take into account ongoing work flextime burn the midnight oil make a bundle a nine-to-five job career path earn a living
1. I have a big exam tomorrow so I'll be tonight. 2. He on the stock market and reinvested half the profits in more stocks. 3. When employees , they can adjust their work schedule to their children's school timetables. 4. You are just a bit , so no one really notices. 5. I wouldn’t want ; I like the freedom I have as my own boss. 116
6. I hope my teacher will the fact that I was ill just before the examination when he evaluates my test paper. ,I found 7. From that little mistake that my sister made in choosing her mine. 8. A(n) person is someone who can share another person's feelings. 9. Can he as a freelance photographer? 10. There is a(n) dispute between the two countries regarding fishing rights off the coast. VII. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verb in brackets. 1. Many teenagers admit for the jobs because their parents ask them so. (apply - do) 2. “I hope a doctor.” - “Don’t forget many biology books.” (become - read) 3. Employees expect promotion in their career path, (get) skills that may be useful in my future career. 4. Whatever I do, I attempt (develop) 5. Nick enjoys with people to develop his communication skills. (work) VIII.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. An interview is never as (26) as your fears. For some (27) , people imaginethe interviewer is going to focus on every tiny mistake they make. In truth, the interviewer is as keen for the meeting to . go well as you are. It is what makes his or her job (28) The secret of a good interview is preparing for it. What you wear is very importantbecause it (29) the first impression. So (30) neatly, but comfortably. Make surethat you can deal with anything you are asked. Remember to prepare for questions that are certain to (31) . Answer the questions fully and precisely. For instance, if one of your interests is reading, beprepared to (32) about the sort of books you like. However, do not learn all your answersoff by (33) . The interviewer wants to meet a (34) , not a robot. (35) the factthat a job interview is so important, you should feel relaxed in order to succeed. 26. A. good B.bad C.well D.worse 27. A. reason B.explanation C.idea D.excuse 28. A. amazing B.interested C.pleased D.enjoyable 29. A. does B.brings C.creates D.indicates 30. A. have on B. put on C.dress D.wear 31. A. come up B. turn up C.show up D.put on 32. A. discuss B. chat C.say D.talk 33. A. accident B. chance C.heart D.mind 34. A. somebody B. human being C.character D.nature 35. A. Despite B. Although C.Due to D.As IX.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Career Preparation Although you may think you are too young to worry about your future career, it is important that you start thinking about your life after high school right now so that you can take the steps necessary to any career you may choose. Some of these steps include choosing the right high school, enrolling in the necessary courses, earning good grades, getting work experience and building a resume. It can seem 117
overwhelming trying to choose a career before you complete high school, but always keep in mind that it is never too late to change your career path and no one says you have to decide now. There are lots of different factors that go into choosing a career path. To determine the occupation you want to enter, you need to consider your interests, how long you want to be in school, how much money you want to make, the type of work you want to do, the potential for job growth and job trends in the industry - sounds like a lot, but that is just the tip of the iceberg. Each day you make many decisions - what to wear, who to hang out with, how to spend your time after school. Some of the decisions you make today can affect you for the rest of your life. Once you have figured out the things you like to do and the things you do well, you can begin exploring careers that include your interests and skills. Make a plan from the beginning, and once you have a plan, work the plan. Do the steps along the way each year to keep on track toward graduation and higher education. . 1. You may consider a future career now because A. you have to decide it immediately B. it is necessary to have preparations C. you can change your career path D. you have nothing to worry about 2.At high school, you can do all of the following things to prepare for your future career EXCEPT A. choosing the proper high school B. enrolling in the necessary courses C. earning good grades D. learning by experience 3.Once you have determined your interests and your strengths, you can . A. identify the right career B. identify your skills C. make decisions in the future D. know about the rest of your life 4. We can infer from the passage that . A.each day we make decisions in order to know how to make them B.whom we hang out with will follow the same career with us C. there are some factors to identify the future career that we don’t know D.we decide how much money we want to make in order to get a good job in the future . 5. Making a plan from the beginning helps you A. attend higher education B. gradually achieve your goal C. graduate from high school D. have something to work X.
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences about the most important qualities a person needs to become a good teacher. 1. teaching career/ demand/ love/ learning/ broad knowledge/ subject/ and/ classroom management techniques. 2.
Teachers/ form/ strong relationships/ students/ and/ show/ they/look after/ students/ people.
3.
Teachers/ masters/ their subject matter/ and/ they/ present/ material/ enthusiastic manner.
4.
They/ also/ present/ lessons/ clear and structured way/ and/ classrooms/ organized.
5. Teachers/ communicate/ frequently/ parents/ and/ they/ call/ student’s parent/ if/ they/ concerned/ a student.
TEST 2 (UNIT 12) I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.applied B.approach C.alternative 2. A. empathetic B.mechanic C.technical 118
D.career D.professional
3. A. calm B.skillful C.logical II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A. secondary B. literature C.designer 5. A. engineering B. certificate C.cultivation
D.cultivation D.qualified D.encouraging
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. The director is an important man behind the .in the play A.curtain B.closed doors C.scenes D.wheel 7. These plants are all easily to colder climates. A.adaptable B.available C.accessible D.capable 8. You can make by starting up your own business. A.a difference B.a fuss C.headway D.a bundle to get it done on time . 9. The assignment was very lengthy so she was forced to burn the A.lamp B.oil C.midnight lamp D.midnight oil 10. I hope they take her age into when they judge her work. A.account B.note C.thinking D.attention 11. Ann was very surprised to find the door unlocked. She remembered it before she left. A.to lock B.locking C.lock D.she locks 12. Having finished the reading report, I began to listen to music. A.to write B.to have written C.writing D.written money to pay for a trip with my best friends in the next summer holiday. 13. I am trying A.save B.to save C.to be saved D.saving 14. I was so tired, I walked all the way home. A.Despite B.Although C.Because D.Even 15. Many tourists decided not to go to Iraq their love of the Iraqi civilization. A.though B.despite C.due to D.or IV. Complete each blank in the sentences, using no more than three words. ; it means they have towork so many hours but 16. My company allows the employees can choose the hours that suit them. 17. Maria always burns the because she doesn’t plan very well,and has to do all of her work at the last minute. 18. If something is done , it is done secretly rather than publicly. 19. I used to work in shifts, but now I have a job. 20. Many people think that becoming a doctor can , but that is not always true. V. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verb in brackets. 21. I would like so that I can earn some spending money. (work) 22. I am starting for the books that I will need for college.(save) 23. She can’t stand under such terrible conditions. (work) 24. I can never forget our team score the winning goal in the final game.(watch) 25. I remember to the hospital but nothing after that. (take) VI.
Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Benefits and Drawbacks of A Job Nearly every teen can benefit from job experience, but there are risks you must assess. First, a teenager's job can teach work (26) that will serve him well in college and(27) him for careers in adulthood. Second, he can (28) confidence, developa(n) (29) of responsibility and feel more independent. In addition, studies find thatstudents who work a moderate 119
amount - no more than 10 to 15 hours a week during the school year - tend to (30) higher grades than (31) who don't work at all. Next,earning money will enable him to buy things he wants and will . provide an opportunity for learning responsible money (32) However, there are some drawbacks. Working more than 13 to 20 hours a week isassociated with lower grades. Teens who work (33) hours (34) difficult to keepup extracurricular activities and social relationships. Some studies have found that teens whowork long hours are more likely to (35) in such risky activities as using cigarettes oralcohol because they are exposed to older coworkers who lead them astray. 26. A. practise B.knowledge C.abilities D.skills 27. A. help B. prepare C.assist D.get 28. A. demand B. require C.inquire D.acquire 29. A. sense B.meaning C.ability D.reason 30. A. do B. take C.earn D.make 31. A. they B. what C.those D.that 32. A. making B. management C.spending D.control 33. A. so much B. new C.a few D.too many 34. A. find it B. find C.finds it D.finds 35. A. fit B. employ C.engage D.arrange VII.
Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. If your application indicates that you are qualified, the employer may request an interview. The interview enables you to learn more about the job. It also helps the employer find out if you are the best person for the job. Many people prepare for an interview by learning about the employer’s business.You can find such information in an organization’s annual report or on its website. This kind of knowledge can help you ask intelligent questions during your interview. It also shows the interviewer that you are interested in the employer’s business. 0 Most interviewers pay close attention to the way an applicant acts, dresses and answers questions. You can make a good impression by arriving on time and by being confident, prepared and wellorganized. Your clothing should be clean, comfortable and professional. Wear the kinds of clothes appropriate to the company, unless the workers wear uniforms. Theinterviewer will probably ask about your interests, your work experience and your goals. Answer all questions briefly. You should also prepare questions to ask the interviewer about the company and the position you are seeking. Send a follow-up letter to everyone who interviewed you no later than two days after the interview. In the letter, thank the interviewer for the time spent discussing the position with you. Let the interviewer know if you are still interested in the job. . 36. The interview is necessary to A.the interviewer B. the company C. the candidate D. both the interviewer and interviewee . 37. Visiting the employer’s website A.helps you read the organization’s annual report B.only wastes some of your time C.may help candidates prepare questions to ask the interviewer D.is not necessary before an interview 38. You can make a good impression on the interviewer . A. by wearing casual clothes B. by wearing the company’s uniform C. with your acting skills D. with your punctuality 39. Interviewees should also prepare questions to ask . A. about the employer’s interests B. about the company and the vacancy C. about the interviewer’s work experience D. the interviewer before they are asked 120
40. The follow-up letter should . A.include your gratitude to the interviewer and your interest in the job B.interest everyone interviewed for the job C. include the good time you experienced at the interview D.be written after two days of the interview Read the extracts from three people, and decide whether the following statements aretrue (T), or false (F). Amelia: I’d really like to do the course in performing arts, because I’m very interested in dance, but I have to think about my career. I work as a fashion designer and will need to use a computer to design clothes, so I’m going to do the Information Technology course. I can study dance and photography in my free time. Jack: I really like the idea of the performing arts course. I’m in a rock band and I love drama and music, but my parents don’t like that idea at all, they don’t think it’s very useful for my career. They want me to do the Information Technology course, but I already know a lot about computers and I don’t want to spend my life working with computers. So I’ve decided to do the leisure and tourism course because traveling is quite interesting, and it makes Mum and Dad happy because it’s a ‘real job’! Susan: I really liked the idea of the sports studies course - it looks great - working with people and doing something I enjoy, but if I do the part-time course it’s just too long! Four years studying three evenings a week - it’s too much. I look at the childcare course too, but it’s working with really small children, and I prefer older ones. So in the end, I didn’t choose any of these courses, I’m going to look for another sports studies course at a different college, because I want to try to find something shorter. T F 1.The work of a fashion designer requires computer skills. 2.Amelia will become a dancer. 3.Jack will follow the Information Technology course. 4.Jack’s parents make him follow the career in the leisure and tourism. 5.Susan finally takes a sports studies course. 6.Susan is interested in small children because she considers the childcare course. 7.Amelia and Jack take the Information Technology course. 8.None of them can follow their first choice of courses.
In spite of
, he often plays badminton every morning
X.
Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences about essential qualities of a good doctor. 1. A good doctor/ need/ know/ how/ whole body/ function/ and/ what/ people/ do/ maintain/ overall health.
VIII.
IX. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Complete each second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Write no more than THREE words. Although Veronica felt very sad, she still went to the party. Despite , Veronica still went to the party. Although Judy was severely disabled, she took part in many sports. , Judy took part in many sports. Despite Even though the millionaire has a lot of money, he doesn’t feel happy. Despite , the millionaire doesn’t feel happy. Although he had worked hard, he didn’t succeed in the examination. , he didn’t succeed in the examination. In spite of Although rain was predicted in the weather forecast, it stayed fine. In spite of , it didn’t rain and stayed fine. Although he has a good salary, he is unhappy in his new job. , he is unhappy in his new job. In spite of Although the teacher warned the students not to climb that tree, they did. In spite of , the students climbed that tree. Although he is old, he often plays badminton every morning. 121
2.
Doctors/ stay informed/ all/ latest breakthroughs/ medical field.
3.
doctor’s good manner/ make/ patients/ feel/ more comfortable/ appointments.
4. Doctors/ also explain/ what/ they/ doing/ and/ help/ patients/ treatments properly. 5. good doctor/ listen/ patients attentively/ and/ respond/ them carefully.
TEST 3 UNIT 12 I.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. alternative B. academic C. variety 2. A. architecture B. development C. vocational 3. A. injection B. professional C. management 4. A. researcher B. leisure C. meaningful 5. A. sympathetic B. dynamic C. consider
D. biologist D. compulsory D. vocational D. colleague D. adaptable
II.Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part. B. sense C. rinseless D. housekeeper 1. A. vision 2. A. career B. applied C. alternative D. approach 3. A. telescope B. universe C. profession D. content B. skillful C. logical D. cultivation 4. A. calm 5. A. mechanic B. technical C. professional D. empathetic III.Choose a word in each line that has different stress pattern. 1. A. economical B. cultivation C. disappoint D. administrator 2. A. career B. practical C. flextime D. service 3. A. understand B. bundle C. customer D. burning 4. A. education B. educational C. opportunity D. certificate 5. A. architect B. mechanic C. channel D. chemistry IV.Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence. 1. I am trying money to pay for a trip with my best friends in the next summer holiday. A. save B. to save C. to be saved D. saving in the play. 2. The director is an important man behind the A. curtain B. closed doors C. scenes D. wheel 3. If you burn the oil night after night, you’ll probably become ill. A. morning B. afternoon C. evening D. midnight 4. Although many people have some interest in history, few of them decide to become A. politics B. historians C. scientists D. researcher in a room with all of the windows closed. 5. Linda can’t stand A. sleep B. sleeping C. slept D. being slept 6. That artist painted a beautiful painting of a rhino the fact that he has never seen one. A. although B. despite C. because D. due to 7. My parents have me to focus on social sciences and humanities. A. tried B. encouraged C. managed D. make 122
.
8. Would you mind the door? A. open B. to open C. opening D. opened 9. The number of in the company has trebled over the past decade. A. employers B. employees C. employments D. unemploy 10. His explanation about why he became a biologist did not satisfy my at all. A. willing B. curiosity C. knowledge D. qualities 11. What kind of career do you think is most suitable for you when you’ve just graduated from college? A. way B. ladder C. path D. break 12. These plants are all easily to colder climates. A. adaptable B. available C. accessible D. capable 13. You should give up or you will die of cancer. A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoking D. smoked 14. I hope they take her age into when they judge her work. A. account B. note C. thinking D. attention it before she left. 15. Ann was very surprised to find the door unlocked. She remembered A. to lock B. locking C. lock D. she locks 16. My sister is a(n) and she wants to become a fashion designer. A. romantic B. artistic C. optimistic D. pessimistic 17. We need to get a good job to a decent living A. spend B. earn C. do D. bring the next meeting until next week. 18. The staff discussed A. postponing B. to postpone C. postpone D. to postponing 19. The possible career paths in education can be to become teachers, education or curriculum developers. A. leaders B. administrators C. managers D. businessman 20. You can make by starting up your own business. A. a difference B. a fuss C. headway D. a bundle 21. The assignment was very lengthy so she was forced to burn the to get it done on time. A. lamp B. oil C. midnight lamp D. midnight oil a coffee because he felt sleepy. 22. The driver stopped A. have B. to have C. having D had 23. You should choose a job that is based on your and your likes. A. levels B. abilities C. rates D. career 24. She is a(n) social worker who soon realized that the single mother was at her breaking point. A. sympathy B. empathy C. apathetic D. synthetic 25. Evaluation of students’ progress in English is throughout the session. A. ongoing B. existing C. oncoming D. developing his friendliness. 26. Almost everyone doesn’t trust David A. due to B. in spite C. in case D. despite 27. You will never get a good job if you don’t have any . A. measures B. qualifications C. levels D. degrees 28. Recent advances in science mean that many fatal diseases can now be cured. A. medicine B. medical C. hospital D. surgery 29. I suggest some more mathematical puzzles. A. do B. to do C. doing D. done 30. Having finished the reading report, I began to listen to music. A. to write B. to have written C. writing D. written V.Match the jobs with the job description. 1. This person drives a taxi for a living. A. cook B. doctor C. taxi driver 2. This person teaches students in a high school for a living. 123
D. waiter
A. student B. dentist C. teacher D. bus driver 3. This person sings songs for a living. A. singer B. hairdresser C. waiter D. truck driver 4. This person drives a truck for a living. A. nurse B. doctor C. postal worker D. truck driver 5. This person cooks food in a restaurant for a living. A. chef B. police officer C. student D. teacher 6. This person works at the police station and helps to fights crime and prevent it. A. nurse B. student C. singer D. policeman 7. This person serves food in a restaurant or a cafe for a living. A. waiter B. student C. singer D. chef 8. This person studies at school and sometimes college and university. A. truck driver B. singer C. student D. dentist 9. This person takes care of teeth for a living. A. hotel worker B. chef C. dentist D. fire fighter 10. This person works in a hospital and treats sick people for a living. A. doctor B. teacher C. student D. truck driver VI.Complete the sentences using the correct form (ing-form or to-infinitive of the verb in brackets) 1. Reliable friends are always there for you. They never fail (help) you. and take a rest? 2. Why don’t you stop (work) 3. I was a bit lazy this time, but I promise (study) harder next time. 4. If you want a quiet holiday, you should avoid (go) to the coast in summer. 5. When we told him a plan, he agreed (join) our team. 6. John missed (have) dinner with his old school mates. 7. This is a very badly organized project. I will never consider (take) part in it. 8. I can’t stand my boss. I have decided (look) for another job. 9. He only wants privacy. He can’t understand people (ask) him personal questions. 10. Do you ever regret (not study) at university, Peter? VII.Complete the sentences using the correct form (ing-form or to-infinitive of the verb in brackets) the wagon out of the mud. 1. The horses struggled (pull) 2. Anita demanded (know) why she had been fired. 3. My skin can’t tolerate (be) in the sun all day I get sunburned easily. 4. I avoided (tell) Mary the truth because I knew she would be angry. 5. Fred Washington claims (be) a descendant of George Washington. 6. Mr. Kwan broke the antique vase. I’m sure he didn’t mean (do) it. 7. I urged Omar (return) to school and (finish) his education. about her children. 8. Mrs. Freeman can’t help (worry) 9. Children I forbid you (play) in the street. There’s too much traffic. 10. My little cousin is a blabbermouth! He can’t resist (tell) everyone my secret. VIII.Complete the sentences with the correct form, gerund or infinitive, of the words in parentheses. 1. He wore glasses (avoid) (be) recognized. 2. Before (give) evidence you must swear (speak) the truth. 3. I tried (persuade) him (agree) with your proposal. 4. Your windows need (clean) .Would you like me (do) them for vou. 5. Would you mind (shut) the window? I hate (sit) in a draught. ; I caught a cold yesterday because of (sit) in a draught. 6. I can’t help (sneeze) 7. Stop (talk) ; I am trying (finish) a letter. 8. His doctor advised him (give) up (jog) . 9. My watch keeps (stop) . 10. People used (make) fire by (rub) two sticks together.
124
IX.The word in brackets at the end of each of the following sentences can be used to form a word that fits suitably in the blank. support laws through the detection, prevention and investigation of crime. 1. Police OFFICE 2. help to advance an understanding of how diet affects the health and well-being of people and animals. NUTRITIOUS school teachers educate children between the ages of 11 and 18 in a national 3. curriculum subject area. SECOND
4. What does she think is necessary to get what you want? _________________________________________________________________________ XII.Read the text again and then decide whether the following statement is True (T) or False (F). No.
True (T)
Statement
1.
Marian is a pilot.
2. 3.
5. LIBRARY
manage learning resources while keeping the library users’ needs in mind.
4.
Marian likes her job. Marian’s main duties at work are taking care of the passengers and make them feel comfortable. She travels a lot.
5.
She often spends the weekend with her family and friends.
6.
design buildings that are functional, safe, and beautiful. ARCHITECT
6.
She wanted to be a flight attendant since she was in college. If you want something, you have to be concerned on learning and take it seriously. Marian didn’t listen to the advices she got.
4. provide financial advice to clients that range from multinational organisations and governmental bodies to small independent businesses. ACCOUNT
7. Multimedia are responsible for combining text with sounds, pictures, video clips, virtual reality and other forms. PROGRAMMER
7.
8. Tour responsible for organising and preparing holiday tours. OPERATE 9. study past human activity by excavating, dating and interpreting objects and sites of historical interest. ARCHEOLOGY
9.
Marian has no idea where she’s going to travel to next week.
10.
She’s tired of her job as a flight attendant.
10. write news stories, and articles for use on television and radio or within magazines, journals and newspapers. JOURNAL X. Find ONE mistake in each of the following sentences and correct it. 1. If you don’t want to be late for work again, try to go to bed earlier. A B C D 2. She was awarded the employee of the year though her young age. A B C D 3. Although Vinh will have a very busy day tomorrow, he has arranged meeting him at 4 A B C D o’clock. 4. In spite of not being a professional dancer. Linda practices dancing every day. A B C D 5. My mother always suggests to read the book beforeseeing the film. A B C D XI.Read the text and then answer the questions below. My name is Marian and I am a flight attendant. Providing the passengers what they need and making sure they are comfortable are my main duties. My job is exciting. I visit many countries every year and never know where I’ll be in the next week. Of course it’s also tiring, and I can’t spend the weekends or holidays with my family but it’s worth it. I wanted to be a flight attendant since I was a little girl, so I did everything I was advised to, in order to get the job I always wanted. I think it’s very important to prepare yourself to do what you dream on, and if you are really concerned on learning and you take it seriously, you will probably get what you want. ► Questions: 1. What does Marian do for a living? _________________________________________________________________________ 2. What are Marian’s main duties at work? _________________________________________________________________________ 3. According to her, what’s advantage of being a flight attendant? _________________________________________________________________________ 125
8.
False (F)
XIII.Read the following text and choose the best answer A, B, C or D. There are as many kinds of careers as there are people. They vary greatly in the type of work involved and in the ways they influence a person’s life. The kind of career you have can affect your life in many ways. For example, it can determine where you live and the friends you make. It can reflect how much education you have and can determine the amount of money you earn. Your career can also affect the way you feel about yourself and the way other people act toward you. By making wise decisions concerning your career, you can help yourself build the life you want. To make wise decisions and plans, you need as much information as possible. The more you know about yourself and career opportunities, the better able you will be to choose a satisfying career. People differ in what they want from a career. Many people desire a high income. Some hope for fame. Others want adventure. Still others want to serve people and make the world a better place. Before you begin to explore career fields, you should determine your values, your interests, and your aptitudes (abilities). Most people are happiest in jobs that fit their values, interests and aptitudes. Each person has many values, which vary in strength. For example, money is the strongest value for some people – that is, wealth is more important to them than anything else. As a result, they focus their thoughts, behavior, and emotions on the goal of earning a high income. Other values include devotion to religion, taking risks, spending time with family, and helping others. People should understand their values prior to making a career decision. You can develop an understanding of your values by asking yourself what is most important to you and by examining your beliefs. For example, is it important to you to work as a member of a team? Or would you rather be in charge or work alone? If working alone or being in charge is important to you, independence is probably one of your primary values. . 1. There are as many kinds of careers as A. they are needed B, there are people C. decisions and plans D. opportunities . 2. The kind of career you have can A. influence your interests B. change your life completely C. affect your life in many ways D. influence your aptitudes 3. To make wise career decisions and plans you need . 126
A. a wise advice B. as much information as possible C. a lot of money D. a lot of friends 4. The money you know about yourself and career opportunities . A. the better able you will be to choose a satisfying career B. the better choice you will do C. the better friend you make D. the better education you get 5. Most people are happiest m jobs that . A. fit their financial well-being B. fit their values, interests and aptitudes C. fit their devotion to religion D. fit their goal of earning a high income 6. Each pence has mans values, which vary . A. in aptitudes B. in meanings C. in interests D in strength 7. People should understand their values prior . A. to asking some pieces of advice B. to spending time with family C. to taking risks D. to making a career decision 8. You can develop an understanding of your values by . A. examining your parents and friends B. examining your beliefs C. examining your interests D. examining your abilities 9. The kind of career can determine . A. where you live and the friends you make B. your future notoriety C. your interests D. your values 10. The kind of career can reflect . A. how much information you have B. how much education you have C. how much money D. how much time you have XIV.Join each pair of sentences into one, beginning with the words provided. 1. Although he is wealthy, he is not spoiled. (Despite) ______________________________________________________________________ 2. Despite a good salary, he was unhappy in his job. (Though) ______________________________________________________________________ 3. In spite of the high prices, my roommates go to the movies every Saturday. (Although) ______________________________________________________________________ 4. Even though she had a poor memory, she told interesting stories to the children. (Despite) ______________________________________________________________________ 5. In spite of their poverty, they are very generous. (Although) ______________________________________________________________________ 6 .Though she has been absent frequently, he has managed to pass the test. (In spite of) ______________________________________________________________________ 7. In spite of Lee’s Sadness at losing the contest, she managed to smile. (Although) ______________________________________________________________________ 8. My friend ate the chocolate cake even though she was on a diet. (Despite) ______________________________________________________________________ 9. In spite of a headache, he enjoyed the film. (Although) ______________________________________________________________________ 10. My sister will take a plane even though she dislikes flying. (In spite of) ______________________________________________________________________
127
XV.Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentences. Use the word given and other words as necessary. Do not change the form of the given word. 1. Hung was seriously advised by his teacher, but he insisted on disturbing the class. In spite _____________________________________________________________ 2. Miss Diep tried several times, but she couldn’t find a taxi. Despite _____________________________________________________________ 3. Although he felt tired, he stayed up to keep us company. In spite _____________________________________________________________ 4. Mr. Vinh would like more holidays. He doesn’t mind going to school. Despite _____________________________________________________________ 5. The work was hard and the wages were low. He decided to the job. In spite _____________________________________________________________ 6. They didn’t have much time, however they came to visit us. Despite _____________________________________________________________ 7. He is too old, but he still does his gymnastics every morning. In spite _____________________________________________________________ 8. Trang Anh is the boss. She works as hard as her employees. Despite _____________________________________________________________ 9. He has health problems. He is always smiling. In spite _____________________________________________________________ 10. Kieu Anh got good marks. The exam was difficult. Despite _____________________________________________________________ XVI. Complete the second sentence in each pair so that it has similar meaning to the first sentence. 1. Mr Thuan was injured. He managed to finish the race. Despite ________________________________________________________________ 2. Although he had no qualifications for it, he got the job. In spite ________________________________________________________________ 3. I didn’t like the CD you have recommended me, but I bought it all the same. Although ______________________________________________________________ 4. Thuy went to school. She was ill. In spite ________________________________________________________________ 5. We couldn’t win the match. We played well. Despite ________________________________________________________________ 6. It rained a lot. We enjoyed our holiday. In spite ________________________________________________________________ 7. I told her all the truth. However she didn’t believe me. In spite ________________________________________________________________ 8. They didn’t play well, but they won the game. Despite ________________________________________________________________ 9. He didn’t get the job. He had all the necessary qualifications. In spite ________________________________________________________________ 10. Although the shirts are very expensive, people buy them because they are trendy. TEST FOR UNIT 10,11,12 I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A.satellite B.spacecraft C.fashion D.galaxy 2. A.telescope B.profession C.content D.universe 3. A.sense B.rinseless C.vision D.housekeeper II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 4. A.parabolic B.empathetic C.dominated D.architecture 5. A.consequently B.externally C.habitable D.businesswoman 128
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 6. I have a________that within 5 years from today, there shall be a significant improvement in the numbers of women leaders at various levels. A.sight B.decision C.vision D.scene of a large number of youths. 7. Interesting movements have been launched to attract the A.participate B.participation C.participant D.participating 8. Dogs have a keen sense of . A.food B.ability C.flowers D.smell 9. Her new boss is so bad that he does never take of her extra hours of work, that’s why she needs to change her job now. A.consideration B.account C.into investigation D.into account to the needs of individual users. 10. The computer program is A.available B.accessible C.adaptable D.reasonable 11. The semester is almost over and we're all burning before exams. A.the oil B.the midnight oil C.the midnight lamp D.the lamp 12. Yuri Gagarin was in orbit in a spaceship moved around the Earth at the speed of more than 17,000 miles per hour. A.it B.this C.which D.at which 13. Valentina Tereshkova, was born in 1937, is the first woman to fly and orbit in space. A.who B.that C.she D.which her daughter her a bar of soap. 14. She really remembers A.to tell - to buy B.telling - buying C.telling - to buy D.to tell - buying 15. They didn’t stop until 11.30 pm when there was a power cut. A.singing and dancing B.to sing and dance C.to sing and dancing D.singing and dance IV. Fill in each gap in thesentences with ONE suitable verb. of smell which enables it to hunt at dusk. 16. The bear has a keen 17. He got the agreement behind the before they went into the public meeting. 18. The store is very to the needs of its customers. 19. Awoman often chooses a career in which she can spend more time withher family. in the homes in order to support themfinancially. 20. Nowadays, women carry a heavy V. Complete each second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Write no more than THREE words. 21. Even though therewere few passengers, the coach to Hoi An would still leave as planned. Despite , the coach to Hoi An would still leave as planned. 22. Although he is strong, he stillcan’t lift the box. , he still can’t lift the box. In spite of 23. Although my fatherwas very tired after work, he was willing to help me with my homework. Despite after work, my father was willing to help me withmy homework. 24. Although we were very impressed by the new model of the digital cinema, we found it rather expensive. In spite of by the new model of the digital cinema, wefound it rather expensive. 25. Even though rain is mentioned in the weather forecast, our class will go camping as planned. , our class will go camping as planned. In spite of VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. 129
Sleeping in Space After a long day at work, nothing is better than a good (26) ! Just like on the Earth,in space an astronaut goes to bed at a certain time, then wakes up and prepares for work again. There are a few . As a (28) , differences though. Space has no "up" or "down," but it does have(27) astronauts are weightless and can sleep in (29) orientation. However, they have to (30) themselves so they don't float around and bump into something. Space station crews usually sleep in (31) bags located in smallcrew cabins. Each crew cabin is just big enough for one person. Generally, astronauts are scheduled for eight hours of sleep at the end of each mission day. (32) on the Earth, though, they may wake up in the middle of their sleep period touse the toilet, or stay up late and look out of the window. Different things such as excitementor (33) can disrupt an astronaut's sleep (34) astronauts have (35) having dreams and nightmares. 26. A.night sleep B.night’s sleep C.night’s sleeps D.sleep of night 27. A.gravity B.law of gravity C.none of gravity D.microgravity 28. A.result B.reason C.product D.conclusion 29. A.no B.some C.any D.quite a 30. A.attach B.relate C.keep D.fix 31. A.sleep B.sleeping C.sleeper D.slept 32. A.Alike B.Liking C.Like D.Unlike 33. A.morning sickness B.sleeping sickness C.homesickness D.motion sickness 34. A.pattern B.arrangement C.example D.design 35. A.described B.reported C.presented D.showed VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Growing up in Los Angeles, Vanessa Van Petten, at the age of sixteen, wrote a book for parents from the teenage opinions: How to Stop Fighting and Make the Teenage years Easier. By the age of twentyone, she had created RadicalParenting.com, an online community for parents and teens. That’s where, with two full-time employees, Van Petten’s 120 bloggers aged twelve to twenty answer questions from parents. The site makes money through advertising and sponsored links to other websites. Vanessa's advice: Get advice and help: “Everyone said I was too young to start a company but I used online resources, read books, attended conferences and got advice from people I know. That’s how I learned about the business so quickly.” Reach new audiences: “Social media is a great way to get in touch with new users - that’s why we went on sites for parents and personally emailed videos to big users in each community.” Do something that works: “Most importantly, we offered advice that actually works. Parents increasingly spreading our articles by words of mouth. We want to build a brand that is not only interesting but also life-changing.” 36. How could Vanessa start her own company at an early age? A.She got experience from her parents. B.She wrote a book for parents. C. She got experience from various sources. D.She had several failures. 37. What new thing did Vanessa think she could offer parents? A. More advice about teens B. Useful advice from teens C.Online advice from parents D. A blog with her own advice 38. Why has she been successful? A. She has built a well-known brand. B. She knows her customers personally. C. She employs a lot of people full-time. D. Parents like her website’s advice. 39. What is Vanessa’s attitude toward creating the website? A.Parents should go online more often in order to understand their children. 130
B.Parents should understand what their children are thinking. C.Sending videos to parents is a good way to make parents understand their children. D.It is the location for bloggers to express themselves. 40. What does the phrase “by words of mouth” mean? A. in writing not in speech B. feeling extremely nervous C. by someone telling you D. believing that what someone says is true VIII. Use the words or phrases given to write meaningful sentences about qualities of an effective engineer. 41. effective engineer/ have/ ability/ communicate/ both/ writing/ speaking. 42. Engineers/ need/ pay attention/ details/ so that/ they/ not/ ignore/ important things. 43. They/ need/ ability/ work/ team/ and/ gain experience/ team working. 44. good engineer/ the ability/ think critically/ analyze options/ and/ offer/ solutions/ problems. 45. Engineers/ need/ leadership skills/ when/ they/ decisions/ and/ influence/ other people/ project. THE SECOND TERM TEST I.Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. B. massive C. exotic D. stir 1. A. orchid 2. A. emergency B. prefer C. versatile D. operate B. fluent C. marinate D. drain 3. A. punctual 4. A. maple B. staple C. massive D. breathtaking 5. A. persuasion B. extension C. confusion D. explosion II.Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. versatile B. operate C. common D. variety 2. A. dominated B. architecture C. parabolic D. empathy 3. A. magnificence B. stimulating C. imperial D. simplicity 4. A. habitable B. business C. consequently D. externally 5. A. affordable B. ingredient C. destination D. derivative III.Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word. that within 5 years from today, there shall be a significant improvement in the 1. I have a numbers of women leaders at various levels. A. vision B. scene C. sight D. decision 2. There are several reasons Adam is not chosen for the school football team. A. for what B. explaining C. form then D. why 3. In the world today people around 2,700 different languages. A. converse B. communicate C. speak D. say until 11.30 pm when there was a power cut. 4. They didn’t stop A. to sing and dancing B. singing and dance C. singing and dancing D. to sing and dance 5. The ingredient in every meal of Vietnamese people is fish sauce. A. active B. essential C. particular D natural 6. My sister enjoys travelling round different countries. She is going on a Scotland this summer. A. tour B. travel C. journey D. voyage 7. She really remembers her daughter her a bar of soap. A. telling – to buy B. to tell – buying C. to tell – to buy D. telling – buying 8. Many vegetables, especially leafy green ones, are sources of calcium. 131
A. numerable B. a lot C. rich D. attractive 9. The sentence “The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog” all 26 letters in English alphabet. A. utilizes B. consumes C. writes D. uses 10. Valentina Tereshkova, was born in 1937, is the first woman to fly and orbit in space. A. she B. which C. who D. that 11. Each member of the family has a small bowl and which allow him or her to take from the table throughout the meal. A. knives B. pans C. pots D. chopsticks 12. If you put those sweets in your cola, the bottle explode. A. must B. ought C. might D. should 13. Yuri Gagarin was in orbit in a spaceship moved around the Earth at the speed of more 17,000 miles per hour. A. which B. at which C. it D. this 14. On the Cao Lau noodles in Hoi An were some meat mixed with fried noodles served vegetables and bean sprouts. A. parts B. cuts C. slices D. shares 15. Be patient. You can’t to learn a foreign language in a week. A. consider B. think C. believe D. expect 16. The semester is almost over and we’re all burning before exams. A. the midnight lamp B. the lamp C. the oil D. the midnight oil 17. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to freshness of food. A. save B. store C. protect D. remain 18. The main of this drink are wine, orange juice and bitters. A. components B. ingredients C. parts D. compositions 19. The computer program is to the needs of individual users. A. adaptable B. reasonable C. available D. accessible 20. Drinking enough water is a vital part it keeps your body functioning properly. A. because B. or C. but D. although see a Yeti if you go to the Himalayas. 21. You A. would B. might C. had to D. must 22. Her new boss is so bad that he does never take of her extra hours of work, that’s why she to change her job now. A. into investigation B. into account C. consideration D. account 23. If I could speak Spanish, I next year studying in Mexico. A. would have spent B. would spend C. will spend D. had spent quickly and then do a bit of sightseeing. 24. Once we get to the hotel, let’s just A. check in B. turn up C. set down D. make up 25. Dogs have a keen sense of . A. flowers B. smell C. food D. ability 26. Kate, with I studied in the middle school, is now a student in Canada. A. whose B. whom C. that D. who 27. Your doctor, advice you ought to listen to, is a clever man indeed. A. whose B. which C. who D. whom of a large number of youths. 28. Interesting movements have been launched to attract the A. participant B. participating C. participate D. participation 29. Not every student is aware of of the English language. A. its importance B. the importance C. importance D. an importance 30. I paid attention, and I didn’t hear what the others were saying. A. much B. a lot of C. little D. a little 132
the
food
than with
the
need
IV.Use the infinitives given in the correct form to finish the sentences. 1. The plant (to ran) by the head engineer for a fortnight before a new director (appoint) . 2. Here you (to be) at last! I (to wait) for you for twenty minutes. 3. He hated (to bother) with trifling matters when he had many more important things with. (to deal) 4. She would never miss a chance (to show) her efficiency, she was so anxious (to like) and (to praise) . in just one paragraph. 5. The idea was too complicated (to express) V.Fill in the blank using the words in the box. gain
marks
on
recreational
footsteps
when
ceremony
associate
activity
objection
Perhaps the most common type of tourism is what most people (1) with traveling: recreation tourism. This is (2) people go to a place that is very different from their regular day-to-day life to relax and have fun. Beaches, theme parks and camp grounds are often the most common places regularly visited by (3) tourists. of one’s visit to a particular place is to get to know its history and culture then If the (4) this type of tourism is known as cultural tourism. They may attend festivals and ceremonies in order to (5) a better understanding of the people, their beliefs and their practices. For tourists who want to see wildlife or take the joy of just being in the middle of the nature, nature tourism is the answer. Ecotourism and nature treks are all part of this kind of tourism. Bird watching, for this kind of example, is one activity that nature tourists are fond of doing. What (6) tourism is that it has low impact (7) the local community. Religious tourism is another type of tourism where people go to a religious location or locations to follow the (8) of their founder or to attend a religious (9) . Medical or health tourism is a relatively new type of tourist (10) where the main focus of the travel is improving one’s health, physical appearance or fitness. VI. Read the passage below and decide which answer A, B, C or D fits each numbered gap. ! Just like on the Earth, in space After a long day at work, nothing is better than a good (1) an astronaut goes to bed at a certain time, then wakes up and prepares for work again. There are a few differences though. Space has no “up” or “down”, but it does have (2) . As a (3) , astronauts are weightless and can sleep in (4) orientation. However, they have to (5) themselves so they don’t float around and bump into something. Space station crews usually sleep in (6) bags located in small crew cabins. Each crew cabin is just big enough for one person. Generally, astronauts are scheduled for eight hours of sleep at the end of each mission day. (7) on the Earth, though, they may wake up in the middle of their sleep period to use the toilet, or stay up late and look out of the window. Different things such as excitement or (8) _____ can disrupt an astronaut’s sleep (9) . During their sleep period, astronauts have (10) having dreams and nightmares. 1. A. night’s sleeps B. sleep of night C. night sleep D. night’s sleep 2. A. microgravity B. gravity C. law of gravity D. none of gravity 3. A. product B. conclusion C. result D. reason 4. A. any B. quite C. no D. some 5. A. keep B. fix C. attach D. relate 6. A. sleeper B. slept C. sleep D. sleeping 7. A. Like B. Unlike C. Alike D. Liking 8. A. homesickness B. motion sickness C. morning sickness D. sleeping sickness 9. A. example B. design C. pattern D. arrangement 10. A. presented B. showed C. described D. reported 133
VII. Read the passage and choose the correct answer to each question. We will probably never know who first sold a beef inside a bun, but there are lots of contenders for having invented something similar. Genghis Khan and his army of Mongol horsemen used to snack on raw beef which they kept underneath their saddles. They also ground meat from lamb or mutton. This was fast food for busy warriors on horseback at that time. When the Mongols invaded Russia, the snack became known as “Steak Tartare”. In the 17th and 18th centuries trade between Germany and Russia gave rise to the “Tartare steak”, while the “Hamburg steak” became popular with German sailors along the New York City harbor. It’s speculated that the first “Hamburger steak” was served at Delmonico’s Restaurant in New York City in 1834, but not in a bun. In 1885 Charlie “Hamburger” Nagreen served flattened meatballs between two slices of bread. As late as 1904 Fletcher Davis of Athens, Texas, attracted much attention when he sold his hamburgers at the St. Louis World’s Fair. Davis’s claim to having originated the hamburger has been supported by both McDonalds and Dairy Queen. Brothers Frank and Charles Menches may also have made a major contribution to hamburger history: they sold ground pork sandwiches at the Erie Country Fair in New York, but one day in 1885, they were forced to use chopped beef because their butcher had run out of pork. They mixed in some coffee and brown sugar to beef p the taste and sold their “Hamburger Sandwiches”. The name “Hamburger” came from Hamburg, New York, the location of the fair. 1. What was the Menches’ contribution to hamburger history? A. They began to use chopped pork. B. They changed the taste of pork. C. They began to ground pork for sandwiches. D. They used another meat and added flavors. 2. Which of the following is NOT stated about the Mongols in paragraph 2? A. They kept lambs and mutton nearby. B. They used to eat non-cooked meat. C. They occupied the Russian territories. D. They used to eat while riding a horse. 3. Where did “hamburger” get its name from? A. A place B. The Germans C. A man D. A fair 4. Which of the following is stated in the passage? A. Hamburger was first served in Germany. B. Sailors brought hamburger steak to New York. C. Tartar stake became popular in the 17th century. D. Minced beef appeared in the 15th century. 5. Whom was “hamburger steak” invented by, according to paragraph 3? A. Fletcher Davis C. Delmonico C. Charlie “Hamburger” Nagreen D. McDonalds VIII.Rewrite the following sentences using a relative clause. 1. Rod Lee has won an Oscar. I know his sister. _________________________________________________________________________ 2. Is this the style of hair? Your wife wants to have it. _________________________________________________________________________ 3. A man answered the phone. He said Tom was out. _________________________________________________________________________ 4. 7.05 is the time. My plane arrives then. _________________________________________________________________________ 5. Max isn’t home yet. That worries me. _________________________________________________________________________ 6. Do you know the building? The windows of the building are painted green. 134
_________________________________________________________________________ 7. Last week I went to see the house. I used to live in it. _________________________________________________________________________ 8. I don’t know the girl’s name. She’s just gone into the hall. _________________________________________________________________________ 9. Be sure to follow the instructions. They are given at the top of the page. _________________________________________________________________________ 10. Hoan Kiem Lake is a historical place. Its water is always blue. _________________________________________________________________________
135
ANSWER KEY UNIT 7: RECIPES AND EATING HABITS ( CÁCH CHẾ BIẾN THỨC ĂN VÀ THÓI QUEN ĂN UỐNG) ■ BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1. Điền “a”, “an”, hoặc Þ vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. Mary spent Þ hours preparing a four-course meal for her family. 2. An apple a day keeps the doctor away. 3. It may take you up to an hour to make this dish. 4. You should drink a glass of warm water and take arest. 5. Jane have Þ beautiful eyes. 6. Jane is studying at a university in Australia. 7. Can you takeÞ care of the house when I am not home? 8. It is an honor for me to be invited to your party. 9. Þ sheep were gazing in the fields over there. 10. I have to wear a uniform when I go to school. 11. I asked Mr. Brown to keep an eye on your house when we were away. 12. The English test was just a piece of cake to me. I didn’t worry much about it. 13. Þ police suspect a local gang. 14. This is an expensive restaurant. We should find another one. 15. The room is in Þ need of a thorough clean. 1. Þ 2. An 3. An 4. A – a 5. Þ 6. A 7. Þ 8. an 9. Þ 10. A 11. An 12. A 13. Þ 14. An 15. Þ Bài 2: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng 1.Mary doesn’t need (some/any) help from others as she can do it by herself. 2. There aren’t (some/any) flowers in my garden. 3. Excuse me, I need (some/any) information about the flights to Moscow next Monday. 4. We went shopping although we didn’t intend to by (some/any) clothes. 5. I wish that my teacher wouldn’t give us (some/any) homework today. 6. I’m exshausted. I want to have (some/any) time to get back my energy. 7. Do we have (some/any) money to buy a new carpet? This one is too old. 8. I don’t have any wet tissues but Jane has (some/any). 9. Yesterday the interviewer asked me (some/any) questions related to my previous job. 10. I hope that you will put (some/any) more effort in your learning. 11. I bought (some/any) milk and (some/any) cheese yesterday. 12. I was a pity that they didn’t have (some/any) more tickets to sell. 13. I really need (some/any) help from my friends at the moment. 14. Jim wants to have (some/ any) new shoes. 15. I think I should prepare (some/any) cookies in case Jim wants to eat 1. Any 2. Any 3. Some 4. Any 5. Any 6. some 7. Any 8. Some 9. Some 10. Some 11.some – some 12. Any 13. Some 14. Some 15. Some Bài 3: Điền “a”, “an”, “some” hoặc “any” vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. Have you heard any news about the accident on the main road? 2. It is a pity that I don't have a camera now, 3. My brother likes somemodern music. 4. I realized that a strange man was following me. 5. Would you like a cup of coffee? 136
6. There isa glimmer of hope that Mary will recover from her illness. 7. I don't hav any pets. I wish I had one. 8. I thinka black dress is not suitable for you. 9. Jim has madea good impression on his new co-workers. 10. It was a great hornor to receive the reward. 11. Mary claimed that she didn’t have anyunique talents. 12. I don’t want any more vegetables. 13. Some people find it difficult to learn a foreign language. 14. There aren’tany oranges left in the fridge so we decided to go shopping for some 15. David doesn’t have any expectations of his future career. Bài 4: Hoàn thành câu với những từ cho sẵn. heads bowl glass kilos handful cloves Slice Pitchers carton pinch 1. My father rarely has a slice of bread for breakfast. 2. Would you like a glass of beer? 3. We need to buy somekilos of rice. 4. Jane is making somepitchers of lemonade for the party. 5. I asked my mother for anotherbowl of soup. 6. My grandmother often give me a cartonof home-made cookies every week. 7. Can you help me crush somecloves of garlic? 8. You might need more than a handfulof cherry tomatoes to make salad. 9. Can you go to the supermarket and buy someheadsof cabbage? ‘ 10. A pinch of salt is enough. If you put more, the soup will be too salty. 1. slice 2. Glass 3. Kilos 4. Pitchers 5. Bowl 6. carton 7. Cloves 8. Handful 9. Heads 10. Pinch Bài 5: Tìm lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng 1. Have you put some salt in the curry? any 2. The ingredients of this dish include a spoontable of sugar. tablespoon 3. Would you like any more tea? some 4. The thief has been arrested by a police. the 5. I have never watched an horror movie before. ' a 6. There aren’t some piece of news about the robbery any 7. They haven’t made a decisions yet. any 8. My mother has bought some pitchers of sardine. tins 9. You might need a sugar to perfect your dish some 10. Do you have any stick of cinnamon here? Sticks 1. some => any 2. Spoontable => tablespoon 3. any => more 4. A => the 5. an => a 6. Some => any 7. a => any 8. Pitchers => tins 9. a => some 10. Stick => sticks Bài 6: Nối mệnh đề ở cột A với mệnh đề ở cột B để tạo câu điều kiện loại 1 A B 1. If you want to be a good cook, A. you mustn't watch TV or play computer games 2. Even if Kate begs you to let her cook, B. you might be in great trouble. 3. If you do not finish your homework, C. you can catch the bus number 03. 137
4. If you do not obey your teacher, D. you may not come to the meeting. 5. If you want to go downtown, E. you should practice cooking every day. 6. If you are very busy, F. you shouldn't allow her to do it. 7. If Peter realizers his full potential, G. he may be more successful in life. 8. If 1 save enough money by the end of this H. I will definitely go on an excursion with my year, family. 1-E 2-F 3-A 4-B 5-C 6-D 7-G 8-H 1. Nếu bạn muốn trở thành một đầu bếp giỏi, (e) bạn phải luyện tập nấu nướng hằng ngày. 2. Kể cả nếu Kate xin bạn cho cô ấy nấu nướng, (f) bạn không nên cho phép cô ấy. 3. Nếu bạn không hoàn thành bài tập, (a) bạn không được xem tivi hay chơi điện tử. 4. Nếu bạn không nghe lời giáo viên, (b) bạn sẽ gặp rắc rối lớn. 5. Nếu bạn muốn vào trung tâm thị trấn, (c) bạn có thể bắt xe buýt số 03. 6. Nếu bạn bận, (d) bạn có thể không đến dự buổi họp. 7. Nếu Peter nhận ra khả năng của cậu ấy, (g) cậu ấy có thể thành công hơn trong cuộc sống. 8. Nếu tôi tiết kiệm đủ tiền cho đến cuối năm nay, tôi chắc chắn đi một chuyến đi với gia đình. Bài 7 : Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. 1. If it (not pour)doesn’t pourwith rain tomorrow, we can (go)goon a picnic 2. If James (start) starts to cook now, dinner (be)will beready in one hour. 3. If Jane (not make) doesn’t makeit the meeting on time, her manager may (get) getvery angry. 4. If they (be)are occupied this weekend, they can (not come)won’t cometo my house for dinner. 5. You must (not leave)not leave the house unless I (allow) allow you to go 6. Peter (just waste) will just wastehis money if he (take)takes a course in this English center. 7. If he (be) islate, he can (not buy)not buy the tickets. 8. Unless she (pay)paysmore attention to the lesson, she (fail) will fail the test. 9. It (be)will belate if you ( not start) don’t startyour work now. 10. My mother (not permit) will not permit me to go out unless I (promise) promise her to come back before 10. 1. doesn’t pour – go 6. Will just waste – takes 2. starts – will be 7. Is – not buy 3. doesn’t make – get 8. Pays – will fail 4. are – not come 9. Will be – don’t start 5. not leave – allow 10. Will not permit – promise Bài 8: Viết câu điều kiện loại 1 với if dựa vào các câu cho sẵn. 0. Work harder or you lose the job. -> If you don’t work harder, you will lose the job. 1. Stop telling lies or no one will trust you anymore. If you don’t stop telling lies, no one will trust you anymore. 2. Pay attention to the teacher or you can’t understand the lessons. If you don’t pay attention to the teacher, you can’t understand the lessons. 3. Go to bed early or you will be exhausted the next morning. If you don’t go to bed early, you may exhausted the next morning. 4. Save money from now and you can reward yourself with a long vacation at the end of the year. If you save money from now, you can reward yourself with a long vacation at the end of the year. 5. Read more books and you can broaden your knowledge. If you read more books, you can broaden your knowledge. 6. Brush your teeth often in order not to get toothache. If you brush your teeth often, you won’t get toothache. 138
7. Listen carefully or you won't know what to do. If you don’t listen carefully, you won't know what to do. 8. Unless you want to get sick, you should eat more healthily. If you don’t want to get sick, you should eat more healthily. Bài 9. Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1.even/I/me/ if/ will/ to/ never/ apologizes/ forgive/he/him. I will never forgive him even if he apologizes to me. Tôi sẽ không bao giờ tha thứ cho anh ta kể cả nếu anh ta xin lỗi tôi. 2. to/ You/ may/ have/ early/ you/ if/ leave You may leave early if you have to. Bạn có thể rời đi sớm nếu bạn phải đi. 3. specialties/ Thailand/ local/ visit/ ,/ the/ to/ try/ happen/ should/ you/ you/ if. If you happen to visit Thailand, you should try the local specialties. Nếu bạn có dịp đi Thái Lan, bạn nên thử đặc sản địa phương. 4. harder/ your/ you/ work/ in/ can/ you/ achieve/ If/ more/ ,/ life. If you work harder, you can achieve more in your life. Nếu bạn làm việc chăm chỉ hơn, bạn có thể đạt được nhiều hơn trong cuộc sống. 5. promotion/ he/ get/ must/ to/ dedication/ show/ wants/ his/ James/ hard/ work/ , / and. If James wants to get promotion, he must show his hard work and dedication. Nếu James muốn thăng chức, anh ấy phải chứng tỏ sự chăm chỉ và tận tụy của mình. 6. Will / time/ you/ afford/ come/ can/ to/ you/ my/ if/ house? Will you come to my house if you can afford time? Bạn sẽ đến nhà tôi nếu bạn có thời gian chứ? 7. if/ job/ he/ do/ to/ What/ change/ can/ he/ wants/ his? What can he do if he wants to change his job? Anh ta có thể làm gì nếu anh ta muốn đổi công việc? 8.trouble/ ,/ you/ in/ help/ can/ are/ call/ you/ me/ If/ for. If you are in trouble, you can call me for help. Nếu bạn gặp khó khăn, bạn có thể gọi tôi để nhờ giúp đỡ. BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 10. Điền a/ an/ some/ any vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1. We are going to work together for some time. 2. Would you like somemore coffee? 3. I don’t have any time for myself now. 4. You can’t go out without any shoes. 5. I hope my teacher will provide me some information about internship this year. 6. I regretted that I didn’t take any photos of the city I visited last month. 7. I really admire Jim because he has a good knowledge of fine art. 8. It seemed like a thousand people presented at the city square. 9. Have you got any first hand experiences related to this job? 10. I can see some golden fish in the pool. They are darting around. 11. I haven’t heard a single song of this singer but i have heard a lot of her bad reputation, 12. Have you done any research on the matter? 13. I've got hardly anymoney. 14. She asked if we had anyquestions concering the topic of light pollution. 15. My teacher forbids any talking in class. 1. some 2. some 3. any 4. any 5. some 6. any 7. a 8. a 9. any 10. some 139
11. a 12. any 13.any 14. any 15. any Bài 11: Hoàn thành câu với một định lượng thích hợp. 1.There is not a bag of pepper left in the cupboard. We need to buy some. 2. Jim has had two glassesof beer and he is getting drunk now. 3. My mother told me to put apinch of salt into the soup 4. My friend gave me apot of strawberry jam yesterday. 5. Jim came to my house with a bottle of rice wine as a gift. 6. You don’t need atablespoon of sugar to sweeten your coffee, just a teaspoon is enough. 7. You need half a kilo of flour to make a cake that is big enough for all of us. 8. I don't want anyleavesof lettuce in my salad because I hate that. 1. bag 2. Glasses 3. Pinch 4. Pot 5. bottle 6. Tablespoon 7. Kilo 8. Leaves Bài 12:Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng. 1. I will => I 5. Could => can 2. can have to => will 6. Could => can 3. will hope => hope 7. Should she => she should 4. you should want => you want 8. Would => should Bài 13: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh. 1. Jim/ always/ ask / me/ what/ I/ do/ if/ I / see/ shooting star Jim always asks me what I will do if I see a shooting star. 2. My mother/ often/ add/ stick/ cinnamon/ in/ soup My mother often adds some sticks of cinnamon in the soup. 3. If/ you/ can/ not/drink/ black/ coffee/ ,/ you/ can/ add/ milk/ or/ sugar. If you can’t drink black coffee, you can add some milk or sugar. 4. How/ the/ cake/taste/ if/ we /add/ drop/ olive/ oil? How will the cake taste if we add some drops of olive oil? 5. My son/ not/ eat/ salad/ if/ there/ be/ tomatoes/ in/it. My son won’t eat salad if there are tomatoes in it. 6.My sister/ often/ eat/ slices/ bread/ with/ strawberry/ jam/ for/ breakfast. My sister often eats some slices of bread with some strawberry jam for breakfast. 7. Yesterday/ my/ mother/ and/ l/ buy/ some/ tin/ sardine/ and/ vegetables. Yesterday my mother and I bought some tins of sardine and some vegetables. 8. If/ you/ want/ your/ dish/ look/ better/ you/ garnish/ it/ with/ vegetables. If you want your dish to look better, you should garnish it with vegetables. TEST 1 (Unit 7) I. l.D
2. C
4. C
5. A
3. A
II. III. 6. B 7. C
8. D
9. A
10.
B
11.
l.G 2. D 3.1
4. B 5. F 6. A 7. E 8. J 9. C 10. H
1. Chop 6. Fry
2. Bake 7. stir
C
12. B 13. B 14.
IV. V. 3. drain 8. pour
4. Peel 9. mix
VI. 140
5. Marinate 10. Boil
C
15.
D
1. any 6. a - some
2. a 3. any 7. any - some 8. any — some
4. a 9. A
1. T 2. T
3.F
4. T
5. F
l.B 2. A
3. D
4. C
5. B
5. any 10. any-an
VII. 6. F
7. T
8. F
VIII. IX. 1.A
2.C
3.C
4.C
5.C
6.A
7.C
8.B
9.D
10.B
1.C
2.B
3. A
4.D
5.B
6.A
7.D
8. C
9.B
10.B
1. C
2. D
3.D
4.A
5.C
X. XI. XII. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Vietnamese people consider the combination of yin and yang in cooking is healthy. The salty food belongs to yang, and the sour and sweet one belongs to yin. In each meal, everyone has their own bowl, and dishes are put in the middle. Therefore, each one can eat whatever they want, and they do not need to eat what they dislike. The food like meat are sliced into small pieces so that everyone can take them easily. TEST 2 UNIT 7
I. l.B
2. B
3. c
4. D
5. A
6.C
7. A
8. B
9. C
10.B
11.A
12.c
13. D 14.A
15.C
1. H
2. E
3.I
4.B
5. J
6. A
7. D
8. G
10. F
II. III. IV. 9. C
V. 1, peel 2. cut 3. whisk 6. stir 7. mix 8. baked
4. grated 9. simmer
5. taste 10. pour
VI. 1. some 2. an 6. any 7. some
3. any 4. any 8. a 9. any
5. some 10. an
VII. Task I. l.F 2. T 3. T 4.NG 5. NG 6. T 7. NG Task 2.1. huge 2. the Aboriginal 3. gardens/beach VIII. 1. D
2. C
3. C
4. B
5. A
1.D
2.B
3. A
4. B
5. A
IX. X. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
We should eat only as much food as our body needs. Moderation is the key to any healthy diet, and it also means the balance in our diet. Cutting down on your intake of sugar or salt helps you prevent several problems and diseases. You should eat only when you are active during daytime and avoid eating at night. If you work and feel hungry, you can have healthier snacks, such as fruits or vegetables.
1.
In Viet Nam, rice is one of the staple foods.
XI. 141
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
The most common cooking styles are deep-frying, stir-frying, boiling and steaming. Vietnamese food tends not to be very fatty, as they use minimal oil in their dishes. Most of the meals are a combination of meats, vegetables and herbs. Most meals are served with extra soy sauce and fish sauce. The food is often all placed in the center of the table. The Vietnamese usually use chopsticks and spoons. Cooks like to emphasize the fresh, natural taste of the ingredients. TEST 3 UNIT 7 I. 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. C II. 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. C III. 1. B 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B IV. 1. C 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. D 9. D 10. B 11. C 12. D 13. A 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. B V. 1. D 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. D 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. C 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. D VI. 1. any 2. any 3. some-any 4. any 5. some 6. any 7. any 8. some 9. a 10. a VII. 1. a 2. some 3. any 4. some – any 5. an 6. some 7. a – a 8. some 9. some 10. any VIII. 1. few 2. little 3. some 4. much 5. few 6. little 7. Many 8. Many 9. much 10. Most IX. 1. don’t go 2. makes 3. is 4. hears 5. will make 6. will bury 7. won’t be 8. doesn’t start 9. won’t let 10. goes X. 1. rains, will not go 2. does not read, will not pass 3. do not argue, will lend 4. take, will not arrive 5. does not buy, will be 6. does not tidy up, will not help 7. do not play, will not come 8. eat, will not lose 9. do not make, will not love 10. do not hurry, will not catch XI. 1. B 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. B hoặc C (B. unless => if hoặc C. doesn’t pass => pass) 6. D 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. D XII. 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. D XIII. 1. If you’re a vegetarian, you won’t eat meat. 2. If you live in a cold country, you won’t like hot weather. 3. If you’re a teacher, you will have to work very hard. 4. If you do a lot of exercise, you will stay fit and healthy. 5. If you’re a mechanic, you will understand engines. 6. If you read newspapers, you will know what’s happening in the world. 142
XIV. 1. It is very important to eat healthy foods. 2. Let’s have spaghetti and pizza tonight. 3. The onion needs to be peeled and sliced. 4. If you don’t follow these safety instructions, you may get burnt. 5. This is the first time (that) my aunt has ever tasted sushi.
UNIT 8: TOURISM BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN: BÀI 1: Điền mạo từ the hoặc Þ vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1.The Earth orbits aroundtheSun. 2.Þdogs are our best friends. 3. My mother used to bethemost beautiful girl in her class. 4. We need to join hands to protectÞcheetahs from extinction. 5. My foreign friend took me on sightseeing tour aroundthetown. 6. There are many festivals taking place inÞspring. 7. Communication has never been so convenient before thanks to theInternet. 8. Last year, a terrible storm reachedthePhilippines. 9. Many people mistake Rio de Janeiro forthecapital of Brazil. 10.Many people migrate to theUS in the hope of material success. 11. ÞJapan is my favourite country besides my homeland. 12. Do you have any ideas abouttheBritish Isles? 13. Yesterday I watched a documentary about theRiver Nile. 14. I know some people who have climbtheHimalayas. 15. Our family has livedÞCanada for 5 years. 1. the-the 2. Þ 3. the 4. Þ 5. the 6. Þ 7.the 8. the 9. the 10. the 11.Þ 12. the 13. the 14. the 15. Þ Bài 2: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng. 1.Please turn off the air-conditioner when you leave theroom. A. the- the B. a- the C. a- a D. the - a 2. Jim hasn’t foundaplace to thenight. A. the- the B. a- the C. a-a D. the- a 3. Can you show methe way to thepost office please? A. the- the B. a- the C. a-a D. the- a 4. Mr. Smith is an old customer of my store and he is alsoaman. A. the- the B. a- an C. an-a D. the- a 5. My brother has bought meabeautiful dress as a birthday present. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 6. Jim is theyoungest boy of the family and this year he will go toÞ school. A. the- Þ B. a- a C. a-the D. the- a 7. There is a huge gap between therich andthepoor in this country. A. the- the B. a- an C. a-the D. the- a 8. Peter was inÞhospital and yesterday we went tothehospital to visit him. A. the- Þ B. the- the C. Þ - the D. the- a 9. My sister told me that she had met her old teacher the day before. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 10. Have you ever gone to theprison to visit him? A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 143
11. I didn’t think it wasan expensive restaurant until I checked the menu. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 12. Yesterday my teacher told us astory about an English writer. A. the- the B. a- an C. a-the D. the- a 13. Unlike other girls, Mary doesn’t likeÞparties and Þcosmetics. A. the- the B. the-Þ C. Þ- the D. Þ - Þ 14. Last year I visited avillage in the Northern part of Vietnam. Thelocals were very friendly. A. the- the B. a- an C. a-the D. the- Þ 15. Job hunters always seek for people with Þexperience. A. the B. a C. an D. Þ 1. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. A 11.C 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. D Bài 3: Điền a/an/the/Þ vào chỗ trống sao cho phù hợp. 1.After havingÞbreakfast, we went out forawalk in thelocal park. 2.Watch out! Do not sit onthe bench. It has been painted recently. 3.My father often takes me tothe cinema on ÞSunday. 4.Yesterdaythe Prime Minister gave a speech in front of his people. 5.Jim is always staying in Þbed untill lunch time when he doesn’t have go toÞschool. 6.The robber was sent to Þprison for five years. 7.My brother has gotanew job and inthe next few years he will live far from home. 8.Mr. Brown always water his trees in the morning. 9.Asalittle boy,I wished to beahero but now I just want to beanormal person with adecent job. 10.Although I had worked in Þ France for 3 years, I could hardly speak French. 11.Inthe future, I hope I have a chance to visitthe Red Sea. 12.Jim and his co-workers are planning an expedition to ÞMount Everest next year. 13.My brother ownsacat and adog. Unfortunately,thecat seems to hatethedog and they never lives in harmony with each other. 14.What has been done so far to protecttheenvironment? 15.It never snows in our region atÞChristmas. 1. Þ-a-the 2. the 3. the-Þ 4.the 5. Þ-Þ 6. Þ 7. a -the 8. the 9. a-a-a-a 10. Þ 11.the-the 12. Þ 13. a-a-the-the 14. the 15. Þ Bài 4: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong các câu sau và sửa lại cho đúng. 1.Many people think that the lead is the heaviest metal. Þ 2.Young people are always open-minded than old. the old 3.The windows are supposed to let in natural light. Þ 4.The most of the students in our class comes from Hanoi Þ 5.Do you know that Alpsare the most extensive mountain range system? the Alps 6.Mary doesn’t enjoy tea parties and the gossip Þ 7.I have a friend who is studying in Netherlands. theNetherlands 8.I think the light bulb is the very important invention of Thomas Edison a 9.A relationship between Jim and Jane has turned sour since last year. The 10.The news came as the shock to me. a Bài 5: Dựa vào các từ cho trước, viết câu hoàn chỉnh. 1.Friend/ of/ mine/ come/ back/ from/ UK/ after/ long/ vacation. A friend of mine has come back from the UK after a long vacation. 2.Hundred/ of/ people/ join/ carnival/ in/ Rio de Janeiro/ next/ month. Hundred of people will join carnival in Rio de Janeoro next month. 144
3.Last year/ I/ go on/ expedition/ to/ North Pole. Last year, I went on an expedition to the North Pole. 4.I/ hope/ I/ can/ visit/ longest/ river/ in/ Europe/ ,/ Volga/ ,/ in/ future. I hope I can visit the longest river in Europe,the Volga, in the future. 5.People/ used/ believe/ that/ Sun/ and/ all/ stars/ orbit/ around/ Earth. People used to believe that the sun and all the stars orbitted around the Earth. 6.I/ often/ pay/ visit/ to/ local/ museum/ on/ Sunday. I often play a visit to the local museum on Sunday. 7.Mary/ take/ care/ of/ all/ members/ of/ our team/ since/ we/ set/ off/ for/ London. Mary has taken care of all the members of our team since we set off for London. 8.I/ always/ want/ climb/ Mount Everest/ since/ I/ be/ boy. I have always wanted to climb Mount Everest since I was a boy. Bài 6: Điền một mạo từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống nếu cần thiết . 1.My friends is angry with me because I can’t remember theexact date of her birthday. 2.ÞChristmas is one of the important holidays inÞWestern countries. 3.ÞHo Chi Minh City is one of the biggest cities inÞVietnam. 4.“Are Kate and David Þ siblings. They look alike.” “No, they aren’t. They are Þ cousins”. 5.Yesterdaythefog was so thick that we couldn’t see clearly. We followedthecar in front of us and hoped that we were goingtheright way. 6.My father has bought meacomputer. Thanks to it, I can learn many things fromtheinternet. I think thecomputer is one ofthegreatest inventions of all time. 7.TheGreat Lakes, also calledtheLaurentian Great lakes and theGreat lakes of North America, areaseries of interconnected freshwater lakes. 8.ThePacific Ocean isthelargest and deepest of Earth’s oceanic divisions. It extends from theArtic Ocean inthenorth totheSouthern Ocean inthesouth. It is bounded byÞ Asia andÞ Australia in thewest andtheUS intheeast. 9.When I wasastudent, I lived with anAmerican couple inÞhome stay inÞ Texas. Boththehost andthehostess were friendly and helpful. 10.Last year, Peter paidavisit toÞEngland on early April. He had the chance to enjoytheUniversity Boat Race (between Oxford and Cambridge), which took place on theThames. TheThames isthehistoric heartland of rowing in theUnited Kingdom. 1. the 2.Þ-the-Þ 3. Þ-the-Þ 4.Þ-Þ 5. the-the-the 6. a-the-the-the 7. the-the-the- a 8.the-the-the- the-the-the- Þ-Þthe-the-the 9. a-an-Þ-Þ-the-the 10. a-Þ-the-the-the-the- the Bài 7:Hoàn thành các câu sau với các danh từ cho sẵn cùng với mạo từ nếu cần.
1. Þexcursions 5. the-destinations
2. the resort 6. a souvenir
3. a tour guide 7. Þaccommodation
4.Þ sightseeing 8. on a cruise
V. 1. They can enjoy beautiful beaches in Central Viet Nam, discover Hoi An Ancient Town with old construction, and visit some famous tombs in Hue. 2. They will visit Son Tra Peninsular and My Khe Beach. 3. They will visit the Japanese Bridge, Sa Huynh Museum, and Tan Ky Old House. 4. They will enjoy Hai Van Pass, and Lang Co Beach. 5. They will visit Minh Mang Tomb, Khai Dinh Tomb or Tu Due Tomb, the Noon Gate, Thai Hoa Palace, and then Thien Mu Pagoda. 6. On the second and third days. VI. Task 1. 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. F Task 2. 1. It was broadcast in May 2015. 2. It is the underground system connecting over 150 other caves near Viet Nam - Lao border. 3. It is the attraction. 4. They can explore underground rivers, caves and go camping. 5. It was held in early August 2013. 6. They spent 7 days and 6 nights. VII. 1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. D 9.B 10.D VIII. 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B IX. Tourism can bring many economic and social benefits, but mass tourism is also associated with negative effects. 1. First, tourism creates jobs in the tourism industry and in other sectors such as retail and transportation. 2. However, jobs which are created by tourism are often seasonal and poorly paid. 3. Second, tourism encourages the preservation of traditional customs, handicrafts and festivals, but interaction with tourists can also lead to an erosion of traditional cultures and values. 4. Finally, ecotourism helps conservation of wildlife by generating funds for maintaining national parks. 5. Nevertheless, it also causes pollution through traffic emissions, littering, and noise.
TEST 2 (UNIT 8) I. II. III. IV. V.
1. A 2. C 3. A 4.B 5.B 6. D 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. D 1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. A 1.travel 2.journey 3.tour 4.cruise 5.voyage 6.trip 7.flight 8.journey 9.tour 10. trip
TEST 1 UNIT 8 I. l.D 2. B 3. B II. 4. D 5. D III. 6. D 7. A 8. C IV. 1.book 2.read 5.go on 6. have
VI. 1.B2.A
3. D
4.
C
5.
1. B
2. A
3. D
4. C
5. B
1. A 2. B 3. D IX. 1. C 2. B 3. A
4. C
5. A
6. B
4. D
5. C
B
6. D
7.
A
7. C
8. D
9. A
10. B
VII. 9. D
10. B 11. C
3.go 7.see 8.try
12. B 13. C
4.pack 145
VIII.
146
8.
C 9. D 10. A
X. Negative Effects of Tourism 1. Tourism development may lead to soil erosion, pollution and waste. 2. Tourism contributes to an increasing carbon footprint and the stress on the ecosystems. 3. The infrastructure in a tourist spot cannot satisfy great demand during the peak season. 4. Tourists may cause a significant effect on the local habitats, especially in the country. 5. Tourists should be aware of the damage which they cause, and the tourism authorities have to take measures to solve the problems. TEST 3 UNIT 8 I. 1. B 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. D II. 1. A 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. A III. 1. B 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. C IV. 1. D 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. D 8. D 9. C 10. A 11. A 12. D 13. B 14. B 15. C V. 1. travel 2. journey 3. tour 4. cruise 5. voyage 6. trip 7. flight 8. journey 9. tour 10. trip VI. 1. ø – the 2. ø - the – ø 3. ø – the 4. ø – the (a) – ø 5. ø 6. ø - ø – the 7. the – the 8. ø – an 9. the – an 10. ø VII. 1. the – a 2. the – ø 3. The (a) – a – ø – ø 4. ø – the – ø 5. an – ø – the 6. a 7. The 8. The – the 9. ø – the 10. a – the – a – a – a VIII. 1. C (will) 2. C (widely) 3. B (stay) 4. B (being picked up) 5. C (aren’t) 6. C (to sit) 7. A (Watching) 8. C (old enough) 9. D (it) 10. D (not to fall) IX. 1. important 2. can 3. from 4. necessary 5. aspects 6. transportation 7. of 8. lights 9. for 10. why X. 1. Because an artificial water way opened in 1761 and it joined a coal-mining area with the port of Manchester. 2. Because they wore strange clothes, had no real homes and often drank too much beer. 3. They carry heavy goods for industry. 4. Because it links to the Trent Navigation to carry goods from inland factories to the sea. 5. Because in the mid 19th century, the new railways became the most modern form of transport. XI. 1. D 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. A XII. 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T XIII. 1. You can’t borrow my dictionary unless you bring it back on Monday. 147
2. The cost of installation is very high, but solar domestic heating systems are economical to use. 3. Solar panels are placed on the roof of a house and the Sun’s energy is used to heat water. 4. I don’t agree with a lot of his teaching methods. However, he is a good teacher. 5. We’d better not waste water, or we won’t have enough to drink sooner or later. 6. The house is quite beautiful. Moreover, the cost is not too high. 7. Do you want to study more or to look for a job? 8. You can go home when you’ve finished this exercise. 9. I don’t get many opportunities to practice my English. Therefore I find it difficult to remember everything I study. 10. I’m practicing speaking English a lot because I don’t want to fail in the oral test. XIV. 1. am not interested in 2. is the highest mountain in 3. are required to access 4. made up her mind 5. are not into travelling XV. 1. The heated air expands and rises. As a result, an area of low pressure forms over the land. 2. Canada is similar to the United States in that the majority of its people speak English. 3. Governments will most probably not relocate entire cities just because they are in earthquake zones. 4. There were no economy seats available, so they were forced to buy expensive ones. 5 .Two experiments were conducted so that the hypothesis could be tested. 6. Middle-class families tend to have person-centered structures, whereas working-class families are usually positional. Or (Working-class families are usually positional, whereas middle-class families tend to have personcentered structures). 7. Middle-class children do well in most education systems. Working-class children, on the other hand, do relatively poorly. 8. Western Europe has large reserves of fuel. For instance, the UK has a 250-year supply of coal. 9. A duck has webbed feet so that it can swim easily and walk on soft ground. 10. Rail travel is safer than road travel, because far fewer people are killed or injured during train travel. UNIT 9: ENGLISH IN THE WORLD (TIẾNG ANH TRÊN THẾ GIỚI) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Nối các câu ở cột A với cột B sao cho phù hợp. CỘT A CỘT B 11. 1/If I had Laura’s phone number now, k. a/I would think twice before I drop out of 12. 2/If it was sunny and hot today, school. 13. 3/Mike would invite you to his next party. l. b/I would forbit smoking everywhere in the 14. 4/If I had wings, state. 15. 5/You would get better grade. m. c/We would take the kid for a swim in the 16. 6/If I were in your position, beach. 17. 7/We could take photos here. n. d/If his parents weren’t drug addicts. 18. 8/If I lived in a developed country, o. e/If you were one of his friends. 19. 9/If I were a governor for only a day, p. f/I would send her an urgent SMS. 20. 10/ Mike wouldn’t such family problems. q. g/I would find a well-paid job easily. r. h/I would fly back home to see my wife and my kids. 148
s. i/ If it wasn’t forbidden to do so. t. j/ If you worked hard. 1. ____f______ 2. _____c_______ 3. ______e_______4. ________h_____5. j 6. ______a____ 7. ______i______ 8. _______g______9. _____b________10. d Bài 2: Hoàn thành câu điều kiện loại 2 dưới đây 1. If I ______were_____ (be) you, I would practice more often for the upcoming test. 2. I ______would spend_______(spend) a lot of money if I won the lottery. 3. What _________would you do__________ (you/do) if I gave you one million dollars? 4. If I met Rihanna, I _____would say_______ (say) hallo. 5. I would take the underground every day if I ______lived____ (live) in London. 6. You would feel a lot of better, if you __didn’t smoke_______ (not/smoke) so much. 7. If I ____were_______ (be) you, I would follow mun’s advice. 8. I would run away if I ______saw________ (see) a ghost. 9. If I were you, I ______would accept______(accept) the offer. 10. You _______had to________ (have to) choose a place to live, which one would you choose? 11. What would you do if you ________saw_______ (see) a robbery? Bài 3: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành câu điều kiện loại 1 và loại 2 dưới đây. 1. If I were you, I ______would learn__________ (learn) now. 2. Chuck ______asked___________ (ask) us, we would lend him our books. 3. If they _____are______ (be) at home, they will learn my words. 4. If Jack has a new DVD, he __will lend_________ (lend) it to Cindy. 5. If you washed the car, he _____would get______ (get) more pocket money. 6. If you _____came______ (come), you would meet them. 7. If we go to London, we ______will see_____ (see) Buckingham Palace. 8. Jenny will help you if she _____has______ (have) more time. 9. Sandy___would tell________ (tell) him if she asked her. 10. I_____will wash______ (wash) my hands if he gives me a soap. 11. If the ghost passes through the door, she___will scream________ (scream) 12. If we _______swam____ (swim) a lot, we would win the competition. 13. The Zongs will travel to the USA if they _____win______ (win) in the lottery. 14. If you ____ran_______ (run), you could catch the bus. 15. If Tessy has enough money, she ____will buy_______ (buy) II. MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSE) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 4: Điền vào chỗ trống “ who” hoặc “which” 1. A soldier is someone_____ who ______ works in the army 2. A student is a person ____ who _______ goes to school 3. An ostrich is a bird ______ which _____ cannot fly 4. A cook is someone ____ who _______ makes meals at a restaurant 5. A tire is thing _______ which ____ you can find on a wheel 6. A stick is a piece of wood __ which _________ is long and thin Bài 5: Dubgf “ that” hoặc “ whose” để nối các câu dưới đây 1. I admired the stuntman. His part was so dangerous I admired the stuntman whose part was so dangerous 2. We ate the cake. It was on the cupboard We ate the cake that was on the cupboard 3. She found the bag. It belonged to her She found the bag that belonged to her 149
4. Can you see the car? Its door is scratched Can you see the car whose door is scratched 5. You are the partner. I want to work with you You are the partner that I want to work with 6. I couldn’t help the students. Their tests were a failure . I couldn’t help the students whose tests were a failure 7. This is the guy. I got it from him This is the guy that I got it from 8. I liked the house. Its roof was made of res tiles I liked the house whose roof was made of res tiles 9. A spade is a tool. You dig with it A spade is a tool that You dig with 10. Here is the museum. I told you about it Here is the museum that I told you about 11. I can’t respect politicians. Their only ambitious is to be in power I can’t respect politicians whose only ambitious is to be in power 12. This is the man. We bought the ring from him . This is the man that We bought the ring from 13. We can’t afford new cars. Their price is too high We can’t afford new cars whose price is too high 14. Where is the cassette? We listened to it Where is the cassette that We listened to ________________________________________ 15. The film is about a king. His brother kills him The film is about a king whose brother kills him 16. I met some people. Their houses were badly damaged I met some people whose houses were badly damaged_____________________________ Bài 6: Điền vào chỗ trống các đại từ và trạng từ quan hệ : who, whom, which, whose, where, when” sao cho thích hợp 1. Can you give me back the money ____ which ______I lent you last month? 2. This is the restaurant ____ where ______we used to eat when he lived in Boston 3. Mark has sent me an email ____ which ______I haven’t replied yet. 4. Who’s the person_____ who _____ is sitting next to Nancy? 5. They complained about the wrong goods ____ which ______ were sent to them 6. This is Susan ____ whose ______ husband works in the sales department 7. Candy is wearing a new dress ____ which ______ she bought in the summer sales 8. Monday is the day ___ when _______ bills have to be paid 9. The secretary showed me the filing cabinet ___ where _______ important documents are filed 10. Do you like the boy ____ whom______ Mary is talking to?/ to whom Mary is talking 11. We enjoyed the party ___ which _______ Peter and Pam had to celebrate Christmas 12. Are you the person _____ who _____ applied for a job as a receptionist? 13. Is this this pub ______ where ____ you meet your friends? 14. You have to delete the sheet _____ which _____ is repeated 15. April is the month ___ when _______ we have Easter holiday in Spain. 16. The advice ___ which _______ Sam gave me was quite senseless 17. Have you bought the food ______ which ____ I asked you? 18. Pjone Mr Smith _____ whom _____ you will have to talk to tomorrow/ to whom you will have to talk tomorrow 19. Let’s visit the park ____ where ______ we played after school 20. Celebrities receive lots of invitations ____ which ______ they don’t accept 150
21. Did you refuse the offer ___ which _______ the company made you? BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 7:Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thiện câu điều kiện loại 1 và 2 1. If you (see)_____see_______John, I ( tell) _____will tell_______him your news 2. You(meet) will meet my brother if you (go) go__ to town on Monday 3.Meg sleeps only 5 hours a day. If she (sleep) ___slept_________ longer, her health (improve) ____would improve________ fast 4. If she (want) ____wanted________ to talk to me, she ( ring up) ___would ring up. I guess she doesn’t 5. If you (need) ___need_________ help, my father (help) ____will help________ you 6. We (have) ___will have_________ a picnic if the day ( be) _____is_______ fine’ 7. I (understand)_____would understand____________ Mr Brown if he (speak)____spoke slowly 8. If you (see) ___see_________ a policeman, he (show) __will show__________ you the way 9. I ( finish) ____will finish________ the job tomorrow if I ( can) _____can_______ 10. If you (give) _____gave_______ him good meals, he ( not be able ) __wouldn’t be able__________ to work hard 11. You (make) _____would make_______ a fortune if you( take) _____took_______ my advice. Too bad! 12. I ____won’t need________ (not need) an umbrella if it (not rain) ___doesn’t rain_ 13. If she (think) __thinks__________ it over carefully, she (form) _____will form_______ a clear opinion 14. If they ( catch) _____catch_______ a bus now, they (arrive) ___will arrive_at half past nine 15. He ( find) _____gave_______ the answers if he (look) _____looks_______ at the back of the book 16. If I ( think) _____thought_______ that about him, I (say) _____would say_______ so aloud 17. If he ( promise) ____promised________ to behave in the future, his mum ( forgive) would give_him 18. If you (want) ____want________ me to, I (come) ____will come________for a walk with you 19. If we (can) ___could_________ come on Sunday, we (come) __would come . I am really sorry 20. If you (wait) ___wait_________ for a moment, the waiter (bring) ___will bring_________ you a coffee 21. He (lose) ____will lose________weight if he (stop) _____stops_______eating so much 22. Life (be) ____would be________ monotonous if we (have) _____had_______ nothing to do 23. He (not phone) ____wouldn’t phone________me herre unless it ( be) _____was_______urgent 24. If they (love) ___loved_________ each other, they ( not fight) ___wouldn’t fight_________ so much 25. If she (be) _______is_____ patient, I ( try) _____will try_______ to explain 26. If he (do) ____does________that again, his father (punish) ___ will punish _him 27. If Peter ( ask) ____asked Mary, I’m sure she ( marry) ____would marry_ him 28. She (get) ____would get________ fit if she ( walk) _____walked_______every day 3 km 29. If she (drink) drinks_this medicine, she (feel) _will feel_________ much better 30. He (be) _____will be_______ very pleased if it (be) ____is________really true Bài 8: Viết lại các cặp câu dưới đây thành câu có chứa MĐQH 1. She worked for a man. The man used to be an athlete She worked for a man who/ that used to be an athlete 2. They called a lawyer. The lawyer lived nearby They called a lawyer who/ thatlived nearby 3. I sent an email to my brother. My brother lives in Australia I sent an email to my brother who/ that lives in Australia 4. The customer liked the waitress. The waitress was very friendly The customer liked the waitress who/ that eas very friendly 5. We broke the computer. The computer belonged to my father We broke the computer which/ that belonged to my father 6. I dropped a glass. The glass was new I dropped a glass which/ that was new 7. She loves books. The books have happy endings 151
She loves books which/ that have happy endings 8. They live in a city. The city is in the north of England They live in a city which/ that is in the north of England 9. The man is in the garden. The man is wearing a blue jumper The man who/ that is wearing a blue jumper is in the garden 10. The girl works in a bank. The girl is from India The girl who/ that is from Idia works in a bank 11. My sister has three children. My sister lives in Australia My sister who/ that lives in Australia has three children 12. The waiter was rude. The waiter was wearing a blue shirt The waiter who/ that was wearing a blue shirt was rude 13. The money is in the kitchen. The money belongs to John The money which/ that belongs to John is in the kitchen 14. The table got broke. The table was my grandmother’s The table which/ that was my grandmother’s got broke 15. The television was stolen. The television was bought 20 years ago The television which/ that was bought 20 years ago was stolen 16. The fruit is on the table. The fruit isn’t fresh TEST 1 (UNIT 9)
I. 1.D 2. C 3. B II. 4. B 5. A III. 6. C 7. D 8. B 9. A 10.D ll.A 12. D 13. D 14. D 15. B IV. 1. come across 2. Look up 3 .use 4. collocations 5. say V. l. invited 2. could help 3. would email 4. had 5. were 6. had 7. made 8. would buy 9. had - would get 10. didn't work - wouldn’t have VI. Task 1 1. Because good pronunciation will help people understand your spoken English clearly. 2. We should read the text, then read the text out loud, trying to imitate the pronunciation we hear in the audio. 3. For the first time, we read slowly and focus on pronouncing each word correctly, and for the second time, we read faster and focus on making your English flow, speaking each sentence with a natural rhythm. 4. We should try saying it in a complete sentence. 5. We should watch films in English with English subtitles to learn English conversation patterns. Task 2 1. imitate 2. pronounce3. flow4. rhythm5. subtitles VII. l.A 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. C VIII. 1. C 2.D 3. A 4. C 5. B 6.D 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. C IX. 1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5.C X. 152
1. If we didn’t any languages, we couldn’t communicate/ communication would be impossible. 2. If we didn’t have languages, we couldn’t leave knowledge to our younger generations. 3. If we didn’t have senses, we couldn’t learn languages. 4. If we didn’t have our sense of sight, we couldn’t read the written language. 5. If there weren’t logos for big companies, their goods couldn’t be recognized in eveiy nation. XI. 1. My IT skills are a bit rusty now 2. ….is billingual … 3. …their mother tongue,… 4. ….pick up…. 5. ….to guess the meaning of words… 6. ….imitate a native English speaker 7. …then look it up the dictionary… 8. …multinational class… 9. lthough spent only two months learning Korean, I could get by in Korean when I was in Seoul last summer. 10. In India, English is regarded as the official language. XII. 1. English plays an important role in our everyday life. 2. English is widely used in international communication for everyday work. 3. Students who want to go abroad for education will have to leam English well. 4. It is the language of science, and you need to know English to be good at science. 5. English is the main language of instruction for international students in universities and colleges. TEST 2 (Unit 9) I. 1.D 2. C 3. B II. 4. D 5. C III. 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. C 13.C 14. A 15. D IV. 16. interests 17. underline 18 .Look 19 .Use 20. make V. 21. The simplest definition of language which is widely accepted is that “language is the means of communication”. 22. There are about one billion people who use English as the lingua franca of international communication. 23. Differences between languages which are explained in course books can cause some problems to learners. 24. A great number of people whose native language is not English speak English as a foreign language. 25. English which has been regarded as a lingua franca enjoys more universality than any other language. VI. 1. rains-won’t be able 2. see - will give 3. had-would take up 4.were - could be 5. don’t have-will go 6. were - would go 7.have - will come 8. could cook - would earn 9. is - will you buy 10.had - would disappear VII. 1. would be 2. had 3. won 4. would you remember 5. would need 6. could sunbathe 7. would you buy 8. was 9. would come 10. might lend 11. could have 12. could go VIII. 1. I have a friend whose mum is a volunteer worker. 153
2. It is a camping shop which has a lot of good equipment. 3. The rescue operation which was arranged by a charity organisation was a success. 4. My uncle who/ that is a fire fighter visited us last weekend. 5. 2015 is the year when my sister became a nurse. 6. The storm which started at 2 o’clock this morning caused a lot of damage. 7. Nick is my classmate who/ that I’ve known for a long time. IX. 1. It plays an important role in everyday life in India. 2. Because there are innumerable regional languages in different states. 3. They communicate with each other in English for their everyday work. 4. English remains a major medium of instruction in schools. 5. Because people from different states communicate with each other in English. X. Task 1 1. one billion people 2. 600 million people 3. the United Kingdom, the United States of America, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, the Irish Republic and the Republic of South Africa 4. 60% 5. 80% 6. 75% Task 2 1. Languages, especially English, make distances between different countries seem less. 2. English is used in politics and diplomacy, science and technology, business and trade, sport and pop music. 3. It is taught at schools, colleges and universities as a foreign language. 4. It is a long and slow process that takes a lot of time and work. XI. 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. D XII. 1. A 2. D 3. A 4.C 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. D 9. B 10. A XIII. 1. D 2. B 3.A 4. C 5. D XIV. 1. English is the most spoken official language in the world. 2. It is the primary language used in international affairs. 3. English is indisputably the primary language of global trade and commerce. 4. English is the dominant language in the digital age. 5. In universities and colleges in the English-speaking countries, the primary language of instruction is English. TEST 3 UNIT 9 I. 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. D II. 1. D 2. B 3. D 4. D 5. D III. 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D IV. 1. C 2. A 3. B 4. D 5. B 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. D 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. D 16. D 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B 154
21. A
22. A
23. C
24. B
25. B
1. cleaned 2. would you be able 5. would you do 6. knew 7. gave 9. wouldn’t come 10. saw
3. didn’t belong 8. stopped
4. won
1. removed 2. would keep 5. would offer 6. got 9. would you sent
4. banned 8. changed
6. She was born in Malaysia, where rubber trees grow well. 7. No one knows the school where my uncle taught 10 years ago. 8. Please ask them the time when the train started the trip. 9. New Year’s Day is the day when all family members gather and enjoy a family dinner. 10. There are many hotels where tourists can enjoy their holidays.
V.
VI.
XVIII. 3. lived 7. painted 10. weren’t
1. If you didn’t keep silent, you would wake the baby up. 2. If you kept talking, you wouldn’t understand the lesson. 3. If I knew her number, I would ring her up. 4. If I knew the answer, I would tell you. 5. If we had a map, we wouldn’t get lost.
VII. 1. Alice, whose mother died last year, is my friend. 2. The boy who threw that stone will be punished. 3. Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly. 4. The man who/that you met at the party last night is a famous actor. 5. There are some words that/ which are very difficult to translate. 6. I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for this morning. 7. Is that the car that/which you want to buy? 8. Sandra, who you were talking to, works in advertising. 9. The little girl who/ that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way. 10. Lan, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist. VIII. 1. h 5. a
2. f 6. b
3. c 7. g
4. d 8. e
1. in 6. to
2. on – in 7. in – on
3. At – in 8. of
4. with 9. on – to
1. C => that 5. C => where 9. B => bỏ in
2. B => who 6. C => which 10. C => that
3. A => Bỏ which 4. A => who 7. B => which 8. A => who
1. difficulties 5. written 9. examination
2. improvement 6. qualified 10. reputation
3. reputable 7. hurriedly
4. advertisements 8. relaxation
1. communicate 5. such 9. employing
2. work 6. industries 10. choose
3. getting 7. official
4. longer 8. require
1. C
2. D
3. B
4. A
5. D
1. F
2. T
3. T
4. F
5. F
1. D 6. D
2. B 7. C
3. C 8. B
4. A 9. D
5. D 10. A
1. B
2. B
3. A
4. D
5. C
XIX. 1. India is the country where the earthquake occurred last month. 2. Bac Giang is the city where I was born and grew up. 3. We have not decided the day when we’ll go to London. 4. The man whom I love with all my heart made me sad the most. 5. The thief was caught, that was really good news. 6. The gentleman who was introduced as the most successful businessman was very young. 7. His book, which was punished last year, became the best seller. 8. Neil Armstrong, who walked on the moon, lived in the USA. 9. Nam, who learns in our class, is very intelligent. 10. Ha Long, which I visited last week, has grown into a big over the past few years.
IX. 5. in 10. to
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. 1. I don’t know the name of the woman who / that I spoke to on the phone. 2. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol, which is only 30 miles away. 3. This is Mr Carter, who I was telling you about. 4. That is the room where the meeting is held. 5. I’ll always remember the day when I first saw that sight. 155
TEST FOR UNIT 7,8,9 I. 1.D 2. B 3. C II. 4. D 5. A III. 11. D 12. A 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. D 19.D20.B IV. 16. package holiday 17. holiday resort 18. travel brochure 19. coastline 20. tour guide V. 21. Jim would have time to spend with his family if he didn’t work so hard. 22. If we had a big house, we could invite/ would be able to invite friends to stay. 23. I couldn’t know how to do it if you were not here to help me. 24. If people in the world spoke the same language, there wouldn’t be any problems in communication. 25. If we left earlier, we could visit Vy on the way. VI. 26.D 27. B 28. B 29.C 30. A 31.C 32.D 33. B 34.D 35.C VII. 36. D 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. C VIII. 41. The most important goal of speaking English is to communicate. 42. Although speaking English fast makes you sound like a native speaker, it makes other people difficult to understand you. 43. Thinking in English is the thing you can practice all the time because it is really important when speaking English/ you speak English. 44. If you forget a word, we can stop a sentence in the middle or use other words to describe it 45. Self-confidence helps you speak better in every English conversation. 156
UNIT 10: SPACE TRAVEL ( DU HÀNH VŨ TRỤ) BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Cho dạng đúng của độngt ừ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ đơn hoặc quá khứ hoàn thành 1. She (feel)____felt_______sick after she ( eat) ___had eaten________ a whole box of chocolates 2. After the doctor ( examine) ____had examined _______ the child he (have) ____had_______ a talk with the mother 3. When I ( call) ___called________ on my friend, he (go) ___had gone________ out 4. Mary (finish) _____finished______ her homework when her father (come) _____had come______home from his ofice 5. I (throw) _____threw______ away the newspaper after I (read) __had read_________ it 6. After she (spend) __had spent_________all her money she (ask) ____asked_______ her father to help her 7. The teacher (give) ____gave_______ back the exercise books after he (corect) ______had corected_____them 8. The sun ( rise) ___rose________ when the farmer (start) ______had started_____ work Bài 2: Điền T ( True) nếu mỗi câu đúng, hoặc F( False) nếu câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng 1. I have been in Mexico during the summer of 1970 (F) have been was 2. Mary had prepared dinner when I arrived, so we were able to eat immediately (T) 3. Three years ago he had been a student at a university in California (F) had been was 4. We have collected stamps for many years(T) 5. We took the bus downtown, did a few errands, and had gone to lunch (F) had gone went 6. Since he bought a new car, he has been driving to work every day(T) 7. Last night they have recognized us from the party we went to earlier in the week (F) have recognized recognized 8. Since Ted graduated, he has been working with his father (T) 9. The doctor had seen ten patients since eight o’clock this morning (F) had seen has seen 10. He is studying English for the last five years (F) is studying has studied BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 3: Hoàn thành các câu dướiđây, điền đại từ quan hệ thích hợp vào chỗ trống Who/whom/ whose/ where/ which 1. What’s the name of the man____ Whose __________car you borrowed? 2. A cemetery is a place _____ Where_________people are buried? 3. A pacifist is a person_____ Who_________ believes that all wars are wrong 4. An orphan is a child ____ Whose __________parents are dead 5. The place________ Where ______ we spent our hoildays was really beautiful 6. This school is only for children______ Whose ________ first language is not English 7. I don’t know the name of the woman to______ whom ________ I spoke on the phone 8. The man______ Who________is wearing glasses is a pop singer 9. The window _____ Which_was broken by the naughty boy will have to be repaired 10. Mrs Jackson, ______________ we met in the supermarket yesterday, is my music teacher 11. Rome is the city_______ Where_______ he lived for ten years 12. That was the day on____ Which __________ I first met Ann 157
13, The girl, the brothers of ____ whom__________ study in our school, looks very nice 14. His new car ______________cost him a fortune, was really stunning 15. I met the old lady___ Who___________you were very kind to 16. That’s the book about_______ Which _______ I’ve heard so much Bài 4: Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, thay đổi đại từ quan hệ sao cho thích hợp They didn’t show up Richard brought her to dinner We saw him coming out of our neighbour’s flat The police took him to prison last week last night The Tour Guide Magazine recommended it His car broke down She’s just finished her second cooking book We exchanged them during our chat Who got injured at the swimming pool Everybody was talking about her Where I studied as a girl Who oragnized our Drama Club 1, We stayed at the hotel the Tour Guide Magazine recommended 2. A few people we invited to our party didn’t show up 3. The pickpocket took him to prison last week has just been released 4. Paul didn’t seem to like the gir Richard brought to dinner 5. I enjoyed talking to the old lady who has just finished her second cooking book 6. The cecipes we exchanged during our chat will probably appear in her next book 7. Everybody at the party tried to help the young lady Who got injured at the swimming pool 8. The man we saw coming out of our neighbour’s flat last night is her brother 9. What was the name of the actor whose car broke down 10, Who’s the actress everybody was talking about? 11. The teacher who oragnized our Drama Club is leaving for Germany next week 12. The school where I studied as a girl has been renovated Chú ý: Câu 4 và 9 có thể tráo đổi đáp án với nhau) Bài 5: Viết lại các câu dưới đây để tạo thành câu có chứa mệnh đề quan hệ xác định 1. Pass me the dictionary. I put it on the shelf Pass me the dictionary WHICH I put on the shelf 2. Will you help me to do the exercise? I don’t understand the exercise Will you help me to do the exercise WHICH I don’t understand 3. We haven’t met Mr Smith yet. His daughter studies with Paul We haven’t met Mr Smith yet WHOSE daughter studies with Paul 4. We won’t forget the day. We went to Justin Bieber’s concert that day We won’t forget the day WHEN We went to Justin Bieber’s concert 5. Peter has read the book. I recommended the book to him Peter has read the book WHICH I recommended to him 6. They sent me a postcard of the hotel. They stayed there on holiday They sent me a postcard of the hotel WHERE They stayed on holiday 7. This is my best friend. I met her at school ten years ago This is my best friend WHO(M) I met at school ten years ago 8. Is this the man? This man accused you of stealing his wallet. Is this the man WHOSE accused you of stealing his wallet? 9.Peter made a lemon cake. It is his speciality Peter made a lemon cake WHICH is his speciality 10. I want you to introduce you to Mrs Black. Her husband is an engineer I want you to introduce you to Mrs Black WHOSE husband is an engineer 11. Can you show me the room? Meetings are held in that room Can you show me the roomWHERE Meetings are held ? 12. I don’t know the man. Sue is dancing with him 158
I don’t know the man WHO Sue is dancing with/ with WHOM Sue is dancing 13. We last saw Mary on Christmas Day. She came to our party then We last saw Mary on Christmas Day WHEN She came to our party 14. You have to correct the mistakes. You’ve made mistakes in the letter You have to correct the mistakes WHICH You’ve made in the letter 15. I like Mrs White. She is in charger of the Marketing Department . I like Mrs White WHO is in charger of the Marketing Department BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 6: Khoanh tròn vào phương án đúng 1. Everything is going well. We didn’t have/ haven’t had any problems so far 2. Margaret didn’t go/ hasn’t gone to work yesterday 3. Look! That man over there wears/ is wearing the same sweater as you 4. Your son is much taller than when I last saw him. He grew/ has grown a lot 5. I still don’t know what to do I didn’t decided/ haven’t decided yet 6. I wonder why Jim is/ is being so nice to me today. He isn’t usually like that 7. Jane had a book open in front of her but she didn’t read/ wasn’t reading 8. I wasn’t very busy. I didn’t have / wasn’t having much to do 9. Mary wasn’t happy in her new job at first but she begins/ is beginning to enjoy it now 10. After leaving school, Tim found/ has found it very difficult to get a job 11. When Sue heard the news, she wasn’t / hasn’t been very pleased 12. This is a nice restaurant, isn’t it? Is this the first time you are/ you’ve been here? 13. I need a new job. I’m doing/ I’ve been doing the same job for too long 14. Ann has gone out- Oh, has she? What time did she go/ has she gone? 15. You look tired- Yes, I’ve played/ I’ve been playing basket ball 16. Where are you coming/ Do you come from? Are you American? 17. I’d like to see Tina again. It’s a long time since I saw her/ that I didn’t see her 18. Bob and Alice have been married since 20 years/ for 20 years TEST 1 UNIT 10 I. 1.A 2. D 3. C II. 4. B 5. D III. 6. D 7. A 8.B 9. D 10. A 11. D 12. C 13. B 14. B 15. C IV. 16. out of this world 17. the sky’s the limit 18. over the moon 19. once in a blue moon 20. over the moon V. 21. became - had done 22. had launched – did 23. Had walked-became 24. was launched - had cooperated 25.had orbited – landed VI. 1. came back down to earth 2. out of this world 3.the sky’s the limit 4. once in a blue moon 5. live on another planet 6.over the moon 7. reach for the stars 8. everything under the sun VII. Task 1.1. T 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. F Task 2. 1. progressively 2. aviation 3. module 4. orbit VIII. 159
1. He was bom in Saigon in 1950. 2. He wanted to become a pilot. 3. He spent 20 years carrying out research primarily in the fields of Fluid Physics and Applied Acoustics. 4. He worked as a Senior Executive, and focused on various science projects for NASA. 5. He became the first Vietnamese-American astronaut on NASA Space Shuttle Columbia mission STS-50 in 1992. 6. It brought back a rush of great memories of good friends, and the excitement of the past youth. IX. 1.C 2.D 3.C 4.A 5.C 6.B 7.A 8.C 9.D 10.B X. 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6.D 7. C 8. B 9. A 10. B XI. 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. C XII. 1. In 1961, US President John Kennedy made a speech which stated that Americans would land on the moon and be returned safely to the Earth. 2. In 1959, NASA picked the first group of seven astronauts who were called the "Mercury Seven". 3. A spacesuit which is made up of many parts helps astronauts in many ways. 4. In 1989, Helen Sharman went to Star City in Moscow where she spent 18 months of intensive training. 5. Spacesuits whose protects eyes from bright sunlight also keep astronauts from getting hurt. TEST 2 UNIT 10 I. 1.C 2. D 3. B II. 4. C 5. D III. 6. C 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. C 11. C 12. D 13. C 14. A 15. B IV. 16. business 17. space 18.spaceship 19.aboard 20. female V. 1 .crew 2. mission 3. satellite 4. mission control 5.astronauts 6. atmosphere 7. Station 8. orbit VI. 1. published – orbited 2. had used – invented 3. published-laid-described 4. had worked - invented - launched 5.became - had been sent 6.became - had been sent 7. had launched - put 8. launched - had done VII. l.D 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. B VIII. l.C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A IX. 1. B 2.D 3.A 4. D 5.B 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. B X. 1. D 2.C 3. C 4.A 5. B XI. 1. Would you tell me the reasons why astronauts go on spacewalks? 2. Fuglesang said he was greatly impressed by the Earth’s beauty which was quite strange to him. 3. The Galactic Suite is a £1.5 billion project which was funded by a US company. 160
4. In the Galactic Suite, you stay in one of its amazing microgravity rooms where you can see the spectacular views of the Earth. 5. During Apollo 14's lunar mission, Alan Shepard hit two golf balls which flew “miles and miles”. 6. Sharman’s mission to the Mir Space Station lasted 8 days when she conducted a number of experiments. 7. The speech which was made by U.S. President Richard Nixon in 1972 announced that NASA was developing a reusable launch vehicle - the space shuttle. 8. John Glenn became one of the test pilots who try out new aircraft
3. A
4. B
5. D
1. D
2. D
3. A
4. D
5. A
1. A
2. D
3. B
4. D
5. C
1. D 6. D 11. C 16. B 21. D 26. A
2. B 7. B 12. B 17. B 22. C 27. D
3. C 8. B 13. A 18. B 23. A 28. B
4. B 9. C 14. D 19. C 24. D 29. A
5. C 10. D 15. C 20. B 25. B 30. D
1. h 5. c
2. a 6. g
3. f 7. d
4. b 8. e
2. had used – invented 4. had worked – invented – launched 6. became – had been sent 8. launched – had done
1. who 6. whom
2. where 7. that
3. whose 8. when
1. astronauts 5. parabolic 9. mission
2. spacecraft 3. habitable 4. meteorites 6. orbit 7. weightlessness 8. launched 10. microgravity
1. D
2. B
3. A 8. A
4. D 9. B
5. B 10. D
1. A
2. D
3. D
4. B
5. A
XVI. 1. Pham Tuan is Viet Nam’s first astronaut, and Christer Fuglesang is Sweden’s first astronaut. 2. He found that Earth didn’t look as big as he thought, no boundaries on Earth could be seen from space we should cooperate to take care of it. 3. It seemed he didn’t enjoy it much since it wasn’t fresh. 4. They talked to him when he was in space and that made him happy. 5. They think the chance to fly to space is equal for everyone. 6. He thinks teamwork, social skills, and foreign languages are important for an astronaut. XVII. 1. Nhat Nam was crazy about space. 2. He had learnt about the universe and had collected lots of books about space. 3. To show that there are more things in the list but that it’s not necessary to list everything. 4. He wasn’t very impressed because he thought the meteorite was like an ordinary piece of rock. 5. He compares it to a ride on a rollercoaster.
VI. 1. published – orbited 3. published – laid – described 5. became – had been sent 7. had launched – put
2. A 7. C
1. This is the astronaut who visited our school last week. 2. This is the village where Helen Sharman, the first British astronaut, was born. 3. Can you talk more about the parabolic flights which / that you took for your training? 4. This is the museum which / that has some of the best rock collections in the country. 5. We’ll explore inland Sweden and visit the summer house which / that Carin and Ola have built themselves. 6. This is the year when the first human walked on the moon.
III.
V.
1. A 6. D XV.
II.
IV.
8. fuel
XIV.
I. 2. D
6. demand / need 7.carry 10. because
XIII.
TEST 3 UNIT 10 1. B
5. that / which 9. another
VII. 4. whom 9. that
5. when 10. which
VIII.
IX. 3. A
4. B
5. C
X. 1. It is a gas giantlike Jupiter. 2. Clouds are made of methane, hydrogen, and helium. 3. Saturn is the least dense planet in our solar system and is made mostly of hydrogen and helium. 4. Because it is so lightweight and spins so quickly. 5. Saturn is surrounded by thousands of small rings made of rocks and rice. XI. 1. It was created about 4.7 billion years ago. 2. Its shape is very close to that of a sphere, not perfectly spherical. 3. They are land and water. 4. They are the North Pole and the South Pole. 5. It’s in 24 hours. XII. 1. means
2. possible
3. on
4. many 161
UNIT 11. CHANGING ROLES IN SOCIETY BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bai 1: Viết các câu dưới đây thành câu bị động. 1. Jane will buy a new computer. A new computer will be bought by Jane. 2. Her boyfriend will install it. It will be installed by her boyfriend. 3. Millions of people will visit the museum. The museum will be visited by millions of people. 4. Our boss will sign the contract. He contract will be signed by our boss. 5. You will not do it. It will not be done by you. 6. They will not show the new film. The new film will not be shown by them 7. He won't see Sue. Sue will not be seen by him 8. They will not ask him. He will not be asked by them. 162
9. Will the company employ a new worker? Will a new worker be employed by the company? 10. Will the plumber repair the shower? Will the shower be repaired by the plumber? Bài 2. Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, viết các câu duới đây thành câu bị động ở thì tương lai đơn. 1. the exhibition/visit The exhibition will be visited. 2. the windows/clean The windows will be cleaned 3. themessage/read The message will be read. 4. thethief/arrest The thief will be arrested. 5. the photo/take The photo will be taken. 6. these songs/sing These songs will be sung. 7. thesign/see/not The sign will not be seen 8. adictionary/use/not A dictionary will not be used. 9. credit cards/accept/not Credit cards will not be accepted. 10. thering/find/not The ring will not be found Bài 3. Hoàn thành các câu dưới đây, sử dụng đai từ "who" hoặc"which" 1. Robert's parents, who are retired now, live in Spain 2. Sydney, which has a population of more than 3 million, is Australian's largest city. 3. Peter's sister who goes to school with me,is a very nice persorn. 4. My uncle John, who lives in London, is coming to visit me next week. 5. I saw the film “Casablanca”, which won an Oscar in 1942. Bai 4: Sử dụng đại từ quan hệ viết lại các câu có chứa mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định. 1. Al Gore gave a long and boring speech. He won the Nobel Prize. Al Gore, who won the Nobel Prize, gave a long and boring speech. 2. Starbucks wants to open new stores in China. It does business all over the world. Starbucks, which does business all over the world, wants to open new stores in China 3. Social network sites will definitely change business. They are very popular Social network sites, which are very popular, will definitely change business 4. Scientists are working with stem cells. Stem cells wll revolutionize medicine. Scientists are working with stem cells, which will revolutionize medicine 5. Last week, Jim Taylor interviewed Sally Thomson. She is my neighbour. Last week, Jim Taylor interviewed Sally Thomson, who is my neighbour. 6. Mr Brown has been invited to join our club. He enjoys going to the theatre Mr Brown, who enjoys going to the theatre, has been invited to join our club. 7. Whiting House is an important local monument. It was built in 1856. Whiting House, which was built in 1856, is an important local monument. 8. Bono signed autographs at Tower Records yesterday. He's a famous musician. Bono, who is a famous musician, signed autographs at Tower Records yesterday 9. John F. Kennedy was assassinated in 1963. He was president of the USA. John F. Kennedy, who was president of the USA, was assassinated in 1963. 10. The Queen will open a new hospital. It is in Jarvis Street. The Queen will open a new hospital, which is in Jarvis Street. Bài 5. Khoanh tròn vào phuơng án đúng. 1. Alexander Fleming,_______________received the Nobel Prize in 1945 A. who discovered penicillin B. which discovered penicillin C. he discovered penicillin D. that discovered penicillin 2. John Jamess Audubon, who was a naturalist and an artist, wrote great work _______ called “Birds of America” A. which it is B. which is C. whom is D. is
3. Immigrants _____________after 1880 settled mainly in large cities. A. which came to America B. they came to America C. came to America D. who came to America 4. Hawai, which is a part of a group of islands,________________ active volcanoes. A. that has B. which has С. has D. who has 5. In the ear, just above the cochlea, there are three small semicircular canals __________ as an organ of balance. A. that function together B. function together C. are functioning together D. they function together 6. Amsterdam, Holland, which is sometimes called Venice of Northern Europe _________. A. which has many canals B. it has many canals C. with many canals D. has many canals 7. The Egyptians constructed walls and embankments ____________ marvels even today A. they are considered B. which are considered C. are considered D. who are considered 8. Ernest Hemingway, a novelist and short-story writer, developed a prose style__________. A. who influenced an entire generation of authors B. influenced an entire generation of authors C. that influenced an entire generation of authors D. has influenced an entire generation of authors Bài 6. Viết lại các câu dưới đây theo 2 cách có chứa mênh để quan hệ xác định (Defining) và không xác đinh (Non-defining). 1. Peter Pan will visit my aunt this Sunday. Peter Pan was my classmate. Defining: My classmate who will visit my aunt this Sunday is Peter Pan Non-defining: Peter, who was my classmate, will visit my aunt this Sunday 2. Kenny is in my class. Kenny is the lovely boy Defining: The lovely boy who is in my class is Kenny. Non-defining: Kenny, who is the lovely boy, is in my class. 3. Mary is arguing with Peggy. Peggy is the horrible person Defining: The horrible person who is arguing with Peggy is Mary. Non-defining: Mary, who is the horrible person, is arguing with Peggy 4. I will going shopping with Anna. Anna is the hardworking person. Defining: The hardworking person whom I am going shopping with is Anna. Non-defining: Anna, whom l am going shopping with, is the hardworking person. 5. Our school was found in 1997.Our school is Pig's College. Defining: Our school which was found in 1997 is Pig's College. Non-defining: Pig's College, which was our school, was found in 1997 6. Our principal will come to visit us this Monday, Our principal is called Mir. Brown. Defining: Our principal who will come to visit us this Monday is called Mr Brown Non-defining : Mr Brown, who is our principal, will come to visit us this Monday. 7. Jenny is going to present something about pandas. Pandas are the rare species. Defining: The rare species which Jenny is going to present about are Pandas. Non-defining: Pandas, which Jenny is going to present about, are the rare species. 8. Alex is shopping in the supermarket. Alex is the Chief Director of a company Defining: The Chief Director who is shopping in the supermarket is Alex. Non-defining: Alex, who is the Chief Director of a company, is shopping in the supermarket. 10. The World Trade Centre has been collapsed. The World Trade Centre is the landmark of America. Defining: The landmark of America which has been collapsed is the World Trade Centre. Non-defining: The World Trade Centre, which is the landmark of America, has been collapsed
163
164
11. Mary is shopping in Sogo. Sogo is the greatest shopping mall. Defining: The greatest shopping mall which Mary is shopping in is Sogo Non-defining : Sogo, which Mary is shopping in, is the greatest shopping mall. 12. I like playing computer games. I am one of the intelligent persons. Defining: l am one of the intelligent persons who like computer games. Non-defining: l, who am one of the intelligent persons, like playing computer games TEST 1 UNIT11 I. 1.A 2.D 3. B II. 4. D 5. C III. 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. D 10. B 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. B 15. D IV. 16. develop 17. dominant 18.power 19.process 20. vacancies V. l. sense of direction 2.sense of humour 3.sense of smell 4.sense of style 5. sense of fun 6. sense of responsibility 7.sense of time 8. sense of occasion 9.sense of urgency 10.sense of identify VI. Taskl. I F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F Task 2 1. They did the roles of wife and mother (doing household matters). 2. They had schools of their own during the late 19th century. 3. They displayed as much vigor, determination, and courage as the men. 4. It was 87.6 percent. 5. It was 22.6 percent. Task 3. 1. subordination 2. occupation 3. significantly 4. missionaries 5. (an) act VII. 1. B 2. A 3.D 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. A 10. C VIII. 1. D 2. B 3.A 4. C 5. C IX. 1. For a flipped classroom, class time is used to do the harder work which involves problem-solving, discussion or debates. 2. The term "Flipped Classroom" was introduced by teachers Bergmann and Samms, who adopted a strategy to reverse the timing of homework and lectures. 3. Harvard physicist, Eric Mazur has been teaching a similar technique to the flipped classroom called peer instruction, which has used ConcepTests for over 25 years. 4. The flipped classroom has a common theme which focuses on students’ more opportunities for discussion, formative assessment and feedback. 25. Students who are active participants will be given more opportunities to practise their knowledge. 165
X. 1. Many Americans are concerned with money with which a good life is thought to be bought 2. They liked the TV programme, "All in the Family", which is about spending more time on the own personal interests. 3. Many Americans were unhappy with President Carter, who failed to improve the economy. 4. In the 1980s, the most successful action films were about a man called "Rambo", who always won in any struggle. 5. By the 1980s, computers which/ that anyone could learn how to use had become much smaller. 6. In their home in the 1980s, millions of Americans had a 'personal' computer which/that they could use to read newspaper stories, buy things, do schoolwork, and play games. 7. The technological improvement can bring us a good life which we lead with almost no limits. 8. Let’s visit Trick Eye Museum in Hong Kong, which has SO optical illusion paintings and installations over five different themed zones. XI. 1. Teenagers will become more independent and responsible than their parents. 2. Many teenagers in the 21“ century will be less selfish and will be ready to help other people in need. 3. Teenagers will also be more business-orientated, and they may have to find their own source of opportunity. 4. For high school, students believe that they should be treated like adults. 50. The primary role of young people is to get a good education in order to become better citizens of tomorrow. TEST 2 (Unit 11) I. 1. C 2. A 3. B II. 4. A 5. D III. 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. D 10. C 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. B 15. B IV. 1. A 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A 6.B 7. A 8.D 9.A 10.A V. 1. achievements 2. opportunities 3. activities 4. integration 5. burdens VI. l.F 2. T 3. T 4. T 5. F 6. T 7. F 8. T 9. T 10. F VII. 1. B 2. A 3. D 4.C 5. D 6.A 7. C 8. B 9. D 10 A VIII. 1. B 2. D 3.A 4. C 45.B IX. 1. The Red River Delta, which is formed by the Red River, is the granary in northern Vietnam. 2. We got the news from the Tokyo Research Center which showed that a majority of Japanese people now accept gays and lesbians. 3. Tokyo’s International School of Asia, which was the first international school in Japan, receives financial support from the government. 4. Long An, which is considered as a “backyard” of Ho Chi Minh City, is the trading gateway between Ho Chi Minh City and the Mekong Delta. 5. Indian Prime Minister Modi launched ‘Swachh Bharat Mission’, which is a movement for cleanliness across India. X. 1. Courses will be taken at students’ own pace. 2. Online lectures will be got from the internationally famous professors for our personal learning needs. 3. Complex topics will be studied beyond the textbook by students. 4. A joke will be made to wake you up by the computer when you feel sleepy. 166
5. The necessary resources and trust will be given to all teachers by Viet Nam. 6. Human minds will be replaced by the artificial intelligence in the next century. 7. Sufficient support will be offered to primary and secondary students by local governments in rural areas. 8. New skills will be learned through cool tools, videos, quizzes and game-like labs. XI. 1. The primary role of young people is to get a good education in order to become better citizens of tomorrow. 2. They need to learn skills to do the job that their country’s economy needs. 3. They have the power to transform the nation into a better place. 4. The youth has the ability to bring about a change in their country. 5. Youths are problem solvers and our nation needs them to solve most of our problems XII. 1. Teenagers study hard to become well-educated citizens. 2. They play a vital role in the construction and protection of our homeland. 3. They can take part in social welfare activities for social progress. 4. Students who study abroad come back to our country and serve it with the great level of their knowledge. 5. The students today would be the good citizens of tomorrow, so they have to give the country back whatever the country has given them. TEST 3 UNIT 11 I. 1. C 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B II. 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. C III. 1. B 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. C IV. 1. D 2. D 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. C 8. B 9. A 10. A 11. D 12. C 13. D 14. B 15. C 16. D 17. B 18. A 19. D 20. B V. 1. will be assessed 2. will not be evaluated 3. will also be held 4. will constantly be tailored 5. will be free 6. will be made 7. will be built 8. will be demolished VI. 1. who 2. 3. 4. whose 5. which 6. 7. which 8. 9. whose 10. who/that 11. 12. which / that 13. 4. who 15. who/that VII. 1. which / that /Ø 2. which / that 3. which / that / Ø 4. who 5. whom / that / Ø 6. that / Ø 7. whose 8. which 9. that / Ø 10. that/ Ø 11. which 12. whose 13. who / whom 14. whom / that / Ø 15. that VIII. 1. D → bỏ it 2. B → whose name 3. A → which 167
4. C → which 5. C → where 7. D → bỏ “there’8. B → which 10. B → which
6. D → who 9. B → who
IX. 1. A 6. B
2. B 7. A
3. D 8. C
4. B 9. B
5. C 10. B
1. financially 5. relax 9. responsibility
2. individually 6. theoretical 10.sense
3. evaluate 7. responsive
4. facilitators 8. vision
1. B 6. D
2. A 7. C
3. C 8. A
4. A 9. C
5. D 10. B
1. D
2. C
3. A
4. C
5. B
X.
XI. XII. XIII. 1. A friend of mine, whose father is the manager of a company, helped me to get a job. 2.Mike won £50,000, half of which he gave to his parents. 3. The population of London, which was once the largest city in the world, is now falling. 4. Most of the suggestions which / that were made at the meeting were not very practical, (hoặc Most of the suggestions made at the meeting were not very practical.) 5. It is a medieval palace, in whose tower the king hid during the civil war. / ..., whose tower the king hid in during the civil war. 6. I couldn’t remember the number of my own car, which made the police suspicious. 7. Thank you very much for the present (which / that) you sent me. 8. Dr Andy Todd, (who is) head of Downlands Hospital, has criticized government plans to cut health funding. 9. All of the boys who are being chosen for the school’s football team are under 9. - All of the boys being chosen for the school’s football team... 10. I went to see my nephew Jimmy who(m) I used to look after when he was small. XIV. 1. Ann, who lives next door, is very friendly. 2. The man who/ that you met at the party last night is a famous actor. 3. There are some words that/which are very difficult to translate. 4. The sun, which is one of millions of stars in the universe, provides us with heat and light. 5. Students whose homework is late will be punished. 6. I’ve found the book that/which I was looking for in the morning. 7. Is that the car that /which you want to buy? 8. Sandra, who you were talking to, works in advertising. 9. Lake Prespa, which is on the north Greek border, is a lonely beautiful lake. 10. The little girl who /that sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way. XV. 1. Julia’s father, who is over 80, has just come back from a skiing holiday. 2. The problems faced by the company, which I’ll look at in detail in a moment, are being resolved. 3. She was greatly influenced by her father, who/ whom she adored. 4. Parents whose children are between four and six are being asked to take part in the survey. 5. He isn’t looking forward to the time when he will have to leave. 6. The Roman coins, which a local farmer came across in a field, are now on display in the National Museum. 7. He pointed to the stairs which / that led down to the cellar. 8. These drugs, which are used to treat stomach ulcers, have been withdrawn from sale. 168
9. The singer, who was recovering from flu, had to cancel her concert. 10. We went to the Riverside Restaurant where I once had lunch with Henry. 11. My aunt, whose first job was filling shelves in a supermarket, is now a manager of a department store. 12. John Graham’s latest film, which is set in the north of Australia, is his first for more than five years. 13. The newspaper is owned by the Mears group, whose chairperson is Sir James Hex. 14. The Master’s course, which I took in 1990, is no longer taught. 15. The minister talked about the plans for tax reform (that / which) he will reveal next month. XVI. 1. Is Zedco a company which / that was taken over last year? 2. Felix Reeve, whose tape recorder was stolen, is a journalist. 3. This famous picture, which was damaged during the war, is worth thousands of pounds 4. I don’t know the name of the woman who / that I spoke to on the phone. 5. We often go to visit our friends in Bristol, which is only 30 miles away. 6. This is Mr. Carter, who I was telling you about. 7. They’ve captured all the animals that / which escaped from the zoo. 8. The scientist who discovered a new planet has won the Nobel Prize. 9. The river which flows through Hereford is the Wye. 10. We climbed to the top of the tower from which we had a beautiful view.
UNIT 12. MY FUTURE CAREER BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN Bài 1: Điền vào chỗ trống although/ despite/ in spite of sao cho thich hợp. 1. Although we are a small company, we sell almost a hundred machines a month 2. Despite/ In spite of all the difficulties, the project started on time and was a success 3. Although we were warned against doing so, we went ahead with the project. 4. Despite/ In spite ofhis lack of experience, he became a successful businessman 5. Despite/ In spite of being by far the oldest player, he scored three goals. 6. Although he's a millionaire, he drives a second-hand car 7. Although it rained a lot, I enjoyed the holiday 8. Despite/ In spite of working for the company for six months now, he never seems to know what to do 9. Despite/ In spite of my warnings, he went to Colombia. 10. Although she didn't want to see The Lord of the Rings, she enjoyed it in the end. 11. Despite/ In spite of being bad at pool, she beat him three times in a row 12. She decided to go abroad for a year despite/ in spite of loving her boyfriend very much. 13. He went on holiday to Thailand despite/ in spite of the expensive airfare 14. I phone my brother in Thailand using Skype nearly every day despite/ in spite of the time difference. 15. The best things in life are free, although love is often very expensive. Bài 2: Chuyển những câu dưới đây thành câu có chứa "in spite of" 1. Even though Sherry had excellent grades, she wasn't admitted to the university. In spite of Sherry's excellent grades. 2. The firefighters rescued the dog in the burning house although it was very dangerous in spite of the danger 3. Though the weather was very cold, we went swimming last week. In spite of the very cold weather 4. Even though the work was very hard, we enjoyed doing that job. In spite of the very hard work 5. Although Jane has very little money, she is happy In spite of having very little money, Jane... 169
Chuyển những câu dưới đây thành câu có chứa "despite”. 6. I like living in my apartment although it is noisy. despite the noise 7. Even though it costs a lot, Stephanie goes to private high school. Despite the cost/the high cost 8. Though the weather has been extremely hot, I run five miles every day. Despite the extremely hot weather 9. Kerry came to class to take the test even though he was ill despite his illness /being ill 10. Bill Gates has been very successful even though he never finished college, despite never finishing college Bài 3: Nối 2 câu duới đây thành 1 câu, sử dụng các từ trong ngoặc. 1. Dave smokes, He seems to be in good health (although) Although Dave smokes, he seems to be in good health 2. I couldn't sleep. I was tired. (despite) I couldn't sleep despite being tired. 3. Max didn't notice the sign. It was right in front of him (even though) Max didn't notice the sign even though it was right in front of him. 4. Kate never learnt Spanish. She lived in Spain for many years (although) Kate never learnt Spanish although she lived in Spain for many years. 5. Joe is a millionaire .He hates spending money.(despite) Despite being a millionaire, Joe hates spending money/ Despite his wealth, Joe hates spending money 6. I gave him good advice. Yet he failed. (despite) Despite my good advice, he faliled 7. His vision is poor. Still he reads books. (in spite of) In spite of his poor vision, he reads books. 8. She was ill. Still she went to work. (despite) Despite her illness, she went to work./ Despite being ill she went to work. 9. The weather was bad. Still we went out. (in spite of) In spite of the bad weather, we went out 10. His health is poor. Still he attends office regularly. (in spite of) In spite of his poor health, he attends office regularly. Bài 4: Hoàn thành các câu dướii đây. Chọn động từ thích hợp và cho dạng V-ing emigrate go have to help leave many stay phone read say(2) see talk tell travel 1. Fancy regrets marrying a man so much younger than herself 2. If you like tongue-twisters, try saying Six Swiss wrist watches." 3. Are you a student at this school? I don't recollect seeing you here before. 4. I'm sorry to trouble you, but would you mind helping me with this suitcase? 5. It's very late. I suggest leaving the washing-up until the morning. 6. I started work when I was 16. Now, I regret not staying at school. 7. I’ll never finish reading these papers! There are so many of them! 8. Would you consider emigrating if things got worse in this country? 9. If you find the sound [h] difficult, practice saying He hit her on her hairy head with a hard, heavy hammer” 10. You should try to avoid travelling in the rush hour. 11. I have enjoyed talking to you, and I hope we meet again some time. 12. I deny telling you what to wear and what to do. 170
13. I simply couldn't resist phoning you to tell you the good news! 14. She is afraid of the dentist, so she always puts off going till the last possible moment 15. Can you imagine having to walk five miles to school every day? That is what we had to go. Bài 5: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc, to V hoặc V-ing 1. I intend to go to Brazil in August. (go) 2. l arranged to take my vacation during the last two weeks. (take) 3. I considered going to Venezuela or Argentina first. (go) 4. But I decided to leave them for next year. (leave) 5. The government has demanded me to get a visa to go to Brazil. (get) 6. That involves standing in a long line at the consulate. (stand) 7. I didn't mind paying the $45 fee. (pay) 8. But l hate waiting in lines. (wait) 9. I also detest getting passport photos. (get) 10. I really want to see the country, so I did it. (see) 11. I haven't begun to pack/ packing yet. (pack) 12. I'll start soon because I can't stand packing in a rush. (pack) 13. I remembered asking my neighbor to take care of my dog. (ask) 14. He doesn't really mind staying behind. (stay) 15. But he always loves seeing us come back! (see) Bài 6: Chọn động từ cho săn dưới đây để điển vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp enjoy need will offer agreed would like love plan considered forgot stop quit hate had hoped mind discuss 1. We considered visiting Hawaii for our vacation, but we changed our mind 2. Iva and Isis need to talk to everyone about their secret project. 3. The Smiths enjoy spending time together. They always look happy when they are riding their bicycles or watching television. 4. I don't mind working hard. Hard work gives a person character 5. Could you please stop staring at me! It is making me crazy! 6. My husband and I will discuss adopting a baby. We have talked about it a lot already, but we will keep talking about it. 7. The students had hoped to have a party at the end of the semester 8. My mother forgot to water my plants. Now they are all dead. 9. They agreed to work together. They shook hands on the deal. 10. I hate eating spinach. I would rather eat nothing at all! 11. Maria would like to teach full-time, but she could only find a part-time job. 12. Jose quit smoking last week. 13. We plan to go to the bank early in the morning. We cannot go in the afternoon or in the evening because we must get the money immediately. 14. Ms. Kelly and her friend love eating pizza. It is their favorite 15. The buyers will offer to pay $200,000 for the house. They are not sure if it will be accepted. Bài 7: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc dạng to V hoặc V-ing Mike doesn't like dancing (1-dance). He would rather go (2-go) to the cinema. But Jean enjoys dancing (3-dance) so much that he let her persuade (4-persuade) him to take (5-take) her to the club last Saturday. When they arrived, a lot of other young men wanted to dance (6-dance) with her and kept asking (7-ask) her to go (8-go) on the floor with them. This made Mike feel (9-feel) jealous. He suggested going (10-go) outside for a breath of air, but at that moment it started to rain (11-rain). Jean began to get annoyed. "I know you hate dancing (12-dance)," she said, "but why should you try (13-try) to stop (14-stop) other people dancing (15-dance)?"
Mike thought he had better dance (16-dance) with her. He didn't want her to lose (17-lose) her temper. BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO Bài 8: Viết lại những câu duới đây, sử dụng từ trong ngoặc. 1. I couldn't sleep although I was tired. (despite) I couldn't sleep despite being tired 2. Although he has got an English name, he is in fact German. (despite) Despite having an English name / Despite his English name, he is in fact German. 3. In spite of her injured foot, she managed to walk to the village (although) Although she had injured her foot / Although her foot was injured, she managed to walk to the village. 4. I decided to accept the job although the salary was low. (in spite of) I decided to accept the job in spite of the low salary/ in spite of the salary being low. 5. We lost the match although we were the better team.(despite) We lost the match despite being the better team/ despite the fact that we were the better team. 6. In spite of not having eaten for 24 hours, I didn't feel hungry.(even though) Even though I hadn't eaten for 24 hours, I didn't feel hungry. 7. Although she was tired, she went to work (but She was tired, but she went to work. 8. They went out for a walk, even though the weather was bad. (despite) They went out for a walk despite the bad weather. 9. She managed to write in spite of her injured hand (although) She managed to write although her hand was injured 10. She has plenty of money, but she is very mean (although) Although she has plenty of money, she is very mean. Bài 9: Khoanh vào phương án đúng 1. We went out___________________ the rain. A. in spite of B. however C. although 2. We went out___________________ it rained. A. despite B. although C. however 3. She went on working __________________she was tired. A. although B. despite C. either could be used here 4. She went on working___________________ the fact that she was tired. A. despite B. however C. although 5. ___________________she is a nice girl, I don't quite like her. A. although B. despite C. however 6. ___________________expensive, it was a good watch A. however B. although C. despite 7. I didn't like the film___________________, everybody else seemed to enjoy it. A. however B. despite C. either could be used here 8. ___________________I didn't like the film, everybody else seemed to enjoy it. A. although B. however C. either could be used here 9. We managed to do it ___________________he wasn't there. A. however B. although C. either could be used here 10. We managed to do it, ___________________the fact that he was not there. A. although B. despite C. however Bài 10: Cho dạng đúng của động từ, to V hoặc V-ing 1. He dreads having (have) to retire. 2. I arranged to meet (meet) him there. 3. Don't forget to lock (lock) the door before going (go) to bed
171
172
4. He tried to explain (explain) but she refused to listen (listen). 5. He decided to disguise (disguise) himself by dressing (dress) as a woman. 6. Please go on, writing (write); I don't mind waiting (wait) 7. I prefer driving (drive) to being driven (be) driven. 8. I suggest telephoning (telephone) the hospitals before asking (ask) the police to look (look) for him. 9. Did you remember to give (give) him the key of the safe? 10. Why do you keep looking (look) back? Are you afraid of being (be) followed? 11. You'll never regret doing (do) a kind action. 12. I didn't mean to eat (eat) anything but the cakes looked so good that I couldn't resist trying one. 13. If you want to catch (catch) the 7 a.m. train tomorrow, that means getting (get) up at 6, and you're not very good at getting (get) up early, are you? 14. By working (work) day and night he succeeded in finishing (finish) the job in time. 15. Try to forget (forget) it; it is not worth worrying (worry) about. 16. After getting (get) to know (know) him better, I regretted judging (judge) him unfairly 17. He tried to speak (speak) German but found that he couldn't. His attempts at speaking (speak) Spanish were equally unsuccessful. 18. I would advise you to wait (wait) before deciding (decide) to accept (accept) his offer. 19. Surely you remember lending (lend) him the money? I hope, at least that he won't forget to pay (pay) you back. He has a habit of forgetting (forget) things he doesn't want to remember (remember) TEST 1 UNIT 12 I. 1. A 2. C 3. B II. 4.B 5. D III. 6.C 7. D 8. C 9. A 10. B 11. A 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. D IV. 1.C 2.D 3.A 4.C 5.D 6.A 7.D 8.B V. 1.C 2.D 3.E 4.B 5.A VI. 1.burning the midnight oil 2.made a bundle 3.work flextime 4.behind the scenes 5.a nine-to-five job 6.take into accoun 7.career path 8.empathetic 9.earn a living 10.ongoing
173
9.D
10.B
VII. 1. applying - to do 2. to become - to read 3. to get 4. to develop 5. working VIII. 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. C 40. C IX. 1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B X. 1. The teaching career demands a love of learning, a broad knowledge of subject, and classroom management techniques. 2. Teachers should form strong relationships with their students and show that they look after students as people. 3. Teachers are masters of their subject matter, and they present material in an enthusiastic manner. 4. They also present lessons in a clear and structured way, and their classrooms are organized. 5. Teachers communicate frequently with parents, and they call a student’s parent if they are concerned about a student. TEST 2 UNIT 12 I. l.C 2.B 3. A II. 4.C 5.A III. 6.C 7.A 8.D 9.D 10.A 11.B 12.C 13.B 14.B 15.B IV. 16. to work flexitime 17. midnight oil 18. behind the scenes 19. nine-to-five 20. make a bundle V/ V. 21. to work 22. to save 23. working 24. watching 25. being taken VI. 26. D 27. B 28. D 29. A 30. C 31. C 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. C VII. 36. D 37. C 38. D 39. B 40. A VIII. 1/1. T 2. F 3. F 4. F 5.T 6. F 7. F 8. T IX. 1.feeling sad/her sadness 2.beinf severely disabled 3.having a lot of money 4.working hard/having worked hard/his hard work 5. the weather forecast 6. having a good salary/his good salary 7. the teacher’s warning 8. his old age X. 1. A good doctor needs to know how the whole body functions and what people should do to maintain their overall health. 2. Doctors should stay informed of all the latest breakthroughs in the medical field. 3. The doctor’s good manner will make patients feel more comfortable during appointments. 4. Doctors should also explain what they are doing and help patients follow treatments properly. 5. A good doctor should listen to patients attentively and respond to them carefully. 174
TEST 3 UNIT 12
1. Despite his wealth, he is not spoiled. 2. Though he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job. 3. Although the prices are high, my roommates go to the movies every Saturday. 4. Despite (having) a poor memory, she told interesting stories to the children. 5. Although they are poor, they are very generous. 6. In spite of her frequent absence, he has managed to pass the test. 7. Although Lee was sad at losing the contest, she managed to smile. 8. Despite (being on) a diet, my friend ate the chocolate cake. 9. Although he had a headache, he enjoyed the film. 10. In spite of disliking flying, my sister will take a plane.
I. 1. B
2. A
3. C
4. A
5. A
1. A
2. C
3. B
4. A
5. A
1. D
2. A
3. A
4. D
5. B
1. B 6. B 11. C 16. B 21. D 26. D
2. C 7. B 12. A 17. B 22. B 27. B
3. D 8. C 13. C 18. A 23. B 28. B
4. B 9. B 14. A 19. B 24. C 29. C
5. B 10. B 15. B 20. D 25. A 30. C
1. C 6. D
2. C 7. A
3. A 8. C
4. D 9. C
5. A 10. A
1. to help 5. to join 9. asking
2. working 6. having 10. not studying
3. to study 7. taking
4. going 8. to look
1. to pull 5. to be 9. to play
2. to know 6. to do 10. telling
3. being 4. telling 7. to return, finish 8. worrying
II. III. IV. XV.
V. VI.
XVI.
VII.
VIII. 1. to avoid, being 3. to persuade, to agree 5. shutting, sitting 7. talking, to finish 9. stopping
2. giving, to speak 4. cleaning, to do 6. sneezing, sitting 8. to give, jogging 10. to make, rubbing
1. officers 2. Nutritionists 5. Librarians 6. Architects 9. Archeologists 10. Journalists
3. Secondary 7. Programmers
1. C (going) 3. D (to meet) 5. B (reading)
2. C (despite /in spite of) 4. A (Despite / In spite of)
IX. 4. Accountants 8. operators
X.
XI. 1. She is a flight attendant. 2. Her main duties are providing the passengers what they need and making sure they are comfortable. 3. Visiting many countries every year is the advantage of being a flight attendant. 4. If you are really concerned on learning and you take it seriously, you will probably get what you want. XII. 1. F 6. F
2. T 7. T
3. T 8. F
4. T 9. T
5. F 10. F
1. B 6. D
2. C 7. C
3. B 8. B
4. A 9. A
5. B 10. B
XIII. XIV. 175
1. In spite of being seriously advised by his teacher, Hung insisted on disturbing the class. 2. Despite trying several times, Miss Diep couldn’t find a taxi. 3. In spite of feeling tired, he stayed up to keep us company. 4. Despite liking more holidays, Mr. Vinh doesn’t mind going to school. 5. In spite of the hard work and low wages, he decided to take the job. 6. Despite not having much time, they came to visit us. 7. In spite of his age, he still does his gymnastics every morning. 8. Despite being the boss, she works as hard as her employees. 9. In spite of having health problems, he is always smiling. 10. Despite the difficult exam, Kieu Anh got good marks. . 1. Despite being injured, Mr Thuan managed to finish the race. 2. In spite of having no qualifications for it, he got the job 3. Although I didn’t like the CD you have recommended me, I bought it all the same. 4. In spite of her illness / being ill, Thuy went to school. 5. Despite playing well / having played well, we couldn’t win the match. 6. In spite of the rain, we enjoyed our holiday. 7. In spite of telling her all the truth, she didn’t believe me. 8. Despite not playing well, they won the game. 9. In spite of having all the necessary qualifications, he didn’t get the job. 10. In spite of the expensive shirts, people buy them because they are trendy.
TEST FOR UNIT 10,11,12 I+II 1.B 2.D 3.C 4.C 5.B III. 6.C 7.B 8.D 9.D 10.C 11.B 12.C 13.A 14.C 15. A IV. 16.sense 17.scenes 18. responsive 19. path 20.burden V. 21.having few passengers 22.his strength/ being strong 23.his tiredness after work 24.being (very) impressed/ our impression 25.the weather forecast VI/ 176
26. B 27. D 28. A 29. C 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. D 34. A 35. B VII/ 36. C 37. B 38. D 39. B 40. C VIII. 41. An effective engineer must have the ability to communicate, both in writing and speaking. 42. Engineers need to pay attention to details so that they won’t ignore any important things. 43. They will need the ability to work in a team and gain experience of team working. 44. A good engineer has die ability to think critically, analyze options and offer solutions to problems. 45. Engineers will need leadership skills when they make decisions and influence other people during the project. THE SECOND TERM TEST I. 1. D 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. B II. 1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. C III. 1. A 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. C 11. D 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. D 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. A 21. B 22. B 23. B 24. A 25. B 26. B 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. C IV. 1. had been run – was appointed 2. are – have been waiting 3. to be bothered – to deal 4. to show – to be liked – (to be) praised 5. to be expressed V. 1. associate 2. when 3. recreational 4. objective 5. gain 6. marks 7. on 8. footsteps 9. ceremony 10. activity VI. 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D VII. 1. D 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. A VIII. 1. Rod Lee, whose sister I know has won an Oscar. 2. Is this the style of hair which your wife wants to have? 3. A man who answered the phone said Tom was out. 4. 7.05 is the time at which/ when my plane arrives. 5. Max isn’t home yet which worries me. 6. Do you know the building the windows of which are painted green? 7. Last week I went to see the house in which /where I used to live. 8. I don’t know the name of the girl who has just gone into the hall. 9. Be sure to follow the instructions that are given at the top of the page. 10. Hoan Kiem Lake, the water of which is always blue, is a historical place.
177
178